The Well-Anchored Man
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Chapter 1
1.1Holl GCS 25:5–6
Ἤδη μὲν μακαρίσαιμι ἂν ἑαυτόν, ποθεινότατοι, ὄντι γε μὴ ὄντες ἡμεῖς ἱκανοὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἁγίων καὶ σπουδαίων καὶ ζῆλον θεοῦ ἀνειλημμένων ἐνάρετον πολιτείαν καταξιούμεθα ὑπὸ τῶν αὐ- τῶν ὑπονύττεσθαι ⟨εἰς τὸ⟨ τὸν νοῦν διεγείρειν τε καὶ παριστᾶν εἰς τὸ χρήσιμον.
Ēdē men makarisaimi an heauton, potheinotatoi, onti ge mē ontes hēmeis hikanoi pros tēn tōn hagiōn kai spoudaiōn kai zēlon theou aneilēmmenōn enareton politeian kataxioumetha hypo tōn au- tōn hyponyttesthai ⟨eis to⟨ ton noun diegeirein te kai paristan eis to chrēsimon.
I would count myself blessed already, most beloved, since, though we are not sufficient for the virtuous way of life of the holy and earnest who have taken up zeal for God, we are counted worthy to be prompted by these same people ⟨so as⟩ to rouse the mind and to set it to what is useful.
1.2Holl GCS 25:6
τὸ γὰρ ἐν ἡμῖν ἀεὶ ταπεινὸν φρόνημα ἡσυχῇ καρτερεῖν σπουδάζον καὶ μὴ περαιτέρω ἐπεκτείνεσθαι τῶν ἄγαν σκοπούντων ἐκεῖνο τὸ παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ εἰρημένον »ἵνα μὴ ἐπεκτείνωμαι ὑπὲρ τὸ μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος οὗ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς μέτρου«, ἀφικέσθαι πρὸς τοῦτο νῦν ἀναγκάζεται.
to gar en hēmin aei tapeinon phronēma hēsychę̄ karterein spoudazon kai mē peraiterō epekteinesthai tōn agan skopountōn ekeino to para tǭ apostolǭ eirēmenon »hina mē epekteinōmai hyper to metron tou kanonos hou dedōken hēmin ho theos metrou«, aphikesthai pros touto nyn anankazetai.
For the lowly mind that is always in us, which is eager to persevere quietly and not to stretch further, looking closely at that saying of the apostle, “that I may not stretch beyond the measure of the rule which God has given us as a measure,” is now compelled to come to this.
1.3Holl GCS 25:6
ἐκ πανταχόθεν γὰρ αἱ ψῆφοι πρυτανεύσασαι ὡς εἰπεῖν τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν θεόθεν ζήλου τῶν τε ἄλλων ὁμοδόξων, φημὶ δὴ τῶν τὴν ὀρθοδοξίαν ζηλούντων, ἐν οἷς καὶ Ὑπατίου τοῦ τέκνου ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγυπτίων χώρας πρός με διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἥκοντος, πᾶσαν μὲν ῥᾳθυμίαν πάντα δὲ ὄκνον παρεσκεύασαν ἀποθέσθαι μηκέτι τε στέγειν μήτε ἐν δευτέρῳ τίθεσθαι τὰ περὶ πίστεως γράφειν ὑμῖν, ἐπιζητούντων ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀδελφῶν τὰ περὶ τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν σωτηρίας ἐκ τῆς θείας καὶ ἁγίας γραφῆς, τὸν στερεὸν θεμέλιον τῆς πίστεως περὶ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἁπάσης ἐν Χριστῷ σωτηρίας, ἀναστάσεώς τε νεκρῶν λέγω καὶ ἐνσάρκου παρουσίας τοῦ μονογενοῦς, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἁγίας διαθήκης παλαιᾶς τε καὶ καινῆς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπαξαπλῶς συστάσεων τῆς τελείας σωτηρίας.
ek pantachothen gar hai psēphoi prytaneusasai hōs eipein tou en hymin theothen zēlou tōn te allōn homodoxōn, phēmi dē tōn tēn orthodoxian zēlountōn, en hois kai Hypatiou tou teknou hēmōn apo tēs Aigyptiōn chōras pros me dia touto auto hēkontos, pasan men rhąthymian panta de oknon pareskeuasan apothesthai mēketi te stegein mēte en deuterǭ tithesthai ta peri pisteōs graphein hymin, epizētountōn hymōn kai tōn hēmeterōn adelphōn ta peri tēs en hēmin sōtērias ek tēs theias kai hagias graphēs, ton stereon themelion tēs pisteōs peri patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos kai tēs allēs hapasēs en Christǭ sōtērias, anastaseōs te nekrōn legō kai ensarkou parousias tou monogenous, kai peri tēs hagias diathēkēs palaias te kai kainēs kai tōn allōn hapaxaplōs systaseōn tēs teleias sōtērias.
For from every side the votes, so to speak, have prevailed: those of the God-given zeal among you and of others of the same faith, I mean those who are zealous for orthodoxy, among them our son Hypatius, who came to me from the land of the Egyptians for this very purpose. They have made me put away all indolence and all hesitation, and no longer keep silent or put in second place writing to you about the faith, since you and our brothers ask about our salvation from the divine and holy Scripture: the firm foundation of the faith concerning Father and Son and Holy Spirit and all the rest of salvation in Christ, I mean the resurrection of the dead and the incarnate coming of the Only-begotten, and concerning the holy covenant, old and new, and in short the other elements that make up complete salvation.
1.4Holl GCS 25:6–7
ἐγὼ γοῦν λαβὼν τὴν τοιαύτην πρότασιν τῶν αἰτήσεων οὐκ ὀλίγων οὐσῶν παρὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Κώνωπα τὸν συμπρεσβύτερον καὶ τῶν αὐτῷ ἑπομένων, ἄλλων τε καὶ ὑμῶν τῆς τιμιότητος. τέκνα ποθεινότατα, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ τέκνου ἡμῶν Ὑπατίου ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγύπτου πρός με διὰ τοῦτο ἥκοντος, τὰς ὁμοφώνους ψήφους πολλὰς ὁρῶν ὁμοῦ, δηχθεὶς τὴν φρένα καὶ τὸν λογισμὸν ἐσκεψάμην καὶ ἔδοξέ μοι προὁρμῆσαι κατὰ τὴν ὑμῶν διὰ γραμμάτων ἀξίωσιν ἀνενδοιάστως ⟨τε⟩, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἑκὼν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄκων διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν ὑμῶν τε καὶ τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς αἐτήοεως, ἐπὶ τὸ γράφειν ταύτην μου τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐμὲ τὸν βραχὺν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ πόθῳ.
egō goun labōn tēn toiautēn protasin tōn aitēseōn ouk oligōn ousōn para tōn peri ton Kōnōpa ton sympresbyteron kai tōn autǭ hepomenōn, allōn te kai hymōn tēs timiotētos. tekna potheinotata, ou mēn alla kai tou teknou hēmōn Hypatiou apo tēs Aigyptou pros me dia touto hēkontos, tas homophōnous psēphous pollas horōn homou, dēchtheis tēn phrena kai ton logismon eskepsamēn kai edoxe moi proormēsai kata tēn hymōn dia grammatōn axiōsin anendoiastōs ⟨te⟩, hoti ou monon hekōn alla kai akōn dia tēn hyperbolēn hymōn te kai tōn kathʼ hymas aetēoeōs, epi to graphein tautēn mou tēn epistolēn eme ton brachyn tǭ hymeterǭ pothǭ.
So I, having received such a proposal of requests, and they were not few, from Conops our fellow presbyter and those with him, and from others, and from your honors, most beloved children, and moreover from our son Hypatius, who came to me from Egypt for this purpose, seeing so many votes agreeing together, was stung in heart and reasoning; I considered, and resolved to set out readily ⟨and⟩ without hesitation in accordance with your request made by letter, since, not only willingly but even against my will because of the insistence of your requests and those of the people with you, I, the least, was set to write this letter of mine for your longing.
Chapter 2
2.1Holl GCS 25:7
2. Καὶ σφόδρα μὲν ἐκπέπληγμαι θαυμάσας τὴν τοῦ κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ ἡμῶν οἰκονομίαν, ὃς εὐδόκησε τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀγαθότητος ἐν ἅπασι δοῦναι τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα τοῖς αὐτὸν έν ἀληθείᾳ ζητοῦσιν. οὐκ ἀθεεὶ γὰρ ⟨γενομένας⟩ τὰς ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς τὰς διὰ τῶν γραμμάτων ἡγησάμην, ποθεινότατοι, ἀλλὰ τὴν κίνησιν ἐδοκίμασα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ χάριτος ἐν ὑμῖν ἀπάρξασαν.
2. Kai sphodra men ekpeplēgmai thaumasas tēn tou kyriou kai theou hēmōn oikonomian, hos eudokēse tę̄ hyperbolę̄ tēs autou agathotētos en hapasi dounai to hagion autou pneuma tois auton en alētheią zētousin. ouk atheei gar ⟨genomenas⟩ tas hymōn kai tōn kathʼ hymas tas dia tōn grammatōn hēgēsamēn, potheinotatoi, alla tēn kinēsin edokimasa ek tēs tou theou charitos en hymin aparxasan.
I am greatly astonished and marvel at the dispensation of our Lord and God, who in the abundance of his goodness was pleased to give his Holy Spirit in all things to those who seek him in truth. For I did not consider your letters and those of the people with you to have ⟨come⟩ without God, most beloved; rather, I judged that the impulse had its beginning from the grace of God in you.
2.2Holl GCS 25:7
ἀπʼ ἀληθείας γὰρ οἱ περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ὀρθοδόξως ἔχοντες καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος καὶ εἰδότες συνῳδά τε καὶ σύμφωνα λέγειν τῷ μακαριωτάτῳ Πέτρῳ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ ὅτι »σὺ εἶ ὀ Ζριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ζῶντος«, σαφῶς ὐπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου μακαρισθήσονται, καθὼς καὶ ὁ ἅγιος ἐκεῖνος ἐμακαρίσθη ἀκούσας ⟨τό⟩ »μακάριος εἶ Σίμων βὰρ Ἰωνᾶ« τουτέστι υἱὲ Ἰωνᾶ· ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ Ἰωνᾶς ἐκαλεῖτο, τὸ δὲ βὰρ ἑρμηνεύεταί ἐκ τῆς Ἐβραϊκῆς διαλέκτου υἱός.
apʼ alētheias gar hoi peri tou huiou tou theou orthodoxōs echontes kai tou hagiou pneumatos kai eidotes synǭda te kai symphōna legein tǭ makariōtatǭ Petrǭ tǭ apostolǭ hoti »sy ei o Zristos ho huios tou theou zōntos«, saphōs ypʼ autou tou kyriou makaristhēsontai, kathōs kai ho hagios ekeinos emakaristhē akousas ⟨to⟩ »makarios ei Simōn bar Iōna« toutesti huie Iōna; ho gar patēr autou Iōnas ekaleito, to de bar hermēneuetai ek tēs Ebraïkēs dialektou huios.
For truly those who hold the orthodox view about the Son of God and the Holy Spirit, and who know how to speak in harmony and agreement with the most blessed apostle Peter, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God,” will clearly be blessed by the Lord himself, just as that holy man was blessed when he heard “Blessed are you, Simon Bar-Jona,” that is, son of Jonah; for his father was called Jonah, and “bar” is translated from the Hebrew language as “son.”
2.3Holl GCS 25:7
αὕτη γὰρ ἦν ἡ ζωή, ἣν ἔγνωκεν ὁ μονογενὴς υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταις λέγων »ἵνα ἔχωσι τὴν ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς «, αὕτη δὲ ἐ)στιν ἡ ζωὴ ἣν ἴφη· »ἵνα γινώσκωσί σε τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεὸν καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας Ἰησοῦν χριστόν«.
hautē gar ēn hē zōē, hēn egnōken ho monogenēs huios tou theou tois heautou mathētais legōn »hina echōsi tēn zōēn en heautois «, hautē de e)stin hē zōē hēn iphē; »hina ginōskōsi se ton monon alēthinon theon kai hon apesteilas Iēsoun christon«.
For this was the life which the only-begotten Son of God made known to his disciples when he said, “that they may have life in themselves”; and this is the life of which he said, “that they may know you, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom you have sent.”
2.4Holl GCS 25:7
ἐν τῷ οὖν εἰπεῖν »τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεόν« εἰς μοναρχίαν ἡμᾶς ἤγαγεν, ἕνα μηκέτι »ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ὠμεν δεδουλωμένοι«, ἕνα μὴ πολυθεί· α ἐν ἡμῖν ἔτι ᾐ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πορνείαν τοιαύτην διασκορπίζηται τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων νοήματα, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ ἑνότητα τοῦ μόνου ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ· »πρώτη γὰρ πορνεία ἐπίνοια εἰδώλων φησὶν ἡ γραφή.
en tǭ oun eipein »ton monon alēthinon theon« eis monarchian hēmas ēgagen, hena mēketi »hypo ta stoicheia tou kosmou ōmen dedoulōmenoi«, hena mē polythei; a en hēmin eti ę̄ kai epi tēn porneian toiautēn diaskorpizētai ta tōn anthrōpōn noēmata, allʼ epi henotēta tou monou alēthinou theou; »prōtē gar porneia epinoia eidōlōn phēsin hē graphē.
So in saying “the only true God” he led us to the monarchy, so that we may no longer “be enslaved under the elements of the world,” so that there may no longer be polytheism among us, and human thoughts may not be scattered toward such fornication, but toward the unity of the only true God. For “the first fornication is the devising of idols,” says the Scripture.
2.5Holl GCS 25:7–8
καί φησι »καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν." Ἰησοῦ Χριστὸν τίνα ἀλλ ἢ θεόν; εἰ δὲ θεὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὡς λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ ὁ Ἰωάννης ὁ μονογενὴς θεὸς ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρός, ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο«, εἷς θεὸς τοίνυν ὁ πατὴρ καὶ μόνος ἀληθινὸς θεὸς καὶ θεὸς ὁ μονογενής.
kai phēsi »kai hon apesteilas Iēsoun Christon." Iēsou Christon tina all ē theon? ei de theon Christon Iēsoun, hōs legei peri autou ho Iōannēs ho monogenēs theos ho ōn eis ton kolpon tou patros, ekeinos exēgēsato«, heis theos toinyn ho patēr kai monos alēthinos theos kai theos ho monogenēs.
And he says, “and Jesus Christ whom you have sent.” Jesus Christ as what, if not as God? And if Christ Jesus is God, as John says of him, “the only-begotten God, who is in the bosom of the Father, he has made him known,” then the Father is one God and the only true God, and the Only-begotten is God.
2.6Holl GCS 25:8
οὐκ ἄρα ἀλλότριος θεοῦ καὶ τῆς μονάδος· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ υἱὸς ἐκ πατρός, διὰ τοῦτο μόνος ἀληθινὸς θεός. καὶ οὐ κατὰ τοὺς ἐψευσμένους θεούς, οὓς ἐνόμισάν τινες τῶν Ἑλλήνων θεούς, οὐκ ὄντας θεούς, ἀλλὰ μόνος ἀληθινὸς θεός, ἐπειδὴ μόνος ἐκ μόνου ὁ μονογενὴς καὶ μόνον τὸ ἅηιον πνεῦμα. τριὰς γὰρ ἐν μονάδι καὶ εἷς θεὸς πατήρ, υἱὸς καὶ αγιον πνεῦμα.
ouk ara allotrios theou kai tēs monados; allʼ epeidē huios ek patros, dia touto monos alēthinos theos. kai ou kata tous epseusmenous theous, hous enomisan tines tōn Hellēnōn theous, ouk ontas theous, alla monos alēthinos theos, epeidē monos ek monou ho monogenēs kai monon to haēion pneuma. trias gar en monadi kai heis theos patēr, huios kai agion pneuma.
He is therefore not foreign to God and to the unity; but since he is Son from the Father, for that reason he is the only true God. Not like the falsely named gods whom some of the Greeks thought gods, though they are not gods, but he is the only true God, since he alone is the Only-begotten from the only One, and the Holy Spirit alone. For there is a Trinity in unity, and one God, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit.
Chapter 3
3.1Holl GCS 25:8
3. Πτύρει Κε ὁ λόγος τοὺς μὴ καταξιωθέντας πνεύματος ἁγίου. οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται εἰπεῖν κύριος Ἰησοῦς, εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ«.
3. Ptyrei Ke ho logos tous mē kataxiōthentas pneumatos hagiou. oudeis gar dynatai eipein kyrios Iēsous, ei mē en pneumati hagiǭ«.
The word alarms those who have not been counted worthy of the Holy Spirit. “For no one can say ‘Jesus is Lord’ except in the Holy Spirit.”
3.2Holl GCS 25:8
τὸ μὲν γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ὄνομα καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγουσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ κύριον ἡγοῦνται. καὶ Ἀρειανοὶ λέγουσι τὸ ὄνομα καὶ θεὸν *, θετὸν δὲ λέγουσι καὶ οὐκ ἀληθινόν, ἐπειδὴ οὐ μετέσχον πνεύματος ἁγίου.
to men gar Iēsous onoma kai Ioudaioi legousin, allʼ ou kyrion hēgountai. kai Areianoi legousi to onoma kai theon *, theton de legousi kai ouk alēthinon, epeidē ou meteschon pneumatos hagiou.
For the Jews also say the name Jesus, but they do not consider him Lord. And the Arians say the name and call him God *, but they say he is God by adoption and not true God, since they have no share in the Holy Spirit.
3.3Holl GCS 25:8
ἐὰν γὰρ μή τις δέξηται πνεῦμα ἅγιον, οὐ λέγει τὸν Ἰησοῦν κύριον ὄντως καὶ θεὸν ὄντως καὶ υἱὸν θεοῦ ὄντως καὶ βασιλέα ὄντως αἰώνιον.
ean gar mē tis dexētai pneuma hagion, ou legei ton Iēsoun kyrion ontōs kai theon ontōs kai huion theou ontōs kai basilea ontōs aiōnion.
For unless someone receives the Holy Spirit, he does not call Jesus truly Lord and truly God and truly Son of God and truly eternal King.
3.4Holl GCS 25:8
μάθωσι γὰρ οἱ τὴν κακὴν ὑπόληψιν ἐσχηκότες ὅτι πάντα ὁ μονογενὴς υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ περὶ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖν.
mathōsi gar hoi tēn kakēn hypolēpsin eschēkotes hoti panta ho monogenēs huios tou theou ou peri peri heautou martyrein.
Let those who have formed the evil opinion learn that in everything the only-begotten Son of God does not ⟨wish⟩ to bear witness about himself.
3.5Holl GCS 25:8
οὕτω γὰρ εἶπεν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ »ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐδέν ἐστιν· ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ‘.
houtō gar eipen en tǭ euangeliǭ »ean egō martyrō peri emautou, hē martyria mou ouden estin; allos estin ho martyrōn peri emou‘.
For so he said in the Gospel: “If I bear witness about myself, my witness is nothing; there is another who bears witness about me.”
3.6Holl GCS 25:8–9
καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄλλος ἀλλʼ ὁ φωνήσας ἐξ οὐρανοῦ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησά «; ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς ὁ λέγων »ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐδέν ἐστιν« πάλιν λέγει »κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου ἀληθής ἐστι« καὶ πάλιν αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ἃ δέδωκέ μοι ὁ πατήρ‘ καὶ πάλιν Μωυσῆς ἔγραφε περὶ ἐμοῦ« καί »μωυσῆς μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ‘.
kai tis estin ho allos allʼ ho phōnēsas ex ouranou houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos, en hǭ eudokēsa «? ho de autos ho legōn »ean egō martyrō peri emautou, hē martyria mou ouden estin« palin legei »kan egō martyrō peri emautou, hē martyria mou alēthēs esti« kai palin auta ta erga martyrei peri emou ha dedōke moi ho patēr‘ kai palin Mōysēs egraphe peri emou« kai »mōysēs martyrei peri emou‘.
And who is the other, if not the one who called from heaven, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased”? Yet the same one who says, “If I bear witness about myself, my witness is nothing,” says again, “Even if I bear witness about myself, my witness is true,” and again, “The very works which the Father has given me bear witness about me,” and again, “Moses wrote about me,” and “Moses bears witness about me.”
3.7Holl GCS 25:9
τὸ πρῶτον μέν »ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐδέν ἐστιν«, ἐπειδὴ πολλοὶ ἑαυτοὺς δοξάζουσιν καὶ μαρτυροῦσι περὶ ἑαυτῶν, ἴνα ἐκκόψῃ τῶν καυχωμένων τὴν καύχησιν καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστώντων.
to prōton men »ean egō martyrō peri emautou, hē martyria mou ouden estin«, epeidē polloi heautous doxazousin kai martyrousi peri heautōn, ina ekkopsę̄ tōn kauchōmenōn tēn kauchēsin kai tōn heautous synistōntōn.
The first saying, “If I bear witness about myself, my witness is nothing,” he said because many glorify themselves and bear witness about themselves, in order to cut off the boasting of those who boast and of those who commend themselves.
3.8Holl GCS 25:9
ἐπὰν δὲ εἴπῃ »κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου ἀληθής ἐστι«, δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐχ ἀνθρώπου αὐτοῦ ἠ μαρτυρία, ἀλλὰ θεός έστιν ἀληθεύων ⟨ἐν⟩ τῇ αὐτοῦ ἀληθινὸς τοίνυν θεὸς ὁ πατήρ, ἀληθινὸς θεὸς ὁ υἱός, ἀληθινὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, »πνεῦμα θεοῦ« ὂν καὶ πνεῦμα ἀληθείας«, τριὰς ἐν ἐνὶ ὀνόματι ἀριθμουμένη.
epan de eipę̄ »kan egō martyrō peri emautou, hē martyria mou alēthēs esti«, deiknysin hoti ouch anthrōpou autou ē martyria, alla theos estin alētheuōn ⟨en⟩ tę̄ autou alēthinos toinyn theos ho patēr, alēthinos theos ho huios, alēthinon to pneuma to hagion, »pneuma theou« on kai pneuma alētheias«, trias en eni onomati arithmoumenē.
But when he says, “Even if I bear witness about myself, my witness is true,” he shows that his witness is not a man's, but that he is God, speaking truly in his own ⟨truth⟩. So the Father is true God, the Son is true God, the Holy Spirit is true, being “the Spirit of God” and “the Spirit of truth”: a Trinity counted in one name.
3.9Holl GCS 25:9
περὶ γὰρ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτὸς ὁ υἱὸς λέγει »ἵνα γινώσκωσί σε τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεόν«, ἀξιόπιστος δὲ μάρτυς ⟨περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ⟩ ὁ ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ ἀναπεσὼν μονογενῆ αὐτὸν φάσκων. οὐ προσέθετο δὲ τῷ μονογενεῖ θεῷ τὸ θεὸς ἀληθινός, ἀλλὰ περὶ πατρὸς γέγραπται, ⟨ὄτι⟩ ἀληθινὸς θεός, περὶ υἱοῦ δέ,. μονογενὴς θεός. τὸ δὲ ⟨ἀνά⟩παλιν περὶ πατρός, ὅτι »φῶς ὁ περὶ δὲ υἱοῦ, ὅτι »ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν«.
peri gar tou patros autos ho huios legei »hina ginōskōsi se ton monon alēthinon theon«, axiopistos de martys ⟨peri tou huiou⟩ ho epi to stēthos autou anapesōn monogenē auton phaskōn. ou prosetheto de tǭ monogenei theǭ to theos alēthinos, alla peri patros gegraptai, ⟨oti⟩ alēthinos theos, peri huiou de,. monogenēs theos. to de ⟨ana⟩palin peri patros, hoti »phōs ho peri de huiou, hoti »ēn to phōs to alēthinon«.
For about the Father the Son himself says, “that they may know you, the only true God,” while a trustworthy witness ⟨about the Son⟩ is the one who leaned on his breast and called him Only-begotten. He did not add “true God” to the only-begotten God; but of the Father it is written ⟨that he is⟩ true God, and of the Son, only-begotten God. Conversely, of the Father, “God is light,” and of the Son, “He was the true light.”
Chapter 4
4.1Holl GCS 25:9
4. Καὶ ὅρα μοι τὴν τῶν γραφῶν ἀκρίβειαν. ἔστι μὲν γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ φῶς, καὶ οὐ πρόσκειται τῷ περὶ πατρὸς φῶς ἀληθινόν· ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ περὶ υἱοῦ εἶπε φῶς ἀληθινὸν καὶ οὐδεὶς τολμᾷ ἄλλως λέγειν.
4. Kai hora moi tēn tōn graphōn akribeian. esti men gar ho patēr phōs, kai ou proskeitai tǭ peri patros phōs alēthinon; epi de tǭ peri huiou eipe phōs alēthinon kai oudeis tolmą allōs legein.
And see the precision of the Scriptures. The Father is light, and “true light” is not added in what is said about the Father; but in what is said about the Son it says “true light,” and no one dares to say otherwise.
4.2Holl GCS 25:9–10
τίς γὰρ μεμηνὼς ἢ μᾶλλον φρενοβλάβειαν ἑαυτῷ συνάγων τολμήσει βλασφημίας ὑπόνοιαν ἑαυτῷ κτήσασθαι, μὴ εὑρὼν ἐπὶ τῷ ῥητῶ προσκείμενον τὸ ἀληθινὸν καὶ εἰπών περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν φῶς ἀληθινόν;
tis gar memēnōs ē mallon phrenoblabeian heautǭ synagōn tolmēsei blasphēmias hyponoian heautǭ ktēsasthai, mē heurōn epi tǭ rhētō proskeimenon to alēthinon kai eipōn peri tou patros hoti ouk estin phōs alēthinon?
For who, being mad, or rather heaping derangement on himself, will dare to bring on himself the suspicion of blasphemy by saying about the Father, because he does not find “true” added to the text, that he is not true light?
4.3Holl GCS 25:10
εἰ γὰρ ὁ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγεννημένος γνήσιος υἱὸς φῶς ἐστιν ἀληθινόν, ὁ τοῦ υἱοῦ γεννήτωρ ἀναμφιβόλως φῶς ἐστιν ἀληθινόν, αὐτὸς ὁ] γεννήσας αὐτὸν ἀνάρχως καὶ ἀχρόνως φῶς ἀληθινόν.
ei gar ho ex autou gegennēmenos gnēsios huios phōs estin alēthinon, ho tou huiou gennētōr anamphibolōs phōs estin alēthinon, autos ho] gennēsas auton anarchōs kai achronōs phōs alēthinon.
For if the genuine Son begotten from him is true light, the begetter of the Son is beyond doubt true light: he who begot him without beginning and without time is true light.
4.4Holl GCS 25:10
καὶ ὥσπερ οὐ τολμητέον ἐπὶ τῷ πατρὶ λέγειν ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι φῶς ἀληθινόν, καίτοι γε μὴ προσκειμένου τοῦ ἀληθινόν, ἀλλʼ ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν διὰ τὸ εὐσεβῶς νοεῖν οἴδαμεν, κἄν τε μὴ ᾖ γεγραμμένον, ὅτι ἔστι φῶς ἀληθινόν, καὶ οὐκ ἀμφιβάλλομεν, ἵνα μὴ ἀπολώμεθα, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ γέγραπται ὅτι θεὸς ὁ υἱός καὶ κἂν οὐ πρόσκειται τὸ θεὸς ἀληθινός, μανίαν ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύομεν, εἰ τολμή- σομεν βλασφημῆσαι καὶ μὴ εἰπεῖν τὸν υἱὸν θεὸν ἀληθινὸν κἄν τε μὴ ᾐ ἡ λέξις προσκειμένη.
kai hōsper ou tolmēteon epi tǭ patri legein hoti ouk esti phōs alēthinon, kaitoi ge mē proskeimenou tou alēthinon, allʼ aphʼ heautōn dia to eusebōs noein oidamen, kan te mē ę̄ gegrammenon, hoti esti phōs alēthinon, kai ouk amphiballomen, hina mē apolōmetha, houtō kai epi tou huiou gegraptai hoti theos ho huios kai kan ou proskeitai to theos alēthinos, manian heautois episōreuomen, ei tolmē- somen blasphēmēsai kai mē eipein ton huion theon alēthinon kan te mē ę̄ hē lexis proskeimenē.
And just as one must not dare to say of the Father that he is not true light, although “true” is not added, but of ourselves, through thinking piously, we know, even if it is not written, that he is true light, and we do not doubt, lest we perish, so also of the Son it is written that the Son is God; and even if “true God” is not added, we heap madness on ourselves if we dare to blaspheme and not call the Son true God, even if the word is not added.
4.5Holl GCS 25:10
ἀρκεῖ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐνὶ τὸν πάντα σύνδεσμον τῆς τριάδος φέρειν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς νοεῖν τὸν υἱὸν θεὸν ἀληθινὸν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ἀληθινόν, ἀντιπαρακειμένων τοῖς ἑκατέροις ὀνόμασι τῶν ἰσορρόπων τῆς ἀληθείας, τῷ μὲν πατρὶ τὸ θεὸς ἀληθινός, τῷ δὲ υἱῷ τὸ θεός,
arkei gar epi tǭ eni ton panta syndesmon tēs triados pherein kai apo tou patros noein ton huion theon alēthinon kai to pneuma alēthinon, antiparakeimenōn tois hekaterois onomasi tōn isorropōn tēs alētheias, tǭ men patri to theos alēthinos, tǭ de huiǭ to theos,
For it is enough to carry the whole bond of the Trinity in the one, and from the Father to understand the Son as true God and the Spirit as true, since equivalent expressions of truth are set side by side with each of the names: to the Father “true God,” to the Son “God,”
4.6Holl GCS 25:10
ἀνάπαλιν δὲ τῷ υἱῷ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, τῷ δὲ πατρὶ τὸ φῶς, ἵνα τὰς δύο δόξας τὰς περὶ θεότητος συζεύξαντες περὶ πατρὸς μὲν ⟨τὸ⟩ θεὸς ἀληθινός, περὶ δὲ υἱοῦ φῶς ἀληθινὸν καὶ περὶ πατρὸς τὸ φῶς καὶ περὶ υἱοῦ τὸ θεός, ἀπὸ τοῦ φῶς καὶ θεὸς τὴν μίαν θεότητα καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεὸς ἀληθινὸς καὶ φῶς ἀληθινὸν τὴν μίαν ἑνότητα τῆς δυνάμεως ὁμολογήσωμεν.
anapalin de tǭ huiǭ to phōs to alēthinon, tǭ de patri to phōs, hina tas dyo doxas tas peri theotētos syzeuxantes peri patros men ⟨to⟩ theos alēthinos, peri de huiou phōs alēthinon kai peri patros to phōs kai peri huiou to theos, apo tou phōs kai theos tēn mian theotēta kai apo tou theos alēthinos kai phōs alēthinon tēn mian henotēta tēs dynameōs homologēsōmen.
and conversely to the Son “the true light,” and to the Father “light,” so that, joining the two sayings about the Godhead, “true God” of the Father and “true light” of the Son, and “light” of the Father and “God” of the Son, we may confess from “light” and “God” the one Godhead, and from “true God” and “true light” the one unity of power.
Chapter 5
5.1Holl GCS 25:10–11
5. Ὡσαύτως καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐὰν »ἐὰν ἐγὼ ἐκεῖνος ἔρχεται« φησί τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας« καὶ ἔτι περὶ ἑαυτοῦ »ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια«· καὶ περὶ πατρός τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρός μου τὸ λαλοῦν ἔν ὑμῖν« καὶ περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐφέστηκεν ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν‘.
5. Hōsautōs kai epi tou hagiou pneumatos ean »ean egō ekeinos erchetai« phēsi to pneuma tēs alētheias« kai eti peri heautou »egō eimi hē alētheia«; kai peri patros to pneuma tou patros mou to laloun en hymin« kai peri tou pneumatos to pneuma mou ephestēken en mesǭ hymōn‘.
Likewise also concerning the Holy Spirit: “When he comes,” he says, “the Spirit of truth,” and again of himself, “I am the truth”; and of the Father, “the Spirit of my Father who speaks in you”; and of the Spirit, “My Spirit stands in your midst.”
5.2Holl GCS 25:11
τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ἀρρήτως συμπράττον τῷ υἱῷ ἐκβάλλει αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον« »πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου« καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος πνεῦμα κυρίου, οὑ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέ με«,
to de pneuma arrētōs sympratton tǭ huiǭ ekballei auton eis tēn erēmon« »peirasthēnai hypo tou diabolou« kai autos ho kyrios pneuma kyriou, hou heineken echrise me«,
And the Spirit, working together with the Son in a way beyond words, “drives him out into the wilderness” “to be tempted by the devil”; and the Lord himself says, “The Spirit of the Lord, because of which he has anointed me,”
5.3Holl GCS 25:11
τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα τὸ ἄγιον ἐν προφήταις λαλοῦν »τάδε λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ« ⟨καί⟩ »ὁ λαλῶν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κύριος‘, »ὁ στερεῶν καὶ κτίζων πνεῦμα«, βροντὴν μὲν τὴν ἐνηχουμένην ἀνθρώποις, κτίζων δὲ πνεῦμα εἰς ἐνέργειαν ὑετῶν ἀποστελλομένων ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ τῇ.
to de pneuma to agion en prophētais laloun »tade legei kyrios pantokratōr« ⟨kai⟩ »ho lalōn en tois prophētais kyrios‘, »ho stereōn kai ktizōn pneuma«, brontēn men tēn enēchoumenēn anthrōpois, ktizōn de pneuma eis energeian hyetōn apostellomenōn apo tou theou tę̄ tę̄.
and the Holy Spirit, speaking in the prophets, says, “Thus says the Lord Almighty,” ⟨and⟩ “the Lord who speaks in the prophets,” “who makes firm and creates spirit”: the thunder that resounds for people, and creating wind for the working of the rains sent by God on the earth.
5.4Holl GCS 25:11
καὶ περὶ μὲν κτισμάτων οὕτω φησί »στερεῶν βροντὴν καὶ κτίζων πνεῦμα«. ταῦτα γὰρ κτιστὰ ὑπάρχει· »ἀπαγγέλλων δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις« οὐκέτι κτίζων οὐκέτι στερεῶν, ἀλλʼ »ἀπαγγέλλων αὐτὸν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις«,
kai peri men ktismatōn houtō phēsi »stereōn brontēn kai ktizōn pneuma«. tauta gar ktista hyparchei; »apangellōn de ton Christon autou tois anthrōpois« ouketi ktizōn ouketi stereōn, allʼ »apangellōn auton tois anthrōpois«,
And concerning created things he says thus: “who makes firm the thunder and creates wind.” For these are created. But “declaring his Christ to men” is no longer creating, no longer making firm, but “declaring him to men,”
5.5Holl GCS 25:11
τὸν ἀληθῶς γεννηθέντα ἐξ ληθοῦς, τὸν ἄκτιστον, τὸν ἄτρεπτον, τὸν ἀναλλοίωτον, τὸν ἀεὶ ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀεὶ ὄντος, τὸν διὰ ⟨Μωυσέως καὶ⟩ ἀεὶ ὄντα· »ὁ ὤν, γάρ φησιν, ἀπέσταλκέ με« φησὶν ὁ Μωυσῆς καὶ ὀ Ιωάννης »ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρός, ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο«·
ton alēthōs gennēthenta ex lēthous, ton aktiston, ton atrepton, ton analloiōton, ton aei onta ek tou aei ontos, ton dia ⟨Mōyseōs kai⟩ aei onta; »ho ōn, gar phēsin, apestalke me« phēsin ho Mōysēs kai o Iōannēs »ho ōn eis ton kolpon tou patros, ekeinos exēgēsato«;
him who was truly begotten from the True One, the uncreated, the unchangeable, the unalterable, the one who always is from the One who always is, the one who ⟨through Moses⟩ is always: “He who is,” he says, “has sent me,” says Moses, and John says, “he who is in the bosom of the Father, he has made him known.”
5.6Holl GCS 25:11
ὢν ἐστὶν ὀ πατήρ, ὢν ἐστὶν ὁ υἱός, ὁ »ὢν πρὸς τὸν ὄντα «, ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεννηθείς, οὐ συναλοιφὴ ὢν τῷ πατρί, οὐκ ἀρξάμενος τοῦ εἶναι, ἀεὶ δὲ υἱὸς γνήσιος ⟨ὢν⟩ σὺν πατρί, ἀεὶ πατὴρ γεννήσας τὸν υἱόν.
ōn estin o patēr, ōn estin ho huios, ho »ōn pros ton onta «, ex autou gennētheis, ou synaloiphē ōn tǭ patri, ouk arxamenos tou einai, aei de huios gnēsios ⟨ōn⟩ syn patri, aei patēr gennēsas ton huion.
The Father is “he who is,” the Son is “he who is,” “being with the One who is,” begotten from him; not merged with the Father, not having begun to be, but always the genuine Son ⟨being⟩ with the Father, the Father always having begotten the Son.
5.7Holl GCS 25:11
οὐκ ἠν γάρ ποτε καιρὸς ὅτε ὁ πατὴρ οὐκ ἠν πατήρ, οὐκ ἠν ποτὲ καιρὸς ὅτε [ὁ] υἱὸς οὐχ ὑπῆρχε πατρὶ τῷ μόνῳ. εἰ γὰρ ἠν ὅτε οὐκ ἠν πατήρ, ἄρα καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν υἱὸς ἑτέρου πατρὸς πρὸ τοῦ εἶναι αὐτὸν πατέρα τοῦ μονογενοῦς.
ouk ēn gar pote kairos hote ho patēr ouk ēn patēr, ouk ēn pote kairos hote [ho] huios ouch hypērche patri tǭ monǭ. ei gar ēn hote ouk ēn patēr, ara kai autos ēn huios heterou patros pro tou einai auton patera tou monogenous.
For there was never a time when the Father was not Father; there was never a time when the Son did not exist for the only Father. For if there was when the Father was not, then he himself was a son of another father before he was Father of the Only-begotten.
5.8Holl GCS 25:11
καὶ δοκοῦντες εἰς τὸν πατέρα εὐσεβεῖν τελείως ἀσεβοῦσιν. ἐν θεῶ γὰρ οὐ χρόνος οὐ καιρὸς οὐ στιγμὴ χρόνου οὐκ ἄτομον ὥρας οὐ ῥιπὴ ὀφθαλμοῦ οὐ διανοίας μετέωρον ἐνδέχεται, ἀλλʼ ὅσον δἂν ἀναβῇ
kai dokountes eis ton patera eusebein teleiōs asebousin. en theō gar ou chronos ou kairos ou stigmē chronou ouk atomon hōras ou rhipē ophthalmou ou dianoias meteōron endechetai, allʼ hoson dan anabę̄
And thinking to be pious toward the Father, they are wholly impious. For in God there is no room for time, no season, no point of time, no indivisible moment of an hour, no blink of an eye, no suspension of thought; but as far as
5.9Holl GCS 25:11–12
σου ἡ διάνοια υἱὸν κατα- λαμβάνειν καὶ πιστεύειν, νοεῖ ἅμα καὶ πατέρα. τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα * ἐστὶ σημαντικόν. γὰρ υἱὸν καλέσῃς, υἱὸν λέγων νοεῖς πατέρα· ἀπὸ γὰρ υἱοῦ πατὴρ νοεῖται, καὶ ὅταν καλέσῃς πατέρα, σημαίνεις υἱόν· πατὴρ γὰρ πάντως υἱοῦ καλεῖταί.
sou hē dianoia huion kata- lambanein kai pisteuein, noei hama kai patera. to gar onoma * esti sēmantikon. gar huion kalesę̄s, huion legōn noeis patera; apo gar huiou patēr noeitai, kai hotan kalesę̄s patera, sēmaineis huion; patēr gar pantōs huiou kaleitai.
your mind may rise to grasp and believe in the Son, it conceives the Father at the same time. For the name * is significant. If you call him Son, in saying Son you understand Father; for from the Son the Father is understood; and when you call him Father, you signify the Son; for a father is always called the father of a son.
Chapter 6
6.1Holl GCS 25:12
6. Πότε οὐν δύνασαι τολμᾶν καὶ λέγειν ὅτι οὐκ ἠν πατὴρ ὁ πατήρ, ἴνα καὶ υἱὸν τολμήσῃς εἰπεῖν μὴ εἶναι ⟨υἱόν⟩ εἰ δὲ οὐ ἀξίαν προσθεῖναι πατρί τὸ γὰρ θεῖον ἐν ταὐτότητι ὑπάρχει καὶ οὐκ ἐπιδέεται προσθήκης, οὐ δόξης οὐ προκοπῆς), μάθε μὴ βλασφημεῖν«, ὠ ὁ πολεμῶν τὴν πίστιν, μᾶλλον δὲ σεαυτὸν ἀπὸ πίστεως διώκων, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ πίστευε πατέρα ἀίδιον ἀληθῶς γεννήσαντα υἱόν,
6. Pote oun dynasai tolman kai legein hoti ouk ēn patēr ho patēr, ina kai huion tolmēsę̄s eipein mē einai ⟨huion⟩ ei de ou axian prostheinai patri to gar theion en tautotēti hyparchei kai ouk epideetai prosthēkēs, ou doxēs ou prokopēs), mathe mē blasphēmein«, ō ho polemōn tēn pistin, mallon de seauton apo pisteōs diōkōn, allʼ aei pisteue patera aidion alēthōs gennēsanta huion,
When then can you dare to say that the Father was not Father, so as to dare also to say that the Son was not ⟨Son⟩? If you do not ⟨give⟩ an added dignity to the Father (for the divine is in sameness and needs no addition, no glory, no advancement), learn “not to blaspheme,” you who war against the faith, or rather drive yourself away from the faith; but always believe that the eternal Father truly begot the Son,
6.2Holl GCS 25:12
τὸν ἀεὶ ὄντως ὄντα πρὸς τὸν ὄντως ὄντα πατέρα.
ton aei ontōs onta pros ton ontōs onta patera.
who always truly is, with the Father who truly is.
6.3Holl GCS 25:12
ἀλλὰ γεγεννημένον· υἱὸς γὰρ ἀεὶ ⟨συνὼν⟩ οὐ συναλοιφή ἐστιν τῷ πατρί, οὐ συνάδελφος, υἱὸς γνήσιος ἐκ πατρὸς γεγεννημένος, φυσικὸς υἱός, οὐ θετός, υἱὸς ὁμοούσιος τῷ πατρί, οὐ συνούσας, ἀλλʼ ὁμοούσιος, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἔξωθεν τοῦ πατρὸς γεννηθείς, ὥς τινες εἰρωνείᾳ φέρονται, θέσει θέλοντες εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν καὶ οὐκ ἀληθείᾳ.
alla gegennēmenon; huios gar aei ⟨synōn⟩ ou synaloiphē estin tǭ patri, ou synadelphos, huios gnēsios ek patros gegennēmenos, physikos huios, ou thetos, huios homoousios tǭ patri, ou synousas, allʼ homoousios, toutestin ouk exōthen tou patros gennētheis, hōs tines eirōneią pherontai, thesei thelontes einai ton huion kai ouk alētheią.
but begotten. For the Son, always ⟨being with him⟩, is not merged with the Father, not a brother; he is the genuine Son begotten from the Father, Son by nature, not by adoption, the Son consubstantial with the Father; not coessential, but consubstantial, that is, not begotten from outside the Father, as some ironically assert, wanting the Son to be so by adoption and not in truth.
6.4Holl GCS 25:12
σύνδεσμος δέ τῆς πίστεως ὁμοούσιον λέγειν. ἐὰν γὰρ εἴπῃς τὸ ὁμοούσιον, ἔλυσας Σαβελλίου τὴν δύναμιν· ὅπου γὰρ ὁμοούσιον, μιᾶς ὑποστάσεώς ἐστι δηλωτικόν·
syndesmos de tēs pisteōs homoousion legein. ean gar eipę̄s to homoousion, elysas Sabelliou tēn dynamin; hopou gar homoousion, mias hypostaseōs esti dēlōtikon;
The bond of the faith is to say “consubstantial.” For if you say “consubstantial,” you have broken the power of Sabellius; for where there is “consubstantial,” it indicates one hypostasis;
6.5Holl GCS 25:12
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνυπόστατον σημαίνει τὸν πατέρα καὶ ἐνυπόστατον τὸν υἱὸν καὶ ἐνυπόστατον τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον.
alla kai enypostaton sēmainei ton patera kai enypostaton ton huion kai enypostaton to pneuma to hagion.
but it also signifies that the Father is subsistent, and the Son is subsistent, and the Holy Spirit is subsistent.
6.6Holl GCS 25:12
ὅταν δέ τις ὁμοούσιον λέγῃ, οὐκ ἀλλότριον τῆς αὐτῆς θεότητος σημαίνει. ἀλλὰ θεὸν ἐκ θεοῦ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ θεὸν τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, τῆς θεότητος, θεότητος, οὐ τρεῖς θεούς.
hotan de tis homoousion legę̄, ouk allotrion tēs autēs theotētos sēmainei. alla theon ek theou ton huion kai theon to hagion pneuma, tēs theotētos, theotētos, ou treis theous.
And when someone says “consubstantial,” he does not signify something foreign to the same Godhead, but the Son as God from God and the Holy Spirit as God, the Godhead ⟨being one⟩, not three gods.
6.7Holl GCS 25:12–13
οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐὰν εἴπωμεν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα θεόν, δύο θεοὺς λέγομεν· εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ἡμῶν ὁ θεός, ὥς φησιν ὁ μακάριος Μωυσῆς κύριος ὁ θεός σου, κύριος εἷς ἐστιν‘.
oude gar ean eipōmen ton huion kai ton patera theon, dyo theous legomen; heis gar estin hēmōn ho theos, hōs phēsin ho makarios Mōysēs kyrios ho theos sou, kyrios heis estin‘.
For even if we call the Son and the Father God, we do not speak of two gods; for our God is one, as the blessed Moses says: “The Lord your God, the Lord is one.”
6.8Holl GCS 25:13
οὐ θεοὺς λέγομεν θεὸν τὸν πατέρα, θεὸν τὸν υἱόν, θεὸν τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα * καὶ οὐ θεούς· οὐδὲ γὰρ πολυθεΐα ἐν θεῷ. διὰ δὲ τῶν τριῶν ὀνομάτων ἡ μία θεότης πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος ⟨σημαίνεται⟩.
ou theous legomen theon ton patera, theon ton huion, theon to hagion pneuma * kai ou theous; oude gar polytheïa en theǭ. dia de tōn triōn onomatōn hē mia theotēs patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos ⟨sēmainetai⟩.
We do not speak of gods when we call the Father God, the Son God, the Holy Spirit God *, and not gods; for there is no polytheism in God. But through the three names the one Godhead of Father and Son and Holy Spirit ⟨is signified⟩.
6.9Holl GCS 25:13
καὶ οὐ δύο υἱοί· μονογενὴς γὰρ εἰς ὁ υἱός, τὸ δὲ ἅγιον πνεῦμα πνεῦμα αἅγον, πνεῦμα θεοῦ, ἀεὶ ὂν σὺν πατρὶ καὶ υἱῷ, οὐκ ἀλλότριον θεοῦ, ἀπὸ δὲ θεοῦ ὄν, ἀπὸ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον‘ καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ λαμβά- νον‘.
kai ou dyo huioi; monogenēs gar eis ho huios, to de hagion pneuma pneuma haagon, pneuma theou, aei on syn patri kai huiǭ, ouk allotrion theou, apo de theou on, apo patros ekporeuomenon‘ kai tou huiou lamba- non‘.
And there are not two sons; for the Son is one Only-begotten, while the Holy Spirit is Holy Spirit, Spirit of God, always being with Father and Son, not foreign to God, but being from God, “proceeding from the Father” and “receiving” from the Son.
6.10Holl GCS 25:13
ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν υἱὸς μονογενὴς ἀκατάληπτος καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ἀκατάληπτόν ἐκ θεοῦ δέ, οὐκ ἀλλότριον πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ. οὐδὲ συναλοιφή ἐστι πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ, ἀλλὰ τριὰς ἀεὶ οὖσα τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας· οὐχ ἑτέρα οὐσία παρὰ τὴν θεότητα οὐδὲ ἑτέρα θεότης παρὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, ἀλλʼ ἡ αὐτὴ θεότης καὶ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς θεότητος ὁ υἱὸς καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνευμα.
allʼ ho men huios monogenēs akatalēptos kai to pneuma akatalēpton ek theou de, ouk allotrion patros kai huiou. oude synaloiphē esti patros kai huiou, alla trias aei ousa tēs autēs ousias; ouch hetera ousia para tēn theotēta oude hetera theotēs para tēn ousian, allʼ hē autē theotēs kai ek tēs autēs theotētos ho huios kai to hagion pneuma.
But the Son, the Only-begotten, is incomprehensible, and the Spirit is incomprehensible; from God, not foreign to Father and Son. Nor is he a merging of Father and Son, but a Trinity always existing of the same substance: not another substance besides the Godhead, nor another Godhead besides the substance, but the same Godhead, and from the same Godhead are the Son and the Holy Spirit.
Chapter 7
7.1Holl GCS 25:13
7. Καὶ τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα ἅγιον πνεῦμα, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς υἱός, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα παρὰ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ λαμβάνον, »ἐρευνῶν τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ«, ἀναγγέλλον τὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἐν κόσμῳ, ἁγιάζον ἁγίους διὰ τῆς τριάδος, τρίτον τῇ ὀνομασίαι ἐπειδὴ ἡ τριάς ἐστιν ⟨ὁ⟩ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα· »ἀπελθόντες« γάρ φησι »βαπτίσατε εἰς ὄνομα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος‘), ἐπισφραγὶς τῆς χάριτος, σύνδεσμος τῆς τριάδος, οὐκ ἀλλότριον τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ, οὐ διεστὼς τῆς ὀνομασίας, οὐ ξένον τῆς δωρεᾶς, ἀλλʼ εἷς θεὸς μία πίστις εἷς κύριος ἓν χάρισμα μία ἐκκλησία ἓν βάπτισμα.
7. Kai to men pneuma hagion pneuma, ho de huios huios, to de pneuma para patros ekporeuomenon kai tou huiou lambanon, »ereunōn ta bathē tou theou«, anangellon ta tou huiou en kosmǭ, hagiazon hagious dia tēs triados, triton tę̄ onomasiai epeidē hē trias estin ⟨ho⟩ kai ho huios kai to hagion pneuma; »apelthontes« gar phēsi »baptisate eis onoma patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos‘), episphragis tēs charitos, syndesmos tēs triados, ouk allotrion tou arithmou, ou diestōs tēs onomasias, ou xenon tēs dōreas, allʼ heis theos mia pistis heis kyrios hen charisma mia ekklēsia hen baptisma.
And the Spirit is Holy Spirit, and the Son is Son; the Spirit proceeding from the Father and receiving from the Son, “searching the depths of God,” announcing the things of the Son in the world, sanctifying the saints through the Trinity, third in naming (since the Trinity is ⟨the Father⟩ and the Son and the Holy Spirit; for “Go,” he says, “baptize in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit”), the seal of grace, the bond of the Trinity, not foreign to the number, not separated from the naming, not alien to the gift; but one God, one faith, one Lord, one grace, one church, one baptism.
7.2Holl GCS 25:13
ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ τριὰς τριὰς καὶ οὐδέποτε προσθήκην λαμβάνει, οὕτως ἀριθμουμένη· πατὴρ καὶ υἱὸς καὶ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
aei gar hē trias trias kai oudepote prosthēkēn lambanei, houtōs arithmoumenē; patēr kai huios kai hagion pneuma.
For the Trinity is always Trinity and never receives an addition, being counted thus: Father and Son and Holy Spirit.
7.3Holl GCS 25:13–14
οὐ συναλοιφὴ ἡ τριάς, οὐ διεστώς τι ἐν αὑτῇ τῆς ἰδίας αὐτῆς μονάδος, ἐν ὑποστάσει δὲ τελειότητος τἐλειος ὁ πατήρ. τέλειος ὁ υἱός, τέλειον τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· πατὴρ καὶ υἱὸς ⟨καὶ⟩ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
ou synaloiphē hē trias, ou diestōs ti en hautę̄ tēs idias autēs monados, en hypostasei de teleiotētos teleios ho patēr. teleios ho huios, teleion to pneuma to hagion; patēr kai huios ⟨kai⟩ hagion pneuma.
The Trinity is not a merging, nor is anything in it separated from its own unity; but in the hypostasis of perfection the Father is perfect, the Son is perfect, the Holy Spirit is perfect: Father and Son ⟨and⟩ Holy Spirit.
7.4Holl GCS 25:14
τὸ δὲ ἀνάπαλιν πνεῦμα χαρίσμασιν ἐνταττόμενον· »διαιρέσεις γὰρ χαρισμάτων εἰσί, τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα· καὶ διαιρέσεις διακονιῶν εἰσιν, ό δὲ αὐτὸς κύριος· καὶ διαιρέσεις ἐνεργημάτων εἰσίν, ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς θεός. ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσι«.
to de anapalin pneuma charismasin entattomenon; »diaireseis gar charismatōn eisi, to de auto pneuma; kai diaireseis diakoniōn eisin, o de autos kyrios; kai diaireseis energēmatōn eisin, ho de autos theos. ho energōn ta panta en pasi«.
And conversely the Spirit is ranked with the gifts: “For there are varieties of gifts, but the same Spirit; and there are varieties of services, but the same Lord; and there are varieties of workings, but the same God, who works all things in all.”
7.5Holl GCS 25:14
μὴ ἐκπέσωμεν τοῦ προκειμένου, μὴ ἀποστῶμεν τῆς ἀληθείας. ἡμεῖς οὐ συνηγοροῦμεν ὑπὲρ θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ εὐσεβῶς νοοῦμεν, ἵνα μὴ ἀπολώμεθα, καὶ φθεγγόμεθα οὐχ ὡς καταλαμβάνοντες· ὡς ἄνθρωποι γὰρ φθεγγόμεθα ἅ κατειλήφαμεν.
mē ekpesōmen tou prokeimenou, mē apostōmen tēs alētheias. hēmeis ou synēgoroumen hyper theou, allʼ eusebōs nooumen, hina mē apolōmetha, kai phthengometha ouch hōs katalambanontes; hōs anthrōpoi gar phthengometha ha kateilēphamen.
Let us not fall away from the subject; let us not depart from the truth. We are not advocates pleading on God's behalf; rather we think piously, so that we may not perish, and we speak not as comprehending him; for as human beings we speak what we have grasped.
7.6Holl GCS 25:14
ἡ γὰρ εἰς θεὸν τιμὴ ἄπειρος καὶ μυριονταπλασίως παρὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον νοῦν δεδίασται ⟨ἡ τριὰς⟩ καὶ μηδὲν προσλαμβάνουσα δόξης μήτε ἀφαιρουμένη ἰδιότητος.
hē gar eis theon timē apeiros kai myriontaplasiōs para ton hēmeteron noun dediastai ⟨hē trias⟩ kai mēden proslambanousa doxēs mēte aphairoumenē idiotētos.
For the honor due to God is infinite, and ⟨the Trinity⟩ is separated ten thousand times beyond our mind, neither receiving any addition of glory nor being deprived of its distinctive property.
7.7Holl GCS 25:14
οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐν τριάδι κτιστὸν ἢ ἐπιγένητον, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν πατὴρ τὸν υἱὸν γεννᾷ. οὐκ ἠν δὲ ποτὲ χρόνος ὅτε οὐχ ἠν ὁ υἱός. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν χρόνῳ τινὶ πατὴρ οὐκ ἐκαλεῖτο, ἀλλὰ ἦν ἀεὶ πατὴρ καὶ ἦν ἀεὶ υἱός, οὐ συνάδελφος, ἀλλὰ υἱὸς γεννηθεὶς ἀνεκδιηγήτως καὶ ὀνομαζόμενος ἀκαταλήπτως, σὺν πατρὶ δὲ ὢν ἀεὶ καὶ μηδέποτε διαλείπων τοῦ εἶναι.
ouden gar en triadi ktiston ē epigenēton, allʼ ho men patēr ton huion genną. ouk ēn de pote chronos hote ouch ēn ho huios. oude gar ho patēr en chronǭ tini patēr ouk ekaleito, alla ēn aei patēr kai ēn aei huios, ou synadelphos, alla huios gennētheis anekdiēgētōs kai onomazomenos akatalēptōs, syn patri de ōn aei kai mēdepote dialeipōn tou einai.
For nothing in the Trinity is created or came into being afterward; but the Father begets the Son. There was never a time when the Son was not. For the Father was not at some time not called Father; but he was always Father and the Son always was, not a brother, but a Son begotten indescribably and named incomprehensibly, always being with the Father and never ceasing to be.
7.8Holl GCS 25:14
πατὴρ οὐν ἀγέννητος καὶ ἄκτιστος καὶ ἀκατάληπτος, υἱὸς γεννητός, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄκτιστος καὶ ἀκατάληπτος· πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἀεί, οὐ γεννητόν, οὐ κτιστόν, οὐ συνάδελφον οὐ πατράδελφον, οὐ προπάτορον οὐκ ἔκγονον, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ πνεῦμα ἄλγιον. πνεῦμα γὰρ ὁ θεός‘.
patēr oun agennētos kai aktistos kai akatalēptos, huios gennētos, alla kai aktistos kai akatalēptos; pneuma hagion aei, ou gennēton, ou ktiston, ou synadelphon ou patradelphon, ou propatoron ouk ekgonon, allʼ ek tēs autēs ousias patros kai huiou pneuma algion. pneuma gar ho theos‘.
So the Father is unbegotten and uncreated and incomprehensible; the Son begotten, but also uncreated and incomprehensible; the Holy Spirit eternal, not begotten, not created, not a brother, not an uncle, not an ancestor, not a descendant, but the Holy Spirit from the same substance of Father and Son. For “God is Spirit.”
Chapter 8
8.1Holl GCS 25:14
8. Ἕκαστον δὲ τῶν ὀνομάτων μονώνυχον, μὴ ἔχον δευτέρωσιν. καὶ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ πατὴρ καὶ οὐκ ἔχει ἀντιπαράθετον, οὐδὲ ἑτέρω πατρὶ συνζευγνύμενος, ἵνα μὴ δύο θεοί.
8. Hekaston de tōn onomatōn monōnychon, mē echon deuterōsin. kai gar ho patēr patēr kai ouk echei antiparatheton, oude heterō patri synzeugnymenos, hina mē dyo theoi.
Each of the names is single, having no duplicate. For the Father is Father and has no counterpart, nor is he yoked with another father, so that there may not be two gods.
8.2Holl GCS 25:14–15
καὶ ⟨ὁ⟩ υἱὸς μονογενής, θεὸς ἀληθινὸς ἐκ θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ, οὐ πατρὸς ἔχων ὄνομα οὐδὲ ἀλλότριος παΙτρός, ἀλλʼ υἱὸς πατρὸς ὑπάρχων· μονογενὴς δέ, ἴνα μονώνυχος ᾖ ὁ υἱός, καὶ θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ, ἵνα εἷς θεὸς πατὴρ καὶ υἱὸς καλῆται. καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον μονογενές, οὐχ
kai ⟨ho⟩ huios monogenēs, theos alēthinos ek theou alēthinou, ou patros echōn onoma oude allotrios paItros, allʼ huios patros hyparchōn; monogenēs de, ina monōnychos ę̄ ho huios, kai theos ek theou, hina heis theos patēr kai huios kalētai. kai to pneuma to hagion monogenes, ouch
And ⟨the⟩ Son is only-begotten, true God from true God, not having the name of Father nor foreign to the Father, but being Son of the Father: only-begotten, so that the Son may be single in name, and God from God, so that Father and Son may be called one God. And the Holy Spirit is unique, not
8.3Holl GCS 25:15
υἱοῦ ἔχον ὄνομα, οὐ πατρὸς τὴν ὀνομασίαν, ἀλλὰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον οὕτω καλούμενον, οὐκ ἀλλότριον πατρός.
huiou echon onoma, ou patros tēn onomasian, alla pneuma hagion houtō kaloumenon, ouk allotrion patros.
having the name of Son nor the naming of Father, but called Holy Spirit, not foreign to the Father.
8.4Holl GCS 25:15
αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ μονογενὴς λέγει »τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρός‘ καὶ »τὸ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον«, καὶ »ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήψεταἱ, ἵνα μὴ ἀλλότριον νομισθείη πατρὸς μηδὲ υἱοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας, τῆς αὐτῆς θεότητος, πνεῦμα θεῖον, »τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας‘ «, τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ παράκλητον, μονωνύμως καλούμενον, μὴ ἔχον ἀντιπαράθεσιν, μὴ ἐξισούμενον ἑτέρω τινὶ πνεύματι, μὴ καλούμενον ὀνόματι υἱοῦ ἢ ὀνομαζόμενον ὀνομασίᾳ πατρός, ἴνα μὴ τὰ μονώνυμα ὀνόματα ὁμώνυμα ὑπάρχῃ·
autos gar ho monogenēs legei »to pneuma tou patros‘ kai »to ek tou patros ekporeuomenon«, kai »ek tou emou lēpsetai, hina mē allotrion nomistheiē patros mēde huiou, alla tēs autēs ousias, tēs autēs theotētos, pneuma theion, »to pneuma tēs alētheias‘ «, to pneuma tou theou, to pneuma to paraklēton, monōnymōs kaloumenon, mē echon antiparathesin, mē exisoumenon heterō tini pneumati, mē kaloumenon onomati huiou ē onomazomenon onomasią patros, ina mē ta monōnyma onomata homōnyma hyparchę̄;
For the Only-begotten himself says “the Spirit of the Father” and “who proceeds from the Father,” and “he will receive from what is mine,” so that he may not be thought foreign to Father or Son, but of the same substance, of the same Godhead: the divine Spirit, “the Spirit of truth,” the Spirit of God, the Spirit the Paraclete, called by a single name, having no counterpart, not made equal to any other spirit, not called by the name of Son or named with the naming of Father, so that the single names may not become shared names.
8.5Holl GCS 25:15
πλὴν ὅτι τὸ θεὸς ἀλλʼ] ἐν πατρί, τὸ θεὸς ἐν υἱῷ, τὸ θεὸς] ἐν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι τὸ θεοῦ καὶ θεός.
plēn hoti to theos allʼ] en patri, to theos en huiǭ, to theos] en hagiǭ pneumati to theou kai theos.
Except that “God” is in the Father, “God” in the Son, “God” in the Holy Spirit: “of God” and “God.”
8.6Holl GCS 25:15
πνεῦμα γὰρ θεοῦ καὶ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ πνεῦμα υἱοῦ, οὐ κατά τινα σύνθεσιν, καθάπερ ἐν ἡμῖν ψυχὴ καὶ σῶμα, ἀλλʼ ἐν μέσῳ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ, τρίτον τῇ ὀνομασίᾳ.
pneuma gar theou kai pneuma tou patros kai pneuma huiou, ou kata tina synthesin, kathaper en hēmin psychē kai sōma, allʼ en mesǭ patros kai huiou, ek tou patros kai tou huiou, triton tę̄ onomasią.
For he is Spirit of God and Spirit of the Father and Spirit of the Son, not by some composition, as in us soul and body, but in the midst of Father and Son, from the Father and the Son, third in naming.
8.7Holl GCS 25:15
»ἀπελθόντες« γάρ φησι »βαπτίσατε εἰς τὸ ὄνομα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος«. εἰ δὲ βαπτίζει ὁ πατὴρ εἰς ὄνομα ἑαυτοῦ, εἰς ὄνομα θεοῦ, καὶ τελεία ἡ σφραγὶς ἐν ὀνόματι θεοῦ ἐσφραγισμένη ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ βαπτίζει Χριστὸς εἰς ὄνομα ἑαυτοῦ, εἰς ὄνομα θεοῦ, καὶ τελεία ἡ σφραγὶς ἐν ὀνόματι θεοῦ ἐσφραγισμένη ἐν ἡμῖν, τίς τολμήσει καταπολεμῆσαι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν, τὸ πνεῦμα ἀλλότριον τῆς θεότητος λέγων;
»apelthontes« gar phēsi »baptisate eis to onoma patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos«. ei de baptizei ho patēr eis onoma heautou, eis onoma theou, kai teleia hē sphragis en onomati theou esphragismenē en hēmin, kai baptizei Christos eis onoma heautou, eis onoma theou, kai teleia hē sphragis en onomati theou esphragismenē en hēmin, tis tolmēsei katapolemēsai tēn heautou psychēn, to pneuma allotrion tēs theotētos legōn?
For “Go,” he says, “baptize into the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.” If the Father baptizes into his own name, into the name of God, and the seal sealed in us in the name of God is perfect, and Christ baptizes into his own name, into the name of God, and the seal sealed in us in the name of God is perfect, who will dare to war against his own soul by calling the Spirit foreign to the Godhead?
8.8Holl GCS 25:15–16
εἰ γὰρ ⟨σφραγίζομεν⟩ εἰς ὄνομα πατρὸς καὶ εἰς ὄνομα υἱοῦ καὶ εἰς ἁγίου πνεύματος, μία σφραγὶς τῆς τριάδος· μία ἄρα δύναμις τῆς θεότητος ἐν τριάδι. εἰ δὲ τὸ ἓν ἔστι θεός, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα κτιστὰ καὶ οὐ θεός, τίνι λόγω συνδέδεται τὰ δύο εἰς τὸ ἓν τῇ σφραγῖδι τῆς τελειότητος; ἄρα γοῦν εἰς βασιλικὸν ὄνομα ἐσφραγίσθημεν τὸ ἓν τὸ τοῦ πατρός, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα οὐ βασιλικά, * ἀλλʼ ἔτι στοιχείοις καὶ κτίσμασι δεδουλώμεθα, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο μόνον τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς σῲζειν, ἀλλὰ προσελάβετο ἑαυτῷ κτίσας ἄλλα δύο στοιχεῖα κατὰ τὴν τῶν βλασφημούντων ὑπόνοιαν, ἴνα προσλάβῃ ἡ αὐτοῦ θεότης καὶ ἄλλας δυνάμεις καὶ δυνηθῇ σῶσαι τὸν παρʼ αὐτοῦ σφραγζόμενον καὶ λύτρωσιν διʼ ἀφέσεως ἁμαρτημάτων λάβῃ ὁ παραὐτοῦ κτισθεὶς ἄνθρωπος.
ei gar ⟨sphragizomen⟩ eis onoma patros kai eis onoma huiou kai eis hagiou pneumatos, mia sphragis tēs triados; mia ara dynamis tēs theotētos en triadi. ei de to hen esti theos, ta de alla ktista kai ou theos, tini logō syndedetai ta dyo eis to hen tę̄ sphragidi tēs teleiotētos? ara goun eis basilikon onoma esphragisthēmen to hen to tou patros, kai ta alla ou basilika, * allʼ eti stoicheiois kai ktismasi dedoulōmetha, kai ouk ēdynato monon to onoma tou patros sǭzein, alla proselabeto heautǭ ktisas alla dyo stoicheia kata tēn tōn blasphēmountōn hyponoian, ina proslabę̄ hē autou theotēs kai allas dynameis kai dynēthę̄ sōsai ton parʼ autou sphragzomenon kai lytrōsin diʼ apheseōs hamartēmatōn labę̄ ho parautou ktistheis anthrōpos.
For if ⟨we are sealed⟩ into the name of the Father and into the name of the Son and into ⟨the name⟩ of the Holy Spirit, there is one seal of the Trinity; so there is one power of the Godhead in the Trinity. But if the one is God and the others are created and not God, by what reason are the two bound together with the one in the seal of perfection? Were we then sealed into one royal name, that of the Father, while the others are not royal *, but we are still enslaved to elements and created things? And could the name of the Father alone not save, but did he take to himself two other elements that he created, according to the notion of the blasphemers, so that his Godhead might acquire other powers too and be able to save the one sealed by him, and the human being he created receive redemption through forgiveness of sins?
Chapter 9
9.1Holl GCS 25:16
9. Φεῦ τῆς τοιαύτης ληρῳδίας, ὠ τῆς τοιαύτης βλασφημίας. πόθεν ὑπεισῆλθε τὸν βίον ἄλλη χάλιν καινὴ ἀπιστία, μᾶλλον δὲ εἴποιμι κακοπιστία; χείρων γὰρ ἡ κακοπιστία τῆς ἀπιστίας. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἀπιστία πίστιν λαμβάνουσα διορθωθήσεται, ἡ δὲ κακοπιστία ἀκατόρθωτος, δυσχερῶς σῳζομένη, εἰ μή τι ἄν ἄρα τὸ χρῖσμα ἄνωθεν ἐπιφοιτήσῃ.
9. Pheu tēs toiautēs lērǭdias, ō tēs toiautēs blasphēmias. pothen hypeisēlthe ton bion allē chalin kainē apistia, mallon de eipoimi kakopistia? cheirōn gar hē kakopistia tēs apistias. hē men gar apistia pistin lambanousa diorthōthēsetai, hē de kakopistia akatorthōtos, dyscherōs sǭzomenē, ei mē ti an ara to chrisma anōthen epiphoitēsę̄.
Alas for such nonsense, O for such blasphemy! From where has another new unbelief crept back into life, or rather, I should say, misbelief? For misbelief is worse than unbelief. Unbelief, by receiving faith, will be set right; but misbelief cannot be set right, and is hardly saved, unless perhaps the anointing comes upon it from above.
9.2Holl GCS 25:16
φρσὶν οὖν ὁ μακάριος Πέτρος τοῖς περὶ Ἀνανίαν τί ὅτι ἐπείρασεν ὑμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς ψεύσασθαι τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ;« καί φησιν οὐχ ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ τῷ θεῷ«.
phrsin oun ho makarios Petros tois peri Ananian ti hoti epeirasen hymas ho satanas pseusasthai tǭ pneumati tǭ hagiǭ?« kai phēsin ouch epseusō anthrōpois, alla tǭ theǭ«.
So the blessed Peter says to Ananias and his wife, “Why has Satan tempted you to lie to the Holy Spirit?” and he says, “You have not lied to men, but to God.”
9.3Holl GCS 25:16
ἄρα θεὸς ἐκ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα, ᾧ ἐψεύσαντο οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ τιμήματος νοσφισάμενοι· ὡς καὶ ὁ Παῦλος συνᾲδει τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ λέγων ὑμεῖς δὲ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστε καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν‘. ἄρα οὖν θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα, ὡς προεῖπον.
ara theos ek patros kai huiou to pneuma, hǭ epseusanto hoi apo tou timēmatos nosphisamenoi; hōs kai ho Paulos synądei tǭ logǭ toutǭ legōn hymeis de naos tou theou este kai to pneuma tou theou oikei en hymin‘. ara oun theos to pneuma, hōs proeipon.
So the Spirit is God from Father and Son, to whom those who kept back part of the price lied; as Paul too agrees with this word, saying, “You are the temple of God, and the Spirit of God dwells in you.” So the Spirit is God, as I said before.
9.4Holl GCS 25:16
διὸ ναὸς θεοῦ κληθήσονται καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι ἄνθρωποι, ⟨οἱ⟩ κατοικήσαντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ καθὼς μαρτυρεῖ ὁ κορυφαιότατος τῶν ἀποστόλων, ὁ καταξιωθεὶς μακαρισθῆναι ὑπὸ κυρίου, ὅτι ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῷ ἀπεκάλυψε.
dio naos theou klēthēsontai kai hoi hagioi anthrōpoi, ⟨hoi⟩ katoikēsantes en heautois to hagion tou theou kathōs martyrei ho koryphaiotatos tōn apostolōn, ho kataxiōtheis makaristhēnai hypo kyriou, hoti ho patēr autǭ apekalypse.
Therefore holy people too will be called the temple of God, ⟨those⟩ who have made the Holy ⟨Spirit⟩ of God dwell in themselves, as the chief of the apostles testifies, who was counted worthy to be called blessed by the Lord because the Father revealed it to him.
9.5Holl GCS 25:16
τοίνυν ὁ πατὴρ ἀποκαλύπτει τὸν υἱόν τὸν ἀληθινὸν αὐτῷ καὶ μακαρίζεται, καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς πάλιν ἀποκαλύπτει τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα.
toinyn ho patēr apokalyptei ton huion ton alēthinon autǭ kai makarizetai, kai ho autos palin apokalyptei to hagion autou pneuma.
So the Father reveals to him his true Son and he is called blessed, and the same one also reveals his Holy Spirit.
9.6Holl GCS 25:16
ἔδει * τὸν πρῶτον τῶν ἀποστόλων, τὴν πέτραν τὴν στερεάν, »ἐφʼ ἣν ἡ ἐκκλησία τοῦ Μʼ ᾠκοδόμηται, καὶ πύλαι Ἅιδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς‘· πύλαι δὲ Ἅιδου αἱ αἱρέσεις καὶ οἱ αἱρεσιάρχαι. κατὰ πάντα γὰρ τρόπον ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστερεώθη ἡ πίστις, ἐν τῷ λαβόντι τὴν κλεῖν τῶν οὐρανῶνλ, ἐν τῷ λύοντι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ δέοντι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ.
edei * ton prōton tōn apostolōn, tēn petran tēn sterean, »ephʼ hēn hē ekklēsia tou Mʼ ǭkodomētai, kai pylai Haidou ou katischysousin autēs‘; pylai de Haidou hai haireseis kai hoi hairesiarchai. kata panta gar tropon en autǭ estereōthē hē pistis, en tǭ labonti tēn klein tōn ouranōnl, en tǭ lyonti epi tēs gēs kai deonti en tǭ ouranǭ.
It was fitting * that the first of the apostles, the firm rock “on which the church of God is built, and the gates of Hades shall not prevail against it”; and the gates of Hades are the heresies and the founders of heresies. For in every way the faith was made firm in him, who received the key of heaven, who looses on earth and binds in heaven.
9.8Holl GCS 25:16
ἐν τούτῳ γάρ ἐστι πάντα τὰ ζητούμενα λεπτολογήματα τῆς πίστεως εὑρισκόμενα.
en toutǭ gar esti panta ta zētoumena leptologēmata tēs pisteōs heuriskomena.
For in him all the fine points of the faith that are sought are found.
9.9Holl GCS 25:16–17
οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τρίτον ἀρνησάμενος καὶ τρίτον ἀναθεματίσας πρὶν ἢ τὸν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι· τὴν ὑπερβολὴν γὰρ τῆς αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν ὡαυτοῦ δεσπότην ἀγαπήσεως σημαίνων διϊσχυριζόμενος ἔλεγεν »εἰ καὶ πάντες ἀρνήσονταί σε, ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀρνήσομαι«, ὅσον τὸ ἐπʼ λέγω⟨ν⟩· οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ κλαύσας ἐπὶ τῇ φωνῇ
houtos estin ho triton arnēsamenos kai triton anathematisas prin ē ton alektora phōnēsai; tēn hyperbolēn gar tēs autou pros ton hōautou despotēn agapēseōs sēmainōn diïschyrizomenos elegen »ei kai pantes arnēsontai se, egō ouk arnēsomai«, hoson to epʼ legō⟨n⟩; houtos estin ho klausas epi tę̄ phōnę̄
He is the one who denied three times and cursed three times before the cock crowed; for, indicating the excess of his love for his own Master, he said insistently, “Even if all deny you, I will not deny you,” speaking as far as it lay with him. He is the one who wept at the voice
9.10Holl GCS 25:17
τοῦ ἀλεκτρυόνος, ἵνα ἀληθῶς ὁμολογήσῃ τὴν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ σύλληψιν οὐ δοκήσει οὖσαν, ἀλλʼ ἀληθινήν, ἵνα εἴπῃ αὐτὸν ἀληθινὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐν τῷ κλαίειν ἐπὶ τῇ αὐτοῦ συλλήψει παραδοθέντος ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων οὗτος ⟨ὀ⟩ ἀπαλθὼν εἰς τὴν Γαλατίαν ἁλιεύειν,
tou alektryonos, hina alēthōs homologēsę̄ tēn tou huiou tou theou syllēpsin ou dokēsei ousan, allʼ alēthinēn, hina eipę̄ auton alēthinon anthrōpon en tǭ klaiein epi tę̄ autou syllēpsei paradothentos hypo tōn Pharisaiōn houtos ⟨o⟩ apalthōn eis tēn Galatian halieuein,
of the cock, so that he might truly confess that the arrest of the Son of God was not in appearance but real, so that he might call him a true man by weeping at his arrest when he was handed over by the Pharisees. He is the one who went away to Galilee to fish,
9.11Holl GCS 25:17
ὁ συγκοινωνὸς τοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ στήθους ἀνακλιθέντος ὁ μὲν γὰρ παρὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ μανθάνων καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ λαμβάνων τῆς γνώσεως τὴν δύναμιν ἀπεκάλυπτεν, ὁ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ὠφελεῖτο,
ho synkoinōnos tou epi tou stēthous anaklithentos ho men gar para tou huiou manthanōn kai apo tou huiou lambanōn tēs gnōseōs tēn dynamin apekalypten, ho de para tou patros ōpheleito,
the companion of the one who reclined on his breast; for the one, learning from the Son and receiving from the Son, revealed the power of knowledge, while the other was helped by the Father,
9.12Holl GCS 25:17
τὴν ἀσφάλειαν τῆς πίστεως θεμελιῶν), ὃς ἐν τῇ νηΐ ἐπὶ τῆς Τιβε3ριάδος ⟨λίμνης⟩ πάλιν μετὰ τὸ κληθῆναι ἡλίευεν ὁ δὲ μαθητής, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς *) ἐπὶ τῷ ῥήματι, ὃ εἶπεν ὁ σωτήρ »παιδία, μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε;« καί φησι) »βάλετε εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ πλοίου καὶ εὑρήσετε«, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ γενομένῳ ῥήματι ἐκπλαγέντι τῷ Πέτρῳ φησὶν ὁ Ἰωάννης. ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς, »ὁ κύριός ἐστιν«, ἄνθρωπος μὲν κατὰ σάρκα, ἀπὸ Μαρίας γεννηθεὶς ἐν ἀληθείᾳ οὐ μὴν δοκήσει, θεὸς δὲ ⟨κατὰ⟩
tēn asphaleian tēs pisteōs themeliōn), hos en tę̄ nēï epi tēs Tibe3riados ⟨limnēs⟩ palin meta to klēthēnai hēlieuen ho de mathētēs, hon ēgapa ho Iēsous *) epi tǭ rhēmati, ho eipen ho sōtēr »paidia, mē ti prosphagion echete?« kai phēsi) »balete eis ta dexia tou ploiou kai heurēsete«, epi de tǭ genomenǭ rhēmati ekplagenti tǭ Petrǭ phēsin ho Iōannēs. hon ēgapa ho Iēsous, »ho kyrios estin«, anthrōpos men kata sarka, apo Marias gennētheis en alētheią ou mēn dokēsei, theos de ⟨kata⟩
laying the foundation of the security of the faith. He it is who, after being called, was fishing again in the boat on the Sea of Tiberias; and the disciple whom Jesus loved *, at the word the Savior spoke, “Children, have you anything to eat?” and he says, “Cast to the right side of the boat and you will find,” and when Peter was amazed at what happened, John, whom Jesus loved, says, “It is the Lord”: man according to the flesh, born of Mary in truth, not in appearance, but God ⟨according to⟩
9.13Holl GCS 25:17
ὤν, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπουρανίων ἐκ πατρὸς ἐλθών· ⟨οὐτος⟩ ὁ ἀκούων παρὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ »Πέτρε, ποίμαινε τὰ ἀρνία μου«, ὁ πεπιστευμένος τὴν ποίμνην, ὁ καλῶς ὁδηγῶν ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ ἰδίου δεσπότου ὁ ὁμολογῶν περὶ σαρκός, ὁ ἀληθινῶς τὰ πατρὸς ἀπαγγέλλων περὶ υἱοῦ, ὁ τὸ πνεῦμα σημαίνων καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ ἀξίαν ἐν θεότητι, ὁ δεξιὰν διαδοὺς τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ κοινωνίας σὺν ἸαιΙκώβῳ καὶ Ἰωάννῃ, Ἵνα »διὰ τριῶν μαρτύρων σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα«.
ōn, apo tōn epouraniōn ek patros elthōn; ⟨outos⟩ ho akouōn para tou autou »Petre, poimaine ta arnia mou«, ho pepisteumenos tēn poimnēn, ho kalōs hodēgōn en tę̄ dynamei tou idiou despotou ho homologōn peri sarkos, ho alēthinōs ta patros apangellōn peri huiou, ho to pneuma sēmainōn kai tēn autou axian en theotēti, ho dexian diadous tǭ Paulǭ kai Barnabą koinōnias syn IaiIkōbǭ kai Iōannę̄, Hina »dia triōn martyrōn stathę̄ pan rhēma«.
⟨the Spirit⟩, having come from the heavenly places, from the Father. ⟨This is⟩ the one who heard from him, “Peter, feed my lambs,” who was entrusted with the flock, who guides well in the power of his own Master, who confesses concerning the flesh, who truly announces the Father's teaching about the Son, who indicates the Spirit and his dignity in the Godhead, who gave the right hand of fellowship to Paul and Barnabas together with James and John, so that “by three witnesses every word may be established.”
Chapter 10
10.1Holl GCS 25:17
10. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄνευ τῶν δύο καὶ τριῶν μαρτυριῶν δύναται εἶναι. εἰς αὐτὰ⟨ς⟩ γὰρ ἐβεβαιοῦτο διʼ αἰνίγματος ⟨καὶ ἡ πίστις⟩ νόμῳ, μόνον πατέρα ἐπιγνόντων, εἰ μή τι λάβωσι δύναμιν υἱοῦ καὶ διὰ τῶν μαρτυριῶν πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ ἐνδυναμωθῶσι διά τε τῆς τρίτης μαρτυρίας λάβωσι πνεῦμα ἅγιον καὶ πληρωθῶσι,
10. Ouden gar aneu tōn dyo kai triōn martyriōn dynatai einai. eis auta⟨s⟩ gar ebebaiouto diʼ ainigmatos ⟨kai hē pistis⟩ nomǭ, monon patera epignontōn, ei mē ti labōsi dynamin huiou kai dia tōn martyriōn patros kai huiou endynamōthōsi dia te tēs tritēs martyrias labōsi pneuma hagion kai plērōthōsi,
For nothing can stand without two or three testimonies. ⟨Faith too⟩ was confirmed in riddles by the law for those who knew only the Father, unless they should receive the power of the Son and be strengthened through the testimonies of Father and Son, and through the third testimony receive the Holy Spirit and be filled,
10.2Holl GCS 25:17–18
φανερῶς τῶν φωνῶν τῶν Χερουβὶμ καὶ Σεραφὶμ κραζουσῶν τὸ] τρίτον τὸ »ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγοις«.
phanerōs tōn phōnōn tōn Cheroubim kai Seraphim krazousōn to] triton to »hagios hagios hagois«.
as the voices of the Cherubim and Seraphim openly cry three times, “Holy, holy, holy.”
10.3Holl GCS 25:18
οὐ γὰρ διὰ δύο φωνῶν ἡ δοξολογία ἐν οὐρανῷ τελεῖται οὐδὲ τέταρτον ἐπιφωνοῦσι τὰ αὐτὰ ἅγια καὶ ἀνόρατα πνευματικὰ ςῷα οὐδὲ. τετάρτην φωνὴν ἀποδίδωσι τὰ αὐτὰ οὐδὲ μίαν μόνην, ἀλλὰ τρεῖς φωνὰς ἑνικάς τὸ ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγιος·
ou gar dia dyo phōnōn hē doxologia en ouranǭ teleitai oude tetarton epiphōnousi ta auta hagia kai anorata pneumatika sǭa oude. tetartēn phōnēn apodidōsi ta auta oude mian monēn, alla treis phōnas henikas to hagios hagios hagios;
For the doxology in heaven is not completed with two cries, nor do these holy and invisible spiritual living creatures call out a fourth time, nor do they give a fourth cry, nor only one, but three singular cries: “Holy, holy, holy.”
10.4Holl GCS 25:18
καὶ οὐ λέγουσιν ἅγιοι ἅγιοι. μὴ μὴ τὸ ἑνικὸν πολυώνυμον ἀποφήνωσι Με τῶν τριῶν τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀποκορύφωσιν, ἀλλὰ τρὶς μὲν διδόασι τὴν ἁγιαστείαν, μονοειδῶς δὲ καὶ ἑνικῶς ἀποφθέγγονται τὸν λόγον, ἴνα μὴ πολυθεΐαν ὀνομασωσιν.
kai ou legousin hagioi hagioi. mē mē to henikon polyōnymon apophēnōsi Me tōn triōn ton arithmon apokoryphōsin, alla tris men didoasi tēn hagiasteian, monoeidōs de kai henikōs apophthengontai ton logon, ina mē polytheïan onomasōsin.
And they do not say “Holies, holies,” so that they may not make the singular many-named nor cut short the number of the three; but they give the ascription of holiness three times, while they utter the word in one form and in the singular, so as not to name a plurality of gods.
10.5Holl GCS 25:18
εἷς γὰρ ἐστι θεός, πατὴρ ἐν υἱῷ, υἱὸς ἐν πατρὶ σὺν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο »ἅγιος ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαὐμενος«. πατὴρ ἀληθινὸς ἐνυπόστατος καὶ υἱὸς ἀληθινὸς ἐνυπόστατος καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἀληθινὸν ἐνυπόστατον, τρία ὄντα μία θεότης μία οὐσία μία δοξολογία εἷς θεός.
heis gar esti theos, patēr en huiǭ, huios en patri syn hagiǭ pneumati. kai dia touto »hagios en hagiois anapaumenos«. patēr alēthinos enypostatos kai huios alēthinos enypostatos kai pneuma hagion alēthinon enypostaton, tria onta mia theotēs mia ousia mia doxologia heis theos.
For God is one, Father in Son, Son in Father, with the Holy Spirit. And for this reason he is “the Holy One resting among the holy.” The Father is truly subsistent, the Son truly subsistent, and the Holy Spirit truly subsistent: being three, one Godhead, one substance, one glory, one God.
10.6Holl GCS 25:18
ὠνόμασας υἱόν, συμπεριείληφας τῇ διανοίαι τὴν τριάδα· ἔσχες πνεῦμα ἄλγιον, κατηξίωσαι τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς πατρῴας καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ· ἐδόξασας τὸν πατέρα, ἐσήμανας τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
ōnomasas huion, symperieilēphas tę̄ dianoiai tēn triada; esches pneuma algion, katēxiōsai tēs dynameōs tēs patrǭas kai tou huiou tou theou; edoxasas ton patera, esēmanas ton huion kai to hagion pneuma.
You have named the Son: you have included the Trinity in your thought. You have received the Holy Spirit: you have been counted worthy of the power of the Father and of the Son of God. You have glorified the Father: you have signified the Son and the Holy Spirit.
10.7Holl GCS 25:18
ἀλλὰ μὴ κατὰ συναλοιφήν· ἔστι γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ πατήρ, ἔστιν ὁ υἱὸς υἱός, ἔστι τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἅγιον πνεῦμα. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἠλλοτριωμένη ἡ τριὰς τῆς ἑνότητος καὶ τῆς ταυτότητος· τιμᾶται δὲ ὁ πατὴρ καθὸ πατήρ ἐστι, τιμᾶται ὁ υἱὸς καθὸ υἱός ἐστι, τιμᾶται τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἄλγιον καθὸ πνεῦμα ἀληθὲς καὶ πνεῦμα θεοῦ. οὕτω Ιλἐγει ὁ μονογενής ὁ τιμῶν τὸν πατέρα τιμᾷ τὸν υἱόν«· ἐν τῷ γὰρ λέγειν τὸν πατέρα υἱὸν σημαίνεις καὶ υἱὸν τιμᾷς. καί »"ο τιμῶν τὸν υἱὸν τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα«· ἐν τῷ γὰρ ὀνομάζειν σε τὸν υἱὸν τιμᾷς τὸν πατέρα, οὐκ ἐλάττονα τὸν Χριστὸν φάσκων τοῦ πατρός.
alla mē kata synaloiphēn; esti gar ho patēr patēr, estin ho huios huios, esti to hagion pneuma hagion pneuma. allʼ ouk ēllotriōmenē hē trias tēs henotētos kai tēs tautotētos; timatai de ho patēr katho patēr esti, timatai ho huios katho huios esti, timatai to pneuma to algion katho pneuma alēthes kai pneuma theou. houtō Ilegei ho monogenēs ho timōn ton patera timą ton huion«; en tǭ gar legein ton patera huion sēmaineis kai huion timąs. kai »"o timōn ton huion timą ton patera«; en tǭ gar onomazein se ton huion timąs ton patera, ouk elattona ton Christon phaskōn tou patros.
But not by merging; for the Father is Father, the Son is Son, the Holy Spirit is Holy Spirit. Yet the Trinity is not estranged from its unity and sameness. The Father is honored as being Father, the Son is honored as being Son, the Holy Spirit is honored as true Spirit and Spirit of God. So the Only-begotten says, “He who honors the Father honors the Son”; for in speaking of the Father you signify the Son and you honor the Son. And “He who honors the Son honors the Father”; for in naming the Son you honor the Father, not saying that Christ is less than the Father.
Chapter 11
11.1Holl GCS 25:18–19
11. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἄπεστι τὸ τοιοῦτον φρόνημα καὶ οὐχ ἥσσονας τοὺς υἱοὺς βουλόμεθα οὐδὲ ἐλαττουμένους παρὰ τὴν τῶν πατέρων τιμήν ἡ γὰρ εἰς τοὺς υἱοὺς ἀτιμία εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἀναλογεῖται), πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ οὐκ ἂν βουληθείη ἐλαττωθῆναι τὸν αὐτοῦ υἱόν;
11. Ei gar en hēmin tois anthrōpois apesti to toiouton phronēma kai ouch hēssonas tous huious boulometha oude elattoumenous para tēn tōn paterōn timēn hē gar eis tous huious atimia eis tous pateras analogeitai), posǭ mallon ho theos kai patēr ouk an boulētheiē elattōthēnai ton autou huion?
For if such an attitude is absent even among us human beings, and we do not want our sons to be inferior or diminished relative to the honor of the fathers (for dishonor to the sons reflects on the fathers), how much more would God the Father not want his own Son diminished?
11.2Holl GCS 25:19
ὁ τοίνυν τὸν ἀληθῶς ὄντα τοῦ πατρὸς υἱὸν ἀποδέοντα τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς δόξης ὑπολαμβάνων μᾶλλον ἀτιμάςει τὸν ⟩, ἀντὶ τιμῆς *, ἀγνοίᾳ φερόμενος.
ho toinyn ton alēthōs onta tou patros huion apodeonta tēs tou patros doxēs hypolambanōn mallon atimasei ton ⟩, anti timēs *, agnoią pheromenos.
So whoever supposes that the one who is truly the Father's Son falls short of the Father's glory rather dishonors the ⟨Father⟩, instead of honoring *, carried along by ignorance.
11.3Holl GCS 25:19
ὡς οὖν ⟨ὁ υἱὸς⟩ ἀποκαλύπτει τὸν πατέρα φάσκων »οὐδεὶς οἶδε τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ οὐδεὶς οἶδε τὸν υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ‘, οὕτως τολμῶ λέγειν, οὐδὲ τὸ πνεῦμά τις οἶδεν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ὁ υἱός, παρʼ οὗ ἐκπορεύεται καὶ παρʼ οὑ λαμβάνει.
hōs oun ⟨ho huios⟩ apokalyptei ton patera phaskōn »oudeis oide ton patera ei mē ho huios kai oudeis oide ton huion ei mē ho patēr‘, houtōs tolmō legein, oude to pneuma tis oiden ei mē ho patēr kai ho huios, parʼ hou ekporeuetai kai parʼ hou lambanei.
So as ⟨the Son⟩ reveals the Father, saying, “No one knows the Father except the Son, and no one knows the Son except the Father,” so, I dare to say, no one knows the Spirit either except the Father and the Son, from whom he proceeds and from whom he receives.
11.4Holl GCS 25:19
πῶς δὲ ἀλλότριον θεοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα λεγειν τολμῶσιν οἱ μανίᾳ μᾶλλον κατεχόμενοι καὶ οὐκ ἀληθείᾳ οἳ οὐ μανθάνουσι τὴν ἀληθινὴν φωνὴν τοῦ ἀξιοπίστου καὶ ἁγίου Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου, ᾡ δεξιὰν ἔδωκεν ὁ κορυφαιότατος τῶν ἀποστόλων Πέτρος ὁ κατηξιωμένος ἔχειν τὴν κλεῖν τῆς βασιλείας, τοῦ ἀκούσαντος ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν »Σαοὺλ Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις,
pōs de allotrion theou to pneuma legein tolmōsin hoi manią mallon katechomenoi kai ouk alētheią hoi ou manthanousi tēn alēthinēn phōnēn tou axiopistou kai hagiou Paulou tou apostolou, hǭ dexian edōken ho koryphaiotatos tōn apostolōn Petros ho katēxiōmenos echein tēn klein tēs basileias, tou akousantos apʼ ouranōn »Saoul Saoul, ti me diōkeis,
How do those who are held by madness rather than truth dare to call the Spirit foreign to God, who do not learn the true voice of the trustworthy and holy apostle Paul, to whom Peter, chief of the apostles, who was counted worthy to hold the key of the kingdom, gave the right hand; Paul, who heard from heaven, “Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me?”
11.5Holl GCS 25:19
τοῦ κατηξιωμένου ἀκοῦσαι »ἄρρητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι«, τοῦ λέγοντος »οὐδεὶς οἶδε τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ κατοικοῦν ἐν αὐτῷ«, ἀπὸ τοῦ παραδείγματος τὰ ἄνω βουλομένου φράζειν, ἵνα μὴ τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παράδειγμα εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀπεικάσῃ, ἀλλὰ τῷ παραδείγματι μέρος τῶν ἄνω ἀποκαλύψῃ;
tou katēxiōmenou akousai »arrēta rhēmata, ha ouk exon anthrōpǭ lalēsai«, tou legontos »oudeis oide ta tou anthrōpou ei mē to pneuma tou anthrōpou to katoikoun en autǭ«, apo tou paradeigmatos ta anō boulomenou phrazein, hina mē to tou anthrōpou paradeigma eis ton theon apeikasę̄, alla tǭ paradeigmati meros tōn anō apokalypsę̄?
who was counted worthy to hear “unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for a man to utter,” who says, “No one knows the things of a man except the spirit of the man that dwells in him,” wishing to express the things above from an example, not so as to liken the human example to God, but to reveal by the example part of the things above?
11.6Holl GCS 25:19
ὅλη γὰρ ἡ κτίσις συναχθεῖσα ἀγγέλων καὶ ἀρχαγγέλων, Χερουβὶμ καὶ Σεραφὶμ σὺν στρατιᾷ ἐπουρανίῳ, οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ γῆς, ἐπιγείων οὐρανίων καὶ καταχθονίων, φωστήρων τε καὶ ἀστέρων, ξηρῶν τε καὶ ὑγρῶν καὶ πάντων ἁπαξαπλῶς τῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς, οὐ δύναται ἀνδείξαθαι οὔτε ὑποδείγματι ἀφομοιωθῆναι τῷ ἑαυτῶν δεσπότῃ.
holē gar hē ktisis synachtheisa angelōn kai archangelōn, Cheroubim kai Seraphim syn stratią epouraniǭ, ouranou te kai gēs, epigeiōn ouraniōn kai katachthoniōn, phōstērōn te kai asterōn, xērōn te kai hygrōn kai pantōn hapaxaplōs tōn en ouranǭ kai epi gēs, ou dynatai andeixathai oute hypodeigmati aphomoiōthēnai tǭ heautōn despotę̄.
For the whole creation gathered together, of angels and archangels, Cherubim and Seraphim with the heavenly host, of heaven and earth, of things on earth, in heaven, and under the earth, of luminaries and stars, of dry and wet, and in short of everything in heaven and on earth, cannot show forth a likeness nor be likened by any example to its Master.
11.7Holl GCS 25:19–20
κατὰ χάριν γὰρ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τὴν εἰκόνα χαρίςεται λέγων ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κὰτ εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν‘. χαρίσματι γὰρ ἔχει τὴν εἰκόνα πᾶς ἄνθρωπος,
kata charin gar tǭ anthrōpǭ tēn eikona charisetai legōn epoiēsen ho theos ton anthrōpon, kat eikona theou epoiēsen auton‘. charismati gar echei tēn eikona pas anthrōpos,
For by grace he bestows the image on man, saying, “God made man; in the image of God he made him.” For every human being has the image as a gift,
11.8Holl GCS 25:20
οὐδεὶς δὲ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ δεσπότῃ ἀπεικασθήσεται. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀόρατον τὸ δὲ ὁρατόν, τὸ μὲν ἀθάνατον τὸ δὲ θανάτου δεκτικὸν καὶ τὸ μὲν πάσης σοφίας πηγὴ καὶ πάντα ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ τετελειωμένα, ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος χάρισμα ἔχων ἀπὸ μέρους λειπόμενός ἐστι τῶν τελειοτάτων, εἰ μὴ θέλει ὁ θεὸς παρασχεῖν κατʼ ἀξίαν τοῖς κομιζομένοις τὴν διὰ χαρίσματος τελειότητα.
oudeis de tǭ heautou despotę̄ apeikasthēsetai. to men gar aoraton to de horaton, to men athanaton to de thanatou dektikon kai to men pasēs sophias pēgē kai panta echon en heautǭ teteleiōmena, ho de anthrōpos charisma echōn apo merous leipomenos esti tōn teleiotatōn, ei mē thelei ho theos paraschein katʼ axian tois komizomenois tēn dia charismatos teleiotēta.
but no one will be likened to his own Master. For the one is invisible, the other visible; the one immortal, the other subject to death; and the one is the source of all wisdom and has all things perfect in himself, while man, having a gift in part, falls short of what is most perfect, unless God wills to grant, according to worth, the perfection that comes through grace to those who receive it.
Chapter 12
12.1Holl GCS 25:20
12. Ὅμως ὑποδείγματι κεχρημένος ὁ αὐτὸς ἅγιος ἀπόστολος »οὐδείς« φησίν »οἶδεν ἄνθρωπος τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ κατοικοῦν ἐν αὐτῷ· οὕτω καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδεὶς ἔγνω«·
12. Homōs hypodeigmati kechrēmenos ho autos hagios apostolos »oudeis« phēsin »oiden anthrōpos ta tou anthrōpou, ei mē to pneuma tou anthrōpou to katoikoun en autǭ; houtō kai ta tou theou oudeis egnō«;
Yet the same holy apostle, using an example, says, “No man knows the things of a man except the spirit of the man that dwells in him; so also no one has known the things of God”;
12.2Holl GCS 25:20
καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ κατοικοῦν ἐν αὐτῷ‘, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ« μόνον, οἴνα μή τις σύνθετον καὶ συγκείμενον νοήσῃ τὸ θεῖον·
kai ouk eipen ei mē to pneuma tou theou to katoikoun en autǭ‘, alla to pneuma tou theou« monon, oina mē tis syntheton kai synkeimenon noēsę̄ to theion;
and he did not say “except the Spirit of God that dwells in him,” but only “the Spirit of God,” so that no one might think the divine compound and composite.
12.3Holl GCS 25:20
εἰ μὴ«, φησί, »τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ«· τὸ γὰρ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα ἐρευνᾷ, καὶ τὰ βάθη θεοῦ«.
ei mē«, phēsi, »to pneuma tou theou«; to gar pneuma tou theou panta ereuną, kai ta bathē theou«.
“Except,” he says, “the Spirit of God”; for “the Spirit of God searches all things, even the depths of God.”
12.4Holl GCS 25:20
οὐχ ἀλλότριον τοίνυν τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ἐρευνῶν βάθη θεοῦ. εἰ γὰρ ἡμᾶς μέμφεται τὸ θεῖον γράμμα λέγον »ἃ προσετάγη σοι, ταῦτα διανοοῦ, καὶ οὐ χρεία ἐστί σοι τῶν κρυπτῶν‘, καί »ὑψηλότερά σου μὴ ζήτει καὶ βαθύτερά σου μὴ ἐξέταζε«, ἆρα εἴπωμεν καὶ περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ὅτι μᾶλλον μᾶλλον καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον γελοιότητι ἐρευνᾷ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ;
ouch allotrion toinyn to pneuma tou theou to ereunōn bathē theou. ei gar hēmas memphetai to theion gramma legon »ha prosetagē soi, tauta dianoou, kai ou chreia esti soi tōn kryptōn‘, kai »hypsēlotera sou mē zētei kai bathytera sou mē exetaze«, ara eipōmen kai peri tou pneumatos hoti mallon mallon kai ouchi mallon geloiotēti ereuną ta bathē tou theou?
So the Spirit of God who searches the depths of God is not foreign. For if the divine writing rebukes us, saying, “Think about what has been commanded you, and you have no need of hidden things,” and “Do not seek what is higher than you, and do not examine what is deeper than you,” shall we say of the Spirit too that he searches the depths of God rather out of folly?
12.5Holl GCS 25:20
ποῦ γὰρ ἐρευθιᾷ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ; διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν; λέγε, ὡ ἀνόητε· ὡς περιεργαζόμενον; ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπον; ὡς μὴ ἰδίων ἐπιθυμοῦν; μὴ γένοιτο.
pou gar ereuthią ta bathē tou theou? dia poian aitian? lege, hō anoēte; hōs periergazomenon? hōs allotriepiskopon? hōs mē idiōn epithymoun? mē genoito.
For where does he search the depths of God? For what reason? Tell me, foolish man: as a busybody? As meddling in others' affairs? As desiring what is not his own? God forbid.
12.6Holl GCS 25:20
ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ καταξιοῦνται οἱ ἅγιοι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἄλγιον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κατοικίζειν, ἐπὰν ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἄλγιον, χαρίζεται αὐτοῖς ἐρευνᾶν τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ. εἰς τὸ βαθέως δοξάζειν, ὡς καὶ Δαυὶδ τοῦτο ὁμολογεῖ ἐκ βαθέων‘ γάρ φησιν »ἐκέκραξά σοι κύριε«), καὶ ἀπειραγάθως καὶ μὴ σμικρῶς καὶ εὐτελῶς, καθάπερ οἱ τῆς Ἀρείου αἱρέσεως καὶ αἱ ἔξωθεν πᾶσαι.
allʼ epeidē kataxiountai hoi hagioi to pneuma to algion en heautois katoikizein, epan en tois hagiois genētai to pneuma to algion, charizetai autois ereunan ta bathē tou theou. eis to batheōs doxazein, hōs kai Dauid touto homologei ek batheōn‘ gar phēsin »ekekraxa soi kyrie«), kai apeiragathōs kai mē smikrōs kai eutelōs, kathaper hoi tēs Areiou haireseōs kai hai exōthen pasai.
But since the saints are counted worthy to have the Holy Spirit dwell in them, when the Holy Spirit comes to be in the saints, he grants them to search the depths of God, so as to glorify deeply (as David too confesses, saying, “Out of the depths I have cried to you, O Lord”), and with boundless goodness, not meanly and cheaply, like those of the heresy of Arius and all those outside.
12.7Holl GCS 25:20–21
καὶ ἐζῆτε ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωυσέως ἐδόθη, αἱ μετʼ αὐτὸν σχισθεῖσαι αἱρέσεις πρὸ τῆς Χριστοῦ ἐνσάρκου παρουσίας ἕνδεκα καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἔνσαρκον παρομοίαν ἄλλαι ἐξήκοντα. χοιρὶς τῶν πρὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ πασῶν τούτων πέντε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεσσάρων Ἑλληνικῶν αἱρέσεων, αἴτινές εἰσι πρὸ νόμου ἐννέα· ὁμοῦ δὲ ἅπασαι σὺν ταῖς ἑαυτῶν μητράσι τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὀγδοήκοτα.
kai ezēte ho nomos dia Mōyseōs edothē, hai metʼ auton schistheisai haireseis pro tēs Christou ensarkou parousias hendeka kai meta tēn ensarkon paromoian allai exēkonta. choiris tōn pro tou nomou kai pasōn toutōn pente kai tōn allōn tessarōn Hellēnikōn haireseōn, aitines eisi pro nomou ennea; homou de hapasai syn tais heautōn mētrasi ton arithmon ogdoēkota.
And since the law was given through Moses, the heresies that split off after him before the incarnate coming of Christ were eleven, and after the incarnate coming another sixty; besides those before the law, five of all these, and the other four Greek heresies, which are nine before the law; all together with their mothers number eighty.
12.8Holl GCS 25:21
ὠν εἰσι μητέρες μὲν πέντε οὕτως· Βαρβαρισμὸς Σκυθισμὸς Ἑλληνισμὸς Ἰουδαΐσμὸς Σαμαρειτισμός. ἐκ τούτων, ἐξ Ἑλληνισμοῦ μὲν αἱρέσεις τέσσαρες· Πυθαγορείων Πλατωνικῶν Στωϊκῶν Ἐπικουρείων.
ōn eisi mēteres men pente houtōs; Barbarismos Skythismos Hellēnismos Ioudaïsmos Samareitismos. ek toutōn, ex Hellēnismou men haireseis tessares; Pythagoreiōn Platōnikōn Stōïkōn Epikoureiōn.
Of these the mothers are five, thus: Barbarism, Scythism, Hellenism, Judaism, Samaritanism. From these, from Hellenism, four heresies: those of the Pythagoreans, Platonists, Stoics, and Epicureans.
12.9Holl GCS 25:21
ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ νόμου πρὸ ⟨τῆς⟩ Χριστοῦ παρομοίας τῆς ἐνσάρκου ἕνδεκα· ἐκ μὲν Ἰουδαίων ἑπτὰ· Γραμματέων Φαρισαίων Σαδδουκαίων Ὀσσαίων Νασαραίων Ἡμεροβαπτιστῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν· ἐκ δὲ Σαμαρειτῶν τέσσαρες· Γοροθηνῶν Σεβουαίων Ἐσσηνῶν Δοσιθέων· ὁμοῦ ἕνδεκα ἀπὸ νόμου ἐξ Ἰουδαίων καὶ Σαμαρειτῶν φύουσαι.
apo de tou nomou pro ⟨tēs⟩ Christou paromoias tēs ensarkou hendeka; ek men Ioudaiōn hepta; Grammateōn Pharisaiōn Saddoukaiōn Ossaiōn Nasaraiōn Hēmerobaptistōn Hērōdianōn; ek de Samareitōn tessares; Gorothēnōn Sebouaiōn Essēnōn Dositheōn; homou hendeka apo nomou ex Ioudaiōn kai Samareitōn phyousai.
And from the law until the incarnate coming of Christ, eleven: from the Jews seven, Scribes, Pharisees, Sadducees, Ossaeans, Nasaraeans, Hemerobaptists, Herodians; and from the Samaritans four, Gorothenes, Sebuaeans, Essenes, Dositheans: in all eleven, springing from the law, from Jews and Samaritans.
Chapter 13
13.1Holl GCS 25:21
13. Πᾶσαι οὐν αἱ πρὸ τῆς ἐνσάρκου τοῦ Χριστοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ ἀρξάμεναι καὶ μέχρις αὐτῆς εἴκοσίν εἰσι. μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἔνσαρκον τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρομοίαν ἕως βασιλείας Οὐαλεντινιανοῦ καὶ Οὐάλεντος καὶ Γρατιανοῦ πᾶσαι αἱ αἱρέσεις αἱ ψευδῶς ἐπιφημίσασαι τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὄνομα ἑαυταῖς ἐξήκοντά εἰσιν, οὕτως ἀριθμούμεναι·
13. Pasai oun hai pro tēs ensarkou tou Christou Christou apo Adam arxamenai kai mechris autēs eikosin eisi. meta de tēn ensarkon tou Christou paromoian heōs basileias Oualentinianou kai Oualentos kai Gratianou pasai hai haireseis hai pseudōs epiphēmisasai to tou Christou onoma heautais exēkonta eisin, houtōs arithmoumenai;
So all those before the incarnate ⟨coming⟩ of Christ, beginning from Adam up to it, are twenty. And after the incarnate coming of Christ, up to the reign of Valentinian, Valens, and Gratian, all the heresies that have falsely given themselves the name of Christ are sixty, counted thus:
13.2Holl GCS 25:21–22
Μενανδριανοὶ Μενανδριανοὶ Σατορνῖλοι Βασιλειδιανοὶ Νικολαϊ ται Γνωστικοί, οἱ καὶ Στρατιωτικοὶ καὶ Φιβιωνῖται παρὰ δέ τισι Σεκουνδιανῖται πὰρ ἄλλοις δὲ Σωκρατῖται παρʼ ἑτέροις δὲ Ζακχαῖοι παρὰ δὲ τισι Δοδδιανοὶ λεγόμενοι καὶ Βορβορῖται ⟨καὶ Καρποκρατῖται Κηρινθιανοί, οἱ καὶ Μηρινθιανοί, Ναςωραῖοι Οὐαλεντῖνοι Οὐαλεντῖνοι Σεκουνόιανοί, οἷς συνάπτεται Ἐπιφάνης καὶ Ἰσίδωρος, Πτολεμαιονῖται Μαρκώσιοι Κολορβάσιοι Ἠρακλεωνῖται Οφῖται Καϊανοὶ Σηθιανοὶ Ἀρχοντικοὶ Κερδωνιανοὶ Μαρκιωνισταὶ Λουκιανισταὶ Ἀπελληϊανοὶ Σευηριανοὶ Τατιανοὶ Ἐγκρατῖται κατὰ Φρύγας, οἱ καὶ Μοντανισταὶ καὶ Τασκοδρουγῖται, Πεπουζιανοί, οἱ καὶ Πρισκιλλιανοὶ καὶ Κυϊντιλλιανοί, οἷς συνάπτονται Ἀρτοτυρῖται, Τεσσαρεσκσιδεκατῖται, οἱ τὸ πάσχα μίαν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἔτους ποιοῦντες, Ἀλογοι, οἱ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καὶ τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν Ἰωάννου μὴ δεχόμενοι Ἀλογοι, Σαμφαῖοι, οἱ καὶ Ἑλκεσαῖοι, Θεοδοτιανοὶ Μελχισεδεκιανοὶ Βαρδησιανισταὶ Νοητιανοὶ Οὐαλήσιοι Καθαροί, οἱ καὶ Ναυαταῖοι, οἱ καὶ Μοντήσιοι, ὡς ἐν Ῥώμῃ καλοῦνται, Ἀγγελικοὶ Ἀποστολικοί, ⟨οἰ καὶ⟩ Ἀποτάκται, Σταβλησιανοὶ Ὠριγενιασταί, οἱ καὶ αἰσχροποιοί, Ὠριγενιασταὶ οἱ τοῦ Ἀδαμαντίου, ἡ Παύλου τοῦ Σαμοσατέως, L J ανιχαῖοι, οἱ καὶ Ἀκουανῖται, Ἱερακῖται μελιτιανοί, οἱ κατʼ Αἴγυπτον σχίσμα ὄντες, Ἀρεικοὶ, οἱ καὶ Ἀρειομανῖται, Αὐδιανῶν τὸ σχίσμα, ἀλλʼ οὐχ αἵρεσις, Φωτεινιανοὶ Μαρκελλιανοὶ Ἠμιάρειοι Πνευματομάχοι, οἱ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημοῦντες, Ἀδριανοὶ Ἀέτιοι, οἱ καὶ Ἀνόμοιοι, οἷς συνάπτεται Εὐνόμιος, μᾶλλον δὲ ὁ ἄνομος, Διμοιριται, οἱ μὴ τελείαν Χριστοῦ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν ὁμολογοῦντες, ⟨οἱ καὶ⟩ Ἀπολλινάριοι, καὶ οἱ τὴν ἁγίαν Μαρίαν λέγοντες μετὰ τὸ τὸν σωτῆρα γεγεννηκέναι τῷ Ἰωσὴφ συνῆφθαι, οὕστινας ἐκαλέσαμεν Ἀντιδικομμαριαμίτας, καὶ οἱ εἰς ὄνομα αὐτῆς κολλυρίδα προσφέροντες, οἳ καλοῦνται Κολλυριδιανοί, Μεσσαλιανοί, οἷς συνάπτονται Μαρτυριανοὶ ⟨οἱ⟩ ἀπὸ Ἑλλήνων καὶ Εὐφημῖται καὶ Σατaνιανοί.
Menandrianoi Menandrianoi Satorniloi Basileidianoi Nikolaï tai Gnōstikoi, hoi kai Stratiōtikoi kai Phibiōnitai para de tisi Sekoundianitai par allois de Sōkratitai parʼ heterois de Zakchaioi para de tisi Doddianoi legomenoi kai Borboritai ⟨kai Karpokratitai Kērinthianoi, hoi kai Mērinthianoi, Nasōraioi Oualentinoi Oualentinoi Sekounoianoi, hois synaptetai Epiphanēs kai Isidōros, Ptolemaionitai Markōsioi Kolorbasioi Ērakleōnitai Ophitai Kaïanoi Sēthianoi Archontikoi Kerdōnianoi Markiōnistai Loukianistai Apellēïanoi Seuērianoi Tatianoi Enkratitai kata Phrygas, hoi kai Montanistai kai Taskodrougitai, Pepouzianoi, hoi kai Priskillianoi kai Kyïntillianoi, hois synaptontai Artotyritai, Tessaresksidekatitai, hoi to pascha mian hēmeran tou etous poiountes, Alogoi, hoi to euangelion kai tēn apokalypsin Iōannou mē dechomenoi Alogoi, Samphaioi, hoi kai Helkesaioi, Theodotianoi Melchisedekianoi Bardēsianistai Noētianoi Oualēsioi Katharoi, hoi kai Nauataioi, hoi kai Montēsioi, hōs en Rhōmę̄ kalountai, Angelikoi Apostolikoi, ⟨oi kai⟩ Apotaktai, Stablēsianoi Ōrigeniastai, hoi kai aischropoioi, Ōrigeniastai hoi tou Adamantiou, hē Paulou tou Samosateōs, L J anichaioi, hoi kai Akouanitai, Hierakitai melitianoi, hoi katʼ Aigypton schisma ontes, Areikoi, hoi kai Areiomanitai, Audianōn to schisma, allʼ ouch hairesis, Phōteinianoi Markellianoi Ēmiareioi Pneumatomachoi, hoi to hagion pneuma tou theou blasphēmountes, Adrianoi Aetioi, hoi kai Anomoioi, hois synaptetai Eunomios, mallon de ho anomos, Dimoiritai, hoi mē teleian Christou tēn enanthrōpēsin homologountes, ⟨hoi kai⟩ Apollinarioi, kai hoi tēn hagian Marian legontes meta to ton sōtēra gegennēkenai tǭ Iōsēph synēphthai, houstinas ekalesamen Antidikommariamitas, kai hoi eis onoma autēs kollyrida prospherontes, hoi kalountai Kollyridianoi, Messalianoi, hois synaptontai Martyrianoi ⟨hoi⟩ apo Hellēnōn kai Euphēmitai kai Satanianoi.
Menandrians, Saturnilians, Basilidians, Nicolaitans, Gnostics, also called Stratiotics and Phibionites, by some Secundians, by others Socratites, by others Zacchaeans, by some called Coddians and Borborites; ⟨and⟩ Carpocratians; Cerinthians, also called Merinthians; Nazoraeans; Valentinians; Secundians, with whom Epiphanes and Isidore are joined; Ptolemaeans; Marcosians; Colorbasians; Heracleonites; Ophites; Cainites; Sethians; Archontics; Cerdonians; Marcionites; Lucianists; Apelleans; Severians; Tatianists; Encratites; Cataphrygians, also called Montanists and Tascodrugites; Pepuzians, also called Priscillianists and Quintillianists, with whom the Artotyrites are joined; Quartodecimans, who keep the Passover on one day of the year; Alogi, who do not accept the Gospel and the Revelation of John; Sampsaeans, also called Elkesaites; Theodotians; Melchizedekians; Bardesianists; Noetians; Valesians; Cathari, also called Novatianists, also called Montesians, as they are called at Rome; Angelics; Apostolics, ⟨also called⟩ Apotactics; Sabellians; Origenists, also called the shameful; Origenists, those of Adamantius; the heresy of Paul of Samosata; Manichaeans, also called Acuanites; Hieracites; Melitians, who are a schism in Egypt; Arians, also called Ariomaniacs; the schism of the Audians, but not a heresy; Photinians; Marcellians; Semi-Arians; Pneumatomachi, who blaspheme the Holy Spirit of God; Aerians; Aetians, also called Anomoeans, with whom Eunomius, or rather the lawless one, is joined; Dimoerites, who do not confess the full incarnation of Christ, ⟨also called⟩ Apollinarians; and those who say that holy Mary was united with Joseph after she had given birth to the Savior, whom we have called Antidicomarianites; and those who offer a cake in her name, who are called Collyridians; Messalians, with whom are joined the Martyrians ⟨who come⟩ from the Greeks, the Euphemites, and the Satanians.
Chapter 14
14.1Holl GCS 25:22
14. Καὶ ἁπλῶς περιεκάκησα καὶ περικακῶ τοσούτων αἱρέσεων ὀνόματά εἰς ἀριθμὸν φέρειν καὶ τὰς ἀθεμίτους αὐτῶν πράξεις διηγεῖσθαι καὶ ἔτι τῶν δύο σχισμάτων,
14. Kai haplōs periekakēsa kai perikakō tosoutōn haireseōn onomata eis arithmon pherein kai tas athemitous autōn praxeis diēgeisthai kai eti tōn dyo schismatōn,
And I have simply grown weary, and still grow weary, of counting the names of so many heresies and recounting their lawless deeds, and further of the two schisms:
14.2Holl GCS 25:22
τῶν τε κατʼ Αἴγυπτόν φημι προειρημένων Μελιτιανῶν, τῶν διὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ διωγμοῦ γενομένην τινῶν πτῶσιν παρὰ δὲ τῶν ἡμετέρων δεχθέντων ἐν τοῖς αὐτῶν κλήροις μετὰ μετάνοιαν ἑαυτοὺς σχισάντων,
tōn te katʼ Aigypton phēmi proeirēmenōn Melitianōn, tōn dia tēn epi tou diōgmou genomenēn tinōn ptōsin para de tōn hēmeterōn dechthentōn en tois autōn klērois meta metanoian heautous schisantōn,
I mean the Melitians in Egypt, mentioned above, who split themselves off because some who had lapsed during the persecution were received by our people into their clerical ranks after repentance,
14.3Holl GCS 25:22
οὐ μὴν δὲ ἐν αἱρέσει ὄντων καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν προειρημένων ὡσαύτως Αὐδιανῶν, τῶν καὶ ⟨αὐτῶν⟩ σχίσμα ὄντων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ πίστιν ἐχόντων, μόνον ἰδιωτικῶς περὶ τοῦ κατʼ εἰκόνα φιλονεικούν- των, οὐ διὰ πίστιν ⟨δὲ⟩ ἀφηνιαζόντων καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἀφοριζόντων διὰ τι ἕτερον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἐθελοακρότητα δικαιοσύνης δῆθεν, διὰ τὸ μὴ συγκοινωνεῖν ἐπισκόποις καὶ πρεσβυτέροις τοῖς χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον κεκτημένοις καὶ διὰ τὸ ποιεῖν τὸ πάσχα ἐν ᾡ καιρῷ Ἰουδαῖοι ποιοῦσι, καὶ σχιζόντων ἑαυτοὺς τούτων χάριν καὶ ἀπαλλοτριούντων τῆς ἑνώσεως τῆς ὀρθοδόξου ἐκκλησίας.
ou mēn de en hairesei ontōn kai tōn kata tēn Mesopotamian proeirēmenōn hōsautōs Audianōn, tōn kai ⟨autōn⟩ schisma ontōn, allʼ ouk pistin echontōn, monon idiōtikōs peri tou katʼ eikona philoneikoun- tōn, ou dia pistin ⟨de⟩ aphēniazontōn kai heautous aphorizontōn dia ti heteron, alla kata etheloakrotēta dikaiosynēs dēthen, dia to mē synkoinōnein episkopois kai presbyterois tois chryson kai argyron kektēmenois kai dia to poiein to pascha en hǭ kairǭ Ioudaioi poiousi, kai schizontōn heautous toutōn charin kai apallotriountōn tēs henōseōs tēs orthodoxou ekklēsias.
though they are not in heresy; and likewise the Audians in Mesopotamia, mentioned above, who are ⟨themselves⟩ a schism but do not hold [a false] faith. They only quarrel, in an unlearned way, about “the image,” and they did not break away for the sake of faith ⟨but⟩ separated themselves for other reasons: out of a self-chosen extremity of supposed righteousness, because they will not share communion with bishops and presbyters who own gold and silver, and because they keep the Passover at the time when the Jews keep it; for these reasons they split themselves off and estrange themselves from the unity of the orthodox church.
14.4Holl GCS 25:22
οἱ γὰρ μὴ λαβόντες πνεῦμα ἅγιον οὐκ ἔμαθον τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ εἰς ταύτας περιεκλάσθησαν τὰς αἱρέσεις καὶ εἰς τὰς τῶν σχισμάτων διὰ προφάσεως ἐρεσχελίας. καταλείφοντες γὰρ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ πολλὰς τρίβους ἐβάδισαν, ἄλλοτε ἄλλως καὶ ἄλλα διανοούμενοι.
hoi gar mē labontes pneuma hagion ouk emathon ta bathē tou theou kai eis tautas perieklasthēsan tas haireseis kai eis tas tōn schismatōn dia prophaseōs ereschelias. kataleiphontes gar tēn alētheian epi pollas tribous ebadisan, allote allōs kai alla dianooumenoi.
For those who have not received the Holy Spirit have not learned the depths of God, and were broken off into these heresies and into those of the schisms on a pretext of idle talk. For leaving the truth they walked on many paths, thinking now one thing, now another.
14.5Holl GCS 25:22–23
φησὶ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς ἅγιος ἀπόστολος, δηλῶν ἡμῖν διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν τοῦτο εἶπεν, »ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλάβομεν, ὅπως γνῶμεν τὰ ἐκ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν. ἅ καὶ λαλοῦμεν, οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν διδακτοῖς πνεύματος ἁγίου πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συγκρίνοντες καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς. τὸ πνεῦμα τοίνυν τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἀλλότριον θεοῦ. εἰ γὰρ ἀλλότριον θεοῦ ἐστι, πῶς τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐρευνᾷ;
phēsi de ho autos hagios apostolos, dēlōn hēmin diʼ hēn aitian touto eipen, »hēmeis de to pneuma tou theou elabomen, hopōs gnōmen ta ek theou charisthenta hēmin. ha kai laloumen, ouk en didaktois sophias logois, allʼ en didaktois pneumatos hagiou pneumatikois pneumatika synkrinontes kai ta exēs. to pneuma toinyn tou theou ouk allotrion theou. ei gar allotrion theou esti, pōs ta bathē tou theou ereuną?
And the same holy apostle, showing us for what reason he said this, says, “But we have received the Spirit of God, that we may know the things given us by God, which we also speak, not in words taught by wisdom, but in words taught by the Holy Spirit, comparing spiritual things with spiritual,” and so on. So the Spirit of God is not foreign to God. For if he is foreign to God, how does he search the depths of God?
14.6Holl GCS 25:23
ἀλλὰ τί ἐρεῖς μοι, ὠ κενόδοξε, ὁ πολεμῶν σεαυτόν, ἵνα μὴ εἵπω τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ; τί γάρ, κενόδοξε, πολεμεῖς τὸν ἀκαταπολέμητον; τί μάχῃ τῷ ἀκαταμαχήτῳ; σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν«. σεαυτὸν σκανδαλίζεις καὶ οὐ τὸν Λόγον, σαυτὸν ἁλίσκεις καὶ οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα, σαυτὸν ἀπαλλοτριοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ χάριτος καὶ οὐ τὸν υἱὸν ἀπὸ πατρὸς οὐδὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἀπὸ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ.
alla ti ereis moi, ō kenodoxe, ho polemōn seauton, hina mē heipō to pneuma to hagion tou theou? ti gar, kenodoxe, polemeis ton akatapolemēton? ti machę̄ tǭ akatamachētǭ? sklēron soi pros kentra laktizein«. seauton skandalizeis kai ou ton Logon, sauton haliskeis kai ou to pneuma, sauton apallotriois apo tēs tou theou charitos kai ou ton huion apo patros oude to pneuma to hagion apo patros kai huiou.
But what will you say to me, vainglorious man, you who war against yourself, so as not to say against the Holy Spirit of God? Why, vainglorious man, do you war against the one who cannot be warred down? Why fight the invincible? “It is hard for you to kick against the goads.” You make yourself stumble, not the Word; you ensnare yourself, not the Spirit; you estrange yourself from the grace of God, not the Son from the Father, nor the Holy Spirit from Father and Son.
Chapter 15
15.1Holl GCS 25:23
15. Πάντως γὰρ λέγεις κατὰ δεινότητα· ἤκουσα γὰρ ἤδη καί τινας κραταιόφρονος τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀλήθειαν μετατιθέντας εἰς βλασφημίας καὶ λέγοντας· »ἐρευνᾷ μὲν τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ οὐ καταλαμβάνει«, διὰ τὸ μἠ προσκεῖσθαι τῷ ῥητῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ μόνον εἰπεῖν τὸν ἀπόστολον »ἐρευνᾷ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ«· καὶ οὐ πρόσκειται τὸ καταλαμβάνει.
15. Pantōs gar legeis kata deinotēta; ēkousa gar ēdē kai tinas krataiophronos tēn tou theou kai sōtēros hēmōn alētheian metatithentas eis blasphēmias kai legontas; »ereuną men ta bathē tou theou, allʼ ou katalambanei«, dia to mē proskeisthai tǭ rhētǭ ton logon touton, alla monon eipein ton apostolon »ereuną ta bathē tou theou«; kai ou proskeitai to katalambanei.
For no doubt you say, with cleverness (for I have already heard some, with a stubborn mind, turning the truth of our God and Savior into blasphemies and saying), “He searches the depths of God, but does not comprehend them,” because this word is not added to the text; the apostle only said, “searches the depths of God,” and “comprehends” is not added.
15.2Holl GCS 25:23
ὡ πολλῆς ἠλιθιότητος χρεία γὰρ ἠν, ὠ θεήλατε, μετὰ τὸ εἰπεῖν ἐρευνᾷ εἰπεῖν τὸ καταλαμβάνει; κατὰ γὰρ τὴν σὴν ἀφυίαν χωλὸν ἂν ηὑρίσκετο τὸ πρᾶγμα ⟨μὴ⟩ προστιθεμένης τῆς λέξεως ταύτης;
hō pollēs ēlithiotētos chreia gar ēn, ō theēlate, meta to eipein ereuną eipein to katalambanei? kata gar tēn sēn aphuian chōlon an hēurisketo to pragma ⟨mē⟩ prostithemenēs tēs lexeōs tautēs?
O great folly! Was there any need, you god-stricken man, after saying “searches” to say “comprehends”? According to your dullness, would the matter be found lame if this word were ⟨not⟩ added?
15.3Holl GCS 25:23
νῦν δὲ οὐχ ὐπολείπεταί σοι πρόφασις. πανταχόθεν γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ συνάγει τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ ἀνδρὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν. περὶ γὰρ τοῦ παντοκράτορος θεοῦ γέγραπται οὕτως ὅτι »ὁ θεὸς δοκιμάζων νεφροὺς(( καὶ ἐρευνῶν ταμιεῖα κοιλίας«. εἰ δὲ δοκιμάςει νεφρούς, ἆρα οὐκ οἶδεν ὅ τι δοκιμάζει;
nyn de ouch ypoleipetai soi prophasis. pantachothen gar hē graphē synagei tǭ eulabestatǭ andri tēn alētheian. peri gar tou pantokratoros theou gegraptai houtōs hoti »ho theos dokimazōn nephrous(( kai ereunōn tamieia koilias«. ei de dokimasei nephrous, ara ouk oiden ho ti dokimazei?
But now no pretext is left to you. For from every side Scripture gathers the truth for the most reverent man. For of the almighty God it is written thus: “God, who tests the kidneys and searches the storerooms of the belly.” If he tests the kidneys, does he not know what he tests?
15.4Holl GCS 25:23
ἢ τὸ πᾶν τῆς γνώσεως ἐν τῷ δοκιμάζειν ἀπεφήνατο; »ἐρευνῶν δὲ ταμιεῖα κοιλίας«, πάλιν οὐ πρόσκειται τὸ καταλαμβάνων. ἆρα, ἐὰν μὴ πρόσκειται τῷ ῥητῷ τὸ καταλαμβάνει, θάνατον ἐμαυτῷ προ- ξενήσω παραπλέξας τῷ ῥητῷ τὸ »οὐ καταλαμβάνει« κατὰ τὸν σὸν λόγον, ὦ ἀνόητε;
ē to pan tēs gnōseōs en tǭ dokimazein apephēnato? »ereunōn de tamieia koilias«, palin ou proskeitai to katalambanōn. ara, ean mē proskeitai tǭ rhētǭ to katalambanei, thanaton emautǭ pro- xenēsō paraplexas tǭ rhētǭ to »ou katalambanei« kata ton son logon, ō anoēte?
Or did he declare the whole of knowledge in the testing? “And searches the storerooms of the belly”: again “comprehending” is not added. Then, if “comprehends” is not added to the text, shall I bring death on myself by weaving “does not comprehend” into the text, as you argue, foolish man?
15.5Holl GCS 25:23–24
οὕτως οὖν καὶ περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου εἴρηται ὅτι ἐρευνᾷ καὶ οὐ χρεία ἦν εἰπεῖν ὅτι καὶ καταλαμβάνει. ἐπ αὐτοῦ ⟨γὰρ τοῦ⟩ λόγου δηλοῖ ὅτι ἔστιν ἐν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν βαθέων τοῦ θεοῦ. κἄν τε μὴ εἴπῃ καταλαμβάνει, τὸ αὐτό μοι νόησον καὶ μὴ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἀπόλλυε.
houtōs oun kai peri tou pneumatos tou hagiou eirētai hoti ereuną kai ou chreia ēn eipein hoti kai katalambanei. ep autou ⟨gar tou⟩ logou dēloi hoti estin en tǭ pneumati tǭ hagiǭ hē gnōsis tou theou kai tōn batheōn tou theou. kan te mē eipę̄ katalambanei, to auto moi noēson kai mē tēn heautou psychēn apollye.
So also of the Holy Spirit it is said that he searches, and there was no need to say that he also comprehends. ⟨For⟩ by the word itself it shows that the knowledge of God and of the depths of God is in the Holy Spirit. Even if it does not say “comprehends,” understand the same, and do not destroy your own soul.
15.6Holl GCS 25:24
ὡς γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ πατρὸς οὐ τολμητέον λέγειν τὸ ἐρευνᾷ καὶ οὐ καταλαμβάνει αὐτὸς γὰρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἔκτισε σὺν υἱῷ υἱῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ τριὰς τριὰς καὶ οὐδέποτε προσθήκην λαμβάνει), οὕτω δὴ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος νοητέον.
hōs gar epi tou patros ou tolmēteon legein to ereuną kai ou katalambanei autos gar ton anthrōpon ektise syn huiǭ huiǭ hagiǭ pneumati; aei gar hē trias trias kai oudepote prosthēkēn lambanei), houtō dē kai peri tou hagiou pneumatos noēteon.
For as one must not dare to say of the Father that he searches and does not comprehend (for he himself created man with the Son and the Holy Spirit; for the Trinity is always Trinity and never receives an addition), so indeed one must think also of the Holy Spirit.
15.7Holl GCS 25:24
ὄτταν γὰρ εἴπῃ ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον« ἐν ἀρχῇ γὰρ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν«), σημαίνει πατρὸς φωνὴν συγκαλοῦσαν εἰς δημιουργίαν καὶ τὸ ποιήσωμεν λέγων οὐ μόνον εἴποιμι ἂν περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ ⟨σημαίνει, ἀλλὰ⟩ καὶ ⟨περὶ τοῦ⟩ ἁγίου πνεύματος.
ottan gar eipę̄ hoti poiēsōmen ton anthrōpon« en archę̄ gar epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn«), sēmainei patros phōnēn synkalousan eis dēmiourgian kai to poiēsōmen legōn ou monon eipoimi an peri tou huiou ⟨sēmainei, alla⟩ kai ⟨peri tou⟩ hagiou pneumatos.
For when he says, “Let us make man” (for “in the beginning God made the heaven and the earth”), it signifies the voice of the Father calling to the work of creation; and in saying “Let us make” it ⟨signifies⟩, I would say, not only the Son ⟨but⟩ also the Holy Spirit.
15.8Holl GCS 25:24
οὕτω γὰρ λέγει »τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν καὶ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ πᾶσα ἡ δύναμις αὐτῶν‘. συνδημιουργεῖ τοίνυν ὁ Λόγος τῷ πατρί, συνδημιουργεῖ καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
houtō gar legei »tǭ logǭ kyriou hoi ouranoi estereōthēsan kai tǭ pneumati tou stomatos autou pasa hē dynamis autōn‘. syndēmiourgei toinyn ho Logos tǭ patri, syndēmiourgei kai to hagion pneuma.
For thus it says: “By the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm, and all their host by the breath of his mouth.” So the Word creates together with the Father, and the Holy Spirit also creates together.
15.9Holl GCS 25:24
ὁ τοίνυν ποιήσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον παντοκράτωρ θεὸς οὐκ οἶδε τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἐρευνῶν ταμιεῖα κοιλίας‘; ἀλλὰ τὸ πλεῖστον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ γνώσεως ὁ λόγος ἐπιφέρει τοῦτο λέγων, ἴνα μή τις τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἁμαρτανόωτων νομίσῃ τι ἀπὸ θεοῦ κεκρύφθαι. αὐτὸς γὰρ οἶδε τὸν ἄν- θρωπον καὶ τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.
ho toinyn poiēsas ton anthrōpon pantokratōr theos ouk oide ta tou anthrōpou, ereunōn tamieia koilias‘? alla to pleiston tēs tou theou gnōseōs ho logos epipherei touto legōn, ina mē tis tōn en hēmin hamartanoōtōn nomisę̄ ti apo theou kekryphthai. autos gar oide ton an- thrōpon kai ta tou anthrōpou.
Does then the almighty God who made man not know the things of man, “searching the storerooms of the belly”? Rather, the word adds this expressing the fullness of God's knowledge, so that none of those among us who sin may think anything is hidden from God. For he knows man and the things of man.
Chapter 16
16.1Holl GCS 25:24
16. Ἐρευνᾷ τοίνυν ὁ πατὴρ ταμιεῖα κοιλίας καὶ οἶδεν, ἐρευνᾷ τὸ πνεῦμα τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ οἶδεν. ἀποκαλύπτει γὰρ ἁγίοις τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μυστήρια καὶ διδάσκει βαθέως τὸν θεὸν δοξάζειν καὶ τὴν τούτου ἀκαταληψίαν τοῖς αὐτοῦ ὑποδεικνύει.
16. Ereuną toinyn ho patēr tamieia koilias kai oiden, ereuną to pneuma ta bathē tou theou kai oiden. apokalyptei gar hagiois ta tou theou mystēria kai didaskei batheōs ton theon doxazein kai tēn toutou akatalēpsian tois autou hypodeiknyei.
So the Father searches the storerooms of the belly and knows; the Spirit searches the depths of God and knows. For he reveals the mysteries of God to the saints, and teaches them to glorify God deeply, and shows his own people God's incomprehensibility.
16.2Holl GCS 25:24
ἄρα γοῦν οὐκ ἀλλότρίον τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα. οὐ γὰρ εἶπε περὶ ἀγγέλων ἐρευνᾶν βάθη θεοῦ οὐδὲ περὶ ἀρχαγγέλων. »οὐδεὶς γὰρ οἶδε τὴν ἡμέραν οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν‘. φησὶν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ οὔτε οἱ ἄγγελοι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οὔτε ὁ υἱός. εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ«.
ara goun ouk allotrion tou theou to pneuma. ou gar eipe peri angelōn ereunan bathē theou oude peri archangelōn. »oudeis gar oide tēn hēmeran oude tēn hōran‘. phēsin ho huios tou theou oute hoi angeloi tou ouranou oute ho huios. ei mē ho patēr«.
So the Spirit is not foreign to God. For it did not say of angels that they search the depths of God, nor of archangels. “For no one knows the day or the hour,” says the Son of God, “neither the angels of heaven nor the Son, except the Father.”
16.3Holl GCS 25:24
νομίζουσι δὲ οἱ ἀνόητοι, οἱ μὴ κεκοσμημένοι πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, μὴ ἔστι τι ἐν τῷ πατρί, ὅπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ θεό- τητι τοῦ υἱοῦ. * »ὡς γὰρ ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς ςωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ« καί πάντα τὰ τοῦ πατρός μου ἐμά ἐστι« φησὶν ὁ αὐτὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἅγιος Λόγος.
nomizousi de hoi anoētoi, hoi mē kekosmēmenoi pneumati hagiǭ, mē esti ti en tǭ patri, hoper ouk estin en tę̄ theo- tēti tou huiou. * »hōs gar echei ho patēr zōēn en heautǭ, houtōs echei ho huios sōēn en heautǭ« kai panta ta tou patros mou ema esti« phēsin ho autos tou theou hagios Logos.
But the foolish, who are not adorned with the Holy Spirit, think there is something in the Father that is not in the Godhead of the Son. * “For as the Father has life in himself, so the Son has life in himself,” and “All that is my Father's is mine,” says the same holy Word of God.
16.4Holl GCS 25:24
τίνα δέ ἐστι τὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀλλʼ ἢ ’ τὸ θεὸς τοῦ πατρός ἐστι, τοῦτο καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ· ἠ ζωὴ τοῦ πατρός ἐστι, τοῦτο καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ· τὸ φῶς τοῦ πατρός, δηλονότι καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ· τὸ ἀθάνατον τοῦ πατρός, ὡσαύτως καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ· τὸ ἀκα- τάληπτον τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ.
tina de esti ta tou patros allʼ ē ’ to theos tou patros esti, touto kai tou huiou; ē zōē tou patros esti, touto kai tou huiou; to phōs tou patros, dēlonoti kai tou huiou; to athanaton tou patros, hōsautōs kai tou huiou; to aka- talēpton tou patros kai tou huiou.
And what are the Father's things but these? That “God” belongs to the Father belongs also to the Son; the life that is the Father's is also the Son's; the light of the Father is clearly also the Son's; the immortality of the Father is likewise the Son's; the incomprehensibility is the Father's and the Son's.
16.5Holl GCS 25:24–25
πάντα τὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ υἱοῦ έστιν. εἰ τοίνυν τὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστι, καὶ ἡ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ γνῶσις καὶ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι ὑπάρχει.
panta ta tou patros tou huiou estin. ei toinyn ta tou patros autou esti, kai hē en tǭ patri gnōsis kai en tǭ huiǭ kai en tǭ hagiǭ pneumati hyparchei.
All that is the Father's is the Son's. If then the Father's things are his, the knowledge that is in the Father is also in the Son and in the Holy Spirit.
16.6Holl GCS 25:25
εἰ δέ τις νομίςει τὸν υἱὸν ἀγνοεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν, μαθέτω ὁ ἀμαθὴς καὶ μὴ βλασφημείτω. προτείνω γὰρ αὐτῷ γνῶσιν καὶ γνώσεται. λέγε μοι, ὦ ἀγαπητέ, — ἀγαπητὸν γάρ σε καλῶ· οὐδένα γὰρ μισῶ ἢ μόνον τὸν διάβολον καὶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου καὶ τὴν κακοσιτίαν· ἐπὶ σοὶ δὲ εὔχομαι, ἕνα ἔλθῃς εἰς τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλήθειαν καὶ μὴ σεαυτὸν ἀπολέσῃς ἐν τῇ εἰς θεὸν βλασφημίᾳ.
ei de tis nomisei ton huion agnoein tēn hēmeran, mathetō ho amathēs kai mē blasphēmeitō. proteinō gar autǭ gnōsin kai gnōsetai. lege moi, ō agapēte, — agapēton gar se kalō; oudena gar misō ē monon ton diabolon kai ta erga tou diabolou kai tēn kakositian; epi soi de euchomai, hena elthę̄s eis tēn tou theou alētheian kai mē seauton apolesę̄s en tę̄ eis theon blasphēmią.
And if anyone thinks that the Son does not know the day, let the ignorant man learn and not blaspheme. For I set knowledge before him and he will know. Tell me, beloved (for I call you beloved; for I hate no one except only the devil and the works of the devil and misbelief; for you I pray, that you may come to the truth of God and not destroy yourself in blasphemy against God):
16.7Holl GCS 25:25
βαθέα γάρ εἰσι τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ ἁγίου θεοῦ, πνεύματι δὲ ἁγίῳ ⟨ἠ γνῶσις⟩ διὰ τῶν χαρισμάτων δίδοται. »ᾡ μὲν γάρ« φησί »δίδοται λόγος σοφίας, ᾡ δὲ λόγος· διδασκαλίας« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τὸ διαιροῦν ἐκάοντο ὡς βού- λεται«, ἵνα σοι δείξῃ καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος αὐθεντίαν.
bathea gar eisi ta rhēmata tou hagiou theou, pneumati de hagiǭ ⟨ē gnōsis⟩ dia tōn charismatōn didotai. »hǭ men gar« phēsi »didotai logos sophias, hǭ de logos; didaskalias« kai ta hexēs, to de auto pneuma to diairoun ekaonto hōs bou- letai«, hina soi deixę̄ kai tēn tou hagiou pneumatos authentian.
For the words of the holy God are deep, and ⟨knowledge⟩ is given through the gifts by the Holy Spirit. “For to one,” he says, “is given a word of wisdom, to another a word of teaching,” and so on, “but the same Spirit, distributing to each as he wills,” so as to show you also the sovereign authority of the Holy Spirit.
16.8Holl GCS 25:25
ὅταν γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τὰ τὰ χαρίσματα δίδωσιν ὡς βούλεται τοίνυν παρακάλεσον τὸν πατέρα, ἵνα ἀποκαλύψῃ σοι τὸν υἱόν, καὶ παρακάλεσον τὸν υἱόν, ἵνα ἀποκαλύψῃ σοι τὸν πατέρα, καὶ πάλιν παρακάλεσον τὸν ποτέρα, ἵνα σοι δῷ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ ἀποκαλύψῃ σοι τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα καὶ δῲη σοὶ αὐτὸ ἔχειν ἐν σοί, ἕνα δοθὲν ἐν σοὶ ⟨τὸ⟩ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἀποκαλύψῃ σοι τὴν πᾶσαν γνῶσιν πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ἕνα μάθῃς ὅτι ἐν τῷ υἱῷ οὐκ ἔνι οὐδεμία ἀγνωσία οὐδὲ έν τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι.
hotan gar to auto pneuma ta ta charismata didōsin hōs bouletai toinyn parakaleson ton patera, hina apokalypsę̄ soi ton huion, kai parakaleson ton huion, hina apokalypsę̄ soi ton patera, kai palin parakaleson ton potera, hina soi dǭ ton huion kai apokalypsę̄ soi to hagion pneuma kai dǭē soi auto echein en soi, hena dothen en soi ⟨to⟩ hagion pneuma apokalypsę̄ soi tēn pasan gnōsin patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos, hena mathę̄s hoti en tǭ huiǭ ouk eni oudemia agnōsia oude en tǭ hagiǭ pneumati.
For since the same Spirit gives the gifts as he wills, ask the Father to reveal the Son to you, and ask the Son to reveal the Father to you, and again ask the Father to give you the Son and to reveal the Holy Spirit to you and grant you to have him in you, so that the Holy Spirit, given in you, may reveal to you all the knowledge of Father and Son and Holy Spirit, so that you may learn that there is no ignorance at all in the Son, nor in the Holy Spirit.
Chapter 17
17.1Holl GCS 25:25
17. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἄγγελοι λείπονται τῆς μείζονος ἐξουσίας καὶ γνώσεως, μὴ γἐνοιτο καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα λείπεσθαι. πνευματικῶς δὲ λέγει ὁ υἱός, ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἅγιος Λόγος· οἱ δὲ ψυχικοὶ ἀνακρίνονται μὴ νοοῦντες τοῦ υἱοῦ τὴν σοφίαν, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς σοφίας τὸν λόγον — ἐπερωτῶ σε, καὶ λέγε μοι·
17. ei gar kai angeloi leipontai tēs meizonos exousias kai gnōseōs, mē genoito kai ton huion tou theou kai to hagion autou pneuma leipesthai. pneumatikōs de legei ho huios, ho apo tou patros elthōn pros hēmas hagios Logos; hoi de psychikoi anakrinontai mē noountes tou huiou tēn sophian, mallon de tēs sophias ton logon — eperōtō se, kai lege moi;
For even if angels fall short of the greater authority and knowledge, God forbid that the Son of God and his Holy Spirit should fall short. The Son, the holy Word who came to us from the Father, speaks spiritually; but the natural men are judged, not understanding the wisdom of the Son, or rather the word of wisdom. I ask you, then, tell me:
17.2Holl GCS 25:25
τίς μείςων ἐστὶν ὁ πατὴρ ἢ ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη περὶ ἡς λέγει; οὐ τολμήσεις λέγειν μὴ εἶναι τὸν πατέρα μείζονα. εἰ τοίνυν μείζων ὁ πατὴρ καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς ὅρας καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένων καὶ γενηθησομένων καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτὸν ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός, ποῖον ἄρα μεῖζον τὸ τὸν πατέρα γινώσκειν ἢ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν; εὔδηλον ὅτι τὸ τὸν πατέρα γινώσκειν. πῶς οὐν ὁ τὰ μείζω εἰδὼς τῶν ἐλαττόνων ὑστερεῖ;
tis meisōn estin ho patēr ē hē hēmera ekeinē peri hēs legei? ou tolmēseis legein mē einai ton patera meizona. ei toinyn meizōn ho patēr kai tēs hēmeras kai tēs horas kai pantōn tōn hypʼ autou gegenēmenōn kai genēthēsomenōn kai oudeis auton epiginōskei ei mē ho huios, poion ara meizon to ton patera ginōskein ē ekeinēn tēn hēmeran? eudēlon hoti to ton patera ginōskein. pōs oun ho ta meizō eidōs tōn elattonōn hysterei?
which is greater, the Father or that day of which he speaks? You will not dare to say that the Father is not greater. If then the Father is greater than the day and the hour and all that has been and will be made by him, and no one knows him except the Son, which is greater, to know the Father or that day? Clearly, to know the Father. How then does the one who knows the greater fall short in the lesser?
17.3Holl GCS 25:25
εἰ γινώσκει τοίνυν τὸν πατέρα, γινώσκει πάντως καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ οὐδέν ἐστιν οὑ λείπεται κατὰ γνῶσιν ὁ υἱός.
ei ginōskei toinyn ton patera, ginōskei pantōs kai tēn hēmeran kai ouden estin hou leipetai kata gnōsin ho huios.
If then he knows the Father, he certainly knows the day too, and there is nothing in which the Son falls short in knowledge.
17.4Holl GCS 25:25–26
ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖς ὅτι μείζων ὢν ὁ πατὴρ πάντων ἔχει τὴν γνῶσιν, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς οὐδαμῶς, καθὼς καὶ αὐτὸς λέγει ὁ πατήρ μου μείζων μού ἐστιν‘. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο τιμῶν τὸν κατέρα λέγει ὁ υἱὸς ὡς ἔπρεπεν, μειζόνως τετιμημένος ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός. ἴδει γὰρ ἀληθῶς τὸν γνήσιον υἱὸν τιμᾶν τὸν ἴδιον πατέρα, ἴνα δείξῃ τὴν γνησιότητα.
allʼ ereis hoti meizōn ōn ho patēr pantōn echei tēn gnōsin, ho de huios oudamōs, kathōs kai autos legei ho patēr mou meizōn mou estin‘. alla touto timōn ton katera legei ho huios hōs eprepen, meizonōs tetimēmenos hypo tou patros. idei gar alēthōs ton gnēsion huion timan ton idion patera, ina deixę̄ tēn gnēsiotēta.
But you will say that the Father, being greater than all, has the knowledge, but the Son in no way, as he himself says, “My Father is greater than I.” But the Son says this honoring the Father, as was fitting, being himself honored more greatly by the Father. For truly the genuine Son ought to honor his own Father, in order to show that he is genuine.
17.5Holl GCS 25:26
χῶς δὲ σὺ νομίζεις μείζονα εἶναι αὐτόν; περιφερείᾳ ἢ ὄγκῳ ἢ χρόνῳ ἢ καιρῷ ἢ ἀξίᾳ ἢ θεότητι ἢ ἀθανασίᾳ ἢ ἀιδιότητι; μὴ ταῦτα νόμιζε. οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐν τῇ θεότητι ἄνισον ὑπάρχει πρὸς τὸν υἱόν, ἀλλὰ καθὸ πατὴρ ὁ πατήρ ἐστι καὶ καθὸ ὁ ⟩ υἱὸς γνήσιος, τιμᾷ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ποτέρα.
chōs de sy nomizeis meizona einai auton? periphereią ē onkǭ ē chronǭ ē kairǭ ē axią ē theotēti ē athanasią ē aidiotēti? mē tauta nomize. ouden gar en tę̄ theotēti anison hyparchei pros ton huion, alla katho patēr ho patēr esti kai katho ho ⟩ huios gnēsios, timą ton heautou potera.
But how do you think he is greater? In circumference, or bulk, or time, or season, or dignity, or Godhead, or immortality, or eternity? Do not think so. For nothing in the Godhead is unequal with respect to the Son; but because the Father is Father and because the Son is genuine, he honors his own Father.
17.6Holl GCS 25:26
οὔτε γὰρ ὄγκῳ φέρεται τὸ θεῖον, ἴνα ὑπέρογκος τοῦ υἱοῦ ᾖ ὁ πατήρ, οὐδὲ χρόνῳ ὑποπίπτει, ἴνα ὑπέρχρονός ὁ πατὴρ γένηται τοῦ υἱοῦ, οὔτε τῷ ὕψει μερικῶς τάττεται ὁ πατήρ πάντα γὰρ περιέχει, αὐτὸς ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς περιχόμενος), ἵνα ὁ υἱὸς ὑπερβεβηκὼς νοοῖτο. ἐκάθισε γὰρ ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν πατέρα, ἴνα Σαβέλλιον παραλύσῃ καὶ Ἄρειον καθέλοι τῆς αὐτοῦ βλασφημίας.
oute gar onkǭ pheretai to theion, ina hyperonkos tou huiou ę̄ ho patēr, oude chronǭ hypopiptei, ina hyperchronos ho patēr genētai tou huiou, oute tǭ hypsei merikōs tattetai ho patēr panta gar periechei, autos hypʼ oudenos perichomenos), hina ho huios hyperbebēkōs nooito. ekathise gar en dexią tou patros kai ouk eipen, eisēlthen eis ton patera, ina Sabellion paralysę̄ kai Areion katheloi tēs autou blasphēmias.
For the divine is not borne along in bulk, so that the Father should exceed the Son in bulk; nor does it fall under time, so that the Father should be beyond the Son in time; nor is the Father placed in part in height (for he contains all things, being contained by nothing), so that the Son should be thought surpassed. For he sat at the right hand of the Father; and it did not say, “he went into the Father,” so as to undo Sabellius and bring down Arius from his blasphemy.
Chapter 18
18.1Holl GCS 25:26
18. Διὰ τοῦτο μὴ ζήτει τὰ μὴ ζητούμενα, ἀλλὰ τίμα τὸν υἱόν, ἵνα τὸν πατέρα τιμήσῃς ἀκούων δὲ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἶς ὁ θεός‘ μὴ τολμήσῃς διὰ τὸ τὸν υἱὸν ὑπερβαλλόντως τιμᾶν τὸν πατέρα οὐκ ἀγαθὸν ἀποφῆναι τὸν υἱόν.
18. Dia touto mē zētei ta mē zētoumena, alla tima ton huion, hina ton patera timēsę̄s akouōn de peri tou theou oudeis agathos ei mē eis ho theos‘ mē tolmēsę̄s dia to ton huion hyperballontōs timan ton patera ouk agathon apophēnai ton huion.
Therefore do not seek what is not to be sought, but honor the Son, so that you may honor the Father. And when you hear of God, “No one is good except one, God,” do not dare, because the Son honors the Father exceedingly, to declare the Son not good.
18.2Holl GCS 25:26
οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀρνούμενος ἑαυτὸν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι λέγει τὸν πατέρα ἀγαθόν, ἀλλὰ τοσούτῳ μει- ζόνως ἑαυτὸν ἀποκαλύπτει ἐν τῷ τὴν τιμὴν παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων μὴ βούλεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ⟨ἀναφέρει⟩ τὴν τιμὴν ἐπὶ τὸν ἴδιον αὐτοῦ ἴνα ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγαθότητος τοῦ πατρὸς γνωσθῇ ἡ γνῶσις τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθότητος, ἀπὸ ἀγαθοῦ πατρὸς θεοῦ γεγεννημένου.
oude gar arnoumenos heauton agathon einai legei ton patera agathon, alla tosoutǭ mei- zonōs heauton apokalyptei en tǭ tēn timēn para tōn anthrōpōn mē boulesthai, allʼ ⟨anapherei⟩ tēn timēn epi ton idion autou ina apo tēs agathotētos tou patros gnōsthę̄ hē gnōsis tēs tou huiou tou theou agathotētos, apo agathou patros theou gegennēmenou.
For he does not call the Father good in denying that he himself is good; rather, he reveals himself all the more greatly in not wanting honor from men, but ⟨refers⟩ the honor to his own ⟨Father⟩, so that from the goodness of the Father may be known the knowledge of the goodness of the Son of God, begotten from God the good Father.
18.3Holl GCS 25:26
πολλὴ γὰρ ἀδράνεια τῶν τολμώντων λέγειν περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸ τοιοῦτον, κἄν τε ἕπῃ »εἷς ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς ὁ θεός‘.
pollē gar adraneia tōn tolmōntōn legein peri tou huiou to toiouton, kan te hepę̄ »heis estin agathos ho theos‘.
For great is the feebleness of those who dare to say such a thing about the Son, even if he says, “One is good, God.”
18.4Holl GCS 25:26–27
ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἐν πολλοῖς διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ἡ θεία γραφή, ἀγαθὸν καλοῦσα παῖδα πτωχὸν καὶ σοφόν, καί »ἀγαθὸς ἦν Σαμουὴλ μετὰ θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων« καί »ἀγαθὸς ἦν Σαοὺλ υἱὸς Κὶς ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμίν, ὑψηλότερος παντὸς Ἰσραὴλ ὑπὲρ ὠμίαν καὶ ἐπάνω« καί »ἀγαθὸν πορεύεσθαι εἰς οἶκον πότου« καί »ἄνοιξον, κύριε, τὸν οὐρανόν, τὸν θησαυρόν σου τὸν ἀγαθόν καί »ἀγαθὸς λόγος ὑπὲρ δόμἁ« καὶ »αγαθὸς ὁ κύων ὁ ζῶν ὑπὲρ τὸν λέοντα τὸν νεκρόν‘ καί »αγαθὸς δύο ὑπὲρ τὸν ἕνα« καί »ἀγαθή ἐσχάτη λόγων ὑπὲρ ἀρχήν‘ καί »εἰ ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὄντες οἴδατε δόματα ἀγθὰ διδόναι τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν‘, περὶ ἰχθύος καὶ ἄρτου λέγων.
idou gar en pollois didaskei hēmas hē theia graphē, agathon kalousa paida ptōchon kai sophon, kai »agathos ēn Samouēl meta theou kai anthrōpōn« kai »agathos ēn Saoul huios Kis ek phylēs Beniamin, hypsēloteros pantos Israēl hyper ōmian kai epanō« kai »agathon poreuesthai eis oikon potou« kai »anoixon, kyrie, ton ouranon, ton thēsauron sou ton agathon kai »agathos logos hyper doma« kai »agathos ho kyōn ho zōn hyper ton leonta ton nekron‘ kai »agathos dyo hyper ton hena« kai »agathē eschatē logōn hyper archēn‘ kai »ei hymeis ponēroi ontes oidate domata agtha didonai tois teknois hymōn‘, peri ichthyos kai artou legōn.
For see, in many places the divine Scripture teaches us, calling good “a poor and wise child,” and “Samuel was good with God and men,” and “Saul son of Kish from the tribe of Benjamin was good, taller than all Israel from the shoulder and upward,” and “It is good to go to a house of drinking,” and “Open, O Lord, the heaven, your good treasure,” and “A good word is better than a gift,” and “A living dog is better than a dead lion,” and “Two are better than one,” and “The end of words is better than the beginning,” and “If you, being evil, know how to give good gifts to your children,” speaking about fish and bread.
18.5Holl GCS 25:27
πῶς ⟨οὐν⟩ τολμᾶς διανοεῖσθαι ἀπαρνούμενον τὸν υἱὸν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγαθότητα καὶ μὴ διʼ ὑπερβολὴν τῆς τιμῆς ⟨ἐπὶ⟩
pōs ⟨oun⟩ tolmas dianoeisthai aparnoumenon ton huion tēn heautou agathotēta kai mē diʼ hyperbolēn tēs timēs ⟨epi⟩
How ⟨then⟩ do you dare to think that the Son is denying his own goodness, and not, out of the excess of honor, ascribing goodness ⟨to⟩
18.6Holl GCS 25:27
πατρὸς φέρειν τὴν ἀγαθότητα; ἐώρα γὰρ τὸν λέγοντα αὐτῷ »διδάσκαλε ἀγαθέ« λέγοντα στόματι καὶ οὐ καρδίᾳ, καὶ ἐλέγξαι αὐτὸν βουλόμενος, ὅτι οὐ τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ ἐπείθετο, ἀλλὰ τὴν καρδίαν διήλεγχεν, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ τόπῳ λέγει »τί μοι λέγετε κύριε κύριε. καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους«, καὶ ὧδε ἐβούλετο αὐτὸν ἐλέγχειν. ἔλεγε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀγαθὸν διδάσκαλον καὶ οὐκ ἔμενέν ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ πίστει ⟨τοῦ⟩ πιστεύειν εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ
patros pherein tēn agathotēta? eōra gar ton legonta autǭ »didaskale agathe« legonta stomati kai ou kardią, kai elenxai auton boulomenos, hoti ou tois cheilesin autou epeitheto, alla tēn kardian diēlenchen, hōs kai en allǭ topǭ legei »ti moi legete kyrie kyrie. kai ou poieite tous emous logous«, kai hōde ebouleto auton elenchein. elege gar auton agathon didaskalon kai ouk emenen en tę̄ autou pistei ⟨tou⟩ pisteuein eis tēn autou
the Father? For he saw that the one who said to him “Good teacher” was saying it with his mouth and not with his heart, and wishing to expose him, since he was not persuaded by his lips but examined the heart, as he says in another place, “Why do you call me ‘Lord, Lord,’ and do not do my words?”, so here too he wished to expose him. For he called him good teacher and did not remain in his faith, ⟨so as⟩ to believe in his
Chapter 19
19.1Holl GCS 25:27
19. Αὐτὸς τοίνυν ὁ ἅγιος Λόγος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐνυπόστατος, ὁ βασιλεὺς 15 ἐπουράνιος, ὁ υἱὸς ὁ γνήσιος, ὁ ἀεὶ ⟨ὤν⟩ σὺν πατρί, ὁ ἐκ προελθών, τὸ »ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης, ὁ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως«, ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ πατρὸς‘ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, ὁ σύνθρονος τοῦ φύσαντος, »οὑ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος‘, »ὁ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν‘,
19. Autos toinyn ho hagios Logos ho zōn ho enypostatos, ho basileus 15 epouranios, ho huios ho gnēsios, ho aei ⟨ōn⟩ syn patri, ho ek proelthōn, to »apaugasma tēs doxēs, ho charaktēr tēs hypostaseōs«, hē eikōn tou patros‘ en alētheią, ho synthronos tou physantos, »hou tēs basileias ouk estai telos‘, »ho kritēs zōntōn kai nekrōn‘,
He himself, then, the holy Word, the living, the subsistent, the heavenly King, the genuine Son, who ⟨is⟩ always with the Father, who came forth from ⟨him⟩, “the radiance of the glory, the imprint of the hypostasis,” “the image of the Father” in truth, who shares the throne of him who begot him, “of whose kingdom there will be no end,” “the judge of the living and the dead,”
19.2Holl GCS 25:27
ὁ σοφία ὢν ἐκ σοφίας, ὁ πηγὴ ὢν ἐκ πηγῆς »ἐμέ«, γάρ φησιν »ἐγκταέλιπον πηγὴν ὕδατος ζωῆς καὶ ὤρυξαν ἑαυτοῖς λάκκους συντετριμμένους«), ὁ ποταμὸς ὁ ἀένναος, ὁ »εὐφραίνων τοῖς ὁρμήμασι τὴν πόλιν τοῦ θεοῦ«, ὁ ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς προελθών, ἐξ οὗπερ, ⟨ὤς⟩
ho sophia ōn ek sophias, ho pēgē ōn ek pēgēs »eme«, gar phēsin »enktaelipon pēgēn hydatos zōēs kai ōryxan heautois lakkous syntetrimmenous«), ho potamos ho aennaos, ho »euphrainōn tois hormēmasi tēn polin tou theou«, ho ek tēs pēgēs proelthōn, ex houper, ⟨ōs⟩
who is Wisdom from Wisdom, who is a Spring from a Spring (for “Me,” he says, “they have forsaken, the spring of the water of life, and have dug for themselves broken cisterns”), the ever-flowing river, which “makes glad the city of God with its streams,” who came forth from the spring, from whom, ⟨as⟩
19.3Holl GCS 25:27
ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσι«, τὸ σκῆπτρον Δαυίδ, ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, τὸ ἄνθος τὸ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς, ὁ λέων, ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰούδα,
potamoi ek tēs koilias autou rheusousi«, to skēptron Dauid, hē rhiza tou Iessai, to anthos to apʼ autēs, ho leōn, ho basileus ho ek phylēs Iouda,
“rivers will flow from his belly”; the scepter of David, the root of Jesse, the flower from it, the lion, the King from the tribe of Judah,
19.4Holl GCS 25:27–28
τὸ πρόβατον τὸ λογικόν, ὁ λίθος ὁ ζῶν, ὁ »τῆς μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος‘, ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐν ἀληθείᾳ γεγονὼς καὶ θεὸς ἐν ἀλη- θείᾳ ὑπάρχων, μὴ τραπεὶς τὴν φύσιν, μὴ ἀλλοιώσας τὴν θεότητα, ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐν σαρκί, ὁ σαρκωθεὶς Λόγος.
to probaton to logikon, ho lithos ho zōn, ho »tēs megalēs boulēs angelos‘, ho anthrōpos en alētheią gegonōs kai theos en alē- theią hyparchōn, mē trapeis tēn physin, mē alloiōsas tēn theotēta, ho gennētheis en sarki, ho sarkōtheis Logos.
the rational Lamb, the living stone, “the Angel of great counsel,” who became man in truth and is God in truth, not changed in nature, not having altered the Godhead; who was born in the flesh, the Word made flesh.
19.5Holl GCS 25:28
ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ γενόμενος, ὁ ἔχων μεταξὺ τοῦ γενόμενος τὸ σάρξ ὁ »ὁ Λόγος« οὐκ εἶπεν ὁ γενόμενος‘, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὸ εἰλεῖν ὁ Λόγος ἀπαρεμφάτως τίθησι τὸ »σάρξ«, μετὰ δὲ τὸ σὰρξ λέγει »ἐγένετο«, ἵνα τὸ ἐγένετο ἐκ Μαρίας δοκιμασθῇ, ἵνα ὁ Λόγος ἄνωθεν παρὰ πατρὸς κατελθὼν νοηθῇ). — οὗτος ὁ ἅγιος ὁ ζῶν Λόγος ὁ πρὸς πατρὸς θεός,
ho Logos sarx genomenos, ho echōn metaxy tou genomenos to sarx ho »ho Logos« ouk eipen ho genomenos‘, alla meta to eilein ho Logos aparemphatōs tithēsi to »sarx«, meta de to sarx legei »egeneto«, hina to egeneto ek Marias dokimasthę̄, hina ho Logos anōthen para patros katelthōn noēthę̄). — houtos ho hagios ho zōn Logos ho pros patros theos,
the Word who became flesh (having “flesh” between ⟨“Word” and⟩ “became”: it did not say “the Word who became,” but after saying “the Word” it sets down “flesh” without a verb, and after “flesh” it says “became,” so that the “became” may be tested as from Mary, and so that the Word may be understood as having come down from above from the Father); this holy living Word, God with the Father,
19.6Holl GCS 25:28
ὁ μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος«, ὁ ἀγγέλλων τὰ τῆς βουλῆς τοῦ πατρός, »⟨ὁ⟩ πατὴρ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος‘, αὐτὸς εἶπεν »οὐδεὶς οἶδε τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν ὥραν οὔτε οἱ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἐν τῷ οὐραῷ«· * καὶ γὰρ οὐκ οἴδασιν ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς νοηματικῶς λέγει εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ πατήρ‘.
ho megalēs boulēs angelos«, ho angellōn ta tēs boulēs tou patros, »⟨ho⟩ patēr mellontos aiōnos‘, autos eipen »oudeis oide tēn hēmeran kai tēn hōran oute hoi angeloi hoi en tǭ ouraǭ«; * kai gar ouk oidasin hoti ho huios noēmatikōs legei ei mē monos ho patēr‘.
“the Angel of great counsel,” who announces the counsel of the Father, “the Father of the age to come,” himself said, “No one knows the day and the hour, not even the angels in heaven”; * for they indeed do not know; which the Son says in a figurative sense, “except the Father alone.”
19.7Holl GCS 25:28
εἰ τοίνυν οἶδεν ὁ υἱὸς τὸν πατέρα, μείζων δὲ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς ὥρας, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀμφιβάλλει, πῶς ἄρα ὁ τὸ μεῖζον εἰδὼς τὸ ᾖσσον ἀγνοεῖ; οὐδὲ γὰρ οἶδέ τις τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καἰ οὐδεὶς οἶδε τὸν υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ. ὡς γὰρ μέγας ὁ πατήρ. ὅτι οἶδε τὸν υἱόν, οὕτως καὶ ὁ υἱὸς μέγας, ὅτι οἶδε τὸν πατέρα.
ei toinyn oiden ho huios ton patera, meizōn de ho patēr kai tēs hēmeras kai tēs hōras, kai oudeis amphiballei, pōs ara ho to meizon eidōs to ę̄sson agnoei? oude gar oide tis ton patera ei mē ho huios kai oudeis oide ton huion ei mē ho patēr. hōs gar megas ho patēr. hoti oide ton huion, houtōs kai ho huios megas, hoti oide ton patera.
If then the Son knows the Father, and the Father is greater than the day and the hour, and no one doubts it, how then does the one who knows the greater not know the lesser? For no one knows the Father except the Son, and no one knows the Son except the Father. For as the Father is great because he knows the Son, so the Son too is great because he knows the Father.
19.8Holl GCS 25:28
εἰ οἶδε τοίνυν τὸν πατέρα, τὸ μεἶζον, τὸ μικρὸν πῶς ἀγνοεῖ, τουτέστι τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν ὥραν; ἐρεύνησον τὰς γραφὰς καὶ μάθε τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ γινῶσκον τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἀποκαλύψει σοι τὴν τοῦ Λόγου τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ γνῶσιν, ἵνα μὴ πλανηθῇς τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἀπολέσῃς τὴν σεαυτοῦ ψυχήν.
ei oide toinyn ton patera, to meizon, to mikron pōs agnoei, toutesti tēn hēmeran kai tēn hōran? ereunēson tas graphas kai mathe tou hagiou pneumatos tēn dynamin, kai auto to pneuma to ginōskon ton patera kai ton huion apokalypsei soi tēn tou Logou tou huiou tou theou gnōsin, hina mē planēthę̄s tēs alētheias kai apolesę̄s tēn seautou psychēn.
If then he knows the Father, the greater, how is he ignorant of the small, that is, the day and the hour? Search the Scriptures and learn the power of the Holy Spirit, and the Spirit himself, who knows the Father and the Son, will reveal to you the knowledge of the Word, the Son of God, so that you may not stray from the truth and destroy your own soul.
Chapter 20
20.1Holl GCS 25:28
20. Δύο γὰρ γνώσεις ἐν τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ. δύο εἰδήσεις, μία κατὰ ἐνέργειαν καὶ μία κατὰ εἴδησιν. ἵνα δὲ ἀπὸ παραπηγμάτων τὰ ὅμοια παραστήσω, εἰς τὸ διὰ πολλῶν ἐξομαλισθῆναι τὴν πεπλανημένην σου διάνοιαν καὶ τῶν τοῦτο φρονούντων,
20. Dyo gar gnōseis en tę̄ theią graphę̄. dyo eidēseis, mia kata energeian kai mia kata eidēsin. hina de apo parapēgmatōn ta homoia parastēsō, eis to dia pollōn exomalisthēnai tēn peplanēmenēn sou dianoian kai tōn touto phronountōn,
For there are two kinds of knowing in divine Scripture, two kinds of knowledge: one by action and one by awareness. And to set out similar cases from examples, so that your wandering mind, and that of those who think this, may be smoothed out by many,
20.2Holl GCS 25:28
μάθε τί λέγει ἡ γραφὴ περὶ τοῦ Ἀδάμ· ἦσαν‘ φησί »γυμνοὶ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ καὶ οὐκ ᾐσχύνοντο«.
mathe ti legei hē graphē peri tou Adam; ēsan‘ phēsi »gymnoi en tǭ paradeisǭ kai ouk ę̄schynonto«.
learn what Scripture says about Adam: “They were,” it says, “naked in paradise and were not ashamed.”
20.3Holl GCS 25:28–29
τυφλοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἦσαν· ἔβλεπον γάρ· εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἔβλεπον, πῶς εἶδον τὸ ξύλον, ὅτι καλὸν εἰς βρῶσιν καὶ ὡραῖον τοῦ κατανοῆσαι«; καὶ λαβοῦσα« φησίν »ἡ γυνὴ ἔφαγε καὶ ἔδωκε καὶ τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς τῷ μετ αὐτῆς«.
typhloi de ouk ēsan; eblepon gar; ei mē gar eblepon, pōs eidon to xylon, hoti kalon eis brōsin kai hōraion tou katanoēsai«? kai labousa« phēsin »hē gynē ephage kai edōke kai tǭ andri autēs tǭ met autēs«.
But they were not blind; for they saw. For if they did not see, how did they see the tree, that it was “good for food and beautiful to contemplate”? And “taking,” it says, “the woman ate and gave also to her husband with her.”
20.4Holl GCS 25:29
ἄρα οὖν οὐκ ἦσαν τυφλοί, ἀλλʼ ἠνεῳγμένους εἶχον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς· γυμνοὶ δὲ ὄντες οὐκ ᾐσχύνοντο βλέποντες, καὶ γυμνοὶ ὄντες ἑαυτοὺς ᾔδεισαν. ᾔδεισαν δὲ κατὰ εἴδησιν καὶ οὐ κατὰ πρᾶξιν.
ara oun ouk ēsan typhloi, allʼ ēneǭgmenous eichon tous ophthalmous; gymnoi de ontes ouk ę̄schynonto blepontes, kai gymnoi ontes heautous ę̄deisan. ę̄deisan de kata eidēsin kai ou kata praxin.
So they were not blind, but had their eyes open; being naked they were not ashamed though they saw, and being naked they knew each other. But they knew by awareness and not by act.
20.5Holl GCS 25:29
μετὰ τὸ ἐκβληθῆναι τοῦ παραδείσου βεβρωκότας τοῦ ξύλου, μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον φησίν »ἔγνω ὁ Ἀδὰμ Εὔαν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ‘. Πῶς τοίνυν ἔσται τοῦτο;
meta to ekblēthēnai tou paradeisou bebrōkotas tou xylou, meta polyn chronon phēsin »egnō ho Adam Euan tēn gynaika autou‘. Pōs toinyn estai touto?
After they were driven out of paradise, having eaten from the tree, after a long time it says, “Adam knew Eve his wife.” How then will this be?
20.6Holl GCS 25:29
καίτοι γε ἑώρων ἀλλήλους γυμνοὶ ὄντες καὶ ᾔδεισαν ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ὁράσει· ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ πράξει. τὸ δὲ ἀλλήλοις συναφθήναι γνῶσιν εἶπεν ἡ γραφή.
kaitoi ge heōrōn allēlous gymnoi ontes kai ę̄deisan heautous tę̄ horasei; allʼ ou tę̄ praxei. to de allēlois synaphthēnai gnōsin eipen hē graphē.
And yet they saw each other being naked and knew each other by sight, but not by act. But Scripture called being joined with each other “knowledge.”
20.7Holl GCS 25:29
οἶδε δὲ καλεῖν εἴδησίν καὶ εἴδησιν. πάλιν γὰρ οὕτω λέγει »ἔγνω Ἰακὼβ Λείαν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ καὶ συλλαβοῦσα ἔτεκε« καὶ τὸ πρῶτον μὲν ᾔδει αὐτήν· σὺν αὐγῇ γὰρ ἐπτὰ ἔτη ἠν ποιμαίνων τὰ πρόβατα Λαβὰν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς. εἴδησιν δὲ τὴν διʼ ὁράσεως καὶ διὰ γνώσεως ᾔδει, ⟨ᾔδει, ⟩
oide de kalein eidēsin kai eidēsin. palin gar houtō legei »egnō Iakōb Leian tēn gynaika autou kai syllabousa eteke« kai to prōton men ę̄dei autēn; syn augę̄ gar epta etē ēn poimainōn ta probata Laban tou patros autēs. eidēsin de tēn diʼ horaseōs kai dia gnōseōs ę̄dei, ⟨ę̄dei, ⟩
And it knows how to call both kinds knowledge. For again it says thus: “Jacob knew Leah his wife, and she conceived and bore”; and at first he knew her; for he was with her in daylight seven years, keeping the sheep of Laban her father. He knew her with the knowledge that comes through sight and through acquaintance; ⟨he knew her⟩
20.8Holl GCS 25:29
δὲ καὶ διὰ πράξεως. καὶ ἔγνω Ραχὴλ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ καὶ πάλιν ⟨ἐν⟩ ἑτέρῳ τόπῳ »καὶ ἐγήρασε Δαυίδ« φησί »καὶ ἔσκεπον ἱματίοις. καὶ οὐκ ἐθερμαίνετο, καὶ εἷπον τῷ βασιλεῖ ζητηθήτω παρθένος καλή«. καὶ εὑρέθη Ἀβισάκ ἡ Σουμανῖτις. καί φησιν »ἠνέχθη τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ συνεκοιμᾶτο αὐτῷ καὶ συνέθαλπεν αὐτόν· καὶ οὐκ ἕγνω αὐτὴν Δαυίδ«, τὴν σὺν αὐτῷ. τὴν σύσσωμον καὶ σύμπλευρον.
de kai dia praxeōs. kai egnō Rachēl tēn gynaika autou kai palin ⟨en⟩ heterǭ topǭ »kai egērase Dauid« phēsi »kai eskepon himatiois. kai ouk ethermaineto, kai heipon tǭ basilei zētēthētō parthenos kalē«. kai heurethē Abisak hē Soumanitis. kai phēsin »ēnechthē tǭ basilei kai synekoimato autǭ kai synethalpen auton; kai ouk hegnō autēn Dauid«, tēn syn autǭ. tēn syssōmon kai sympleuron.
also through act. And “he knew Rachel his wife.” And again ⟨in⟩ another place: “And David grew old,” it says, “and they covered him with garments and he was not warmed, and they said to the king, ‘Let a beautiful virgin be sought.’” And Abishag the Shunammite was found. And it says, “She was brought to the king and lay with him and warmed him; and David did not know her,” the woman who was with him, sharing his body and his side.
20.9Holl GCS 25:29
ἄρα ποίαν εἴδησιν λέγει; τὴν διʼ ὁράσεως ἢ τὴν διὰ πράξεως; καί »ἔγνω κύριος τοὺς οντας αὐτοῦ«· ἀρα οὐν τοὺς οὐκ όντας ἀγνοεῖ; καί »ἀπόστητε ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ. ἐργάται τῆς ἀνομίας· οὐδέποτε γὰρ ἔγνων ὑμᾶς«· ἆρα ἔστιν ἄγνοια ἐν τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ;
ara poian eidēsin legei? tēn diʼ horaseōs ē tēn dia praxeōs? kai »egnō kyrios tous ontas autou«; ara oun tous ouk ontas agnoei? kai »apostēte apʼ emou. ergatai tēs anomias; oudepote gar egnōn hymas«; ara estin agnoia en tǭ huiǭ tou theou?
So which knowledge does it mean? That by sight, or that by act? And “The Lord knew those who are his”: does he then not know those who are not? And “Depart from me, workers of lawlessness; for I never knew you”: is there then ignorance in the Son of God?
20.10Holl GCS 25:29
καὶ πάλιν »ὑμᾶς ἔγνων ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν«. ἆρα οὖν τὰ ἔθνη τὰ λοιπὰ ἀγνοεῖ; μὴ γένοιτο. ἀλλʼ οἶδε γνῶσιν ἡ θεία γραφή, ἄλλην μὲν κατὰ εἴδησιν. ἄλλην δὲ κατὰ πρᾶξιν.
kai palin »hymas egnōn ek pantōn tōn ethnōn«. ara oun ta ethnē ta loipa agnoei? mē genoito. allʼ oide gnōsin hē theia graphē, allēn men kata eidēsin. allēn de kata praxin.
And again, “You only have I known of all the nations.” Does he then not know the other nations? God forbid. But the divine Scripture knows of knowledge, one kind by awareness, another by act.
Chapter 21
21.1Holl GCS 25:29–30
21. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ μονογενὴς πληρῶν τὸ θέλημα *, ἀπέ- δειξεν ἤδη τὰ πάντα τετελειωμένα, * ἔγνω γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ τὴν ὥραν καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν, ἔγνω αὐτὴν καὶ κατὰ γνῶσιν καὶ κατὰ πρᾶξιν· οἶδε γὰρ αὐτὸς πάντα καὶ ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν τὸν υἱόν ὁ πατὴρ πᾶσαν τὴν κρίσιν δέδωκε τῷ υἱῷ‘ καὶ μὴ κρίνων διὰ μὲν τοῦ δεδωκέναι τῷ υἱῷ αὐτὸς κρίνει· οὐ γὰρ ἠλλοτρίωται ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ κρίνειν τοὺς κρινομένους καὶ ἐν τῷ μὴ κρίνειν τὸν πατέρα ἤδη κέκρικεν.
21. Epei oun tou patros ho monogenēs plērōn to thelēma *, ape- deixen ēdē ta panta teteleiōmena, * egnō gar ho patēr tēn hōran kai tēn hēmeran, egnō autēn kai kata gnōsin kai kata praxin; oide gar autos panta kai en tǭ eipein ton huion ho patēr pasan tēn krisin dedōke tǭ huiǭ‘ kai mē krinōn dia men tou dedōkenai tǭ huiǭ autos krinei; ou gar ēllotriōtai ho theos apo tou krinein tous krinomenous kai en tǭ mē krinein ton patera ēdē kekriken.
Since, then, the Only-begotten, fulfilling the Father's will *, has already shown all things accomplished, * for the Father knew the hour and the day; he knew it both by knowledge and by act. For he knows all things; and in the Son's saying, “The Father has given all judgment to the Son,” though not judging, by having given it to the Son he himself judges. For God is not estranged from judging those who are judged, and in not judging, the Father has already judged.
21.2Holl GCS 25:30
ὁ δὲ υἱὸς οἶδε πότε ἔρχεται· αὐτὸς γὰρ αὐτὴν φέρει τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁρίζει καὶ ἄλει καὶ τελεῖ. λέγει γάρ »ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ ἔρχεται ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη« καί φησιν οὐκ ἴστε ἐν νυκτί, ἴνα ἡ ἡμέρα ἐν σκότει ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ«.
ho de huios oide pote erchetai; autos gar autēn pherei tēn hēmeran kai autos horizei kai alei kai telei. legei gar »hōs kleptēs en nykti erchetai hē hēmera ekeinē« kai phēsin ouk iste en nykti, ina hē hēmera en skotei hymas katalabę̄«.
And the Son knows when he comes; for he himself brings the day, and he himself determines it and brings it and completes it. For he says, “That day comes like a thief in the night,” and he says, “You are not in the night, that the day should overtake you in darkness.”
21.3Holl GCS 25:30
εἰ οὐν οἱ δοῦλοι τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡμέρας εἰσὶ τέκνα, ἀρα αὐτὸς ὁ υἱὸς ⟨ὁ⟩ φέρων τὴν ἡμἐραν ἀγνοεῖ. ἴνα καταλάβῃ ἡ ἡμέρα καὶ οὐχὶ αὐτὸς μᾶλλον τὴν ἡμέραν φέρῃ; τίς ταῦτα διανοούμενος οὐ βλασφημήσει, τὰ μὴ πρέποντα περὶ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ λογιζόμενος;
ei oun hoi douloi tou Christou hēmeras eisi tekna, ara autos ho huios ⟨ho⟩ pherōn tēn hēmeran agnoei. ina katalabę̄ hē hēmera kai ouchi autos mallon tēn hēmeran pherę̄? tis tauta dianooumenos ou blasphēmēsei, ta mē preponta peri patros kai huiou logizomenos?
If then the servants of Christ are children of the day, is the Son himself, ⟨who⟩ brings the day, ignorant, so that the day should overtake him and not rather he bring the day? Who, thinking these things, will not blaspheme, reckoning what is unfitting about Father and Son?
21.4Holl GCS 25:30
καὶ ὁ πατὴρ μὲν οἶδε τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν ὥραν κατὰ δύο τρόπους, κατὰ εἴδησιν καὶ κατὰ πρᾶξιν. οἶδε γὰρ πότε ἔρχεται καὶ πάλιν ἤδη κέκρικεν ὁρίσας κρίνειν τὸν τὸν καὶ ἔγνω κατὰ πρᾶξιν.
kai ho patēr men oide tēn hēmeran kai tēn hōran kata dyo tropous, kata eidēsin kai kata praxin. oide gar pote erchetai kai palin ēdē kekriken horisas krinein ton ton kai egnō kata praxin.
And the Father knows the day and the hour in two ways, by awareness and by act. For he knows when it comes, and again he has already judged, having appointed the one who is to judge, and he knew it by act.
21.5Holl GCS 25:30
ὁ δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ οἶδε μὲν πότε ἔρχεται καὶ αὐτὸς φέρει αὐτὴν καὶ οὐκ ἀγνοεῖ, οὔπω δὲ αὐτὴν ἔπραξε κατὰ γνῶσιν, τουτέστι ⟨οὔπω ἔγνω⟩ κατὰ πρᾶξιν. ἔτι γὰρ ἀσεβεῖς ἀσεβοῦσι καὶ ἄπιστοι ἀπιστοῦσι καὶ κακόπλαστοι βλασφημοῦσι καὶ ὁ διάβολος ἐνεργεῖ καὶ ἁμαρτήματα γίνεται καὶ ἡ ἀδικία κρατεὶ καὶ ἡ κρίσις μακροθυμεῖ, ἴως ἂν ἔλθῃ καὶ γνῷ αὐτὴν κατὰ πρᾶξιν καὶ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν καὶ σώσῃ τοὺς ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἐλπίζοντας ἐπʼ αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ. βλασφημοῦντας αὐτοῦ τὴν θεότητα καὶ πατρὸς καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος.
ho de huios tou theou oide men pote erchetai kai autos pherei autēn kai ouk agnoei, oupō de autēn epraxe kata gnōsin, toutesti ⟨oupō egnō⟩ kata praxin. eti gar asebeis asebousi kai apistoi apistousi kai kakoplastoi blasphēmousi kai ho diabolos energei kai hamartēmata ginetai kai hē adikia kratei kai hē krisis makrothymei, iōs an elthę̄ kai gnǭ autēn kata praxin kai poiēsę̄ tēn ekdikēsin kai sōsę̄ tous en alētheią elpizontas epʼ auton kai mē. blasphēmountas autou tēn theotēta kai patros kai hagiou pneumatos.
But the Son of God knows when it comes, and he himself brings it and is not ignorant, but he has not yet performed it in knowledge, that is, he has ⟨not yet known it⟩ by act. For the ungodly still act ungodly, the unbelieving disbelieve, the ill-formed blaspheme, the devil is at work, sins are committed, injustice prevails, and judgment is long-suffering, until he comes and knows it by act, and carries out vengeance, and saves those who truly hope in him and do not blaspheme his Godhead and that of the Father and the Holy Spirit.
Chapter 22
22.1Holl GCS 25:30
22. Ἐξ ἁγίων δὲ ἀγγέλων λείπεται κατὰ δύο τρόπους ἡ τοιαύτη ἀξία. τίμιοι μὲν γάρ εἰσιν, ἀπὸ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος τοῦτο κεκτημένοι· λείπεται δὲ αὐτοῖς τοῦτο· οὐ γὰρ οἴδασι τὰ ὡρισμένα πότε γίνεται. ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο τοὺς χρόνους. εἰ δὲ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν υἱῷ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ἐν πατρί, ἄρα οὐ λείπεται ἡ ἐξουσία ἐξ υἱοῦ ἡ ἐν πατρί.
22. Ex hagiōn de angelōn leipetai kata dyo tropous hē toiautē axia. timioi men gar eisin, apo patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos touto kektēmenoi; leipetai de autois touto; ou gar oidasi ta hōrismena pote ginetai. epi men gar tę̄ idią exousią ho patēr etheto tous chronous. ei de ho patēr en huiǭ kai ho huios en patri, ara ou leipetai hē exousia ex huiou hē en patri.
But among the holy angels such dignity is lacking in two ways. They are honored, having this from Father and Son and Holy Spirit; but this is lacking to them: they do not know when the things appointed will happen. For the Father has set the times by his own authority. But if the Father is in the Son and the Son in the Father, then the authority that is in the Father is not lacking to the Son.
22.2Holl GCS 25:30–31
λείπεται δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων· κτιστοὶ γὰρ ἄγγελοι καὶ ἀρχάγγελοι καὶ δυνάμεις, πατὴρ δὲ ἄκτιστος, υἱὸς ἄκτιστος, πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἄκτιστον.
leipetai de apo tōn angelōn; ktistoi gar angeloi kai archangeloi kai dynameis, patēr de aktistos, huios aktistos, pneuma theou aktiston.
It is lacking to the angels; for angels, archangels, and powers are created, but the Father is uncreated, the Son uncreated, the Spirit of God uncreated.
22.3Holl GCS 25:31
οὐκ οἴδασιν οὐν οἱ ἄγγελοι οὔτε κατὰ εἴδησιν· οὔτε κατὰ πρᾶξιν τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν ὥραν. οὐκ οἴδασι γὰρ πότε βούλεται ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐνεγκεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ οὐκ οἴδασι κατὰ γνῶσιν πράξεως· οὔπω γὰρ ἐπετάχθησαν ἐξελθεῖν καὶ συναγαγεῖν δίκην ζιζανίων καὶ δῆσαι δεσμὰς εἰς τὸ καίειν πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ.
ouk oidasin oun hoi angeloi oute kata eidēsin; oute kata praxin tēn hēmeran kai tēn hōran. ouk oidasi gar pote bouletai ho patēr kai ho huios kai to hagion pneuma enenkein tēn hēmeran, kai ouk oidasi kata gnōsin praxeōs; oupō gar epetachthēsan exelthein kai synagagein dikēn zizaniōn kai dēsai desmas eis to kaiein pyri asbestǭ.
So the angels know the day and the hour neither by awareness nor by act. For they do not know when the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit will bring the day, and they do not know it with the knowledge of action; for they have not yet been commanded to go out and gather ⟨people⟩ like tares and bind them in bundles to be burned with unquenchable fire.
22.4Holl GCS 25:31
οὔπω τοίνυν οὐδὲ ἔπραξαν οὐδὲ οἴδασιν, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ οἶδε καὶ ἔπραξεν· ὁ δὲ υἱὸς οἶδε μέν, οὐδέπω ἔπραξε. τουτέστιν ⟨τό⟩ »εἰ μὴ ὁ πατὴρ μόνος, οὔτε οἱ οὔτε ὁ υἱός«.
oupō toinyn oude epraxan oude oidasin, ho de patēr oide kai epraxen; ho de huios oide men, oudepō epraxe. toutestin ⟨to⟩ »ei mē ho patēr monos, oute hoi oute ho huios«.
So they have neither yet acted nor do they know; but the Father knows and has acted; the Son knows, but has not yet acted. That is ⟨the meaning of⟩ “except the Father alone; neither the ⟨angels⟩ nor the Son.”
22.5Holl GCS 25:31
νοήσωμεν τὴν δύναμιν τῆς γραφῆς, ἴνα μὴ γένηται ἡμῖν τὸ γράμμα θάνατος. »τὸ γράμμα, γάρ φησιν »ἀποκτένει, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ«. λάβωμεν τὸ πνεῦμα, ἵνα ὠφεληθῶμεν ἐκ τοῦ γράμματος. οὐ γὰρ τὸ γράμμα ἀποκτένει, ἐν γὰρ τῷ γράμματι ἠ ζωή· ἀποκτένει δὲ τὸν ἀσυνέτως τῷ γράμματι προσερχόμενον καὶ μὴ ἔχοντα τὸ φράζον πνεῦμα, τὸ ἀνοῖγον τὸ γράμμα καὶ ἀποκαλύπτον τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ.
noēsōmen tēn dynamin tēs graphēs, ina mē genētai hēmin to gramma thanatos. »to gramma, gar phēsin »apoktenei, to de pneuma zōopoiei«. labōmen to pneuma, hina ōphelēthōmen ek tou grammatos. ou gar to gramma apoktenei, en gar tǭ grammati ē zōē; apoktenei de ton asynetōs tǭ grammati proserchomenon kai mē echonta to phrazon pneuma, to anoigon to gramma kai apokalypton to en autǭ.
Let us understand the force of Scripture, so that the letter may not become death to us. “For the letter,” he says, “kills, but the Spirit gives life.” Let us receive the Spirit so that we may be helped by the letter. For the letter does not kill, since life is in the letter; but it kills the one who approaches the letter without understanding and does not have the Spirit who explains, who opens the letter and reveals what is in it.
22.6Holl GCS 25:31
οὗτος οὖν ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἅγιος τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ υἱὸν γνήσιον, γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα ἔδωκε τῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν μιᾷ γνώσει ὁμονοίας, ἐν ἐνὶ συνδέσμῳ τελειότητος, ὅπως ἐν ὀνόματι πατρὸς τελείου καὶ θεοῦ τὴν σφραγῖδας κομισώμεθα καὶ ἐν ὀνόματι υἱοῦ τελείου καὶ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν ὀνόματι πνεύματος θείου καὶ τελείου λάβωμεν τὴν σφραγῖδα.
houtos oun ho patēr ho hagios ton monogenē autou huion gnēsion, gegennēmenon ex autou, kai to hagion autou pneuma edōke tę̄ hagią autou ekklēsią en mią gnōsei homonoias, en eni syndesmǭ teleiotētos, hopōs en onomati patros teleiou kai theou tēn sphragidas komisōmetha kai en onomati huiou teleiou kai theou kai en onomati pneumatos theiou kai teleiou labōmen tēn sphragida.
This holy Father, then, gave his only-begotten genuine Son, begotten from him, and his Holy Spirit to his holy church in one knowledge of concord, in one bond of perfection, so that we may receive the seal in the name of the perfect Father and God, and receive the seal in the name of the perfect Son and God and in the name of the divine and perfect Spirit.
22.7Holl GCS 25:31
ὡ τριὰς ἁγία ἀριθμουμένη, τριὰς ἐν ἑνὶ ὀνόματι ἀριθμουμένη. οὐ γὰρ λέγεται ἑνὰς καὶ δυὰς οὐδὲ μονὰς καὶ μονάς, ἀλλὰ μονὰς ἐν τριάδι καὶ τριὰς ἐν μονάδι, μονοειδῶς μονωνύμως εἷς θεός, πατὴρ ἐν υἱῷ, υἱὸς ἐν πατρὶ σὺν ἀγίῳ πνεύματι.
hō trias hagia arithmoumenē, trias en heni onomati arithmoumenē. ou gar legetai henas kai dyas oude monas kai monas, alla monas en triadi kai trias en monadi, monoeidōs monōnymōs heis theos, patēr en huiǭ, huios en patri syn agiǭ pneumati.
O holy Trinity counted, Trinity counted in one name! For it is not said “a unity and a duality,” nor “a unit and a unit,” but a unity in Trinity and a Trinity in unity, in one form, in one name, one God, Father in Son, Son in Father, with the Holy Spirit.
Chapter 23
23.1Holl GCS 25:31–32
23. Κάλει δὲ μοι μάρτυρας τῆς ἀληθείας, κάλει μοι τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς καμίνου τῆς Βαβυλωνίας σωθέντας, τοὺς καταξιωθέντας ἐν πυρὶ καταβληθῆναι, μὴ ἀναλωθῆναι δὲ οὐ σβέσαι τὸ πῦρ, ἵνα μὴ ὑποληφθῶσι καινὰ ἔργα ἀντιμηχανησάμενοι, ἀλλʼ ἐν πυρὶ μὲν εἶναι, ἐν πυρὶ δὲ μὴ ἀναλωθῆναι διὰ τὴν ὀρθὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν, τοῦ θεοῦ διʼ αὐτῶν ἡμᾶς διδάσκοντος, τίνα μέν ἐστι τὰ κτιστὰ τίνα δὲ τὰ ἄκτιστa, τίνα ἐστὶ τὰ ποιητὰ τίνα τὰ μὴ γενόμενα, τίνα τὰ ἀεὶ ὄντα τίνα δὲ τὰ ἐξ αὐτῶν ὄντα, γενόμενα δέ.
23. Kalei de moi martyras tēs alētheias, kalei moi tous paidas tous apo tēs kaminou tēs Babylōnias sōthentas, tous kataxiōthentas en pyri katablēthēnai, mē analōthēnai de ou sbesai to pyr, hina mē hypolēphthōsi kaina erga antimēchanēsamenoi, allʼ en pyri men einai, en pyri de mē analōthēnai dia tēn orthēn pistin autōn, tou theou diʼ autōn hēmas didaskontos, tina men esti ta ktista tina de ta aktista, tina esti ta poiēta tina ta mē genomena, tina ta aei onta tina de ta ex autōn onta, genomena de.
Call me witnesses of the truth; call me the youths saved from the furnace of Babylon, who were counted worthy to be thrown into the fire and not consumed, though the fire was not quenched, so that they might not be supposed to have contrived some new device against it, but were in the fire and yet in the fire were not consumed because of their right faith, God teaching us through them which things are created and which uncreated, which are made and which did not come into being, which always are and which are from them, but came into being.
23.2Holl GCS 25:32
οἱ τοιοῦτοι σωθέντες παὶδες ἠθέλησαν εὐχάριστο ἀποδέξαι γνώμην εἰς τὸν θεὸν τὸν σώσαντα αὐτούς. εἰς ὃν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἤλπισαν καὶ οὐκ ἐδίστασαν καὶ οὐκ ἔκλιναν αὐχένα εἰκόνι καὶ θράσει βασιλέως καὶ τυραννίδι.
hoi toioutoi sōthentes paides ēthelēsan eucharisto apodexai gnōmēn eis ton theon ton sōsanta autous. eis hon apʼ archēs ēlpisan kai ouk edistasan kai ouk eklinan auchena eikoni kai thrasei basileōs kai tyrannidi.
These youths, having been saved, wished to express a thankful mind toward the God who saved them, in whom they had hoped from the beginning, and did not hesitate, and did not bow the neck to the image and to the king's boldness and tyranny.
23.3Holl GCS 25:32
καὶ ὅτε ἡθέλησάν τι ἀπονεῖμαι θεῷ ἀνερευνήσαντες τα βάθη τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, ἄγιοι ὄντες, διανοηθέντες τε τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, τήν τε γῆν καὶ πάντα τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτὴν καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἔστι μὴ ἄξια εἶναι εἰς προσφορὰν θεῷ προενεχθῆναι οὔτε γὰρ εἶχον ἐξουσίαν τὰ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοὺς θεῷ προσφέρειν),
kai hote hēthelēsan ti aponeimai theǭ anereunēsantes ta bathē tǭ hagiǭ pneumati en tę̄ kardią, agioi ontes, dianoēthentes te ton ouranon kai panta ta en autǭ, tēn te gēn kai panta ta hypʼ autēn kai panta hosa esti mē axia einai eis prosphoran theǭ proenechthēnai oute gar eichon exousian ta hyper heautous theǭ prospherein),
And when they wished to render something to God, searching the depths by the Holy Spirit in their heart, being holy, and thinking over heaven and all that is in it, and the earth and all that is under it, and all that exists, as not worthy to be brought forward as an offering to God (for they had no power to offer God what was beyond themselves),
23.4Holl GCS 25:32
καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν μὲν καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐξουσίαν θέλοντες μόνον ὕμνοις ὑμνεῖν τὸν θεόν τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ γεγραμμένον »θύσατε θυσίαν αἰνέσεως« καί »θυσία αἰνέσεως δοξάσει με«), ἤδη μεταβαλόντες τὴν παλαιὰν εἰς καινὴν διαθήκην πνεύματι ἁγίῳ ὑπονυττόμενοι, οὐ ζῴων θυσίας οὐδὲ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων χρείαν ἔχοντες φασὶ γάρ »οὐκ ἔστι τόπος τοῦ καρπῶσαι οὐδὲ θυσία οὐδὲ θυσιατήριον«, ὡς τῶν πάντων περιληφθέντων),
kai kata tēn axian men kai kata tēn exousian thelontes monon hymnois hymnein ton theon touto gar esti to gegrammenon »thysate thysian aineseōs« kai »thysia aineseōs doxasei me«), ēdē metabalontes tēn palaian eis kainēn diathēkēn pneumati hagiǭ hyponyttomenoi, ou zǭōn thysias oude holokautōmatōn chreian echontes phasi gar »ouk esti topos tou karpōsai oude thysia oude thysiatērion«, hōs tōn pantōn perilēphthentōn),
and wishing, according to their worth and their power, only to praise God with hymns (for this is what is written, “Offer a sacrifice of praise,” and “A sacrifice of praise will glorify me”), already changing the old into the new covenant, prompted by the Holy Spirit, having no need of sacrifices of animals or burnt offerings (for they say, “There is no place to make an offering, neither sacrifice nor altar,” as if everything had been taken away),
23.5Holl GCS 25:32
βουλόμενοι δὲ τὴν τοιαύτην αἴνεσιν προσφέρειν καὶ ἐασαντες τὴν ἑαυτῶν σμικρότητα ταπεινοφρόνων φέρονται (»πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινωθήσεται ὁ δὲ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται«· μετὰ ⟨γάρ⟩ τοῦ χαρίσματος τῆς αὐτῶν σωτηρίας λαμβάνουσι ταύτην τὴν δωρεὰν τῆν ταπεινοφροσύνης) καὶ βούλονται τὸν αἶνον θεῷ προσφέρειν καὶ μὴ ἐκκακεῖν.
boulomenoi de tēn toiautēn ainesin prospherein kai easantes tēn heautōn smikrotēta tapeinophronōn pherontai (»pas gar ho hypsōn heauton tapeinōthēsetai ho de tapeinōn heauton hypsōthēsetai«; meta ⟨gar⟩ tou charismatos tēs autōn sōtērias lambanousi tautēn tēn dōrean tēn tapeinophrosynēs) kai boulontai ton ainon theǭ prospherein kai mē ekkakein.
and wishing to offer such praise, and ⟨seeing⟩ their own smallness, they are carried along humbly (“for everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, but he who humbles himself will be exalted”; for ⟨along⟩ with the gift of their salvation they receive this gift of humility), and they wish to offer praise to God and not lose heart.
23.6Holl GCS 25:32
καὶ ἑαυτοὺς δοκιμάσαντες πρὸς τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἄρρητον δοξολογίαν ἀξιοῦσι συμπαραλαβεῖν μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν τὴν κτίσιν εἰς δοξολογίαν καὶ ἄρχονται λέγειν συμπεριειληφότες πᾶσαν τὴν ποίησιν.
kai heautous dokimasantes pros tēn tou theou arrēton doxologian axiousi symparalabein methʼ heautōn tēn ktisin eis doxologian kai archontai legein symperieilēphotes pasan tēn poiēsin.
And having tested themselves for the unspeakable glorification of God, they think it right to take creation along with them into the glorification, and they begin to speak, embracing the whole of what was made.
Chapter 24
24.1Holl GCS 25:32
24. Διελόντες δὲ τὰ ποιήματα ἀπὸ τοῦ ποιήσαντος καὶ τὰ κτιστὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ κτίσαντός φασιν »εὐλογεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔργα κυρίου τὸν κύριον«. πάντα εἶπον καὶ οὐδὲν κατέλιπον.
24. Dielontes de ta poiēmata apo tou poiēsantos kai ta ktista apo tou ktisantos phasin »eulogeite panta ta erga kyriou ton kyrion«. panta eipon kai ouden katelipon.
Separating the things made from the Maker and the created from the Creator, they say, “Bless the Lord, all you works of the Lord.” They said “all” and left out nothing.
24.2Holl GCS 25:32
ἵνα δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἄλγιον χαρακτηρίσῃ τὴν τελείαν γνῶσιν εἰς τὸ εἰδέναι, ποῖον τὸ θεῖον ποῖα δὲ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γενόμενα, ἕνα μὴ συμμείξωμεν τῷ ἀιδίῳ τὰ ἐξ οὐχ ὄντων γενόμενα. ἵνα μὴ ἀπολέσωμεν ἑαυτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, ἀριθμῷ μὲν τὰ πάντα συνήγαγεν.
hina de to pneuma to algion charaktērisę̄ tēn teleian gnōsin eis to eidenai, poion to theion poia de ta hypo tou theou genomena, hena mē symmeixōmen tǭ aidiǭ ta ex ouch ontōn genomena. hina mē apolesōmen heautōn tēn dianoian, arithmǭ men ta panta synēgagen.
And so that the Holy Spirit might characterize the perfect knowledge, so as to know what the divine is and what the things made by God are, so that we might not mix with the Eternal the things made from nothing, so that we might not lose our understanding, he gathered all things by number.
24.3Holl GCS 25:32–33
ἀπεκάλυπτε γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ὡς καταξιωθῶσιν ἄμα ἀγγέλοις εἶναι γενομένοις ἀγγελων, τὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ τὰ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς καὶ λοιπὸν οὐκ ἠγνόουν.
apekalypte gar autois to pneuma to hagion hōs kataxiōthōsin ama angelois einai genomenois angelōn, ta en ouranois kai ta en tę̄ gę̄ kai ta hypokatō tēs gēs kai loipon ouk ēgnooun.
For the Holy Spirit revealed to them, as they were counted worthy to be with angels, having become like angels, the things in heaven and on earth and under the earth, and henceforth they were not ignorant.
24.4Holl GCS 25:33
καί φασιν οἱ αὐτοὶ ἅγιοι ὡς προεῖπον· »εὐλογεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔργα κυρίου τὸν κύριον« καὶ ἄρχονται ἀριθμεῖν τε καὶ διαιρεῖν ποῖα τὰ ἔργα ποῖα τὰ ποιήσαντα, ποῖα τὰ ἐργαζόμενα ποῖα δὲ τὰ ἐργασθέντα·
kai phasin hoi autoi hagioi hōs proeipon; »eulogeite panta ta erga kyriou ton kyrion« kai archontai arithmein te kai diairein poia ta erga poia ta poiēsanta, poia ta ergazomena poia de ta ergasthenta;
And the same saints say, as I said before, “Bless the Lord, all you works of the Lord,” and they begin to count and distinguish which are the works and which the makers, which are working and which were worked.
24.5Holl GCS 25:33
καὶ ἀριθμοῦσιν οὐρανὸν γῆν ὕδατα ἐπάνω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλους (κτιστοὶ γὰρ οἱ ἄγγελοι) καὶ θρόνους καὶ δυνάμεις (κτιστὰ γὰρ ταῦτα), ἥλιον σελήνην (ποιητὰ γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἄκτιστα), νέφη καὶ νιφετούς, ἀνέμους χιόνας ἀστραπὰς βροντὰς γῆν θάλασσαν πηγὰς ἀβύσσους ποταμοὺς πᾶσαν ἁνθρωπότητα ὄρη πετεινὰ οὐρανοῦ, κτήνη καὶ ζῷα, ψυχὰς ὁσίων πνεύ- ματα δικαίων, Ἀνανίαν Ἀζανίαν Μισαήλ, ἱερεῖς καὶ δούλους θεοῦ.
kai arithmousin ouranon gēn hydata epanō tou ouranou kai angelous (ktistoi gar hoi angeloi) kai thronous kai dynameis (ktista gar tauta), hēlion selēnēn (poiēta gar kai ouk aktista), nephē kai niphetous, anemous chionas astrapas brontas gēn thalassan pēgas abyssous potamous pasan hanthrōpotēta orē peteina ouranou, ktēnē kai zǭa, psychas hosiōn pneu- mata dikaiōn, Ananian Azanian Misaēl, hiereis kai doulous theou.
And they count heaven, earth, the waters above the heaven, and angels (for angels are created), and thrones and powers (for these are created), sun, moon (for they are made and not uncreated), clouds and snowstorms, winds, snows, lightnings, thunders, earth, sea, springs, deeps, rivers, all humankind, mountains, birds of heaven, cattle and animals, souls of the devout, spirits of the righteous, Ananias, Azarias, Misael, priests and servants of God.
24.6Holl GCS 25:33
πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα ποιητὰ ἐστι καὶ κτιστά, ὑπὸ θεοῦ γεγονότα διὰ τοῦ Λόγου καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος· »τῷ λόγῳ γὰρ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν καὶ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ ἡ δύναμις αὐτῶν«.
panta gar tauta poiēta esti kai ktista, hypo theou gegonota dia tou Logou kai tou hagiou pneumatos; »tǭ logǭ gar kyriou hoi ouranoi estereōthēsan kai tǭ pneumati tou stomatos autou autou hē dynamis autōn«.
For all these are made and created, having come into being by God through the Word and the Holy Spirit: “For by the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm, and all their host by the breath of his mouth.”
24.7Holl GCS 25:33
ὅρα δὲ, ἀγαπητὲ ἀδελφέ, πῶς τὰ πάντα ἠρίθμησαν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ φερόμενοι καὶ οὐκ ἠρίθμησαν υἱὸν ἐν τοῖς ποιήμασιν, ἀλλ οὔτε ἄλγιον πνεῦμα, ἀλλʼ ἔγνωσαν τὴν αὐτὴν θεότητα εἶναι ἐν τριάδι καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τριάδα εἶναι ἐν μιᾷ θεότητι. καὶ ἐδόξασαν πατέρα ἐν υἱῷ καὶ υἱὸν ἐν πατρὶ σὺν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, μίαν ἁγιστείαν μίαν λατρείαν μίαν θεότητα μίαν δοξολογίαν.
hora de, agapēte adelphe, pōs ta panta ērithmēsan pneumati hagiǭ pheromenoi kai ouk ērithmēsan huion en tois poiēmasin, all oute algion pneuma, allʼ egnōsan tēn autēn theotēta einai en triadi kai tēn autēn triada einai en mią theotēti. kai edoxasan patera en huiǭ kai huion en patri syn hagiǭ pneumati, mian hagisteian mian latreian mian theotēta mian doxologian.
And see, beloved brother, how, carried by the Holy Spirit, they counted all things, and did not count the Son among the things made, nor the Holy Spirit; but they knew that the same Godhead is in Trinity and the same Trinity is in one Godhead. And they glorified the Father in the Son and the Son in the Father with the Holy Spirit: one sanctification, one worship, one Godhead, one glorification.
Chapter 25
25.1Holl GCS 25:33
25. Ἀλλὰ πάντως καὶ τοῦτο τολμᾷ ὁ διάβολος κινεῖν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἀπιστίας τολμηρίαν καταψεύσασθαι τῶν ἁγίων παίδων [πλάσαι] καὶ εἴπεῖν· οὐκ ᾔδεισαν εἴπεῖν ὅνομα ἁγίου πνεύματος· Ἰουδαῖοι γὰρ ἦσαν καὶ οὐδὲ υἱὸν ᾔδεισαν, Ἰουδοῖοι ὄντες.
25. Alla pantōs kai touto tolmą ho diabolos kinein en tois anthrōpois, apistias tolmērian katapseusasthai tōn hagiōn paidōn [plasai] kai eipein; ouk ę̄deisan eipein honoma hagiou pneumatos; Ioudaioi gar ēsan kai oude huion ę̄deisan, Ioudoioi ontes.
But no doubt the devil dares to stir this too among people: the audacity of unbelief, to tell lies against the holy youths and say, “They did not know how to say the name of the Holy Spirit; for they were Jews, and, being Jews, they did not even know the Son.”
25.2Holl GCS 25:33
εὐθὺς δὲ οἱ λόγοι ἐλέγχουσι τῶν κακοδόξων τὴν ἀπιστίαν. φησὶ γάρ καὶ ἠν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ τετάρτου ὡς πρόσωπον υἱοῦ θεοῦ«. ἰδοὺ ὄνομα υἱοῦ θεοῦ· ἄρα οὐκ ἔστιν ἄγνοια περὶ τούτου * καὶ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ τῆς καμίνου, ὅτι ἐπλήσθη Δανιὴλ πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ εἶπε καθαρὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐπέστρεψαν εἰς τὸ κριτήριον‘ καὶ ἔκρινε τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους πνεύματι ἁγίῳ ἐμφορούμενος.
euthys de hoi logoi elenchousi tōn kakodoxōn tēn apistian. phēsi gar kai ēn to prosōpon tou tetartou hōs prosōpon huiou theou«. idou onoma huiou theou; ara ouk estin agnoia peri toutou * kai pro tou chronou tou tēs kaminou, hoti eplēsthē Daniēl pneumatos hagiou kai eipe katharos egō apo tou haimatos autēs, kai epestrepsan eis to kritērion‘ kai ekrine tous presbyterous pneumati hagiǭ emphoroumenos.
But at once the words refute the unbelief of the wrong-thinking. For it says, “And the appearance of the fourth was like the appearance of a son of God.” See, the name of the Son of God! So there is no ignorance about this *; and even before the time of the furnace, Daniel was filled with the Holy Spirit and said, “I am clean of her blood,” and “they returned to the court,” and he judged the elders, filled with the Holy Spirit.
25.3Holl GCS 25:33–34
ἄρα οὖν ᾔδεισαν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ ᾔδεισαν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον καὶ οὐκ ἀγνοίας χάριν οὐκ εἷπον τὰ ὀνόματα, ἀλλʼ ἀσφαλείας ἕνεκα. »εὐλογεῖτε, γάρ ⟨φησιν⟩, πάντα τὰ ἔργα κυρίου τὸν κύριον« καὶ οὐκ εἰπον, υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν κύριον οὐδʼ ἐπευλόγει ἅγιον πνεῦμα τὸν κὑριο, ἀλλʼ »εὐλογεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔργα κυρίου τὸν κύριον..
ara oun ę̄deisan ton huion kai ę̄deisan ton patera kai to pneuma to hagion kai ouk agnoias charin ouk heipon ta onomata, allʼ asphaleias heneka. »eulogeite, gar ⟨phēsin⟩, panta ta erga kyriou ton kyrion« kai ouk eipon, huios tou theou ton kyrion oudʼ epeulogei hagion pneuma ton kyrio, allʼ »eulogeite panta ta erga kyriou ton kyrion..
So they knew the Son, and they knew the Father and the Holy Spirit; and it was not out of ignorance that they did not say the names, but for safety. For “Bless the Lord,” ⟨it says⟩, “all you works of the Lord,” and they did not say, “Son of God, ⟨bless⟩ the Lord,” nor did they call on the Holy Spirit to bless the Lord, but “Bless the Lord, all you works of the Lord.”
25.4Holl GCS 25:34
καὶ μή τις τῶν προφάσεις ἑαυτοῖς θηρωμένων εἴπῃ· ὅτι οὐκ εἶπον Χερουβὶμ ἢ Σεραφίμ· λοιπὸν οὐδὲ ταῦτά ἐστιν ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ. προέλαβε γὰρ ὁ θεῖος λόγος ἀσφαλίσασθαι τὰ πάντα ⟩ τῶν τὰς μηχανὰς ἑαυτοῖς ἐπινοούντων, προγινώσκων τὴν εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ] τοὺς παῖδας λύμην.
kai mē tis tōn prophaseis heautois thērōmenōn eipę̄; hoti ouk eipon Cheroubim ē Seraphim; loipon oude tauta estin erga tou theou. proelabe gar ho theios logos asphalisasthai ta panta ⟩ tōn tas mēchanas heautois epinoountōn, proginōskōn tēn eis autous kai] tous paidas lymēn.
And let none of those who hunt for pretexts for themselves say, “They did not say Cherubim or Seraphim; so these too are not works of God.” For the divine word anticipated the devices of those who invent schemes for themselves, securing everything, foreknowing the harm ⟨they would do⟩ to the youths.
25.5Holl GCS 25:34
τρισσῶς γὰρ τὸν ὕμνον ἐδιπλασίασαν οἱ ἅγιοι παῖδες οἱ αὐτοὶ τὰ κτιστὰ καὶ ποιητά εἰς ὕμνον θεοῦ προβαλλόμενοι καὶ πρῶτον φή- σαντες »εὐλογητὸς εἶ, κύριε ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ αἰνετὸν καὶ δεδοξασμένον τὸ ὄνομά σου εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας‘, εἶτα μεθʼ ἕτερα »εὐλογημένος εἶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τῶν Χρουβίμ« καὶ πάλιν »εὐλογημένος εἶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου« καί »εὐλογημένος εἶ ὁ βλέπων ἀβύσσους, καθήμενος ἐπὶ Χερουβίμ«·
trissōs gar ton hymnon ediplasiasan hoi hagioi paides hoi autoi ta ktista kai poiēta eis hymnon theou proballomenoi kai prōton phē- santes »eulogētos ei, kyrie ho theos tōn paterōn hēmōn, kai aineton kai dedoxasmenon to onoma sou eis tous aiōnas‘, eita methʼ hetera »eulogēmenos ei ho kathēmenos epi tōn Chroubim« kai palin »eulogēmenos ei ho kathēmenos epi thronou doxēs tēs basileias sou« kai »eulogēmenos ei ho blepōn abyssous, kathēmenos epi Cheroubim«;
For the holy youths, putting forward created and made things for the praise of God, redoubled the hymn threefold, saying first, “Blessed are you, O Lord, the God of our fathers, and praised and glorified is your name for ever,” then after other things, “Blessed are you who sit upon the Cherubim,” and again, “Blessed are you who sit on the throne of glory of your kingdom,” and “Blessed are you who look upon the deeps, sitting upon the Cherubim,”
25.6Holl GCS 25:34
ἵνα ἀπὸ τοῦ εἰπεῖν τὸν θρόνον νοήσῃς Σεραφὶμ καὶ χερουβίμ, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῶν Χερουβὶμ καὶ ἀβύσσων καὶ θρόνου ἡγιασμένου καὶ λοιπῶν πάντων όνομάτων νοήσῃς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ πάντων τῶν ὠνομασμένων ὅτι ἐκ τῶν ἔργων εἰσὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις συν-αριθμούμενα. καλέσαντες γὰρ εἰς ὕμνον ταῦτα πάντα εὐθὺς ἐπιφέρουσι λέοντες »εὐλογεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔργα κυρίου τὸν κύριον‘, ἵνα Γαβριήλ καὶ Μιχαὴλ εὐλογήσῃ πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
hina apo tou eipein ton thronon noēsę̄s Seraphim kai cheroubim, kai apo tou onomatos tōn Cheroubim kai abyssōn kai thronou hēgiasmenou kai loipōn pantōn onomatōn noēsę̄s apo tou arithmou pantōn tōn ōnomasmenōn hoti ek tōn ergōn eisi tois allois syn-arithmoumena. kalesantes gar eis hymnon tauta panta euthys epipherousi leontes »eulogeite panta ta erga kyriou ton kyrion‘, hina Gabriēl kai Michaēl eulogēsę̄ patera kai huion kai hagion pneuma.
so that from mention of the throne you may understand Seraphim and Cherubim, and from the name of the Cherubim and the deeps and the hallowed throne and all the other names you may understand, from the count of all that are named, that they are among the works, counted together with the others. For having called all these to the hymn, they at once add, “Bless the Lord, all you works of the Lord,” so that Gabriel and Michael may bless Father and Son and Holy Spirit.
Chapter 26
26.1Holl GCS 25:34
26. Σεμνοὶ δὲ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ τὸν ἐπινίκιον ὕμνον ᾄδουσι, σὺν Σεραφὶμ καὶ Χερουβὶμ Ι τὴν τριάδα ὁμοδόξως καὶ ὁμοστοίχως P31 καὶ ὁμοουσίως δοξάζοντες καὶ λέοντες τό »ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγιος«, τρεῖς φωνὰς ἀποτελοῦντες, ἐν ἑνότητι δὲ λέοντες καὶ οὐ πολυωνύμως.
26. Semnoi de angeloi en ouranǭ ton epinikion hymnon ądousi, syn Seraphim kai Cheroubim I tēn triada homodoxōs kai homostoichōs P31 kai homoousiōs doxazontes kai leontes to »hagios hagios hagios«, treis phōnas apotelountes, en henotēti de leontes kai ou polyōnymōs.
And the august angels in heaven sing the hymn of victory, with Seraphim and Cherubim glorifying the Trinity with equal glory, equal rank, and one substance, and saying “Holy, holy, holy,” making three cries, but saying them in unity and not with many names.
26.2Holl GCS 25:34
οὐ γὰρ λέγουσιν ἅγιος τέταρτον, ἱνα μὴ προσθῶσι ⟩ τῇ τῆς τριάδος ὀνομασίᾳ· οὐ λέγουσι δὶς τὸ ἅγιος, ἵνακ μὴ ἐλλιπὴς εἴη ἡ δόξα τῆς τελειότητος, ἀλλὰ τρίς, ἵνα πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ τιμῇ ἁγιάσωσι.
ou gar legousin hagios tetarton, hina mē prosthōsi ⟩ tę̄ tēs triados onomasią; ou legousi dis to hagios, hinak mē ellipēs eiē hē doxa tēs teleiotētos, alla tris, hina patera kai huion kai hagion pneuma en tę̄ autę̄ timę̄ hagiasōsi.
For they do not say “holy” a fourth time, so as not to add to the naming of the Trinity; they do not say “holy” twice, so that the glory of perfection may not be deficient; but three times, so that they may hallow Father and Son and Holy Spirit in the same honor.
26.3Holl GCS 25:34
καὶ οὐ λέγουσιν ἅγιος καὶ ἡμιάγιος, ἀλλ ἴσως λέγουσι τὸ ἅγιος, μιᾷ φωνῇ καὶ ἐνὶ λόγῳ καὶ μιᾷ τελειότητι τριὰδα δοξάζοντες ὁμοῦ ἐν ἑνότητι καὶ ἐνότητα ἐν τριάδι.
kai ou legousin hagios kai hēmiagios, all isōs legousi to hagios, mią phōnę̄ kai eni logǭ kai mią teleiotēti triada doxazontes homou en henotēti kai enotēta en triadi.
And they do not say “holy” and “half-holy,” but they say “holy” equally, glorifying with one voice, one word, one perfection, the Trinity together in unity and the unity in Trinity.
26.4Holl GCS 25:34–35
ταύτην γὰρ τὴν γνῶσιν ἦλθεν ὁ μονογενὴς ⟨υἱὸς⟩ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμᾶς ταύτην τὴν σύνεσιν ἡμῖν ἐκήρυξε τὸ ἄγιον πνεῦμα, ταύτην τὴν τελειότητα ἀπεκάλυψεν ἡμῖν ὁ ποτήρ· ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ταύτην τὴν ζωὴν ἐχαρίσατο ἡμῖν σαρκωθεὶς ὁ Λὀγος, ταύτην τὴν οἰκοδομὴν ᾠκοδόμησεν ἡμῖν τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα.
tautēn gar tēn gnōsin ēlthen ho monogenēs ⟨huios⟩ tou theou hēmas tautēn tēn synesin hēmin ekēryxe to agion pneuma, tautēn tēn teleiotēta apekalypsen hēmin ho potēr; en alētheią tautēn tēn zōēn echarisato hēmin sarkōtheis ho Logos, tautēn tēn oikodomēn ǭkodomēsen hēmin to hagion pneuma.
For this knowledge the only-begotten ⟨Son⟩ of God came ⟨to teach⟩ us; this understanding the Holy Spirit proclaimed to us; this perfection the Father revealed to us in truth; this life the Word, made flesh, graciously gave us; this building the Holy Spirit built for us.
26.5Holl GCS 25:35
»εἴ τις γὰρ ἐποικοδομεῖ ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον τοῦτον χρυσίον ἄργυρον λίθους τιμίους ξύλα χόρτον καλάμην‘ καὶ τὰ ⟩. οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἄλλος θεμέλιος· »θεμέλιον γὰρ ἄλλον οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, ὅς ἐστιν ἰησοῦς Χριστός‘, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, »οὗ ἐσμεν οἰκοδομή, καὶ οὗ ἔσμεν γεώργιον«, »οἰκοδομηθντες ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον προφητῶν τε καὶ ἀποστόλων‘, τοῦ εἰδέναι τὴν ἡμῶν οἰκοδομὴν στερεὰν οὐσαν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ τὸν ἡμῶν θεμέλιον ἀεὶ ὄντα καὶ μὴ ἀρξάμενον τοῦ εἶναι.
»ei tis gar epoikodomei epi ton themelion touton chrysion argyron lithous timious xyla chorton kalamēn‘ kai ta ⟩. ou gar estin allos themelios; »themelion gar allon oudeis dynatai theinai para ton keimenon, hos estin iēsous Christos‘, ho huios tou theou, »hou esmen oikodomē, kai hou esmen geōrgion«, »oikodomēthntes epi ton themelion prophētōn te kai apostolōn‘, tou eidenai tēn hēmōn oikodomēn sterean ousan en alētheią kai ton hēmōn themelion aei onta kai mē arxamenon tou einai.
“For if anyone builds on this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, straw,” and so on. For there is no other foundation: “For no one can lay another foundation than the one laid, which is Jesus Christ,” the Son of God, “whose building we are, and whose field we are,” “built on the foundation of the prophets and apostles,” so that we may know that our building is firm in truth and that our foundation always is and did not begin to be.
26.6Holl GCS 25:35
ἀλλʼ »οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ἡ γνῶσις‘ κατὰ τὸν ἀποστολικὸν λόγον, άλλʼ ἐν τοῖς καταξιωθεῖσι πνεύματι ἁγίῳ τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας εἰδέναι μυστήρια.
allʼ »ouk en pasin hē gnōsis‘ kata ton apostolikon logon, allʼ en tois kataxiōtheisi pneumati hagiǭ ta tēs alētheias eidenai mystēria.
But “knowledge is not in all,” according to the apostolic word, but in those counted worthy by the Holy Spirit to know the mysteries of the truth.
26.7Holl GCS 25:35
αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ ἀποκαλύψας ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐπιμεμφόμενός τινας τῶν ἐν ἀγνωσίᾳ ἔλεγέν οὐκ οἴδατε τὰς γραφὰς οὐδὲ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν« καὶ πάλιν ἀλλαχόθι »ὁ ἔχων ὠτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω« καὶ πάλιν »εἰ ᾔδεις τίς ἐστιν ὁ ζητῶν παρὰ σοῦ πιεῖν, σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας‘ τῇ Σαμαρείτιδι ἔλεγε, καὶ πάλιν »οὐκ οἴδατε οἵου πνεύματός ἐστε«.
autos gar ho apokalypsas heauton kai ton heautou patera kai to hagion pneuma epimemphomenos tinas tōn en agnōsią elegen ouk oidate tas graphas oude tēn dynamin autōn« kai palin allachothi »ho echōn ōta akouein akouetō« kai palin »ei ę̄deis tis estin ho zētōn para sou piein, sy an ę̄tēsas‘ tę̄ Samareitidi elege, kai palin »ouk oidate hoiou pneumatos este«.
For he himself, who revealed himself and his Father and the Holy Spirit, rebuking some who were in ignorance, said, “You know neither the Scriptures nor their power,” and again elsewhere, “He who has ears to hear, let him hear,” and again, “If you knew who it is who asks you for a drink, you would have asked,” he said to the Samaritan woman, and again, “You do not know of what spirit you are.”
26.8Holl GCS 25:35
ἄρα οὖν ἡ γνῶσις οὐκ ἐν πᾶσι«· »χαρίσματα γὰρ ἔχει ἐ̔καστος ἐκ θεοῦ διάφορα( καί φησιν ὁ ἅγιος λόγος »ᾧ δίδοται περισσότερον, περισσότερον ἀπαιτήσουσιν αὐτόν«, ὡς τινῶν μὲν λαμβανόντων βραχύ, τινῶν δὲ οὐδʼ ὅλως, ἄλλων δὲ περισσοτέρως εἰληφότων.
ara oun hē gnōsis ouk en pasi«; »charismata gar echei hekastos ek theou diaphora( kai phēsin ho hagios logos »hǭ didotai perissoteron, perissoteron apaitēsousin auton«, hōs tinōn men lambanontōn brachy, tinōn de oudʼ holōs, allōn de perissoterōs eilēphotōn.
So “knowledge is not in all”; “for each has different gifts from God,” and the holy Word says, “From him to whom more is given, more will be demanded,” as though some receive little, some none at all, and others have received more abundantly.
Chapter 27
27.1Holl GCS 25:35
27. Καὶ ὅτι μὲν ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐν ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς εἰρημένων ἔστιν εὑρεῖν. τῆς γὰρ θείας γραφῆς πνευμα- τικῶς ⟨δια⟩λεγομένης τὰ πλεῖστα, μάλιστα περὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας ζωῆς, γνώσεως δὲ φημι τοῦ κυρίου, ὅσα γὰρ] ἐστὶ βαθύτερα καὶ περισ- σοτέρως τὴν ἡμετέραν ψυχὴν ἀπασφαλιζόμενα ῥήματα, ταῦτα εἰς πρόσκομμα τοῖς τὴν γνῶσιν θεοῦ μὴ κατειληφόσι συμβέβηκεν,
27. Kai hoti men tauta houtōs echei ex autōn tōn en tais theiais graphais eirēmenōn estin heurein. tēs gar theias graphēs pneuma- tikōs ⟨dia⟩legomenēs ta pleista, malista peri tēs hēmeteras zōēs, gnōseōs de phēmi tou kyriou, hosa gar] esti bathytera kai peris- soterōs tēn hēmeteran psychēn apasphalizomena rhēmata, tauta eis proskomma tois tēn gnōsin theou mē kateilēphosi symbebēken,
And that these things are so can be found from what is said in the divine Scriptures themselves. For since the divine Scripture speaks spiritually for the most part, especially about our life, I mean the knowledge of the Lord, the words that are deeper and secure our soul more abundantly have become a stumbling block to those who have not grasped the knowledge of God,
27.2Holl GCS 25:35–36
ὥς φησιν Ὠσηὲ ὁ προφήτης »τἰς συνετὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα « καί »ᾧ λόγος γνώσεως κυρίου δίδοται, καὶ γνώσεται αὐτά. ὅτι εὐθεῖα αἱ ὁδοὶ κυρίου, ἀσεβεῖς δὲ προσκόψουσιν ἐν αὐταῖς.«.
hōs phēsin Ōsēe ho prophētēs »tis synetos kai synēsei tauta « kai »hǭ logos gnōseōs kyriou didotai, kai gnōsetai auta. hoti eutheia hai hodoi kyriou, asebeis de proskopsousin en autais.«.
as Hosea the prophet says, “Who is wise, and will understand these things?” and “To whom a word of the knowledge of the Lord is given, he will also know them; for the ways of the Lord are straight, but the ungodly will stumble in them.”
27.3Holl GCS 25:36
εὐθεῖαι μὲν γάρ εἰσιν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἀσεβεῖς προσκόπτουσι ⟨ἐν⟩ ταῖς ὁδοῖς κυρίου, τούτων οὑσῶν ἀνθρώποις προσκόμματος. οἱ γοῦν προσκόπτοντες τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος ἀδιαφόρως προσκόπτουσι· »προσέκοψαν γὰρ τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος καὶ ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν.
eutheiai men gar eisin, allʼ hoi asebeis proskoptousi ⟨en⟩ tais hodois kyriou, toutōn housōn anthrōpois proskommatos. hoi goun proskoptontes tǭ lithǭ tou proskommatos adiaphorōs proskoptousi; »prosekopsan gar tǭ lithǭ tou proskommatos kai eskandalisthēsan.
For they are straight, but the ungodly stumble ⟨in⟩ the ways of the Lord, which become a stumbling block for people. At any rate those who stumble against the stone of stumbling stumble indiscriminately; “for they stumbled against the stone of stumbling and were offended.”
27.4Holl GCS 25:36
εὐθὺς μὲν γὰρ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ὁρῶντες τὸν μονογενῆ υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυ- θότα θεοσημείας ἐργαζομενον καὶ μὴ κατηξιωμένοι τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἐπουρανίου ἔλεγον »τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὑτος. ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας;« καὶ ἄλλοτε »εἰ ἠν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος ἐκ θεοῦ, οὐκ ἂν ἔλυε τὸ σάββατον‘. ἄρα οὐν τὴν θεότητα ἠγνόουν, ἄνθρωπον δὲ ψιλὸν μόνον αὐτὸν ἐνόμιζον.
euthys men gar hoi Ioudaioi horōntes ton monogenē huion tou theou en sarki elēly- thota theosēmeias ergazomenon kai mē katēxiōmenoi tēs gnōseōs tēs epouraniou elegon »tis estin ho anthrōpos houtos. hos lalei blasphēmias?« kai allote »ei ēn ho anthrōpos houtos ek theou, ouk an elye to sabbaton‘. ara oun tēn theotēta ēgnooun, anthrōpon de psilon monon auton enomizon.
For at once the Jews, seeing the only-begotten Son of God come in the flesh and working divine signs, and not having been counted worthy of the heavenly knowledge, said, “Who is this man who speaks blasphemies?” and at another time, “If this man were from God, he would not break the sabbath.” So they did not know his Godhead, but thought him only a mere man.
27.5Holl GCS 25:36
οἱ δὲ καὶ θεὸν αὐτὸν ἐγνωκότες, ἀγνοήσαντες ⟨δὲ⟩ τὴν τελείαν αὐτοῦ δόξαν, ἀκούσαντες τὰ ἐν βάθει περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα ῥήματα καὶ κατὰ τὴν εἰς ἡμῶν πραγματευθεῖσαν σωτηρίαν ⟨σαρκὸς⟩ οἰκονομίαν, σφαλλόμενοι εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ θεότητα ἔσφαλλε γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἡ διάνοια.
hoi de kai theon auton egnōkotes, agnoēsantes ⟨de⟩ tēn teleian autou doxan, akousantes ta en bathei peri autou eirēmena rhēmata kai kata tēn eis hēmōn pragmateutheisan sōtērian ⟨sarkos⟩ oikonomian, sphallomenoi eis tēn autou theotēta esphalle gar autous hē dianoia.
Others, knowing him also as God, ⟨but⟩ not knowing his perfect glory, having heard the words spoken in depth about him and about the dispensation ⟨of the flesh⟩ carried out for our salvation, stumble concerning his Godhead; for their understanding tripped them up.
27.6Holl GCS 25:36
ὡς γὰρ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐσφάλησαν ἀκονήσαντες, οὕτω καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀκούοντες ἐφάλλοντο. ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ἑώρων τὰ ἐν προφήταις προειρημένα, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἔνσαρκον Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν πληρωθέντα ἀγνοοῦντες ἐταράχθησαν.
hōs gar hoi Ioudaioi esphalēsan akonēsantes, houtō kai autoi akouontes ephallonto. ekeinoi gar heōrōn ta en prophētais proeirēmena, eis de tēn ensarkon Christou parousian plērōthenta agnoountes etarachthēsan.
For as the Jews tripped when they heard, so these too trip when they hear. For those saw what had been foretold in the prophets, but, not knowing that it was fulfilled in the incarnate coming of Christ, they were troubled.
27.7Holl GCS 25:36
καὶ οὗτοι πáλιν διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ οἰκονομίαν τὰ προειρημένα ἀκούοντες, φιλῶς δὲ αὐτὰ νοοῦντες ταράσσονται καὶ προβάλλονται εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῶν καταστροφὴν τὰ εἰς τὴν ἡμῶν οἰκοδομὴν ⟨εἰρημένα⟩ καὶ φασίν· εἶπεν »ἐγὼ ἀπέρχομαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν καὶ πατέρα μου καὶ ὑμῶν«· ὑμῶν‘· ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἴν ἐστι τῶν κτισμάτων, βλασφημοῦντες τολμῶσι λέγειν.
kai houtoi palin dia tēn autou oikonomian ta proeirēmena akouontes, philōs de auta noountes tarassontai kai proballontai eis tēn heautōn katastrophēn ta eis tēn hēmōn oikodomēn ⟨eirēmena⟩ kai phasin; eipen »egō aperchomai pros ton theon mou kai theon hymōn kai patera mou kai hymōn«; hymōn‘; horąs hoti kai autos in esti tōn ktismatōn, blasphēmountes tolmōsi legein.
And these again, hearing what was said beforehand about his dispensation, but understanding it in a merely human way, are troubled and put forward to their own ruin what was ⟨said⟩ for our upbuilding, and they say: “He said, ‘I am going to my God and your God, and to my Father and your Father.’ You see that he too is one of the creatures,” they dare to say, blaspheming.
Chapter 28
28.1Holl GCS 25:36
28. Βλέπεις τοίνυν ὅτι σφάλλει αὐτοὺς ἡ τῆς ἐνσάρκου παρουσίας οἰκονομία. ἀναλάβωσι γὰρ ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς καὶ ἐρωτήσωσι χρόνους ἢ καιρούς· αἱ γὰρ διέξοδοι αὐτοῦ‘ φησίν »ἀφʼ ἡμερῶν αἰῶνος«. ἴδωμεν τοίνυν τὰ πρὸ τούτων. φησὶν ὁ πατήρ »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθʼ ὀμοίωσιν«, καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, ποιήσω ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐμήν.
28. Blepeis toinyn hoti sphallei autous hē tēs ensarkou parousias oikonomia. analabōsi gar ex hyparchēs kai erōtēsōsi chronous ē kairous; hai gar diexodoi autou‘ phēsin »aphʼ hēmerōn aiōnos«. idōmen toinyn ta pro toutōn. phēsin ho patēr »poiēsōmen anthrōpon kat eikona hēmeteran kai kathʼ omoiōsin«, kai ouk eipe, poiēsō anthrōpon katʼ eikona emēn.
You see, then, that the dispensation of the incarnate coming trips them up. Let them start from the beginning and ask about times or seasons; for “his goings forth,” it says, “are from the days of eternity.” Let us see, then, what came before these things. The Father says, “Let us make man according to our image and likeness,” and he did not say, “I will make man according to my image.”
28.2Holl GCS 25:36–37
ἐλέγχθητι ὁ ἔχων πεπωρωμένην τὴν καρδίαν κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον »ἀλλʼ ἐπωρώθη ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν‘ καὶ μάθε τὸν υἱὸν ὄντα ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα· τὸ τὰρ djielv ποιήσωμεν οὐχ ἑνός ἐστι σημαντικόν, ἀλλὰ πατρὸς λέγοντος πρὸς τὸν υἱόν.
elenchthēti ho echōn pepōrōmenēn tēn kardian kata to gegrammenon »allʼ epōrōthē hē kardia autōn‘ kai mathe ton huion onta aei pros ton patera; to tar djielv poiēsōmen ouch henos esti sēmantikon, alla patros legontos pros ton huion.
Be refuted, you whose heart is hardened, as it is written, “But their heart was hardened,” and learn that the Son is always with the Father. For saying “Let us make” does not signify one, but the Father speaking to the Son.
28.3Holl GCS 25:37
ἐλέγχθητι καὶ ὁ λέγων τὸν υἱὸν ἀνόμοιον τῷ πατρί· ἐν τῷ τὰρ εἰπεῖν αὐτὸν κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν οὐ διέκρινεν ὁμοίωσιν υἱοῦ ἀπὸ πατρὸς οὐδὲ διεῖλέ τι τῆς ταυτότητος τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸς τὸν υἱόν. οὐ γὰρ εἶπε κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐμὴν ἢ κατʼ εἰκόνα σήν, άλλὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος πνεύματος μίαν οὐσίαν ἐδήλωσε καὶ θεότητα. φησὶ γάρ »κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν‘, ὡς εἶναι μὲν μίαν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος τὴν θεότητα, ἄνθρωπον δὲ γεγονέναι κατʼ εἰκόνα τῆς μιᾶς θεότητος πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος.
elenchthēti kai ho legōn ton huion anomoion tǭ patri; en tǭ tar eipein auton katʼ eikona hēmeteran ou diekrinen homoiōsin huiou apo patros oude dieile ti tēs tautotētos tou patros pros ton huion. ou gar eipe katʼ eikona emēn ē katʼ eikona sēn, alla tou patros kai tou huiou kai tou pneumatos pneumatos mian ousian edēlōse kai theotēta. phēsi gar »katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai kathʼ homoiōsin‘, hōs einai men mian tou patros kai tou huiou kai tou hagiou pneumatos tēn theotēta, anthrōpon de gegonenai katʼ eikona tēs mias theotētos patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos.
Be refuted also, you who say the Son is unlike the Father. For in saying “according to our image” he did not distinguish the likeness of the Son from the Father nor divide anything of the Father's sameness with the Son. For he did not say “according to my image” or “according to your image,” but he showed one substance and Godhead of the Father and the Son and the ⟨Holy⟩ Spirit. For he says, “according to our image and likeness,” so that the Godhead of Father, Son, and Holy Spirit is one, and man was made according to the image of the one Godhead of Father, Son, and Holy Spirit.
28.4Holl GCS 25:37
ἐλέγχθητι καὶ σύ, Ἄρειε, καὶ ἄκουε τὸν πατέρα λέγοντα τῷ υἱῷ ποιήσωμεν‘ συνδημιουργὸν καλοῦντα τὸν υἱόν. πολλάκις γὰρ ἀκήκοά τινας λέγοντας, ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς ἐποίησεν οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ »διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο« τὰ γενόμενα. εἰ διʼ αὐτοῦ δὲ γέγονε, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐποίησεν, ὡς σαφῶς ἀποδέδεικται.
elenchthēti kai sy, Areie, kai akoue ton patera legonta tǭ huiǭ poiēsōmen‘ syndēmiourgon kalounta ton huion. pollakis gar akēkoa tinas legontas, hoti ho huios epoiēsen ouden, alla »diʼ autou egeneto« ta genomena. ei diʼ autou de gegone, kai autos epoiēsen, hōs saphōs apodedeiktai.
Be refuted you too, Arius, and hear the Father saying to the Son, “Let us make,” calling the Son a fellow creator. For I have often heard some say that the Son made nothing, but the things made came into being “through him.” But if they came into being through him, he too made them, as has been clearly shown.
28.5Holl GCS 25:37
ὁ γὰρ ἀρχιτέχνης Λόγος πάντων ἐστὶ ποιητὴς καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ πατὴρ ἐργάζεται. ἀκουέτωσαν γὰρ αὐτοῦ σαφῶς λέγοντος »ὁ πατήρ μου ἐργάζεται ἕως ἄρτι, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι«· καὶ ⟩ ὡδε τὸν πατέρα ἑαυτοῦ συνδημιουργὸν καλεῖ ἐν τῷ λέγειν τοῦτο.
ho gar architechnēs Logos pantōn esti poiētēs kai diʼ autou patēr ergazetai. akouetōsan gar autou saphōs legontos »ho patēr mou ergazetai heōs arti, kagō ergazomai«; kai ⟩ hōde ton patera heautou syndēmiourgon kalei en tǭ legein touto.
For the Word, the master craftsman, is maker of all, and through him the Father works. Let them hear him saying clearly, “My Father is working until now, and I am working”; and ⟨so⟩ here he calls his Father fellow creator in saying this.
28.6Holl GCS 25:37
ἀλλὰ πάλιν μή σε ἀπατάτω ἡ διάνοια καὶ προσέλθῃς τῷ υἱῷ ὡς δούλῳ καὶ μὴ ὡς ἀληθινῷ δεσπότῃ. εἰ γὰρ δοῦλος ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἀληθινὸς δεσπότης, πῶς μορφὴν δούλου ἀνέλαβεν ἐλθὼν ὁ ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων· πῶς δὲ ἐκένου ἑαυτόν, εἰ μὴ εἶχε τὸ τέλειον; ὡς θεῷ οὐν τελείῳ πρόσελθε τῷ υἱῶ καὶ ⟨ὡς⟩ υἱῷ ὄντι παρὰ πατρός.
alla palin mē se apatatō hē dianoia kai proselthę̄s tǭ huiǭ hōs doulǭ kai mē hōs alēthinǭ despotę̄. ei gar doulos ēn kai ouk alēthinos despotēs, pōs morphēn doulou anelaben elthōn ho en morphę̄ theou hyparchōn; pōs de ekenou heauton, ei mē eiche to teleion? hōs theǭ oun teleiǭ proselthe tǭ huiō kai ⟨hōs⟩ huiǭ onti para patros.
But again, do not let your mind deceive you so that you approach the Son as a servant and not as the true Master. For if he were a servant and not the true Master, how did he who was in the form of God take the form of a servant when he came? And how did he empty himself, if he did not have the fullness? So approach the Son as perfect God, and ⟨as⟩ being Son from the Father.
Chapter 29
29.1Holl GCS 25:37
29. Καὶ μὴ διὰ κακόνοιαν εἴπῆς· ἀλλὰ ὁ πατὴρ εἶπε τῷ υἱῷ ποιήσωμεν‘, ὸ δὲ υἱὸς οὐκ εἶπε τῷ πατρί »ποιήσωμεν« καὶ ὸ υἱὸς οὐ λέγει ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐργάζομαι καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ἐργάζεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν πατέρα τάττει πρῶτον λέγοντα καὶ ἐργαζόμενον.
29. Kai mē dia kakonoian eipēs; alla ho patēr eipe tǭ huiǭ poiēsōmen‘, o de huios ouk eipe tǭ patri »poiēsōmen« kai o huios ou legei hoti egō ergazomai kai ho patēr mou ergazetai, alla ton patera tattei prōton legonta kai ergazomenon.
And do not say out of ill will, “But the Father said to the Son, ‘Let us make,’ and the Son did not say to the Father, ‘Let us make’; and the Son does not say, ‘I work and my Father works,’ but ranks the Father first as speaking and working.”
29.2Holl GCS 25:37–38
τοῦτο γὰρ ἠλιθίως λέγεις καὶ πολλὰς ἀρχὰς θέλεις νοεῖν τὸ θεῖον. μία δέ έστιν ἀρχὴ καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ μία θεότης, οὐδαμοῦ δὲ ἐνταῦθα ὁ υἱὸς λέγει »θεός μου«. οὐκ ἀρνούμενος δὲ τοῦ υἱοῦ τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τιμὴν λέγω, ἀλλὰ πῶςἴχει ἡ τῆς θεότητος ἀκολουθία.
touto gar ēlithiōs legeis kai pollas archas theleis noein to theion. mia de estin archē kai hē autē mia theotēs, oudamou de entautha ho huios legei »theos mou«. ouk arnoumenos de tou huiou tēn pros ton patera timēn legō, alla pōsichei hē tēs theotētos akolouthia.
For you say this foolishly and want to think of the divine as many principles. But there is one principle and the same one Godhead; and nowhere here does the Son say “my God.” I do not say this denying the honor the Son gives the Father, but ⟨to show⟩ how the order of the Godhead holds.
29.3Holl GCS 25:38
καὶ πάλιν »ἤκουσεν Αδάμ« φησί » τοῦ θεοῦ περιπατοῦντος ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τὸ δειλιινόν«· καὶ οὐδαμοῦ φησιν ὁ υἱὸς θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν, ἀλλὰ θεὸν αὐτοτελῆ ἐνταῦθα λέγει.
kai palin »ēkousen Adam« phēsi » tou theou peripatountos en tǭ paradeisǭ to deiliinon«; kai oudamou phēsin ho huios theon mou kai theon hymōn, alla theon autotelē entautha legei.
And again, “Adam heard,” it says, “⟨the voice⟩ of God walking in paradise in the evening”; and nowhere does the Son say “my God and your God,” but here it speaks of God complete in himself.
29.4Holl GCS 25:38
καὶ πάλιν καὶ ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεὸς τῷ Νῶε« καὶ οὐδαμοῦ ἐμφέρεται ἡ τοιαύτη λέξις.
kai palin kai elalēsen ho theos tǭ Nōe« kai oudamou empheretai hē toiautē lexis.
And again, “And God spoke to Noah,” and nowhere does such an expression occur.
29.5Holl GCS 25:38
»καὶ ὤφθη« «φησίν ὁ θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραάμ, καθερομένου αὐτοῦ πρὸς τῇ δρυΐ τῇ Μαμβρή· καὶ ἰδοὺ τρεῖς ἄνρες, καὶ ἔδραμεν εἰς συνάντησιν καὶ προσεκύνησεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ εἶπεν· εἰ εὗρον χάριν ἐνώπιόν σου«, ἴνα τὸν ἕνα δείξῃ θεόν, τοὺς δὲ συνεπομένους αὐτῷ ἄλλοθς δύο ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ.
»kai ōphthē« «phēsin ho theos tǭ Abraam, katheromenou autou pros tę̄ dryï tę̄ Mambrē; kai idou treis anres, kai edramen eis synantēsin kai prosekynēsen epi tēn gēn kai eipen; ei heuron charin enōpion sou«, ina ton hena deixę̄ theon, tous de synepomenous autǭ alloths dyo angelous autou.
“And God appeared,” it says, “to Abraham as he sat by the oak of Mamre; and behold, three men; and he ran to meet them and bowed to the ground and said, ‘If I have found favor before you,’” so as to show the one as God and the two others following him as his angels.
29.6Holl GCS 25:38
περὶ γὰρ τούτου καί ⟨φησιν⟩ »ἀνέβη ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ«· αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγει μὴ κρύψω τι ἀπὸ τοῦ παιδός μου Ἀβραάμ; κραυγή« φησί »Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας πεπλήθυνται πρός με« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· καὶ οὐδαμοῦ ἐμφέρεται ἐν τοῖς χρόνοις τούτοις τὸ θεός μου καὶ θεὸς ὑμῶν.
peri gar toutou kai ⟨phēsin⟩ »anebē ho theos apo Abraam«; autos de ho pros auton legei mē krypsō ti apo tou paidos mou Abraam? kraugē« phēsi »Sodomōn kai Gomorras peplēthyntai pros me« kai ta hexēs; kai oudamou empheretai en tois chronois toutois to theos mou kai theos hymōn.
For about him ⟨it says⟩ also, “God went up from Abraham”; and he himself says to him, “Shall I hide anything from my servant Abraham?” “The outcry,” he says, “of Sodom and Gomorrah has multiplied toward me,” and so on; and nowhere in these times does “my God and your God” occur.
29.7Holl GCS 25:38
»καὶ εἰσῆλθον οἱ δύο ἄνδρες εἰς Σόδομα«, ὡς τοῦ ἀναβεβηκότος ὑπεράνω τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἀπολειφθέντος ἀπὸ τῶν δύο τῶν εἰσελθόντων εἰς Σόδομα ἐπὶ τῇ καταστροφῇ. περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἀναβεβηκότος φησὶν ἡ γραφή καὶ ἔβρεξε κύριος ἐπὶ Σόδομα καὶ Γόμρρα παρὰ κυρίου πῦρ καὶ θεῖον«· καὶ οὐκ ἠν τῆς λέξεως χρεία τοῦ εἰπεῖν θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν.
»kai eisēlthon hoi dyo andres eis Sodoma«, hōs tou anabebēkotos hyperanō tou Abraam apoleiphthentos apo tōn dyo tōn eiselthontōn eis Sodoma epi tę̄ katastrophę̄. peri de tou anabebēkotos phēsin hē graphē kai ebrexe kyrios epi Sodoma kai Gomrra para kyriou pyr kai theion«; kai ouk ēn tēs lexeōs chreia tou eipein theon mou kai theon hymōn.
“And the two men went into Sodom,” the one who had gone up above Abraham having separated from the two who went into Sodom for its overthrow. And of the one who had gone up Scripture says, “And the Lord rained on Sodom and Gomorrah fire and brimstone from the Lord”; and there was no need of the expression “my God and your God.”
29.8Holl GCS 25:38
καὶ Μωυσῆς φησιν ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ καὶ προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ«. ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ »ἄγγελοι θεοῦ« καὶ πῦρ παρὰ κυρίου« καὶ μὴ εἴπῃ ἄγγελοι μόνον, ἵνα δείξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἓν βασίλειον, τῶν ἀγγέλων μὴ μεριζομένων εἰς ἀρχάς, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ ὄντων, προσκυνούντων δὲ τῷ υἱῷ καὶ θεῷ· ἀγγελος γὰρ ἀγγέλῳ οὐ ποσκυνεῖ. καὶ οὐδαμοῦ ἐνταῦθα τὸ θεός μου καὶ θεὸς ὑμῶν.
kai Mōysēs phēsin en tę̄ ǭdę̄ kai proskynēsatōsan autǭ pantes angeloi theou«. ean de eipę̄ »angeloi theou« kai pyr para kyriou« kai mē eipę̄ angeloi monon, hina deixę̄ tou patros kai tou huiou hen basileion, tōn angelōn mē merizomenōn eis archas, alla theou ontōn, proskynountōn de tǭ huiǭ kai theǭ; angelos gar angelǭ ou poskynei. kai oudamou entautha to theos mou kai theos hymōn.
And Moses says in the song, “And let all the angels of God worship him.” And if it says “angels of God” and “fire from the Lord,” and does not say only “angels,” it is to show the one kingdom of the Father and the Son, the angels not being divided among principalities but being God's, and worshiping the Son and God; for an angel does not worship an angel. And nowhere here is “my God and your God.”
Chapter 30
30.1Holl GCS 25:38
30. Δαυὶδ δέ φησιν »εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου«. κύριος, φησί, τῷ κυρίω μου· ἡ γὰρ οἰκονομία τῆς σαρκὸς οὔπω ἠν, ἡς χάριν χρεία ἦν εἰπεῖν αὐτὸν θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν.
30. Dauid de phēsin »eipen ho kyrios tǭ kyriǭ mou, kathou ek dexiōn mou, heōs an thō tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou«. kyrios, phēsi, tǭ kyriō mou; hē gar oikonomia tēs sarkos oupō ēn, hēs charin chreia ēn eipein auton theon mou kai theon hymōn.
And David says, “The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, until I make your enemies the footstool of your feet.” “The Lord,” he says, “to my Lord”; for the dispensation of the flesh did not yet exist, for the sake of which he needed to say “my God and your God.”
30.2Holl GCS 25:38–39
»ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ λήψεται καὶ τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ, ὅ ἐστιν ἑρμηνευόμενον μεθʼ ἡμῶν ὁ θεός‘· καὶ οὔπω ⟨χρεία⟩ ἠν εἰπεῖν θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν.
»idou hē parthenos en gastri lēpsetai kai texetai huion kai kaleseis to onoma autou Emmanouēl, ho estin hermēneuomenon methʼ hēmōn ho theos‘; kai oupō ⟨chreia⟩ ēn eipein theon mou kai theon hymōn.
“Behold, the virgin shall conceive and bear a son, and you shall call his name Emmanuel, which means, God with us”; and there was not yet ⟨need⟩ to say “my God and your God.”
30.3Holl GCS 25:39
καί »σὺ Βηθλεέμ, οἶκος τοῦ Ἐφραθᾶ, οὐκ ὀλιγοστὸς εἶ τοῦ εἶναι ἐν χιλιάσιν Ἰούδα· ἐκ σοῦ γάρ μοι ἐξελεύσεται εἰς ἄρχοντα έν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ αἱ αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀφʼ ἡμερῶν αἰώνων«, καὶ κατὰ ἄλλα ἀντίγραφα καὶ σὺ Βηθλεὲμ οὐχὶ ἐλαχίστη ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰουδα· ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος καὶ ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ«. καὶ ὁρᾷς ὅτι οὐδέπω χρεία ἠν εἰπεῖν θεόν μου καὶ θεὸν ὑμῶν.
kai »sy Bēthleem, oikos tou Ephratha, ouk oligostos ei tou einai en chiliasin Iouda; ek sou gar moi exeleusetai eis archonta en tǭ Israēl kai hai autou autou apʼ archēs aphʼ hēmerōn aiōnōn«, kai kata alla antigrapha kai sy Bēthleem ouchi elachistē en tois hēgemosin Iouda; ek sou gar exeleusetai hēgoumenos kai poimanei ton laon mou ton Israēl«. kai horąs hoti oudepō chreia ēn eipein theon mou kai theon hymōn.
And “You, Bethlehem, house of Ephrathah, are not least to be among the thousands of Judah; for from you shall come forth for me one to be ruler in Israel, and his ⟨goings forth⟩ are from the beginning, from the days of eternity”; and according to other copies, “And you, Bethlehem, are by no means least among the rulers of Judah; for from you shall come forth a leader who will shepherd my people Israel.” And you see that there was not yet need to say “my God and your God.”
30.4Holl GCS 25:39
ὅτε δὲ ἡ προφητεία ἐπληροῦτο Ἰερεμίου καὶ Ἠσαΐου ὡσαύτως, τὸ ἐκ παρθένου γεννηθῆναι τὸν Λόγον καὶ σάρκα σχεῖν, καθάπερ Ἰερεμίας φησί »καὶ ἀνθρωπός ἐστι. καὶ τίς γνώσεται ἀυτόν;«, τότε μετασχὼν τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ εἰς ἑαυτὸν χωρὶς σπέρματος ἀνδρὸς ἀπὸ τῆς θεοτόκου Μαρίας ἀναπλάσας τὴν αὐτὴν ἁγίαν σάρκα κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον »γενόμενος ἐκ γυναικός«) καὶ μετασχὼν τοῦ ἡμετέρου διὰ τὸ ἡμέτερον φησὶ θεόν μου«·
hote de hē prophēteia eplērouto Ieremiou kai Ēsaïou hōsautōs, to ek parthenou gennēthēnai ton Logon kai sarka schein, kathaper Ieremias phēsi »kai anthrōpos esti. kai tis gnōsetai auton?«, tote metaschōn tēs sarkos kai eis heauton chōris spermatos andros apo tēs theotokou Marias anaplasas tēn autēn hagian sarka kata to eirēmenon »genomenos ek gynaikos«) kai metaschōn tou hēmeterou dia to hēmeteron phēsi theon mou«;
But when the prophecy of Jeremiah and likewise of Isaiah was being fulfilled, that the Word should be born of a virgin and have flesh, as Jeremiah says, “And he is a man, and who will know him?”, then, having shared in flesh and having formed the same holy flesh for himself from Mary the God-bearer without the seed of a man (according to the saying, “born of a woman”), and having shared in what is ours, because of what is ours he says “my God”;
30.5Holl GCS 25:39
διὰ δὲ τὸ ἀίδιον αὐτοῦ τῆς γηνσιότητος κατὰ φύσιν λέγει πατέρα μου« καὶ διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοῦ μαθητὰς χάριν »πατέρα ὑμῶν«, διὰ δὲ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν αὐτῶν τῶν μαθητῶν πρὸς τὴν αὐτοῦ θεότητα καὶ τοῦ ἀιδίου αὐτοῦ πατρός θεὸν ὑμῶν«.
dia de to aidion autou tēs gēnsiotētos kata physin legei patera mou« kai dia tēn autou pros tous autou mathētas charin »patera hymōn«, dia de to kata physin autōn tōn mathētōn pros tēn autou theotēta kai tou aidiou autou patros theon hymōn«.
and because of the eternity of his genuine sonship by nature he says “my Father,” and because of his grace toward his disciples, “your Father,” and because of the nature of the disciples themselves in relation to his Godhead and that of his eternal Father, “your God.”
30.6Holl GCS 25:39
θεὸς γὰρ τῶν μαθητῶν, πατὴρ δὲ τοῦ κυρίου κατὰ φύσιν, τῶν δὲ μαθητῶν πατὴρ κατὰ χάριν· θεὸς δὲ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἐστιν ὁ πατὴρ διὰ τὴν σάρκα, πατὴρ δὲ διὰ τὸ ἀίδιον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον τῆς αὐτοῦ γεννήσεως καὶ γνησιότητος, ὅτι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ πατήρ, γεννήσας αὐτὸν ἀχρόνως καὶ ἀνάρχως κατὰ τὴν θεότητα.
theos gar tōn mathētōn, patēr de tou kyriou kata physin, tōn de mathētōn patēr kata charin; theos de tou huiou estin ho patēr dia tēn sarka, patēr de dia to aidion kai akatalēpton tēs autou gennēseōs kai gnēsiotētos, hoti en alētheią estin autou patēr, gennēsas auton achronōs kai anarchōs kata tēn theotēta.
For he is God of the disciples, but Father of the Lord by nature, and Father of the disciples by grace; and the Father is God of the Son because of the flesh, but Father because of the eternal and incomprehensible character of his begetting and sonship, since he is truly his Father, having begotten him without time and without beginning according to the Godhead.
30.7Holl GCS 25:39
θεὸν δὲ ἐδέησεν εἰπεῖν αὐτοῦ διʼ ἣν διʼ ἡμᾶς ἐποίησεν οἰκονομίαν, ὢν ἀεὶ πρὸς τῷ πατρί, γεννηθεὶς ἀνάρχως Λόγος, ἐν σαρκὶ δὲ ἀπὸ Μαρίας ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν γεννηθεὶς κατὰ σάρκα, ἐκ Μαρίας δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ἁγίας παρθένου διὰ πνεύματος ἀγίου.
theon de edeēsen eipein autou diʼ hēn diʼ hēmas epoiēsen oikonomian, ōn aei pros tǭ patri, gennētheis anarchōs Logos, en sarki de apo Marias epʼ eschatou tōn hēmerōn gennētheis kata sarka, ek Marias de tēs autēs hagias parthenou dia pneumatos agiou.
And he had to call him God because of the dispensation he carried out for us, being always with the Father, the Word begotten without beginning, but in the last days born in the flesh from Mary, born according to the flesh from the same holy virgin Mary through the Holy Spirit.
Chapter 31
31.1Holl GCS 25:39
31. Νοείτωσαν τοίνυν τὰ βαθέα τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ πραγματείας καὶ μὴ τὴν χάριν εἰς ἀχαριστίαν τρέψωσιν, ἀδοξίαν λογιζόμενοι εἰς τὴν ἄφραστον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον τοῦ θεοῦ φύσιν τὴν εἰς ἡμᾶς σωτηρίαν.
31. Noeitōsan toinyn ta bathea tēs tou theou pragmateias kai mē tēn charin eis acharistian trepsōsin, adoxian logizomenoi eis tēn aphraston kai akatalēpton tou theou physin tēn eis hēmas sōtērian.
Let them then understand the depths of God's work and not turn grace into ingratitude, reckoning our salvation as dishonor to the inexpressible and incomprehensible nature of God.
31.2Holl GCS 25:39–40
ἀλλά, φασί, περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ γέγραπται »οὐ πεινάσει οὐδὲ διψήσει οὐδὲ ἔστιν ἐξεύρεσις τῆς φρονήσεως αὐτοῦ«, περὶ δὲ τοῦ υἱοῦ, ὅτι ἐπείνασεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ κατὰ τὸν πειρασμόν. καὶ φησιν ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν οὐ κοπιάσει«, ὁ δὲ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἐκοπίασεν ἐν τῇ ὁδοιπορίᾳ· καί οὐ νυστάξει οὐδὲ ὑπνώσει ὁ φυλάσσων τὸν Ἰσραήλ«, ὕπνωσε δέ, φησίν, ὁ κύριος ἐν τῇ
alla, phasi, peri tou theou gegraptai »ou peinasei oude dipsēsei oude estin exeuresis tēs phronēseōs autou«, peri de tou huiou, hoti epeinasen en tę̄ erēmǭ kata ton peirasmon. kai phēsin ho theos hēmōn ou kopiasei«, ho de kyrios Iēsous ekopiasen en tę̄ hodoiporią; kai ou nystaxei oude hypnōsei ho phylassōn ton Israēl«, hypnōse de, phēsin, ho kyrios en tę̄
“But,” they say, “it is written of God, ‘He will not hunger or thirst, and there is no searching out of his understanding,’ but of the Son, that he hungered in the wilderness at the temptation. And it says, ‘Our God will not grow weary,’ but the Lord Jesus grew weary on the journey; and ‘He who keeps Israel will not slumber or sleep,’ but the Lord,” they say, “slept in the
31.3Holl GCS 25:40
νηΐ ὠ μάταιαι ὑπόνοιαι τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα λογιζομένων. οὐ μόνον γὰρ τὰ ἡμῶν βάρη ἀνεδέξατο ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐλθὼν ὁ ἅγιος Λόγος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ ἁφὴν ἐγένετο καὶ σάρκα ἔλαβε καὶ ἄνθρωπος εὑρέθη ὑπὸ τῶν γραμματέων συνελήξθη καὶ * ⟩ »τὸν νῶτον εἰς μάστι8γας ἔδωκα, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν μου οὐκ ἀπέστρεψα ἀπὸ αἰσχύνης ἐμπτυσμάτων‘.
nēï ō mataiai hyponoiai tōn ta toiauta logizomenōn. ou monon gar ta hēmōn barē anedexato hyper hēmōn elthōn ho hagios Logos, alla kai hypo haphēn egeneto kai sarka elabe kai anthrōpos heurethē hypo tōn grammateōn synelēxthē kai * ⟩ »ton nōton eis masti8gas edōka, kai to prosōpon mou ouk apestrepsa apo aischynēs emptysmatōn‘.
boat.” O vain notions of those who reason so! For the holy Word, coming for our sake, not only took up our burdens, but also came under touch, took flesh, was found a man, was seized by the scribes, and *: “I gave my back to the whips, and I did not turn my face from the shame of spitting.”
31.4Holl GCS 25:40
ἀλλὰ καὶ »ἔκλαυσε«, ⟨ὡς⟩ κεῖται ἐν τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν εὐγγελίῶ ἐν τοῖς ἀδιορθώτοις ἀντιγράφοις, — καὶ κέχρηται τῇ μαρτυρίᾳ ὁ ἅγιος Εἰρηναῖος ἐν τῷ κατὰ αἱρέσεων πρὸς τοὺς δοκήσει τὸν Χριστὸν πεφηνέναι λέγοντας, ὀρθόδοξοι δὲ ἀφείλαντο τὸ ῥητόν, φοβηθέντες καὶ μὴ νοήσαντες αὐτοῦ τὸ τέλος καὶ τὸ ἰσχυρότατον —
alla kai »eklause«, ⟨hōs⟩ keitai en tǭ kata Loukan eungeliō en tois adiorthōtois antigraphois, — kai kechrētai tę̄ martyrią ho hagios Eirēnaios en tǭ kata haireseōn pros tous dokēsei ton Christon pephēnenai legontas, orthodoxoi de apheilanto to rhēton, phobēthentes kai mē noēsantes autou to telos kai to ischyrotaton —
But also “he wept,” ⟨as⟩ it stands in the Gospel according to Luke in the uncorrected copies (and the holy Irenaeus uses the testimony in his Against Heresies against those who say Christ appeared only in appearance; but orthodox people removed the saying, being afraid, and not understanding its purpose and its great strength),
31.5Holl GCS 25:40
καὶ »γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἵδρωσε, καὶ ἐγενετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡς θρόμβοι αἵματος, καὶ ὤφθη ἄΠελος ἐνισχύων αὐτόν«.
kai »genomenos en agōnią hidrōse, kai egeneto ho hidrōs autou hōs thromboi haimatos, kai ōphthē aPelos enischyōn auton«.
and “being in agony he sweated, and his sweat became like clots of blood, and an angel appeared strengthening him.”
31.6Holl GCS 25:40
οὐ μόηον δὲ τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἐρωτᾶ »ποῦ τεθείκατε τὸν Λάζαρον· « καὶ περὶ τῆς αἱμορροούσης τίς μου ἥψατο;« καὶ περὶ τῶν ζητούντων αὐτόν τίνα ζητεῖτε;‘, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἐρωτᾷ τίνα με λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου;‘, ἀλλὰ καί πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν;«
ou moēon de touto, alla kai hōs anthrōpos erōta »pou tetheikate ton Lazaron; « kai peri tēs haimorroousēs tis mou hēpsato?« kai peri tōn zētountōn auton tina zēteite?‘, alla kai tous mathētas hōs anthrōpos erōtą tina me legousin hoi anthrōpoi einai ton huion tou anthrōpou?‘, alla kai posous artous echete methʼ heautōn?«
Not only this, but also as a man he asks, “Where have you laid Lazarus?” and about the woman with the flow of blood, “Who touched me?” and about those seeking him, “Whom do you seek?”; and he also asks the disciples as a man, “Who do people say that I, the Son of Man, am?” and also, “How many loaves do you have with you?”
31.7Holl GCS 25:40
ἔλεγε, καὶ κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας ἐκάθισε παρὰ τὸ φρέαρ ἐν τῇ Σαμαρείᾳ, ἀλλὰ καί τὸ παιδίον ηὔξανε καὶ ἐκραταιοῦτο τῷ πνεύματι« καί »προέκοπτεν ἡλικίᾳ καὶ σοφίᾳ ὁ Ἰησοῦς«, ἀλλὰ καί πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον καλεῖν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, λήψεται δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ καὶ τὰ σκῦλα Σαμαρείας«,
elege, kai kekopiakōs ek tēs hodoiporias ekathise para to phrear en tę̄ Samareią, alla kai to paidion ēuxane kai ekrataiouto tǭ pneumati« kai »proekopten hēlikią kai sophią ho Iēsous«, alla kai prin ē gnōnai to paidion kalein patera ē mētera, lēpsetai dynamin Damaskou kai ta skyla Samareias«,
he said; and being weary from the journey he sat by the well in Samaria; and also “the child grew and became strong in spirit,” and “Jesus advanced in stature and wisdom,” and also “before the child knows how to call father or mother, he will take the power of Damascus and the spoils of Samaria,”
31.8Holl GCS 25:40–41
ὁ σοφία ὢν καἲ »διδάσκων ἀνθρώπους γνῶσιν καὶ φυτεύσας τὸ οὖς τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ‘ καὶ ἐναρθρώσας λαλιὰν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ποιήσας γλῶσσαν τρανὴν μογγιλάλων«. τὰ τοιαῦτα πάντα ὑπέμεινεν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ἵνα τὴν πᾶσαν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς διʼ ἡμᾶς οἰκονομηθείσης ἐνανθρωπήσεως φυλάξας μὴ ἀφανίσῃ τὸν χαρακτῆρα τῆς ἀληθείας.
ho sophia ōn kai »didaskōn anthrōpous gnōsin kai phyteusas to ous tǭ anthrōpǭ‘ kai enarthrōsas lalian tois huiois tōn anthrōpōn kai poiēsas glōssan tranēn mongilalōn«. ta toiauta panta hypemeinen hyper hēmōn, hina tēn pasan akolouthian tēs diʼ hēmas oikonomētheisēs enanthrōpēseōs phylaxas mē aphanisę̄ ton charaktēra tēs alētheias.
he who is Wisdom, and “teaches people knowledge, and planted the ear for man,” and articulated speech for the sons of men, and “made clear the tongue of stammerers.” All such things he endured for us, so that, preserving the whole sequence of the incarnation carried out for our sake, he might not obliterate the imprint of the truth.
Chapter 32
32.1Holl GCS 25:41
32. Ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ τὰς Μυρίας, ἂς παρηγάγομεν ὡς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν διʼ ἐναντίας πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀντιλεγομένας ἐκ θείων γραφῶν συνάξαντες, κακῶς δὲ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν νοουμένας, οὕτως ἐάσωμεν ἀνερμηνεύτους, ἑάστης λέξω τὴν θεωρίαν τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ δυνάμεως, διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν ὡς ἀνθρωποπαθῶς εἴρηται·
32. Allʼ hina mē tas Myrias, as parēgagomen hōs apo prosōpou tōn diʼ enantias pros tēn alētheian antilegomenas ek theiōn graphōn synaxantes, kakōs de hypʼ autōn nooumenas, houtōs easōmen anermēneutous, heastēs lexō tēn theōrian tēs en autę̄ dynameōs, diʼ hēn aitian hōs anthrōpopathōs eirētai;
But so that we may not leave unexplained the ⟨sayings⟩ which we brought forward as from the mouth of our opponents, gathered from the divine Scriptures against the truth but badly understood by them, I will state the meaning of the force in each, for what reason it was said in human terms.
32.2Holl GCS 25:41
καὶ αὖθις πάλιν ἐροῦμεν, πολλὰ ⟨ἥδη⟩ εἰς τὸ θεός μου καὶ θεὸς ὑμῶν εἰρηκότες, ὡς ἔχει † τὸν νοῦν ἔχοντι γνῶναι ἀπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀκολουθέας ἐυλόγως εἰρῆσθαι.
kai authis palin eroumen, polla ⟨hēdē⟩ eis to theos mou kai theos hymōn eirēkotes, hōs echei † ton noun echonti gnōnai apʼ autēs tēs akoloutheas eulogōs eirēsthai.
And we will speak again, having ⟨already⟩ said much on “my God and your God,” as it † is for one who has sense to know from the very sequence that it was said reasonably.
32.3Holl GCS 25:41
»ἄνθρωπος γάρ ἐστι, καὶ τίς γνώσεται αὐτόν;‘ ἐν ταὐτῷ τὰ δύο ὑποφαίνει τὸ θεῖον γράμμα, ὁρατόν τε καὶ ἀόρατον, διὰ μὲν τὸ ὁρατὸν εὐλόπγως τὸ θεός μου εἰρῆσθαι, διὰ δὲ τὸ ἀόρατον ⟨τὸ⟩ μου λελέχθαι, μὴ ἀντιλεγομένης οὐθʼ ὁποτέρας ποιήσεως τῷ λόγῳ.
»anthrōpos gar esti, kai tis gnōsetai auton?‘ en tautǭ ta dyo hypophainei to theion gramma, horaton te kai aoraton, dia men to horaton eulopgōs to theos mou eirēsthai, dia de to aoraton ⟨to⟩ mou lelechthai, mē antilegomenēs outhʼ hopoteras poiēseōs tǭ logǭ.
“For he is a man, and who will know him?” In the same place the divine letter indicates both, visible and invisible: because of the visible, “my God” is said reasonably, and because of the invisible, “my ⟨Father⟩” is said, neither of the two expressions contradicting the reasoning.
32.4Holl GCS 25:41
πῶς γάρ, εἰ ἦν ἄνθρωπος, οὐκ ἐγινώσκετο; εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἦν ἄνθρωπος, πῶς ἄνθρωπος ἐλέγετο;
pōs gar, ei ēn anthrōpos, ouk eginōsketo? ei de ouk ēn anthrōpos, pōs anthrōpos elegeto?
For how, if he was a man, was he not known? And if he was not a man, how was he called a man?
32.5Holl GCS 25:41
πάντως γὰρ πᾶς τις ὁ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων ἀπὸ τῆς γεννησάσης ἀπὸ τῶν συγγενῶν ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων ἀπὸ τῶν γειτόνων ἀπὸ τῶν συσκήνων ἢ συμπολιτῶν.
pantōs gar pas tis ho ex anthrōpōn genomenos hypo anthrōpōn apo tēs gennēsasēs apo tōn syngenōn apo tōn oikeiōn apo tōn geitonōn apo tōn syskēnōn ē sympolitōn.
For certainly everyone born of human beings is ⟨known⟩ by human beings: by the one who bore him, by relatives, by household members, by neighbors, by those who share his dwelling or his city.
32.6Holl GCS 25:41
καὶ ἀδύνατον τοῦτο πληροῦσθαι εἰς ἄνθρωπον ψιλόν· πληροῦται δὲ ἐν τῷ θεῷ Λόγῳ καὶ υἱῷ θεοῦ. ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν »ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν‘, ⟩ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ⟨καὶ τό⟩ δὲ γνώσεται αὐτόν;‘ « ὅτι θεός ἐστι· διότι συμμετέχει ἀνθρώπ0οις καὶ θεός ἐστιν ἄγνωστος ἀνθρώποις διὰ τὸ ἀκατάληπτον.
kai adynaton touto plērousthai eis anthrōpon psilon; plēroutai de en tǭ theǭ Logǭ kai huiǭ theou. en tǭ eipein »anthrōpos estin‘, ⟩ en alētheią ⟨kai to⟩ de gnōsetai auton?‘ « hoti theos esti; dioti symmetechei anthrōp0ois kai theos estin agnōstos anthrōpois dia to akatalēpton.
And this cannot be fulfilled in a mere man; but it is fulfilled in God the Word and Son of God. In saying “He is a man,” ⟨it shows he is man⟩ in truth, ⟨and⟩ “Who will know him?” shows that he is God; because he shares with human beings and is God unknown to human beings because of his incomprehensibility.
32.7Holl GCS 25:41
ἄνθρωπος δὲ ἀπὸ Μαρίας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ δίχα σπέρματος ἀνδρὸς γεγεννημένος· καὶ ἡ παρθένος, ⟨φησί⟩, τὸ γὰρ μέλλον πρὸ τοῦ χρόνου ἐκήρυττεν ὁ προφήτης) ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει καὶ τὸ] τέξεται υἱόν«.
anthrōpos de apo Marias en alētheią dicha spermatos andros gegennēmenos; kai hē parthenos, ⟨phēsi⟩, to gar mellon pro tou chronou ekērytten ho prophētēs) en gastri hexei kai to] texetai huion«.
And he is man, truly born from Mary without the seed of a man; and “the virgin,” ⟨it says⟩ (for the prophet proclaimed the future before the time), “shall conceive and bear a son.”
32.8Holl GCS 25:41–42
εἰ τοίνυν παρθένος, οὐκ ἐξ ἀνδρῶν ἡ οἰκονομία τῆς κυήσεως διὰ τὸ πρὸ τούτου τοῦ χρόνου εἰρῆσθαι τῷ Ἄχαζ »αἴτησαι σεαυτῷ σημεῖον εἰς βάθος ἢ εἰς ὕψος‘· ὁ δὲ ταπεινοφρονῶν »οὐ μὴ αἰτήσω οὐδʼ οὐ μὴ πειράσω κύριον τὸν θεόν μου« φησί, παραιτησά- μενος τὸ αἰτήσασθαι σημεῖον.
ei toinyn parthenos, ouk ex andrōn hē oikonomia tēs kyēseōs dia to pro toutou tou chronou eirēsthai tǭ Achaz »aitēsai seautǭ sēmeion eis bathos ē eis hypsos‘; ho de tapeinophronōn »ou mē aitēsō oudʼ ou mē peirasō kyrion ton theon mou« phēsi, paraitēsa- menos to aitēsasthai sēmeion.
If then she is a virgin, the dispensation of the pregnancy is not from men, because before this it had been said to Ahaz, “Ask a sign for yourself, in the depth or in the height”; and he, in humility, says, “I will not ask, and I will not test the Lord my God,” declining to ask for a sign.
32.9Holl GCS 25:42
εὐθὺς δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτήσασθαι αὐτὸν σημεῖον δύο χαρίζεται ὁ τὰ μεγάλα δωρούμενος ἀνθρώποις θεὸς δῶρα, ἀπὸ ὕψους τὸν Λόγον ἰδίᾳ θελἡσει καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Λόγου ἰδίᾳ θελήσει πέμψας, ἀπὸ βάθους δὲ τὴν σάρκα εὐδοκίᾳ ἰδίᾳ σὺν αὐτῶ̣ τῷ Λόγῳ οἰκονομήσας.
euthys de dia to mē aitēsasthai auton sēmeion dyo charizetai ho ta megala dōroumenos anthrōpois theos dōra, apo hypsous ton Logon idią thelēsei kai autou tou Logou idią thelēsei pempsas, apo bathous de tēn sarka eudokią idią syn autō tǭ Logǭ oikonomēsas.
And at once, because he did not ask a sign, God who gives great gifts to people bestows two gifts: from the height he sent the Word, by his own will and by the Word's own will, and from the depth he arranged the flesh by his own good pleasure together with the Word himself.
32.10Holl GCS 25:42
φησὶ γὰρ ὕστερον καὶ καλέσουσι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ«. καὶ οὐκ εἶπε καλέσω, ἀλλὰ καλέσουσιν· ἀνθρώποις μὲν γὰρ ἀπεκαλύπτετο θεὸς ὁ ποτὲ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀγνοηθείς. λλ΄ ου΄ προσφάτως λαμβάνει τὸ ὄνομα· οὐ γὰρ εἶπε »καλέσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ«, ἀλλὰ καλέσουσι.
phēsi gar hysteron kai kalesousi to onoma autou Emmanouēl«. kai ouk eipe kalesō, alla kalesousin; anthrōpois men gar apekalypteto theos ho pote parʼ autois agnoētheis. ll΄ ou΄ prosphatōs lambanei to onoma; ou gar eipe »kalesō to onoma autou Emmanouēl«, alla kalesousi.
For afterward it says, “And they shall call his name Emmanuel.” And it did not say, “I will call,” but “they shall call”; for God, once unknown among them, was being revealed to people. But he does not take the name newly; for it did not say, “I will call his name Emmanuel,” but “they shall call.”
Chapter 33
33.1Holl GCS 25:42
33. Τὸ δὲ »γενόμενος ἐκ γυναικός«, καθάπερ ἄνω μοι προδεδήλωται, ἵνα ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ γυναικὸς τὸ γενόμενος ⟨σὰρξ⟩ ὁ δὲ Λόγος ἀίδιος πᾶσι σαφῶς ἀποφανθῇ. εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸ οὐ διψήσει« περὶ θεοῦ λόγος, περὶ δὲ υἱοῦ, ὅτι ἐπείνασε καὶ ἐδίψησεν, ἀναγκαῖον ἡμῖν τοῦτο ᾠκονόμηται.
33. To de »genomenos ek gynaikos«, kathaper anō moi prodedēlōtai, hina en tǭ apo gynaikos to genomenos ⟨sarx⟩ ho de Logos aidios pasi saphōs apophanthę̄. ei de kai to ou dipsēsei« peri theou logos, peri de huiou, hoti epeinase kai edipsēsen, anankaion hēmin touto ǭkonomētai.
And “born of a woman,” as I showed above, is so that in “from a woman” the ⟨flesh⟩ that came to be, but the eternal Word, may be clearly shown to all. And if “he will not thirst” is said of God, but of the Son that he hungered and thirsted, this was arranged as necessary for us.
33.2Holl GCS 25:42
πῶς γὰρ εὑρίσκετο ἡ οἰκονομία ἐν ἀληθείᾳ οὐσα, εἰ μὴ εἶχε τὴν ενανθρωπήσεως χρειώδη συνήθειαν; ἐν τούτῳ ἀπέδειξεν ἡμῖν πάντων τῶν ζητημάτων τῶν αἱρετικῶν τὰς λύσεις.
pōs gar heurisketo hē oikonomia en alētheią ousa, ei mē eiche tēn enanthrōpēseōs chreiōdē synētheian? en toutǭ apedeixen hēmin pantōn tōn zētēmatōn tōn hairetikōn tas lyseis.
For how would the dispensation be found to be in truth, if it did not have the necessary habits of the incarnation? In this he showed us the answers to all the questions of the heretics.
33.3Holl GCS 25:42
εὐθὺς γὰρ ἔλυσεν ὑπόνοιαν Μανιχαίων· ἐν τῷ γὰρ εἰπεῖν ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν σάρκα ἀληθινὴν ὑποδείκνυσιν. ἔλυσε Λουκιανιστῶν τὸν τρόπον καὶ Ἀρείου τὴν δύναμιν·
euthys gar elysen hyponoian Manichaiōn; en tǭ gar eipein esthiein kai pinein sarka alēthinēn hypodeiknysin. elyse Loukianistōn ton tropon kai Areiou tēn dynamin;
For at once he undid the notion of the Manichaeans; for in saying that he ate and drank he shows true flesh. He undid the way of the Lucianists and the force of Arius.
33.4Holl GCS 25:42
Λουκιανὸς γὰρ καὶ πάντες Λουκιανισταὶ ἀρνοῦνται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ψυχὴν εἰληφέναι, σάρκα δὲ μόνον φασὶν ἐσχηκέναι, ἵνα δῆθεν προσάψωσι τῷ θεῷ Λόγῳ ἀνθρώπινον πάθος, δίψαν καὶ πεῖναν καὶ κάματον καὶ κλαυθμὸν καὶ λύπην καὶ ταραχὴν καὶ ὅσαπερ ἐν τῇ ἐνσάρκῳ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ ἐμφέρεται. εὔηθες δʼ ἂν εἴη ταῦτα εἰς τὴν θεότητα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ λογίζεσθαι.
Loukianos gar kai pantes Loukianistai arnountai ton huion tou theou psychēn eilēphenai, sarka de monon phasin eschēkenai, hina dēthen prosapsōsi tǭ theǭ Logǭ anthrōpinon pathos, dipsan kai peinan kai kamaton kai klauthmon kai lypēn kai tarachēn kai hosaper en tę̄ ensarkǭ autou parousią empheretai. euēthes dʼ an eiē tauta eis tēn theotēta tou huiou tou theou logizesthai.
For Lucian and all the Lucianists deny that the Son of God took a soul, and say that he had only flesh, so that they may attach human passion to God the Word: thirst, hunger, weariness, weeping, grief, trouble, and all that is related of his incarnate coming. But it would be simple-minded to reckon these things to the Godhead of the Son of God.
33.5Holl GCS 25:42
ἀλλά, φασί, σὰρξ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν οὖσα οὔτε ἐσθίει οὔτε πίνει οὔτε κάμνει οὔτε ⟨τὰ⟩ ἄλλα πράττει. καὶ αὐτὸς σύμφημι καθʼ ἑαυτὴν μὴ ἔχειν ταῦτα.
alla, phasi, sarx kathʼ heautēn ousa oute esthiei oute pinei oute kamnei oute ⟨ta⟩ alla prattei. kai autos symphēmi kathʼ heautēn mē echein tauta.
“But,” they say, “flesh by itself neither eats nor drinks nor grows weary nor does ⟨the⟩ other things.” And I agree that by itself it does not have these.
33.6Holl GCS 25:42
ἔσχε δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐλθὼν ὁ Λόγος, καὶ σάρκα καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ ὅσαπέρ ἐστιν ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ· τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἦν μέρη ἡ πεῖνα καὶ ὁ κάματος, ἥ τε δίψα καὶ ἡ λύπη καὶ τὰ ἄλλα.
esche de pasan tēn oikonomian elthōn ho Logos, kai sarka kai psychēn kai hosaper estin en anthrōpǭ; tēs de psychēs kai tēs sarkos ēn merē hē peina kai ho kamatos, hē te dipsa kai hē lypē kai ta alla.
But the Word, when he came, had the whole dispensation: flesh and soul and all that is in a human being; and hunger and weariness, thirst and grief and the rest belonged to the soul and the flesh.
33.7Holl GCS 25:42–43
δακρύει μὲν γάρ, ἵνα ἐλέγξῃ τὴν πλάνην Μανιχαίου, ὅτι οὐ δοκήσει ἠμφίεστο τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλʼ ἀληθείᾶ· καὶ διψᾷ δέ, ἵνα δείξῃ μὴ μόνον τὴν σάρκα ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ψυχήν. οὐ γὰρ ἡ αὐτοῦ θεότης ἐδίψησέ που, ⟨ἀλλὰ τῇ σαρκὶ⟩καὶ τῇ ἐδίψησε καὶ κεκοπίακεν ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας διὰ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ ψυχῆς ἀκολουθίαν.
dakryei men gar, hina elenxę̄ tēn planēn Manichaiou, hoti ou dokēsei ēmphiesto to sōma, allʼ alētheia; kai dipsą de, hina deixę̄ mē monon tēn sarka echein, alla kai tēn psychēn. ou gar hē autou theotēs edipsēse pou, ⟨alla tę̄ sarki⟩kai tę̄ edipsēse kai kekopiaken apo tēs hodoiporias dia tēn tēs sarkos kai psychēs akolouthian.
He weeps, to refute the error of Mani, that he did not put on the body in appearance but in truth; and he thirsts, to show that he has not only the flesh but also the soul. For his Godhead did not thirst anywhere, ⟨but⟩ in the flesh ⟨and the soul⟩ he thirsted and grew weary from the journey, because of the sequence of flesh and soul.
Chapter 34
34.1Holl GCS 25:43
34. Ὅτι δὲ σῶμα ἔχων καὶ ψυχὴν ἠλθεν ὁ Λόγος, πεισάτωσαν αὐτοὺς αἱ θεῖαι γραφαὶ παλαιᾶς τε καὶ καινῆς. εὐθὺς γὰρ Δαυὶδ περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγει καὶ Πέτρος τῷ Δαυὶδ συνῳδὰ· οὐκ ἐάσεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς Ἅιδην οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν«, ἴνα τὸ σύνθετον τοῦ κυριακοῦ ἀνθρώπου νοοῖτο καὶ σαφῶς περὶ τούτου γνῶσις ἡμῖν γένηται, ἴνα συστήσῃ ψυχὴν μὲν σὺν θεότητι τῷ τριημέρῳ * συγκατατεθεῖσθαι, ἴνα τὴν σάρκα ὁσίαν ἀποδείξῃ, καὶ τὴν θεότητα σὺν τῇ ψυχῇ ἀκατασχέτως ἐν Ἅιδῃ τὸ μυστήριον τετελειωκέναι.
34. Hoti de sōma echōn kai psychēn ēlthen ho Logos, peisatōsan autous hai theiai graphai palaias te kai kainēs. euthys gar Dauid peri autou legei kai Petros tǭ Dauid synǭda; ouk easeis tēn psychēn mou eis Haidēn oude dōseis ton hosion sou idein diaphthoran«, ina to syntheton tou kyriakou anthrōpou nooito kai saphōs peri toutou gnōsis hēmin genētai, ina systēsę̄ psychēn men syn theotēti tǭ triēmerǭ * synkatatetheisthai, ina tēn sarka hosian apodeixę̄, kai tēn theotēta syn tę̄ psychę̄ akataschetōs en Haidę̄ to mystērion teteleiōkenai.
And that the Word came having a body and a soul, let the divine Scriptures of the Old and New ⟨Testaments⟩ persuade them. For at once David says about him, and Peter in agreement with David: “You will not leave my soul in Hades, nor will you let your holy one see corruption,” so that the composition of the Lord's manhood may be understood and knowledge about it may be clearly given us; so as to establish that the soul with the Godhead * on the third day was laid down together, so as to show the flesh holy, and that the Godhead with the soul accomplished the mystery in Hades without being held.
34.2Holl GCS 25:43
ἔχει γάρ που καὶ ἄλλην μαρτυρίαν οὕτω λέγουσαν »ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος«· τὸ ἐλεύθερος τοῦ μὴ κυριεύειν αὐτοῦ τὸν Ἅιδην σημανητικόν, τῇ δὲ ἰδίᾳ θελήσει ἔως Ἅιδου καταβεβηκέωαι σὺν τῇ ψυχῇ. φησὶ δὲ ὁ Πέτρος καθότι οὐκ ἠν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ«, τουτέστιν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἄιδου.
echei gar pou kai allēn martyrian houtō legousan »en nekrois eleutheros«; to eleutheros tou mē kyrieuein autou ton Haidēn sēmanētikon, tę̄ de idią thelēsei eōs Haidou katabebēkeōai syn tę̄ psychę̄. phēsi de ho Petros kathoti ouk ēn dynaton krateisthai auton hypʼ autou«, toutestin hypo tou Aidou.
For there is somewhere another testimony that says, “free among the dead”: “free” signifies that Hades did not have mastery over him, but that he went down to Hades of his own will with the soul. And Peter says, “because it was not possible for him to be held by it,” that is, by Hades.
34.3Holl GCS 25:43
καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ σωτήρ φησιν »ἐξουσίαν ἔχω λαβεῖν τὴν ψυχήν μου θεῖναι αὐτήν‘ καί »ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, ὁ τιθεὶς τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων« καί ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται« φησί »καὶ τί εἴπω; ὡς ἐπʼ ἀμφιβόλῳ λέγων τί εἴπω;«) πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἀπὸ τῆς ὤρας ταύτης·
kai autos de ho sōtēr phēsin »exousian echō labein tēn psychēn mou theinai autēn‘ kai »egō eimi ho poimēn ho kalos, ho titheis tēn psychēn hyper tōn probatōn« kai hē psychē mou tetaraktai« phēsi »kai ti eipō? hōs epʼ amphibolǭ legōn ti eipō?«) pater, sōson me apo tēs ōras tautēs;
And the Savior himself says, “I have authority to take my soul, to lay it down,” and “I am the good shepherd, who lays down his soul for the sheep,” and “My soul is troubled,” he says, “and what shall I say?” (saying “what shall I say?” as though in doubt), “Father, save me from this hour;
34.4Holl GCS 25:43
ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο ἠλθον εἰς τὴν ὥραν ταύτην‘, ἴνα δείξῃ ὅτι ἑκοῦσα ἡ αὐτοῦ θεότης εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθε· τὸ δὲ »τετάρακται«, ἵνα τὸ εἶδος τῆς ἀληθείας τῆς ἐνσάρκου αὐτοῦ παρουσίας μὴ χθῇ.
alla dia touto ēlthon eis tēn hōran tautēn‘, ina deixę̄ hoti hekousa hē autou theotēs eis touto elēlythe; to de »tetaraktai«, hina to eidos tēs alētheias tēs ensarkou autou parousias mē chthę̄.
but for this I came to this hour,” to show that his Godhead came to this willingly; and “is troubled,” so that the form of the truth of his incarnate coming may not be ⟨denied⟩.
34.5Holl GCS 25:43–44
οὐ γὰρ δοκήσει ἦν ἡ ἔνσαρκος παρουσία, ἀλλὰ δίκην βασιλέως μεγάλου πόλεμον ἔχοντος πρὸς ὑποδεέδστερον καὶ γινώσκοντος ὅτι ὁ ἐχθρὸς αὐτοῦ, εἴπερ ἴδῃ αὐτὸν ἐν δυνάμει ἐρχόμενον καὶ ἐσχύϊ πολλῇ, παραιτήσεται καὶ τραπήσεται πρὸς φυγὴν καὶ πολλὰς χώρας τῶν ὑποχειρίων ἀφανίσειν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο σχηματιζομένου τῇ ἰδίᾳ σοφίᾳ προφάσεις καὶ νῶτα διδόντος καὶ ἀποδιδράσκοντος, ἕως ὁ ἐχθρὸς λαβὼν θάρσος κατεπιθῆται ὡς δειλοῦ καὶ ἀδυνάτου τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ διώξῃ αὐτόν, ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς στραφεὶς ἀιφνιδίως μετὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως ὅλον ὑποχείριον δέξηται τὸν ἀσθενῆ καὶ ὐπεναντίον, οὕτως ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὸν θάνατον,
ou gar dokēsei ēn hē ensarkos parousia, alla dikēn basileōs megalou polemon echontos pros hypodeedsteron kai ginōskontos hoti ho echthros autou, eiper idę̄ auton en dynamei erchomenon kai eschyï pollę̄, paraitēsetai kai trapēsetai pros phygēn kai pollas chōras tōn hypocheiriōn aphanisein, kai dia touto schēmatizomenou tę̄ idią sophią prophaseis kai nōta didontos kai apodidraskontos, heōs ho echthros labōn tharsos katepithētai hōs deilou kai adynatou tou basileōs kai diōxę̄ auton, ho de basileus strapheis aiphnidiōs meta tēs autou dynameōs holon hypocheirion dexētai ton asthenē kai ypenantion, houtōs ho kyrios hēmōn ouk ephobēthē ton thanaton,
For the incarnate coming was not in appearance; but it was like a great king at war with a weaker foe, who knows that his enemy, if he sees him coming in power and great strength, will decline battle and turn to flight and ravage many of the lands under his rule; and so, by his own wisdom, he makes a show of pretexts and turns his back and runs away, until the enemy takes courage and attacks as though the king were cowardly and weak and pursues him; and the king turns suddenly with his power and takes the weak adversary wholly into his hand. So our Lord did not fear death,
34.6Holl GCS 25:44
ὁ πρὸ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ παθεῖν σημάνας ἐν τῇ ὁδοιπορίᾳ ὅτι μέλλει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι καὶ σταυρωθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι καὶ τοῦ Πέτρου λέγοντος »ἵλεώς σοι, κύριε· οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο« ἐπιτιμήσας »ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ« εἰπών »ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων«.
ho pro tou elthein auton eis to pathein sēmanas en tę̄ hodoiporią hoti mellei ho huios tou anthrōpou paradidosthai kai staurōthēnai kai tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą anastēnai kai tou Petrou legontos »hileōs soi, kyrie; ou mē estai soi touto« epitimēsas »hypage opisō mou, satana« eipōn »hoti ou phroneis ta tou theou, alla ta tōn anthrōpōn«.
he who before he came to suffer indicated on the way that the Son of Man was to be handed over and crucified and rise on the third day; and when Peter said, “Mercy on you, Lord; this shall not be for you,” he rebuked him, saying, “Get behind me, Satan, for you do not think the things of God but the things of men.”
34.7Holl GCS 25:44
ὁ οὖν ταῦτα προλέγων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἥκων πῶς ὕστερον εὔχεται παρελθεῖν τὸ ποτήριον, ἴνα μὴ πίῃ; ὁ εἰπὼν πρὸ τοῦ θανεῖν περὶ τοῦ θανάτου κἂν διὰ τὸ μὴ ὑποληφθῆναι ψ· εύστην αὐτὸν οὐκ ἠδύνατο εὔξασθαι παρελθεὶν τὸ ποτήριον·
ho oun tauta prolegōn kai dia touto auto hēkōn pōs hysteron euchetai parelthein to potērion, ina mē pię̄? ho eipōn pro tou thanein peri tou thanatou kan dia to mē hypolēphthēnai ps; eustēn auton ouk ēdynato euxasthai parelthein to potērion;
How then does he who foretold these things and came for this very purpose later pray that the cup may pass so that he may not drink it? He who spoke of his death before dying could not pray for the cup to pass, if only so as not to be taken for a liar;
34.8Holl GCS 25:44
ἀλλὰ προκαλεῖται διὰ τοῦ τοιούτου προσώπου τὸν ἀντίδικον, ἵνα ἐκείνου ὑπολαβόντος δεδιέναι τὸν σωτῆρα τὸν θάνατον ἐπαγάγῃ αὐτῷ τὸν θάνατον εἰς σωτηρίαν τοῖς θνῄσκουσι διὰ τῆς οἰκονομίας.
alla prokaleitai dia tou toioutou prosōpou ton antidikon, hina ekeinou hypolabontos dedienai ton sōtēra ton thanaton epagagę̄ autǭ ton thanaton eis sōtērian tois thnę̄skousi dia tēs oikonomias.
but by such a manner he challenges the adversary, so that, when he supposes that the Savior fears death, he may bring death upon him, for the salvation of those who die, through the dispensation.
34.9Holl GCS 25:44
ἀλλὰ κἂν ἀκούσῃς ὅτι τέθνηκεν ὁ κύριος, γνῶθι τὸ πάθος τοῦ θανάτου ποῦ πεπλήρωται. ἐρμηνεύει γάρ σοι ὁ κορυφαιότατος τῶν ἀποστόλων Πέτρος τὴν περὶ τοῦ θανατου αὐτοῦ ὑπόθεσιν λέγων θανατωθεὶς σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι«. ἡ γὰρ αὐτοῦ θεότης ἀναδεξαμένη τὸ ἐν σαρκὶ παθεῖν ἀπαθής ἐστι καὶ ἀπαθὴς ἦν καὶ ἀπαθὴς διέμεινε, μὴ τραπείσης τῆς ἀπαθείας μηδὲ ἀλλοιωθείσης τῆς ἀιδιότητος.
alla kan akousę̄s hoti tethnēken ho kyrios, gnōthi to pathos tou thanatou pou peplērōtai. ermēneuei gar soi ho koryphaiotatos tōn apostolōn Petros tēn peri tou thanatou autou hypothesin legōn thanatōtheis sarki, zōopoiētheis de pneumati«. hē gar autou theotēs anadexamenē to en sarki pathein apathēs esti kai apathēs ēn kai apathēs diemeine, mē trapeisēs tēs apatheias mēde alloiōtheisēs tēs aidiotētos.
But even when you hear that the Lord died, know where the suffering of death was fulfilled. For the chief of the apostles, Peter, interprets for you the matter of his death, saying, “put to death in the flesh, but made alive in the spirit.” For his Godhead, having taken on suffering in the flesh, is impassible, was impassible, and remained impassible, its impassibility not changed nor its eternity altered.
Chapter 35
35.1Holl GCS 25:44–45
35. Πάλιν τε ἐὰν εἴπωσιν οἱ κενόδοξοι· οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων ῥημάτων δύνασαι ἡμᾶς πεῖσαι τὸν Χριστὸν ψυχὴν ἐσχηκέναι. εὑρήκαμεν γὰρ ἄνω ἐν ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς, ὥς φησιν Ἠσαΐας ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς περὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς »οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός. εἰς ὃν ἐγὼ εὐδόκησα, ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου«.
35. Palin te ean eipōsin hoi kenodoxoi; ouk apo tōn toioutōn rhēmatōn dynasai hēmas peisai ton Christon psychēn eschēkenai. heurēkamen gar anō en tais theiais graphais, hōs phēsin Ēsaïas apo prosōpou tou theou kai patros peri tou monogenous »houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos. eis hon egō eudokēsa, hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou«.
And again, if the vainglorious say, “You cannot persuade us from such words that Christ had a soul. For we have found above in the divine Scriptures, as Isaiah says in the person of God the Father about the Only-begotten, ‘This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased, whom my soul has loved.’
35.2Holl GCS 25:45
τί νοήσομεν περὶ πατρός, ψυχὴν εἰληφέναι ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἢ ψυχὴν ἔχειν· τίς δὲ ληρῶν τοῦτο νοήσει περὶ τοῦ πατρός; τί οὐν φασι; τροπικώτερον εἰρῆσθαι τὸ ῥῆμα δηλονότι.
ti noēsomen peri patros, psychēn eilēphenai en heautǭ ē psychēn echein; tis de lērōn touto noēsei peri tou patros? ti oun phasi? tropikōteron eirēsthai to rhēma dēlonoti.
What shall we think of the Father, that he took a soul in himself or has a soul? Who but a babbler will think this of the Father?” What then do they say? That the word is evidently said figuratively.
35.3Holl GCS 25:45
εἰ τοίνυν περὶ πατρὸς τροπικώτερον εἰρῆσθαι λέγουσιν, ἄρα καὶ περὶ υἱοῦ τὸ αὐτὸ λαμβάνειν χρή. κἄν τε γὰρ εἴπῃ ὄτι ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται« καί ⟨ἐξουσίαν ἔχω⟩ τὴν ψυχήν μου δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν αὐτήν‘, οὐκ εἶχε, φασί, ψυχήν, ἀλλὰ τροπικώτερον εἴρηται.
ei toinyn peri patros tropikōteron eirēsthai legousin, ara kai peri huiou to auto lambanein chrē. kan te gar eipę̄ oti hē psychē mou tetaraktai« kai ⟨exousian echō⟩ tēn psychēn mou dounai kai labein autēn‘, ouk eiche, phasi, psychēn, alla tropikōteron eirētai.
“If then they say it is said figuratively of the Father, the same must be taken of the Son. For even if he says, ‘My soul is troubled,’ and ‘⟨I have authority⟩ to lay down my soul and take it,’ he did not,” they say, “have a soul; it is said figuratively.”
35.4Holl GCS 25:45
καὶ δοκεῖ τὸ συλλογιστικὸν αὐτῶν φρόνημα λέγειν τι, * τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτοσυστάτου ουσης ἐκ πολλῶν τεκμηρίων. ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ εἴδους λαμβάνεται ἔκαστος τρόπος. ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῷ πατρὶ οὐ τολμητέον ἐστίν, διότι οὐδὲ σάρκα ἐφόρεσεν. ὁμολογουμένης δὲ τῆς σαρκὸς παρὰ τοῖς Λουκιανισταῖς εἴτουν Ἀρειανοῖς, οὐχ ἔνι ἀμφιβολία.
kai dokei to syllogistikon autōn phronēma legein ti, * tēs alētheias autosystatou ousēs ek pollōn tekmēriōn. apo gar tou eidous lambanetai ekastos tropos. epi men gar tǭ patri ou tolmēteon estin, dioti oude sarka ephoresen. homologoumenēs de tēs sarkos para tois Loukianistais eitoun Areianois, ouch eni amphibolia.
And their syllogizing mind seems to say something, * though the truth establishes itself from many proofs. For each figure of speech is taken from its kind. Of the Father one must not dare ⟨say it⟩, because he did not wear flesh. But since the flesh is acknowledged by the Lucianists, or Arians, there is no doubt.
35.5Holl GCS 25:45
ἀλλά, φησίν· »ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο«, καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν »ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ καὶ ψυχὴ ἐγένετο«. πρὸς δὲ τὴν αὐτῶν ἀμαθῆ οὖσαν ἀντιλογίαν κἀγὼ λέγω ὅτι »ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, χοῦν λαβὼν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς«, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἐπλασε τὰ πάντα συμπεριείληφε καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ »ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο« τὰ πάντα περιέχει.
alla, phēsin; »ho Logos sarx egeneto«, kai ouk eipen »ho Logos sarx kai psychē egeneto«. pros de tēn autōn amathē ousan antilogian kagō legō hoti »eplasen ho theos ton anthrōpon, choun labōn apo tēs gēs«, apo de tou eplase ta panta symperieilēphe kai apo tou »ho Logos sarx egeneto« ta panta periechei.
“But,” he says, “‘the Word became flesh,’ and it did not say, ‘the Word became flesh and soul.’” To their ignorant objection I too say that “God formed man, taking dust from the earth,” and by “formed” he included everything; and by “the Word became flesh” he embraces everything.
35.6Holl GCS 25:45
κατὰ γὰρ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ἀνθυποφέρομεν αὐτοῖς καὶ αὐτοὶ λέγοντες· ἰδοὺ λέγει »ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον«, καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν· ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ἡπαρ ἢ πνεύμονα ἢ καρδίαν ἢ φλέβας ἢ νεῦρα ἢ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσαπέρ ἐστιν έν τῷ σώματι. παρὰ τοῦτο νοήσομεν ἴν τι εἰναι ολοσφύρητον τὸν ἄνθρωπον, διὰ τὸ μὴ λεπτομερῶς τὴν σύνθεσιν τοῦ παντὸς ζῴου τὴν γραφὴν λεπτολογῆσαι; οὐ πάντως. ὡς γοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς εἴδους τὰ ὅλα συμπεριείληφεν, οὕτω καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς τὴν ψυχὴν εἰληφέναι τὸν σωτῆρα εὐ ἐστι δῆλον.
kata gar ton auton logon anthypopheromen autois kai autoi legontes; idou legei »eplasen ho theos ton anthrōpon«, kai ouk eipen; epoiēsen autǭ hēpar ē pneumona ē kardian ē phlebas ē neura ē ta alla hosaper estin en tǭ sōmati. para touto noēsomen in ti einai olosphyrēton ton anthrōpon, dia to mē leptomerōs tēn synthesin tou pantos zǭou tēn graphēn leptologēsai? ou pantōs. hōs goun apo tou henos eidous ta hola symperieilēphen, houtō kai apo tēs sarkos tēn psychēn eilēphenai ton sōtēra eu esti dēlon.
For by the same reasoning we object to them in turn, saying: see, it says, “God formed man,” and did not say, “He made him a liver or lungs or heart or veins or nerves or the other things in the body.” Shall we therefore think man is some single solid lump, because Scripture did not describe the composition of the whole living being in detail? Not at all. So, as by one form it included the whole, so also from the flesh it is quite clear that the Savior took the soul.
Chapter 36
36.1Holl GCS 25:45
36. Εἰ τοίνυν ψυχὴν εἴληφε καὶ σῶμα, καθάπερ ἀποδέδεικται, ἄρα οὐχ ἡ θεότης ἠν ἠλαττωμένη τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς οὐσίας, εἴσω παθῶν περιεχομένη, ὅπως διψήσῃ καὶ κοπιάσῃ καὶ πεινάσῃ καὶ ὅσαπερ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ εἰσὶ χρειώδη.
36. Ei toinyn psychēn eilēphe kai sōma, kathaper apodedeiktai, ara ouch hē theotēs ēn ēlattōmenē tēs tou patros ousias, eisō pathōn periechomenē, hopōs dipsēsę̄ kai kopiasę̄ kai peinasę̄ kai hosaper tǭ anthrōpǭ eisi chreiōdē.
If then he took a soul and a body, as has been shown, then the Godhead was not diminished from the Father's substance, held within passions, so as to thirst and grow weary and hunger and whatever is necessary to a human being.
36.2Holl GCS 25:45–46
καὶ ὅτι ⟩ »οὐ κοπιάσει οὐδʼ ἔστιν ἐξεύρεσις τῆς φρονήσεως αὐτοῦ«, κεκοπιακὼς δὲ ὁ σωτὴρ εὑρίσκεται, οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς οὐσίας ἄνωθεν κατελθὼν ὁ Λόγος. οὐ γὰρ ἄνω κεκοπίακεν, ἀλλʼ ἐν σαρκί. ἴδει γὰρ τὴν σάρκα κοπιάσαι, ἴνα μὴ δοκήσει νομίζηται, ἀλλʼ ἀληθείᾳ·
kai hoti ⟩ »ou kopiasei oudʼ estin exeuresis tēs phronēseōs autou«, kekopiakōs de ho sōtēr heurisketai, ou para touto ouk estin ek tēs tou patros ousias anōthen katelthōn ho Logos. ou gar anō kekopiaken, allʼ en sarki. idei gar tēn sarka kopiasai, ina mē dokēsei nomizētai, allʼ alētheią;
And that ⟨God⟩ “will not grow weary, and there is no searching out of his understanding,” while the Savior is found to have grown weary, does not mean that the Word who came down from above is not from the substance of the Father. For he did not grow weary above, but in the flesh. For the flesh had to grow weary, so that it might not be thought ⟨to be⟩ in appearance, but in truth;
36.3Holl GCS 25:46
καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὄσαπερ τοιαύτην ἔχει δύναμιν, τὸ νυστάξαι τὸ ὑπνῶσαι, ἀνθρώπου ἐστὶν ὑποφαντικὰ καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ ἁφὴν *. ἔλαβε γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ ᾶνθρωπος εὑρέθη. εὑρήκαμεν, γάρ ⟨φησιν⟩, Μεσσίαν, ὃν ἔγραψε Μωυσῆς«.
kai ta alla osaper toiautēn echei dynamin, to nystaxai to hypnōsai, anthrōpou estin hypophantika kai to hypo haphēn *. elabe gar tauta kai anthrōpos heurethē. heurēkamen, gar ⟨phēsin⟩, Messian, hon egrapse Mōysēs«.
and the other things that have such force, to slumber, to sleep, indicate a man, and ⟨so does⟩ being subject to touch *. For he took these things and was found a man. “For we have found,” ⟨it says⟩, “the Messiah, of whom Moses wrote.”
36.4Holl GCS 25:46
οἱ δὲ εὑρόντες αὐτὸν * διὰ τῆς ἀκαταλήπτου φύσεως, * τουτέστι τῆς ἐνσάρκου. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαταληψίᾳ οὐχ ηὐρίσκετο, διὰ τοῦτο ὑπὸ γραμματέων συλλαμβάνεται καὶ τὸν νῶτον αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν εἰς μάστιγας καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἀπέ⟨σ⟩τρεψεν ἀπὸ ἐμπτυσμάτων‘, ἔκλαυσε καὶ ὄσαπερ ἄλλα περὶ αὐτοῦ ᾄδεται.
hoi de heurontes auton * dia tēs akatalēptou physeōs, * toutesti tēs ensarkou. epeidē gar epi tę̄ akatalēpsią ouch ēurisketo, dia touto hypo grammateōn syllambanetai kai ton nōton autou edōken eis mastigas kai to prosōpon autou ouk ape⟨s⟩trepsen apo emptysmatōn‘, eklause kai osaper alla peri autou ądetai.
And those who found him * through the incomprehensible nature, * that is, the incarnate one. For since in his incomprehensibility he was not found, for this reason he is seized by the scribes, and gave his back to whips and did not turn his face from spitting, he wept, and all the other things sung about him.
36.5Holl GCS 25:46
τίς δὲ ἠδύνατο τὸν θεὸν Λόγον ἐν οὐρανῷ μαστίζειν ἢ ῥαπίζειν ἢ καταπτύειν τοῦ τοιούτου ἀφράστου καὶ ἀκαταλήπτου; εἰ δὲ ταῦτα πέπονθεν ὁ ἀπαθὴς τοῦ θεοῦ Λόγος, ἄρα τὸ πάθος σωματικόν ἐστιν, ἐκτὸς τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀπαθείας καὶ οὐκ ἐκτὸς πάλιν διὰ τὸ εὐδοκῆσαι·
tis de ēdynato ton theon Logon en ouranǭ mastizein ē rhapizein ē kataptyein tou toioutou aphrastou kai akatalēptou? ei de tauta peponthen ho apathēs tou theou Logos, ara to pathos sōmatikon estin, ektos tēs autou apatheias kai ouk ektos palin dia to eudokēsai;
For who could whip or strike or spit upon God the Word in heaven, so inexpressible and incomprehensible? But if the impassible Word of God suffered these things, then the suffering is bodily, outside his impassibility, and yet again not outside, because he consented to it;
36.6Holl GCS 25:46
καίτοι γε μὴ πάσχοντος αὐτοῦ εἰς ἑαυτὸν τὸ πάθος λελόγισται. καὶ καθάπερ ἐν ἱματίῳ σπῖλος τὸ σῶμα τοῦ φοροῦντος οὐ φθάνει, ὁ δὲ σπῖλος τοῦ ἱματίου εἰς τὸν φοροῦντα λογίζεται, οὕτως ὁ θεὸς πέπονθεν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, τῆς θεότητος αὐτοῦ μηδὲν παθούσης. εἰς δὲ τὴν θεότητα τὸ πάθος τῆς σαρκὸς ὑπὸ τῆς θεότητος φορουμένης ἐλογίσθη, ἵνα ἐν τῇ θεότητι ἡμῖν ἡ σωτηρία γένηται.
kaitoi ge mē paschontos autou eis heauton to pathos lelogistai. kai kathaper en himatiǭ spilos to sōma tou phorountos ou phthanei, ho de spilos tou himatiou eis ton phorounta logizetai, houtōs ho theos peponthen en tę̄ sarki, tēs theotētos autou mēden pathousēs. eis de tēn theotēta to pathos tēs sarkos hypo tēs theotētos phoroumenēs elogisthē, hina en tę̄ theotēti hēmin hē sōtēria genētai.
and although he did not suffer, the suffering was reckoned to himself. And just as a stain on a garment does not reach the body of the wearer, yet the stain on the garment is reckoned to the wearer, so God suffered in the flesh, while his Godhead suffered nothing. But the suffering of the flesh, borne by the Godhead, was reckoned to the Godhead, so that our salvation might come about in the Godhead.
Chapter 37
37.1Holl GCS 25:46
37. Μέμνημαι δὲ τοῦ ῥητοῦ τοῦ κατὰ Λουκᾶν εὐαγγελίου καὶ οὐ βούλομαι αὐτὸ ἐᾶσαι ἀνερμήνευτον, τὸ γεγραμμένον ὅτι »γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἱδρωσε καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ ὁ ἱδρὼς ὡς θρόμβοι αἵματος.
37. Memnēmai de tou rhētou tou kata Loukan euangeliou kai ou boulomai auto easai anermēneuton, to gegrammenon hoti »genomenos en agōnią hidrōse kai egeneto autǭ ho hidrōs hōs thromboi haimatos.
I remember the saying of the Gospel according to Luke, and I do not want to leave it unexplained, what is written: “Being in agony he sweated, and his sweat became like clots of blood.
37.2Holl GCS 25:46
ὤφθη δὲ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐνισχύων αὐτόν «. τὰ βαθύτερα δὲ τῶν λόγων ὡς εἰώθαμεν λέγειν καὶ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα οἱ μὴ τὴν δύναμιν νοοῦντες, ἀντὶ ἀγαθῶν τῇ κακίᾳ * ἀνατρέπουσιν ἑαυτού· οὐδὲν γὰρ τούτου καιριώτερον.
ōphthē de angelos kyriou enischyōn auton «. ta bathytera de tōn logōn hōs eiōthamen legein kai ta anankaia hoi mē tēn dynamin noountes, anti agathōn tę̄ kakią * anatrepousin heautou; ouden gar toutou kairiōteron.
And an angel of the Lord appeared strengthening him.” Those who do not understand the force of the deeper and necessary words, as we are accustomed to say, * overturn themselves by their malice instead of good things; for nothing is more timely than this.
37.3Holl GCS 25:46–47
ἐν τῷ γὰρ εἰπεῖν »γέγονεν ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ« τὸν κυριακὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀληθινὸν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα δείκνυσι. καὶ ἴνα δείξῃ ὄτι ἀληθινὸς ἦν ἄνθρωπος καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς θεότητος ἡ ἀγωνία γέγονε, φησίν »ἴδρωσε καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ ὁ ἱδρὼς ὡς θρόμβοι αἵματος«. σωματικόν ἐστι τὸ εἶδος καὶ οὐχὶ πνευματικόν.
en tǭ gar eipein »gegonen en agōnią« ton kyriakon anthrōpon alēthinon anthrōpon onta deiknysi. kai ina deixę̄ oti alēthinos ēn anthrōpos kai ouk apo tēs theotētos hē agōnia gegone, phēsin »idrōse kai egeneto autǭ ho hidrōs hōs thromboi haimatos«. sōmatikon esti to eidos kai ouchi pneumatikon.
For in saying “he came into agony” it shows the Lord's manhood to be a true man. And to show that he was a true man and that the agony did not come from the Godhead, it says, “he sweated, and his sweat became like clots of blood.” The form is bodily, not spiritual.
37.4Holl GCS 25:47
»ὤφθη δὲ ἀγγελος κυρίου ἐνισχύων αὐτόν‘, οὐχ ὅτι τῆς ἰσχύος τοῦ ἀγγέλου ἐπεδέετο ὁ μείζων ἀγγέλων, »ᾧ κάμπτει πᾶν γόνυ ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων‘, θεῷ ὄντι ἀεὶ Λόγῳ καὶ πρὸς τῷ πατρὶ ὄντι ἀεὶ καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγεννημένῳ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὸ ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ τῇ μεγάλῃ Μωυσέως ἐν τῇ ἐρήμω ᾀσθείσῃ, ἐν ᾗ ἔλεγε »προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτῷ πάντες υἱοὶ θεοῦ, καὶ ἐνισχυσάτωσαν αὐτὸν ἄγγελοι θεοῦ«.
»ōphthē de angelos kyriou enischyōn auton‘, ouch hoti tēs ischyos tou angelou epedeeto ho meizōn angelōn, »hǭ kamptei pan gony epouraniōn kai epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn‘, theǭ onti aei Logǭ kai pros tǭ patri onti aei kai ex autou gegennēmenǭ, allʼ hina plērōsę̄ to en tę̄ ǭdę̄ tę̄ megalę̄ Mōyseōs en tę̄ erēmō ąstheisę̄, en hę̄ elege »proskynēsousin autǭ pantes huioi theou, kai enischysatōsan auton angeloi theou«.
“And an angel of the Lord appeared strengthening him,” not that he who is greater than the angels, “to whom every knee bows, of those in heaven and on earth and under the earth,” being always God the Word and always with the Father and begotten from him, needed the angel's strength, but so as to fulfill what is in the great song of Moses sung in the wilderness, in which he said, “Let all the sons of God worship him, and let the angels of God strengthen him.”
37.5Holl GCS 25:47
τό ἐνισχυσάτωσαν αὐτόν‘, οὐχ ὡς παρέχοντες αὐτῷ ἰσχύν· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ ἴσχυεν ἡ δοξολογία ἐν τούτοις δοξάζειν τὸν θεόν, ὑπὸ] ἀγγέλων μὲν εὐθὺς ἄνω καὶ πνευματικῶν ζῴων βοώντων καὶ λεγόντων »σή ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις, σόν ἐστι τὸ κράτος, σή ἐστιν ἡ ἰσχύς‘ «, ἐν τούτῳ δείκνυσι τὸ προσκυνεῖν καὶ ἐνισχύειν, τουτέστι διδόναι αὐτῷ τὸ ἴδιον τῆς ἰσχύος κράτος, ὡς καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος ὤφθη ἐνώπιον τῶν μαθητῶν προσκυνῶν τὸν αὐτοῦ δεσπότην·
to enischysatōsan auton‘, ouch hōs parechontes autǭ ischyn; allʼ epeidē ischyen hē doxologia en toutois doxazein ton theon, hypo] angelōn men euthys anō kai pneumatikōn zǭōn boōntōn kai legontōn »sē estin hē dynamis, son esti to kratos, sē estin hē ischys‘ «, en toutǭ deiknysi to proskynein kai enischyein, toutesti didonai autǭ to idion tēs ischyos kratos, hōs kai ho angelos ōphthē enōpion tōn mathētōn proskynōn ton autou despotēn;
“Let them strengthen him,” not as supplying strength to him; but since the doxology in these words was strong to glorify God, with the angels above at once and the spiritual living creatures crying out and saying, “Yours is the power, yours is the might, yours is the strength,” by this it shows the worshiping and strengthening, that is, ascribing to him his own might of strength; as the angel too appeared before the disciples worshiping his Master,
37.6Holl GCS 25:47
μὴ ἀγνοῶν τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς αὐτοῦ φιλανθρώπου οἰκονομίας, θαυμάζων δὲ τὴν τοσαύτην ἐν αὐτῷ γεγενημένην πραότητος πραγματείαν, τὴν τὸν διάβολον ἡττήσασαν, τὴν τὸ κέντρον τοῦ θανάτου συντρίψασαν, τὴν τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας θριαμβεύσασαν, τὴν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν θραύσασαν.
mē agnoōn tēn hyperbolēn tēs autou philanthrōpou oikonomias, thaumazōn de tēn tosautēn en autǭ gegenēmenēn praotētos pragmateian, tēn ton diabolon hēttēsasan, tēn to kentron tou thanatou syntripsasan, tēn tas archas kai tas exousias thriambeusasan, tēn tēn hamartian thrausasan.
not ignorant of the excess of his loving dispensation, but marveling at the great work of meekness accomplished in him, which defeated the devil, broke the sting of death, triumphed over the principalities and powers, and shattered sin.
37.7Holl GCS 25:47
καὶ διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς θαυμασιότητος ἐν τῇ δοξολογίᾳ ὁ ἄγγελος ἔλεγε προσκυνῶν· σή ἐστιν ἡ ἰσχύς, δέσποτα· σὺ γὰρ ἴσχυσας κατὰ θανάτου καὶ κατὰ Ἅιδου καὶ κατὰ διαβόλου, συντρῖψαι τὸ κέντρον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκβαλεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος.
kai dia tēn hyperbolēn tēs thaumasiotētos en tę̄ doxologią ho angelos elege proskynōn; sē estin hē ischys, despota; sy gar ischysas kata thanatou kai kata Haidou kai kata diabolou, syntripsai to kentron autou kai ekbalein apo tēs anthrōpotētos.
And because of the excess of wonder, the angel, worshiping, said in doxology: “Yours is the strength, Master; for you have prevailed against death and Hades and the devil, to break his sting and cast him out from humankind.”
Chapter 38
38.1Holl GCS 25:47
38. Ἐὰν δὲ πάλιν εἴπῃ ποῦ τεθείκατε Λάζαρον;« ἀνθρωποπαθῶς ⟨λέγων⟩ καὶ περὶ τῆς αἱμορροούσης »τίς μου ἤψατο;« ἤ ζητεῖτε;‘ ἤ τίνα με λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου;« ἤ »τὸ παιδίον ηὔξανε καὶ ἐκραταιοῦτο« ἤ »προέκοπτεν ἡλικίᾳ καὶ σοφίᾳ‘ ἤ »πρὸ τοῦ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον καλεῖν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα«, οὐχ ὁρᾷς ἀπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ὑποθέσεως τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τῆς γνώσεως, ὅτι ἐκ σαρκὸς καὶ ἀνθρωπότητος τὰ διηγήματα;
38. Ean de palin eipę̄ pou tetheikate Lazaron?« anthrōpopathōs ⟨legōn⟩ kai peri tēs haimorroousēs »tis mou ēpsato?« ē zēteite?‘ ē tina me legousin hoi anthrōpoi einai ton huion tou anthrōpou?« ē »to paidion ēuxane kai ekrataiouto« ē »proekopten hēlikią kai sophią‘ ē »pro tou gnōnai to paidion kalein patera ē mētera«, ouch horąs apʼ autēs tēs hypotheseōs to hyperballon tēs gnōseōs, hoti ek sarkos kai anthrōpotētos ta diēgēmata?
And if again he says, speaking in human fashion, “Where have you laid Lazarus?” and about the woman with the flow of blood, “Who touched me?” or “Whom do you seek?” or “Who do people say that I, the Son of Man, am?” or “The child grew and became strong,” or “He advanced in stature and wisdom,” or “Before the child knows how to call father or mother,” do you not see from the subject matter itself the surpassing knowledge, that the narratives concern the flesh and the humanity?
38.2Holl GCS 25:47–48
ὅσα γὰρ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ διαθήκῃ ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ὑπο- κατερχόμενά εἰσιν εἰς πειθὼ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀγνωσίας ἐχόμενα, οὐκ οντα δὲ ἀγνωστα τῷ θεῷ, ταῦτα ἐλθὼν ὁ Λόγος πεπλήρωκεν, ἴνα πληρώσῃ τὸ εἰρημένον ὁ πατήρ μου ἴως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι«. ποῦ τεθείκατε τὸν Λάζαρον;«
hosa gar en tę̄ palaią diathēkę̄ apo prosōpou tou theou kai patros hypo- katerchomena eisin eis peithō tōn anthrōpōn, agnōsias echomena, ouk onta de agnōsta tǭ theǭ, tauta elthōn ho Logos peplērōken, ina plērōsę̄ to eirēmenon ho patēr mou iōs arti ergazetai, kagō ergazomai«. pou tetheikate ton Lazaron?«
For whatever things in the Old Testament, spoken in the person of God the Father, come down to persuade people and seem to involve ignorance, though they are not unknown to God, these the Word fulfilled when he came, so as to fulfill the saying, “My Father is working until now, and I am working.” “Where have you laid Lazarus?”
38.3Holl GCS 25:48
ἠρώτα ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου γενόμενος· πρὸ δὲ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὸν τόπον ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἀκούσας ἔλεγε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ »Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται«. ὁ τοίνυν ἀπὸ τοσούτων τῆς ὀδοιπορίας διεστὼς τοῦ τόπου γνοὺς ὅτι τέθνηκε Λάζαρος, παρὼν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἠγνόει;
ērōta engys tou topou genomenos; pro de tou elthein eis ton topon hypo mēdenos akousas elege tois mathētais autou »Lazaros ho philos hēmōn kekoimētai«. ho toinyn apo tosoutōn tēs odoiporias diestōs tou topou gnous hoti tethnēke Lazaros, parōn en tǭ topǭ ēgnoei?
he asked when he had come near the place. But before coming to the place, having heard it from no one, he said to his disciples, “Lazarus our friend has fallen asleep.” Did he who, so far away on the journey, knew that Lazarus had died, not know when he was present at the place?
38.4Holl GCS 25:48
οὔκουν, ἄλλʼ ἤθελε δεῖξαι ὅτι ταῦτα πάντα ἐποίει, ἐπεὶ οὔπω οὐδεὶς τελείως αὐτὼ ἐπίστευεν, ἵνα ἐνδείξηται τῆς αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἡμᾶς φειδοῦς τὴν πολλὴν φιλανθρωπίαν.
oukoun, allʼ ēthele deixai hoti tauta panta epoiei, epei oupō oudeis teleiōs autō episteuen, hina endeixētai tēs autou pros hēmas pheidous tēn pollēn philanthrōpian.
Certainly not; but he wished to show why he was doing all these things, since no one yet believed in him perfectly, so as to display the great loving-kindness of his forbearance toward us.
38.5Holl GCS 25:48
ἔδει γὰρ ἐκείνας μὴ εἰπεῖν »τεταρταῖός ἐστιν, ἤδη ὄζει« μηδὲ ἀπελθεῖν καὶ δεῖξαι, ἀλλʼ εἰπεῖν πάντα οἶδας καὶ ἐὰν θέλῃς, ζήσεται. διόπερ καὶ ἐδάκρυσεν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πωρώσει. οὐκ ἀγνοῶν τοίνυν ἠρώτα, ἀλλʼ ἐλέγχει πειράζων καὶ φιλανθρωπεύεται.
edei gar ekeinas mē eipein »tetartaios estin, ēdē ozei« mēde apelthein kai deixai, allʼ eipein panta oidas kai ean thelę̄s, zēsetai. dioper kai edakrysen epi tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn pōrōsei. ouk agnoōn toinyn ērōta, allʼ elenchei peirazōn kai philanthrōpeuetai.
For they ought not to have said, “He has been dead four days, he already stinks,” nor to have gone and shown him, but to have said, “You know all things, and if you will, he will live.” For this reason he also wept at human hardness. So he asked not in ignorance, but he tests and reproves, and shows loving-kindness.
38.6Holl GCS 25:48
καί »τίς μου ἥψατο;« φησίν, οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ᾔδει τίς αὐτοῦ ἤψατο ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ εἴπῃ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὸ γενόμενον θαῦμα, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἐκείνη ἀκούσασα προσελθοῦσα εἴπῃ τὴν εἰς αὐτὴν γενομένην χάριν καὶ ὁμολογήσασα ἀκούσῃ· »ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέ σε«, ὅπως προτρέψηται καὶ ἄλλους πιστεύειν, ἵνα ἰαθῶσι.
kai »tis mou hēpsato?« phēsin, ouch hoti ouk ę̄dei tis autou ēpsato allʼ hina mē eipę̄ diʼ heautou to genomenon thauma, allʼ hopōs ekeinē akousasa proselthousa eipę̄ tēn eis autēn genomenēn charin kai homologēsasa akousę̄; »hē pistis sou sesōke se«, hopōs protrepsētai kai allous pisteuein, hina iathōsi.
And “Who touched me?” he says, not because he did not know who touched him, but so as not to tell the miracle himself, but so that she, hearing, might come forward and tell the grace done to her, and, having confessed, hear, “Your faith has saved you,” so as to encourage others also to believe and be healed.
38.7Holl GCS 25:48
»τίνα με« φησί »λέγουσιν εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου;« ὡς καὶ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς λέγει »Ἀδάμ, ποῦ εἶ;« ᾔδει δὲ αὐτὸν ποῦ ἐστιν· διὸ καὶ ἐλέγχει αὐτὸν μετέπειτα λέγων »ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου ἔφαγες«.
»tina me« phēsi »legousin einai ton huion tou anthrōpou?« hōs kai en tę̄ palaią apo prosōpou tou patros legei »Adam, pou ei?« ę̄dei de auton pou estin; dio kai elenchei auton metepeita legōn »ek tou xylou ephages«.
“Who,” he says, “do they say that I, the Son of Man, am?” just as in the Old Testament he says in the person of the Father, “Adam, where are you?” But he knew where he was; so he afterward reproves him, saying, “You have eaten from the tree.”
38.8Holl GCS 25:48–49
καὶ τῷ Κάϊν »ποῦ Ἄβελ ὁ ἀδελφός σου;« καὶ οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ἠρώτα. λέγει γὰρ »ἐπικατάρατος σὺ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἣ ἔχανε δέξασθαι τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἐκ τῆς χειρός σου. ἰδοὺ γὰρ τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ βοᾷ πρός με«. οὐκ ἠγνόει τοίνυ ὁ λέγων ὅτι τὸ αἷμα βοᾷ, ἀλλʼ ὅπως δῷ αὐτῷ τόπον μετανοίας εἰς ἀπολογίαν, διὰ τοῦτο ἠρώτα.
kai tǭ Kaïn »pou Abel ho adelphos sou?« kai ouk agnoōn ērōta. legei gar »epikataratos sy epi tēs gēs, hē echane dexasthai to haima tou adelphou sou ek tēs cheiros sou. idou gar to haima autou boą pros me«. ouk ēgnoei toiny ho legōn hoti to haima boą, allʼ hopōs dǭ autǭ topon metanoias eis apologian, dia touto ērōta.
And to Cain, “Where is Abel your brother?” And he asked not in ignorance. For he says, “Cursed are you on the earth, which opened its mouth to receive your brother's blood from your hand. For behold, his blood cries out to me.” So he who says that the blood cries out was not ignorant; but he asked in order to give him room for repentance, for a defense.
Chapter 39
39.1Holl GCS 25:49
39. Στρέφονται δὲ πάλιν εἰς τὴν τῆς ἀμαθίας φιλονεικίαν καί φασιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ εἶναι ταύτας τὰς φωνὰς ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ. εὐθὺς δὲ ἐλέγχεται αὐτῶν τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα. ὁ γὰρ εἰπὼν τῷ Μωυσῇ »τί τοῦτο τὸ ἐν τῇ χειρί σου;« αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν »ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν‘.
39. Strephontai de palin eis tēn tēs amathias philoneikian kai phasin autou tou huiou einai tautas tas phōnas en tę̄ palaią. euthys de elenchetai autōn to epitēdeuma. ho gar eipōn tǭ Mōysę̄ »ti touto to en tę̄ cheiri sou?« autos elegen »egō eimi ho ōn‘.
But they turn again to the contentiousness of ignorance and say that these words in the Old Testament are the Son's own. But at once their contrivance is refuted. For he who said to Moses, “What is this in your hand?” himself said, “I am he who is.”
39.2Holl GCS 25:49
καί φησιν ὁ κύριος τοῖς Σαδδουκαίοις περὶ ἀναστάσεως διηγούμενος ὅτι δὲ ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί, εἶπεν ὁ θεός· ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰακώβ. θεὸς οὖν ἐστι ζώντων καὶ οὐ νεκρῶν«.
kai phēsin ho kyrios tois Saddoukaiois peri anastaseōs diēgoumenos hoti de egeirontai hoi nekroi, eipen ho theos; egō ho theos Abraam kai ho theos Isaak kai ho theos Iakōb. theos oun esti zōntōn kai ou nekrōn«.
And the Lord says to the Sadducees, explaining the resurrection: “That the dead are raised, God said: I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob. So he is God of the living and not of the dead.”
39.3Holl GCS 25:49
καὶ πάλιν πολλὰ ἔστι δεῖξαι ὅτι ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ πατρός έστιν ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ διαθήκῃ εἱρημένα· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ υἱοῦ πολλάκις καὶ ἐκ προσώπου πάλιν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος.
kai palin polla esti deixai hoti ek prosōpou tou patros estin en tę̄ palaią diathēkę̄ heirēmena; alla kai ek prosōpou tou huiou pollakis kai ek prosōpou palin tou hagiou pneumatos.
And again, it is possible to show many things said in the Old Testament in the person of the Father; but also often in the person of the Son, and again in the person of the Holy Spirit.
39.4Holl GCS 25:49
καί »ποῦ Σάρρα ἡ γυνή σου;« τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἔλεγεν ὁ ἐλθὼν ἄνωθεν σὺν τοῖς δυσὶν ἀγγέλοις υἱὸς θεοῦ. εἰ γὰρ ἠγνόει ποῦ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἂν ἔλεγεν »Σάρρα«.
kai »pou Sarra hē gynē sou?« tǭ Abraam elegen ho elthōn anōthen syn tois dysin angelois huios theou. ei gar ēgnoei pou estin, ouk an elegen »Sarra«.
And “Where is Sarah your wife?” said to Abraham the Son of God, who came from above with the two angels. For if he did not know where she was, he would not have said “Sarah.”
39.5Holl GCS 25:49
* »ἐγέλασεν οὐν ἡ Σάρρα ἔνδον οὐσα« βούλεται αὐτῆς ὑποδεῖξαι τὴν σεμνότητα ὑπογραμμὸν τῶν θελουσῶν εὐσεβεῖν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, ἕνʼ ὅτε ἁποδέχονται ξένους ἐξ ἰδίων καμάτων ὑπηρετῶσι μέν, διὰ δὲ τὴν σεμνότητα τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν τοῖς ἀνδράσι μὴ ὐποδεικνύωσιν.
* »egelasen oun hē Sarra endon ousa« bouletai autēs hypodeixai tēn semnotēta hypogrammon tōn thelousōn eusebein en alētheią, henʼ hote hapodechontai xenous ex idiōn kamatōn hypēretōsi men, dia de tēn semnotēta to prosōpon autōn tois andrasi mē ypodeiknyōsin.
* “So Sarah laughed, being inside”: he wishes to point out her modesty as a pattern for women who wish to live piously in truth, so that when they receive guests they serve from their own labors, but because of modesty do not show their faces to the men.
39.6Holl GCS 25:49
ἐκείνη γὰρ ἡ μακαρία πάντως ἐξήρτυσε καὶ ἐξαρτύσασα εἰς πρόσωπον ἀγγέλων οὐκ ὤφθη, σεμνότητος ὑπογραμμὸν ὑποβάλλουσα ταῖς μετὰ ταῦτα γενεαῖς. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἴνα δείξῃ ὁ παρὼν τίς ἐστιν, ⟩ ὄνομα τῆς γυναικὸς ἐκάλει ὁ ἐπιξενωθεὶς πρὸς τὴν ὥραν, * ὅτι οὔτε τὸ ὄνομα αὐτὸν λέληθεν οὔτε πλάσμα οὔτε διανόημα ἀνθρώπου.
ekeinē gar hē makaria pantōs exērtyse kai exartysasa eis prosōpon angelōn ouk ōphthē, semnotētos hypogrammon hypoballousa tais meta tauta geneais. alla kai ina deixę̄ ho parōn tis estin, ⟩ onoma tēs gynaikos ekalei ho epixenōtheis pros tēn hōran, * hoti oute to onoma auton lelēthen oute plasma oute dianoēma anthrōpou.
For that blessed woman certainly prepared the meal, and having prepared it she was not seen face to face by the angels, setting a pattern of modesty for later generations. But also, to show who the one present was, the guest at that hour called the woman by name, * that neither the name nor the form nor the thought of man escapes him.
39.7Holl GCS 25:49
»τίνα με« φησί λέγουσιν εἶναι οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου;« καὶ τὸν μὲν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου αὐτὸς φράζει ὁμολογῶν, ἵνα μὴ νομίσωσι περὶ τοῦ ἀοράτου αὐτὸν ἐρωτᾶν. οἱ δέ φασιν Ἠλίαν καὶ Ἰερεμίαν καὶ Ἰωάννην. »ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα με λέγετε;«· »σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος‘ φησὶ καὶ εὐθὺς μακαρίζεται.
»tina me« phēsi legousin einai hoi anthrōpoi ton huion tou anthrōpou?« kai ton men huion tou anthrōpou autos phrazei homologōn, hina mē nomisōsi peri tou aoratou auton erōtan. hoi de phasin Ēlian kai Ieremian kai Iōannēn. »hymeis de tina me legete?«; »sy ei ho Christos ho huios tou theou tou zōntos‘ phēsi kai euthys makarizetai.
“Who,” he says, “do people say that I, the Son of Man, am?” And he himself states and confesses “the Son of Man,” so that they may not think he is asking about the invisible one. And they say Elijah and Jeremiah and John. “But who do you say that I am?” “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God,” he says, and at once is called blessed.
39.8Holl GCS 25:49–50
οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοῶν ἠρώτα, ἀλλὰ δεῖξαι βουλόμενος ὄτα πατρός ἐστιν ἡ διδαχὴ ἡ τὸν υἱὸν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀληθινὸν ⟨θεὸν⟩ κηρύττουσα, ἴνα ὁ Πέτρος λέγειν ἃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐδιδάχθη.
ou gar agnoōn ērōta, alla deixai boulomenos ota patros estin hē didachē hē ton huion tę̄ ekklēsią alēthinon ⟨theon⟩ kēryttousa, ina ho Petros legein ha para tou patros edidachthē.
For he asked not in ignorance, but wishing to show that the teaching that proclaims the Son to the church as true ⟨God⟩ is the Father's, so that Peter might say what he had been taught by the Father.
Chapter 40
40.1Holl GCS 25:50
40. Καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ ὅτι »διʼ ἐμοῦ εἰσέρχονται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα« καὶ ἠλλοιωμένον τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς οὐσίας ὑπολάβῃς. αὐτὸς γὰρ πάλιν διδάσκει »οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτὸν ἑλκύσῃ«. ὡς γοῦν ὁ πατὴρ πέμπει πρὸς τὸν υἱόν, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς εἰσφέρει πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἵνα δείξῃ μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι θεότητα.
40. Kai mē thaumasę̄s ean eipę̄ hoti »diʼ emou eiserchontai pros ton patera« kai ēlloiōmenon tēs tou patros ousias hypolabę̄s. autos gar palin didaskei »oudeis erchetai pros me, ean mē ho patēr auton helkysę̄«. hōs goun ho patēr pempei pros ton huion, kai ho huios eispherei pros ton patera, hina deixę̄ mian kai tēn autēn einai theotēta.
And do not be surprised if he says, “Through me they come in to the Father,” and suppose him altered from the Father's substance. For again he himself teaches, “No one comes to me unless the Father draws him.” So as the Father sends to the Son, the Son also brings in to the Father, to show that the Godhead is one and the same.
40.2Holl GCS 25:50
τὸ δὲ προέκοπτεν »προέκοπτεν καὶ σοφίᾳ‘, εἰ σοφία ἐστὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ ἐνδέεται σοφίας. ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτὸν μορφὴν δούλου λαβώ, οὐ τὸ πλήρωμα * ἠλαττώθη· * ἀλλʼ ἴνα δείξῃ ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ μετακενωθέντα εἰς ἀνθρωπότητα τουτέστιν εἰς ἐργαστήριον Μαρίας.
to de proekopten »proekopten kai sophią‘, ei sophia esti tou theou, ouk endeetai sophias. allʼ epeidē ekenōsen heauton morphēn doulou labō, ou to plērōma * ēlattōthē; * allʼ ina deixę̄ apʼ ouranou metakenōthenta eis anthrōpotēta toutestin eis ergastērion Marias.
And “he advanced,” “advanced in wisdom”: if he is the Wisdom of God, he does not lack wisdom. But since he emptied himself, taking the form of a servant, the fullness * was not diminished; * but to show that he was emptied from heaven into humanity, that is, into the workshop of Mary.
40.3Holl GCS 25:50
»μύρον γὰρ ἐκκενωθὲν ὄνομά σοι«, φησίν· οὐκ εἶπεν ἐκχυθέν, ἀλλʼ ἐκκενωθὲν ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ εἰς γῆν, ἵνα ἀπὸ τῆς εἰς Μαρίαν ⟩. καὶ ἀπὸ Μαρίας σὰρξ γενόμενος κυίσκεται, εἰς Βηθλεὲμ γεννᾶται, ἀπὸ Βηθλεὲμ εἰς Ναζαρὲτ μεταβαίνει, ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ εἰς Καπερναούμ, ἀπὸ Καπερναοὺμ εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ θάλασσαν ἐν τῷ βαδίζειν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων καὶ τὰ μέρη Τύρου καὶ Ναΐν καὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ Ἱεριχὼ καὶ εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν, εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ τε τὸν ναὸν καὶ τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν καὶ Γεθσημανῆ, εἰς οἶκον Καϊάφα εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον καὶ πρὸς Ἡρῴδην, εἰς τόπον Γολγοθᾶ εἰς τὸ μνῆμα καὶ ἕως τοῦ Ἅιδου, εἰς γῆν μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν καὶ εἰς οὐρανούς.
»myron gar ekkenōthen onoma soi«, phēsin; ouk eipen ekchythen, allʼ ekkenōthen apʼ ouranou eis gēn, hina apo tēs eis Marian ⟩. kai apo Marias sarx genomenos kuisketai, eis Bēthleem gennatai, apo Bēthleem eis Nazaret metabainei, apo Nazaret eis Kapernaoum, apo Kapernaoum eis Hierousalēm kai thalassan en tǭ badizein auton epi tōn hydatōn kai ta merē Tyrou kai Naïn kai tēn Ioudaian kai Hierichō kai eis Bēthphagē kai Bēthanian, eis Hierousalēm te ton naon kai to oros tōn elaiōn kai Gethsēmanē, eis oikon Kaïapha eis to praitōrion kai pros Hērǭdēn, eis topon Golgotha eis to mnēma kai heōs tou Haidou, eis gēn meta tēn anastasin kai eis ouranous.
For “Your name is ointment emptied out,” it says; it did not say “poured out,” but “emptied out,” from heaven to earth, so that from ⟨heaven⟩ into Mary. And from Mary, having become flesh, he is conceived, born in Bethlehem, passes from Bethlehem to Nazareth, from Nazareth to Capernaum, from Capernaum to Jerusalem and to the sea when he walked on the waters, and to the region of Tyre and Nain and Judea and Jericho, and to Bethphage and Bethany, to Jerusalem and the temple and the Mount of Olives and Gethsemane, to the house of Caiaphas, to the praetorium and to Herod, to the place Golgotha, to the tomb and as far as Hades, to earth after the resurrection, and into the heavens.
40.4Holl GCS 25:50
μύρον γὰρ ἐκκενωθὲν ἀπὸ ἄγγους εἰς ἄγγος πάντα τὰ ἄγγη μυρίζει καὶ Χριστοῦ ἡ παρουσία ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἡγίασε, τοὺς αὐτὸν λαμβάνοντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ.
myron gar ekkenōthen apo angous eis angos panta ta angē myrizei kai Christou hē parousia apʼ ouranou holēn tēn gēn hēgiase, tous auton lambanontas en alētheią.
For ointment emptied from vessel to vessel perfumes all the vessels; and the coming of Christ from heaven sanctified the whole earth, those who receive him in truth.
40.5Holl GCS 25:50
ὁ ὄρος ὁ] ὤν, ὡς ἐν τῷ Δανιὴλ ⟩, καὶ μέγα ὄρος, »λίθος ⟨δὲ⟩ τεμνόμενος ἄνευ χειρῶν‘ * ἄνευ σπέρματος ἀνδρὸς ὑπαινιττόμενος, τὸ μεῖζον αὖθις μικρὸν εὑρισκόμενον· λίθος ⟨δὲ⟩ πάλιν ἀναλαμβάνων τὸ] μέγεθος καὶ γινόμενος αὖθις ὄρος μέγα καὶ ότι τὸ] ὄρος οὐκ ⟨ὅν ἐν⟩ ἑνὶ τόπῳ, πληρῶν ἅπασαν τὴν οἰκουμένην,
ho oros ho] ōn, hōs en tǭ Daniēl ⟩, kai mega oros, »lithos ⟨de⟩ temnomenos aneu cheirōn‘ * aneu spermatos andros hypainittomenos, to meizon authis mikron heuriskomenon; lithos ⟨de⟩ palin analambanōn to] megethos kai ginomenos authis oros mega kai oti to] oros ouk ⟨hon en⟩ heni topǭ, plērōn hapasan tēn oikoumenēn,
He who is the mountain, as in Daniel, and a great mountain, “a stone ⟨but⟩ cut without hands,” * hinting at “without the seed of a man”; the greater found small again; a stone ⟨but⟩ again taking on greatness and becoming again a great mountain; and a mountain ⟨not being in⟩ one place, filling the whole inhabited world;
40.6Holl GCS 25:50
οὑτος ὁ σοφία σοφία καὶ γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος, ἐπεκτείνων ἑαυτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν τῷ κόσμῳ, ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὴν οἰκουμένην χάριτος, »προέκοπτεν ἡλικίᾳ καὶ σοφίᾶ«.
houtos ho sophia sophia kai genomenos anthrōpos, epekteinōn heautou tēn dynamin tǭ kosmǭ, hina plērōsę̄ tēn oikoumenēn charitos, »proekopten hēlikią kai sophia«.
he who is Wisdom and became man, extending his power to the world so as to fill the inhabited world with grace, “advanced in stature and wisdom.”
40.7Holl GCS 25:50–51
ἐπεὶ σοφία ὥν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ »διδάσκων ἀνθρώπους« λαλεῖν καὶ ἀνθρώποις διαρθρώσας γλῶσσαν καὶ »φυτεύσας τὸ οὐς« τοῖς ἀκούουσι, πῶς οὐκ ᾔδει καλεῖν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα; * »λήψεται δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ καὶ τὰ σκῦλα Σαμαρείας‘ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς;
epei sophia hōn tou patros kai »didaskōn anthrōpous« lalein kai anthrōpois diarthrōsas glōssan kai »phyteusas to ous« tois akouousi, pōs ouk ę̄dei kalein patera ē mētera? * »lēpsetai dynamin Damaskou kai ta skyla Samareias‘ kai ta hexēs?
Since he is the Wisdom of the Father, and “teaches people” to speak, and articulated the tongue for people, and “planted the ear” in those who hear, how did he not know how to call father or mother? * “He will take the power of Damascus and the spoils of Samaria,” and so on?
40.8Holl GCS 25:51
ἀλλʼ ἐπειδή, γεννηθεὶς ἀπὸ κοιλίας εὐθὺς λαλῶν εἰ ἐδείκνυτο καὶ καθαρῶς οἷα δὴ ἀρτίπαις ἐφθέγγετο, φαντασία ἂν ἐνομίσθη καὶ οὐκ ἀληθὴς ⟨ἀλλʼ ⟩ ἢ μᾶλλον δόκησις ἡ ἔνσαρκος αὐτοῦ κύησις, διά τοι τοῦτο ὑπομένει τὸ ὀλίγον τῆς ἠλικίας, ἵνα μὴ ἀφανίσῃ τὸ ἀληθὲς τῆς ἀκολουθίας.
allʼ epeidē, gennētheis apo koilias euthys lalōn ei edeiknyto kai katharōs hoia dē artipais ephthengeto, phantasia an enomisthē kai ouk alēthēs ⟨allʼ ⟩ ē mallon dokēsis hē ensarkos autou kyēsis, dia toi touto hypomenei to oligon tēs ēlikias, hina mē aphanisę̄ to alēthes tēs akolouthias.
But since, if he had been shown speaking at once when born from the womb and uttering clearly like a grown child, his incarnate conception would have been thought an illusion and not true, or rather an appearance, for this reason he endures the littleness of age, so as not to obliterate the truth of the sequence.
Chapter 41
41.1Holl GCS 25:51
41. Ἑτέρας δὲ πάλιν θηρῶνται * ματαίας ὑπολήψεις Παραπλέκοντες τοῖς θείοις λόγοις καὶ ἐναντίως διανοοῦνται καί φασιν· πῶς οὐν γέγραπται δέξασθε τὸν ἀρχιερέα τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν πιστὸν ὅντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν‘ καί »γνωστὸν ὑμῖν ἔστω πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε, κύριον καὶ Χριστὸν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησε«.
41. Heteras de palin thērōntai * mataias hypolēpseis Paraplekontes tois theiois logois kai enantiōs dianoountai kai phasin; pōs oun gegraptai dexasthe ton archierea tēs homologias hēmōn piston honta tǭ poiēsanti auton‘ kai »gnōston hymin estō pas oikos Israēl, hoti touton ton Iēsoun, hon hymeis estaurōsate, kyrion kai Christon auton ho theos epoiēse«.
But again they hunt for other * vain notions, weaving them into the divine words, and understand them contrarily, and say: “How then is it written, ‘Receive the high priest of our confession, being faithful to him who made him,’ and ‘Let all the house of Israel know that God has made this Jesus whom you crucified both Lord and Christ’?”
41.2Holl GCS 25:51
καὶ θαῦμά μοι μέγα ἐπέρχεται πῶς οἱ τῶν ἀκολουθιῶν ἐφαπτόμενοι τὴν ἐν αὐταῖς φραζομένην δύναμιν ἀγνοοῦσι. τὸ γὰρ εἰπεῖν »δέξασθε τὸν ἀρχιερέα πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν« οὐ περὶ τῆς θεότητος εἴρηται.
kai thauma moi mega eperchetai pōs hoi tōn akolouthiōn ephaptomenoi tēn en autais phrazomenēn dynamin agnoousi. to gar eipein »dexasthe ton archierea piston onta tǭ poiēsanti auton« ou peri tēs theotētos eirētai.
And great wonder comes over me how those who handle the sequences do not know the force expressed in them. For saying “Receive the high priest, being faithful to him who made him” is not said about the Godhead.
41.3Holl GCS 25:51
ὁ θεὸς γὰρ ἦλθε * καὶ εἰς πάντα ἡμῖν σαφηνίζουσιν αἱ θεῖαι γραφαί. οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐν αὐταῖς ἐστὶ σκολιὸν ἢ στραγγαλιῶδες, πάντα δὲ ἐνώπια τοῖς συνιοῦσι καὶ ὀρθὰ τοῖς εὑρίσκουσι γνῶσιν.
ho theos gar ēlthe * kai eis panta hēmin saphēnizousin hai theiai graphai. ouden gar en autais esti skolion ē strangaliōdes, panta de enōpia tois syniousi kai ortha tois heuriskousi gnōsin.
For God came *, and the divine Scriptures make everything clear to us. For nothing in them is crooked or tangled, but all are plain to those who understand and right to those who find knowledge.
41.4Holl GCS 25:51
»λάβετε« γάρ φησι Μίαν καὶ μὴ ἀργύριον«· ἐὰν γὰρ μή τις λάβῃ παιδείαν παρὰ θεοῦ τουτέστι τὴν πίστιν τῆς ἀληθείας, σκολιὰ αὐτῷ πάντα καὶ διεστραμμένα, τοῖς δὲ συνιοῦσιν ὀρθῶς καὶ εὑρίσκουσι γνῶσιν ὀρθὰ πάντα καὶ ἀδιάβλητα.
»labete« gar phēsi Mian kai mē argyrion«; ean gar mē tis labę̄ paideian para theou toutesti tēn pistin tēs alētheias, skolia autǭ panta kai diestrammena, tois de syniousin orthōs kai heuriskousi gnōsin ortha panta kai adiablēta.
For “Receive instruction,” it says, “and not silver”; for unless someone receives instruction from God, that is, the faith of the truth, all things are crooked and perverse to him; but to those who understand rightly and find knowledge, all things are right and blameless.
41.5Holl GCS 25:51
ἵνα δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐλέγξῃ, ὁ ἀπόστολός φησι· »πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος τὰ ⟨πρὸς θεὸν⟩ ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται, εἰς τὸ προσφέρειν δῶρα καὶ θυσίας(..
hina de autous elenxę̄, ho apostolos phēsi; »pas gar archiereus ex anthrōpōn lambanomenos ta ⟨pros theon⟩ hyper anthrōpōn kathistatai, eis to prospherein dōra kai thysias(..
And to refute them, the apostle says: “For every high priest taken from among men is appointed on behalf of men in things ⟨relating to God⟩, to offer gifts and sacrifices.”
41.6Holl GCS 25:51–52
διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ μονογενής, ἐπειδὴ ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων ἀρχιερεὺς ἦλθε γενέσθαι, ἔλαβεν ἐξ ἡμῶν τὴν σάρκα, ἴνα ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὁ ἀφʼ ἡμῶν γενόμενος προσφορὰ τῷ ἰδίῳ πατρὶ θεῷ τοὺς μαθητὰς »ἀδελφοὺς καλέσῃ«. ποῦ οὐν τὸ γενόμενος πληροῦται; οὐχ ἄλλοθεν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοῦ άρχιερέως. »δέξασθε, γάρ ⟨φησιν⟩, τὸν ἀρχιερέα πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν.
dia touto kai autos ho monogenēs, epeidē hyper anthrōpōn archiereus ēlthe genesthai, elaben ex hēmōn tēn sarka, ina hyper hēmōn ho aphʼ hēmōn genomenos prosphora tǭ idiǭ patri theǭ tous mathētas »adelphous kalesę̄«. pou oun to genomenos plēroutai? ouch allothen, alla pros tou archiereōs. »dexasthe, gar ⟨phēsin⟩, ton archierea piston onta tǭ poiēsanti auton.
For this reason the Only-begotten himself too, since he came to become high priest on behalf of men, took flesh from us, so that he who came from us might become an offering on our behalf to his own Father, God, and might “call” the disciples “brothers.” Where then is “made” fulfilled? Nowhere else but in relation to the high priest. “For receive,” ⟨it says⟩, “the high priest, faithful to him who made him.”
41.7Holl GCS 25:52
Ἵνα δὲ καὶ παραδείγματι περισσοτέρῳ χρήσωμαι· ἐρωτήσειέ τις βασιλέα περὶ τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ καὶ λέξει αὐτῷ τολμήσας· τίς οὗτός ἐστιν; 5 ἀκούσας δὲ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς δικαίαν ὁμολογίαν· υἱός μού ἐστι, πάλιν ἔροιτο· υἱός σου κατὰ φύσιν; καὶ ναί τοῦ βασιλέως εἰπόντος αὖθις ἐπάξει ὁ ἐρωτῶν· τί οὐν αὐτὸν ἐποίησας; πάντως ἂν ἐρεῖ· βασιλέα αὐτὸν ἐποίησα. ἀρα τὴν ἀξίαν εἰπὼν τὴν γηνσιότητα ἠρνήσατο;
Hina de kai paradeigmati perissoterǭ chrēsōmai; erōtēseie tis basilea peri tou idiou huiou kai lexei autǭ tolmēsas; tis houtos estin? 5 akousas de para tou patros dikaian homologian; huios mou esti, palin eroito; huios sou kata physin? kai nai tou basileōs eipontos authis epaxei ho erōtōn; ti oun auton epoiēsas? pantōs an erei; basilea auton epoiēsa. ara tēn axian eipōn tēn gēnsiotēta ērnēsato?
And to use a further example: someone might ask a king about his own son and say to him boldly, “Who is this?” And hearing from the father the just acknowledgment, “He is my son,” he might ask again, “Your son by nature?” And when the king says yes, the questioner will go on, “What then have you made him?” He will certainly say, “I have made him king.” Has he, in stating the rank, denied the genuine sonship?
41.8Holl GCS 25:52
ἐὰν τὸ δεύτερον εἴπῃ, τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἠφάνισεν; οὐδαμῶς. οὕτως γοῦν καὶ ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ ἐγέννησε τὸν υἱὸν ἀνάρχως καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ πεπλήρωται τό ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν ἀρχιερέα«.
ean to deuteron eipę̄, to archaion ēphanisen? oudamōs. houtōs goun kai ho theos kai patēr egennēse ton huion anarchōs kai en sarki peplērōtai to epoiēsen auton archierea«.
If he says the second, has he obliterated the first? Not at all. So also God the Father begot the Son without beginning, and in the flesh “he made him high priest” was fulfilled.
Chapter 42
42.1Holl GCS 25:52
42. Ἀλλά, φασί, γέγραπται κύριος ἔκτισέ με ἀρχην ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ‘. καὶ πρῶτα μὲν ἀγνοοῦσιν οἱ κενόδοξοι τὸ ὄνομα τῆς βίβλου. ἡ γὰρ βίβλος παροιμίαι καλεῖται Σολομῶντος. πᾶν δὲ τὸ παροιμιαζόμενον οὐ ταυτόν ἐστι τῇ τοῦ λόγου δυνάμει.
42. Alla, phasi, gegraptai kyrios ektise me archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou‘. kai prōta men agnoousin hoi kenodoxoi to onoma tēs biblou. hē gar biblos paroimiai kaleitai Solomōntos. pan de to paroimiazomenon ou tauton esti tę̄ tou logou dynamei.
“But,” they say, “it is written, ‘The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works.’” And first the vainglorious do not know the name of the book. For the book is called the Proverbs of Solomon. And everything spoken in proverbs is not the same as the force of the word.
42.2Holl GCS 25:52
ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἐν παραβολαῖς ἐλάλησεν ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς καὶ ὁρῶμεν τὰς παραβολὰς οὐχ οὕτως ἐχούσας πρὸς τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἡμῶν.
idou gar en parabolais elalēsen ho kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos kai horōmen tas parabolas ouch houtōs echousas pros tēn hypothesin hēmōn.
For see, our Lord Jesus Christ spoke in parables, and we see that the parables do not correspond thus to the subject.
42.3Holl GCS 25:52
ὁμοία γάρ ἐστι« φησίν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως«· καὶ εἰ κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον νοῦν θελήσομεν διανοήσασθαι τὸ ἀπὸ μέρους, δῆλον ὅτι βασιλεία οὐρανῶν εὐρυχωρίας ἐστὶ τόπος.
homoia gar esti« phēsin hē basileia tōn ouranōn kokkǭ sinapeōs«; kai ei kata ton hēmeteron noun thelēsomen dianoēsasthai to apo merous, dēlon hoti basileia ouranōn eurychōrias esti topos.
For “the kingdom of heaven,” he says, “is like a grain of mustard seed”; and if we want to understand the part according to our own mind, clearly the kingdom of heaven is a place of spaciousness.
42.4Holl GCS 25:52
εἰ ἄρα δεῖ λέγειν τόπον, ἐν ᾑπερ βασιλείᾳ ἐστὶ βασιλεὺς ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Λόγος καὶ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ, ἄγγελοί τε καὶ ἀρχάγγελοι, στρατιαὶ πνευματικαί, Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ καὶ πάντες δίκαιοι, ποῦ τοίνυν τὰ τοσαῦτα ἐν κόκκῳ σινάπεως χωρηθήσεται; τὸ δὲ τροπικὸν τοῦ λόγου αἰνιγματωδῶς λέγεται. ἄρα οὐ ταυτόν ἐστι τὸ παροιμιαζόμενον.
ei ara dei legein topon, en hę̄per basileią esti basileus ho theos kai patēr kai ho theos Logos kai huios tou theou kai to hagion pneuma tou theou, angeloi te kai archangeloi, stratiai pneumatikai, Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb kai pantes dikaioi, pou toinyn ta tosauta en kokkǭ sinapeōs chōrēthēsetai? to de tropikon tou logou ainigmatōdōs legetai. ara ou tauton esti to paroimiazomenon.
If one must speak of a place, in which kingdom God the Father is King, and God the Word and Son of God, and the Holy Spirit of God, angels and archangels, spiritual hosts, Abraham and Isaac and Jacob and all the righteous, where then will so many be contained in a grain of mustard seed? But the figurative sense of the word is spoken in riddles. So what is said in proverbs is not the same.
42.5Holl GCS 25:52
ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναικὶ ἐχούσῃ δέκα δραχμὰς καὶ ἀπολεσάσῃ μίαν καὶ λύχνον ἁφάσῃ καὶ εὑρούσῃ αὐτήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ἀλλὰ καὶ σπόρῳ σπειρομένῶ ἐπὶ τῆς *. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα αἰνιγματωδῶς ⟨λέγεται⟩, οὐ ταυτὸν δέ ἐστι τῇ δυνάμει.
alla kai gynaiki echousę̄ deka drachmas kai apolesasę̄ mian kai lychnon haphasę̄ kai heurousę̄ autēn, alla kai sagēnę̄ blētheisę̄ en tę̄ thalassę̄, alla kai sporǭ speiromenō epi tēs *. tauta de panta ainigmatōdōs ⟨legetai⟩, ou tauton de esti tę̄ dynamei.
And also to a woman having ten drachmas who lost one and lit a lamp and found it; and also to a net cast into the sea; and also to seed sown on the *. All these ⟨are said⟩ in riddles, but are not the same in force.
42.6Holl GCS 25:52–53
καὶ οὐκ οἴδαμεν ὄντως τὸν παροι- μιαστὴν Σολομῶντα, εἰ περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ εἴρηκε τοῦτον τὸν λόγον. ἔστι γὰρ σοφία καὶ σοφία.
kai ouk oidamen ontōs ton paroi- miastēn Solomōnta, ei peri tou huiou tou theou eirēke touton ton logon. esti gar sophia kai sophia.
And we do not truly know whether Solomon, the speaker of proverbs, said this word about the Son of God. For there is wisdom and wisdom.
42.7Holl GCS 25:53
οἶδεν οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγειν »οὐκ ἔγνω ὁ κόσμος διὰ τῆς σοφίας τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν θεόν« καί »ἐμώρανεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου« καὶ πάλιν λέγει »οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλʼ ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦς«, καὶ οἶδε Σολομὼν καλεῖν σοφίαν λέγων »ἠράσθην τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς καὶ νύμφην ἠγαγόμην ἐμαυτῷ‘, καὶ Ἰὼβ οἶδε σοφίαν καί φησιν »ἡ δὲ σοφία πόθεν εὑρέθη; ποῖος δὲ τόπος ἐστὶ τῆς φρονησεως;« καί σοφία τοῦ πένητός έστιν ἐξουδεινωμένη« καί »αὐτὸς τῆς σοφίας ἐστὶ διορθωτής‘ καί σοφία πατρὸς ὁ μονογενης«.
oiden oun ho apostolos legein »ouk egnō ho kosmos dia tēs sophias tou theou ton theon« kai »emōranen ho theos tēn sophian tou kosmou« kai palin legei »ouk en sophią sarkikę̄, allʼ en dynamei theous«, kai oide Solomōn kalein sophian legōn »ērasthēn tou kallous autēs kai nymphēn ēgagomēn emautǭ‘, kai Iōb oide sophian kai phēsin »hē de sophia pothen heurethē? poios de topos esti tēs phronēseōs?« kai sophia tou penētos estin exoudeinōmenē« kai »autos tēs sophias esti diorthōtēs‘ kai sophia patros ho monogenēs«.
The apostle knows how to say, “The world through the wisdom of God did not know God,” and “God made foolish the wisdom of the world,” and again he says, “not in fleshly wisdom but in the power of God”; and Solomon knows how to call wisdom so, saying, “I loved her beauty and took her as a bride for myself”; and Job knows wisdom and says, “But where was wisdom found? And what is the place of understanding?” and “The wisdom of the poor man is despised,” and “He is the corrector of wisdom,” and “the Only-begotten is the Wisdom of the Father.”
Chapter 43
43.1Holl GCS 25:53
43. Τί οὖν λέγομεν; εἰ σοφία πατήρ ἐστι καὶ ὁ υἱὸς δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἐκείνων νοῦν οὐ προῆλθεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ, Λόγος καὶ θεὸς ὤν καὶ σοφία ὤν, ἄρα ὁ πατὴρ λείπεται σοφίας ἐν ἑαυτῷ.
43. Ti oun legomen? ei sophia patēr esti kai ho huios de kata ton ekeinōn noun ou proēlthen ex autou, Logos kai theos ōn kai sophia ōn, ara ho patēr leipetai sophias en heautǭ.
What then do we say? If the Father is wise, and the Son, according to their mind, did not come forth from him, being Word and God and Wisdom, then the Father lacks wisdom in himself.
43.2Holl GCS 25:53
πῶς οὐν »θεῷ μόνῳ σοφῷ ἀοράτῳ« * καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἐστὶν ἀκατάληπτα καὶ ἄπειρα ἀνθρώποις; ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς σοφίαν τῷ Σολομῶντι καὶ ἐνέπλησε σοφίας τὸν Βεσελεὴλ καί »σοφοὶ ἄνθρωποι κρύπτουσιν αἰσχύνην.
pōs oun »theǭ monǭ sophǭ aoratǭ« * kai tauta panta estin akatalēpta kai apeira anthrōpois? edōken ho theos sophian tǭ Solomōnti kai eneplēse sophias ton Beseleēl kai »sophoi anthrōpoi kryptousin aischynēn.
How then “to God, the only wise, invisible” *, and all these things are incomprehensible and infinite to men? God gave wisdom to Solomon and filled Bezalel with wisdom; and “wise men hide shame.”
43.3Holl GCS 25:53
καὶ περὶ σοφίας πολλὰ ἔστι λέγειν. ἐκείνη δὲ ἡ σοφία τοῦ πατρὸς μονοειδής ἐστι, μὴ ἔχουσα ἀντιπαράθεσιν ἄλλην.
kai peri sophias polla esti legein. ekeinē de hē sophia tou patros monoeidēs esti, mē echousa antiparathesin allēn.
And there is much to say about wisdom. But that Wisdom of the Father is single in form, having no other counterpart.
43.4Holl GCS 25:53
ὅμως δὲ εἰ καὶ περὶ αὐτῆς ἦν ὁ λόγος ᾀδόμενος, οὔτε συντίθεμαι οὔτε ἀποτάσσομαι, θεῷ δὲ συγχωρῶ τὸ εἰδέναι· βεβιασμένως Τε ὁρῶ ἀντιπαράθετα τὰ λεγόμενα. »ἔκτισε, γάρ φησιν »ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέ με· πρὸ δὲ πάντων βουνῶν γεννᾷ με«.
homōs de ei kai peri autēs ēn ho logos ądomenos, oute syntithemai oute apotassomai, theǭ de synchōrō to eidenai; bebiasmenōs Te horō antiparatheta ta legomena. »ektise, gar phēsin »archēn hodōn autou eis erga autou, pro tou aiōnos ethemeliōse me; pro de pantōn bounōn genną me«.
Yet even if the word sung was about it, I neither agree nor reject it, but leave the knowing to God; and I see that the things said are forced into opposition. For “He created,” it says, “the beginning of his ways for his works; before the age he founded me; and before all the hills he begets me.”
43.5Holl GCS 25:53
πῶς οὖν τὸ γεννώμενον θεμελιοῦται; πῶς δὲ τὸ κτιζόμενον γεννᾶται; εἰ γὰρ κτιστόν, οὐ γεννητὸν ὄντως.
pōs oun to gennōmenon themelioutai? pōs de to ktizomenon gennatai? ei gar ktiston, ou gennēton ontōs.
How then is what is begotten founded? And how is what is created begotten? For if it is created, it is not truly begotten.
43.6Holl GCS 25:53
ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἃ γεννῶμεν οὐ κτίζομεν καὶ ἃ κτίζομεν οὐ γεννῶμεν· ἐσμὲν γὰρ κτιστοὶ καὶ τὰ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν γεννώμενα κτιστά. ἐν θεῷ δὲ τῷ άκτίστῳ τὸ γέννημα οὐ κτιστόν.
hēmeis gar ha gennōmen ou ktizomen kai ha ktizomen ou gennōmen; esmen gar ktistoi kai ta hyphʼ hēmōn gennōmena ktista. en theǭ de tǭ aktistǭ to gennēma ou ktiston.
For what we beget we do not create, and what we create we do not beget; for we are created, and what is begotten by us is created. But in God, who is uncreated, the offspring is not created.
43.7Holl GCS 25:53
εἰ γὰρ ἐγέννησεν, οὐκ ἔκτισεν· εἰ δὲ μετὰ τὸ κτίσαι πάλιν γεγέννηκε, πῶς ἄρα τὸ πρῶτον κτισθὲν ὕστερον γεννᾶται;
ei gar egennēsen, ouk ektisen; ei de meta to ktisai palin gegennēke, pōs ara to prōton ktisthen hysteron gennatai?
For if he begot, he did not create; and if after creating he begot again, how is what was first created later begotten?
43.8Holl GCS 25:53–54
εἰ τοίνυν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐστι τὰ λεγόμενα, εἰς τὴν ἔνσαρκον οἰκονομίαν πληροῦται. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὰ ἐγγύτερα πρῶτον λέγει καὶ τὰ ἀρχαιότερα υστερον διηγεῖται.
ei toinyn peri autou esti ta legomena, eis tēn ensarkon oikonomian plēroutai. kai dia touto ta engytera prōton legei kai ta archaiotera ysteron diēgeitai.
If, then, the things said are about him, they are fulfilled in the incarnate dispensation. And for this reason it says the nearer things first and relates the more ancient later.
43.9Holl GCS 25:54
πεῖσαι γὰρ ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἐγγυτάτω βουλόμενος ἀπὸ σαρκὸς ἄρχεται ἀρχὴ γὰρ οδῶν τῆς δικαιοσύνης τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ὅτι σὰρξ ἡμῖν ὁ Λόγος ἐν Μαρίᾳ ἐγένετο ψυχή τε ἐν τῇ αὐτῆς σαρκὶ τεθεμελίωται), ἵνα τὰ ἀνώτερα ὕστερα δείξῃ.
peisai gar anthrōpous tous engytatō boulomenos apo sarkos archetai archē gar odōn tēs dikaiosynēs tou euangeliou hoti sarx hēmin ho Logos en Marią egeneto psychē te en tę̄ autēs sarki tethemeliōtai), hina ta anōtera hystera deixę̄.
For wishing to persuade people, who are nearest, he begins from the flesh (for the beginning of the ways of the righteousness of the gospel is that the Word became flesh for us in Mary, and a soul was founded in her flesh), so as to show the higher things afterward.
43.10Holl GCS 25:54
λέγομεν δὲ ἐκ κόλπων πατρῴων ἀπὸ τῶν οὐρανῶν γενέσθαι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἐπεὶ ἠλθεν ἡμῖν ὕστερον τὴν πᾶσαν οἰκονομίαν τελέσας. οὐκ ἄρα τοίνυν κτιστὸς ὁ Λόγος μὴ γένοιτο) καὶ οὐδὲν ἡμῖν σκολιὸν ἐνεγέννησεν ἡ θεία γραφὴ εἰς οὐδὲν το παραπαν.
legomen de ek kolpōn patrǭōn apo tōn ouranōn genesthai epi tēn gēn, epei ēlthen hēmin hysteron tēn pasan oikonomian telesas. ouk ara toinyn ktistos ho Logos mē genoito) kai ouden hēmin skolion enegennēsen hē theia graphē eis ouden to parapan.
And we say that he came from the Father's bosom, from the heavens to the earth, since he came to us later, having completed the whole dispensation. So the Word is not created (God forbid), and the divine Scripture has produced nothing crooked for us at all.
Chapter 44
44.1Holl GCS 25:54
44. Ἀλλὰ καὶ φύσει καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἑρμηνευταῖς οὐχ οὕτως ἐκδέδοται ἡ λέξις. Ἀκύλας μὲν γάρ φησι κύριος ἐκτήσατό με«, ἐπειδήπερ ἐν τῷ Ἑβραϊκῷ λέγει »ἀδωναὶ κανανί· ὅπερ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεύεται ὅπερ εἰρήκαμεν. καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ κατὰ τὴν συνήθειαν λέγομεν περὶ τῶν γεννωμένων »ἐκτήσατο τέκνα«.
44. Alla kai physei kai para tois hermēneutais ouch houtōs ekdedotai hē lexis. Akylas men gar phēsi kyrios ektēsato me«, epeidēper en tǭ Hebraïkǭ legei »adōnai kanani; hoper touto hermēneuetai hoper eirēkamen. kai hēmeis de kata tēn synētheian legomen peri tōn gennōmenōn »ektēsato tekna«.
But also, by nature and among the translators, the expression is not rendered thus. For Aquila says, “The Lord acquired me,” since in the Hebrew it says “Adonai qanani,” which is translated as we have said. And we too by custom say of those who are born, “he acquired children.”
44.2Holl GCS 25:54
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ οὕτω τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἐσφράγισε. τὸ γὰρ ἀδωναῒ κανανὶ καὶ οὑτω δύναται ἑρμηνεύεσθαι κύριος ἐνόσσευσέ με«. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ Πέτρος σαφῶς διαγορεύει λέγων τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὂν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε«. οὐκ εἶπε τὸν ἄνωθεν θεὸν Λόγον, ἀλλὰ τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν‘ ⟩ τὴν σάρκα τὴν σὺν τῷ ἄνωθεν Λόγῳ ἐν γαστρὶ Μαρίας συνειλημμένην, τοῦτον δὲ λεγομένην διὰ τὸν ἀπὸ Μαρίας κυριακὸν ἄνθρωπον.
allʼ oude houtō tēn dynamin tēs hermēneias esphragise. to gar adōnaï kanani kai houtō dynatai hermēneuesthai kyrios enosseuse me«. kai dia touto ho Petros saphōs diagoreuei legōn touton ton Iēsoun, on hymeis estaurōsate«. ouk eipe ton anōthen theon Logon, alla touton ton Iēsoun‘ ⟩ tēn sarka tēn syn tǭ anōthen Logǭ en gastri Marias syneilēmmenēn, touton de legomenēn dia ton apo Marias kyriakon anthrōpon.
But not even so did he seal the force of the translation. For “Adonai qanani” can also be translated thus: “The Lord nested me.” And for this reason Peter clearly declares, saying, “this Jesus whom you crucified.” He did not say “God the Word from above,” but “this Jesus,” ⟨meaning⟩ the flesh conceived together with the Word from above in Mary's womb, called “this” because of the Lord's manhood from Mary.
44.3Holl GCS 25:54
ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ καὶ τὸ † ἀποκτιζόμενον πληροῦται, ὥς φησι Πέτρος »θανατωθεὶς σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι« καὶ πάλιν Χριστοῦ οὖν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν παθόντος σαρκί« καὶ πάλιν »ἐξ ὧν ὁ Χριστὸς τὸ κατὰ σάρκα«, ὥς φησι Παῦλος.
en toutǭ gar kai to † apoktizomenon plēroutai, hōs phēsi Petros »thanatōtheis sarki, zōopoiētheis de pneumati« kai palin Christou oun hyper hēmōn pathontos sarki« kai palin »ex hōn ho Christos to kata sarka«, hōs phēsi Paulos.
For in this † what is created is fulfilled, as Peter says, “put to death in the flesh, but made alive in the spirit,” and again, “Christ therefore having suffered for us in the flesh,” and again, “from whom is Christ according to the flesh,” as Paul says.
44.4Holl GCS 25:54
καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ ἔλεγεν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῶ νῦν δέ με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι ἄνθρωπον, ὃς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός‘, ἵνα δείξῃ τὸ πάθος ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος καὶ ⟩ κατωτέρω, αὐτὸν δὲ εἶναι φυσικὸν υἱὸν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπὸ τῶν ἄνωθεν.
kai autos ho sōtēr elegen en tǭ euangeliō nyn de me zēteite apokteinai anthrōpon, hos tēn alētheian hymin lelalēka, hēn ēkousa para tou patros‘, hina deixę̄ to pathos apo tēs anthrōpotētos kai ⟩ katōterō, auton de einai physikon huion tou patros apo tōn anōthen.
And the Savior himself said in the Gospel, “But now you seek to kill me, a man who has told you the truth that I heard from the Father,” to show the suffering from the humanity, ⟨which is⟩ below, but himself to be natural Son of the Father from the things above.
44.5Holl GCS 25:54–55
συνᾴδει δὲ καὶ τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ Παῦλος ὁ ἅγιος ἀπόστολος φάσκων »εἷς θεός, εἷς καὶ μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός((, »ὃς οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσε, μορφὴν δούλου λαβών«.
synądei de kai toutǭ tǭ logǭ Paulos ho hagios apostolos phaskōn »heis theos, heis kai mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn, anthrōpos Iēsous Christos((, »hos ouch harpagmon hēgēsato to einai isa theǭ, allʼ heauton ekenōse, morphēn doulou labōn«.
And Paul the holy apostle agrees with this word too, saying, “One God, and one mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus,” who “did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped, but emptied himself, taking the form of a servant.”
44.6Holl GCS 25:55
ὁρᾷς ὡς ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν ἀπεφήνατο, ἀλλʼ οὐ ψιλόν. τὸ γάρ μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων«, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς ἑκατέροις μεσιτεύει, πρὸς τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ θεὸς ὣν φύσει γνήσιος γεγεννημένος, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἄνθρωπος φυσικὸς γνήσιος ἐκ Μαρίας δίχα σπέρματος ἀνδρὸς γεγεννημένος. οὕτω γάρ ἐστι μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, θεὸς ὢν καὶ ἄνθρωπος γεγονώς, οὐ τραπεὶς τὴν φύσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκάτερα πρὸς τὰ ἀμφότερα μεσιτεύων.
horąs hōs anthrōpon auton apephēnato, allʼ ou psilon. to gar mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn«, epeidē tois hekaterois mesiteuei, pros ton patera autou theos hōn physei gnēsios gegennēmenos, pros de tous anthrōpous anthrōpos physikos gnēsios ek Marias dicha spermatos andros gegennēmenos. houtō gar esti mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn, theos ōn kai anthrōpos gegonōs, ou trapeis tēn physin, alla kata hekatera pros ta amphotera mesiteuōn.
You see that he declared him a man, but not a mere man. For “mediator of God and men,” since he mediates to both: to his Father, being God by nature, genuinely begotten; to men, a natural and genuine man, born from Mary without the seed of a man. For thus he is mediator of God and men, being God and having become man, not changed in nature, but mediating to both through each.
Chapter 45
45.1Holl GCS 25:55
45. Ἀλλὰ καὶ πάλιν ἀμαθάνοντές φασιν· ὁρᾷς ὅτι »οὐχ ἀρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ«. καὶ οὐδὲ τὴν κλῆσιν οἴδασιν οἱ φιλόνεικοι. οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν· οὐκ ἠθέλησε γενέσθαι ἴσος θεῷ διʼ ἀρπαγμοῦ, ἀλλ »οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἠγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ«, τὸ θεὸς εἶναι φύσει, ὅτι ἠν.
45. Alla kai palin amathanontes phasin; horąs hoti »ouch arpagmon hēgēsato to einai isa theǭ«. kai oude tēn klēsin oidasin hoi philoneikoi. ou gar eipen; ouk ēthelēse genesthai isos theǭ diʼ arpagmou, all »ouch harpagmon ēgēsato to einai isa theǭ«, to theos einai physei, hoti ēn.
But again in their ignorance they say, “You see that ‘he did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped.’” And the contentious do not even know the wording. For it did not say, “He did not wish to become equal to God by robbery,” but “he did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped,” that is, being God by nature, which he was.
45.2Holl GCS 25:55
εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἠν, πῶς μορφὴν δούλου ἔλαβε; καὶ ⟨γὰρ τὸ πρόσφατον ἐσήμαινε καὶ ἐκ τούτου τὴν ὑπερβολὴν * θαυμάζων ἐδείκνυε, ὅτι καίπερ ὢν ἴσος θεῷ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσε, μορφὴν δούλου λαβών, οὐχ ἴνα τὸ ἐλεύθερον δουλώσῃ, ἀλλʼ ⟨ἵνα⟩ ἐν ἧ μορφῇ ἕλαβε ὑπακούοντας δούλους ἐλευθερώσῃ.
ei mē gar ēn, pōs morphēn doulou elabe? kai ⟨gar to prosphaton esēmaine kai ek toutou tēn hyperbolēn * thaumazōn edeiknye, hoti kaiper ōn isos theǭ heauton ekenōse, morphēn doulou labōn, ouch ina to eleutheron doulōsę̄, allʼ ⟨hina⟩ en hē morphę̄ helabe hypakouontas doulous eleutherōsę̄.
For if he was not, how did he take the form of a servant? ⟨For⟩ it signified what was new, and from this, marveling at the excess *, it showed that although he was equal to God he emptied himself, taking the form of a servant, not to enslave the free, but ⟨so that⟩ in the form he took he might set free obedient servants.
45.3Holl GCS 25:55
ὡς καὶ μαρτυροῦσιν Ἰουδαῖοι ὅτι οὐκ ᾐδεῖτο λέγειν ⟨ἑαυτὸν⟩ ἴσον θεῷ οὐδὲ ἐδίσταζεν, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ * θαρραλεώτερον * οὕτω δεικνύειν ἐν τῷ λέγειν »ἐὰν μὴ εἴπω, ἔσομαι καθʼ ὑμᾶς ψεύστης«· καὶ διὰ τοῦτό φασι πρὸς αὐτόν »δι ἀγαθὸν ἔργον οὐκ ἀποκτένομέν σε, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἄνθρωπος ὢν σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς ἴσον θεῷ«.
hōs kai martyrousin Ioudaioi hoti ouk ę̄deito legein ⟨heauton⟩ ison theǭ oude edistazen, alla apo * tharraleōteron * houtō deiknyein en tǭ legein »ean mē eipō, esomai kathʼ hymas pseustēs«; kai dia touto phasi pros auton »di agathon ergon ouk apoktenomen se, allʼ hoti anthrōpos ōn seauton poieis ison theǭ«.
As the Jews also testify that he was not ashamed to call ⟨himself⟩ equal to God nor hesitated, but * boldly * to show it thus in saying, “If I do not say so, I shall be a liar like you”; and for this reason they say to him, “We do not kill you for a good work, but because, being a man, you make yourself equal to God.”
45.4Holl GCS 25:55
ἀλλά φασιν· ὀφείλομεν τὰ τροπικὰ ⟩ αὐτοῦ ὁμολογεῖν. καὶ πολλὰ τροπικὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ εἴρηκεν ἡ γραφὴ καὶ οὐ δεῖ ἀρνεῖσθαι τὰ εἰς αὐτὸν αἰνιγματωδῶς εἰρημένα, ὅτι καὶ θύρα κέκληται καὶ λίθος εἴρηται καὶ στῦλος καὶ νεφέλη καὶ λέων καὶ πρόβατον καὶ λύχνος καὶ λαμπὰς καὶ ἥλιος καὶ ἄγγελος καὶ σκώληξ καὶ πέτρα καὶ ἀκρογωνιαῖος καὶ ὁδὸς καὶ ταῦρος καὶ μόσχος καὶ τἀ τοιαῦτα.
alla phasin; opheilomen ta tropika ⟩ autou homologein. kai polla tropika peri autou eirēken hē graphē kai ou dei arneisthai ta eis auton ainigmatōdōs eirēmena, hoti kai thyra keklētai kai lithos eirētai kai stylos kai nephelē kai leōn kai probaton kai lychnos kai lampas kai hēlios kai angelos kai skōlēx kai petra kai akrogōniaios kai hodos kai tauros kai moschos kai ta toiauta.
“But,” they say, “we must confess ⟨also⟩ the figurative things said of him.” Scripture has said many figurative things about him, and one must not deny what is said of him in riddles: that he is called a door, and said to be a stone, and a pillar and a cloud and a lion and a lamb and a lamp and a torch and a sun and an angel and a worm and a rock and a cornerstone and a way and a bull and a calf, and such things.
45.5Holl GCS 25:55–56
δηλονότι καὶ ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἀρνούμεθα τὰ τὰ αὐτὸν αἰνιγματωδῶς πεπληρωμένα. οἴδαμεν δὲ διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν ταῦτα γέγραπται· ὁδὸς ὅτι διʼ αὐτοῦ βαδίζομεν πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν, πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα· θύρα δὲ ὅτι διʼ αὐτοῦ εἰσερχόμεθα· στῦλος ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ἐδραίωμα τῆς ἡμετέρας πίστεως· πέτρα διὰ τὸ ἀμετακίνητον· λίθος ⟨διὰ⟩ τεθεμελιωμένον· ἤλιος δικαιοσύνης ὅτι καταυγάσας τὰς ἡμετέρας σκοτισθείσας διανοίας.
dēlonoti kai hēmeis ouk arnoumetha ta ta auton ainigmatōdōs peplērōmena. oidamen de diʼ hēn aitian tauta gegraptai; hodos hoti diʼ autou badizomen pros tēn basileian, pros auton kai ton patera; thyra de hoti diʼ autou eiserchometha; stylos hoti autos estin edraiōma tēs hēmeteras pisteōs; petra dia to ametakinēton; lithos ⟨dia⟩ tethemeliōmenon; ēlios dikaiosynēs hoti kataugasas tas hēmeteras skotistheisas dianoias.
Clearly we too do not deny what has been fulfilled in him in riddles. But we know for what reason these things are written: a way, because through him we walk to the kingdom, to him and to the Father; a door, because through him we enter; a pillar, because he is the foundation of our faith; a rock, because he is immovable; a stone, ⟨because⟩ founded; the sun of righteousness, because he shone on our darkened minds.
Chapter 46
46.1Holl GCS 25:56
46. Εἶτά φασιν ὅτι ⟨εἰ⟩ γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι κτίσμα ἐστίν, ὁμολογεῖν δεῖ καὶ τὸ κτίσμα. ἰδοὺ κἀγὼ διηγησάμην μέρος τι τῶν χρήσεων τῶν διὰ τῶν αἰνιγμάτων αὐτοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς πεπληρωμένων.
46. Eita phasin hoti ⟨ei⟩ gegraptai peri autou hoti ktisma estin, homologein dei kai to ktisma. idou kagō diēgēsamēn meros ti tōn chrēseōn tōn dia tōn ainigmatōn autou eis hēmas peplērōmenōn.
Then they say, “⟨If⟩ it is written of him that he is a creature, one must confess ‘creature’ too.” See, I too have related some part of the uses fulfilled for us through his riddles.
46.2Holl GCS 25:56
εἴπωσιν ⟨δὲ⟩ ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ λέγειν αὐτὸν κτίσμα τί χρησιμεύει; θύρα εἰκότως εἴρηται τροπικῶς, ἵνα γένηται εἴσοδος ἡμῶν καὶ ὠφέλεια. καὶ ὁδός, ἵνα διʼ αὐτοῦ βαδίζοντες μὴ πλανηθῶμεν· κτίσμα ⟨δὲ⟩
eipōsin ⟨de⟩ hēmin en tǭ legein auton ktisma ti chrēsimeuei? thyra eikotōs eirētai tropikōs, hina genētai eisodos hēmōn kai ōpheleia. kai hodos, hina diʼ autou badizontes mē planēthōmen; ktisma ⟨de⟩
Let them tell us, ⟨then⟩, what use there is in calling him a creature. “Door” is fittingly said figuratively, so that he may become our entrance and benefit; and “way,” so that walking through him we may not go astray. But “creature,”
46.3Holl GCS 25:56
τί ἠμῖν γίνεται; τί ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖ; ναί, φησὶν ὁ κενόδοξος φιλονεικῶν· εἰ μὴ γὰρ αὐτὸν εἴπῃς κτίσμα, τῷ πατρὶ πάθος περιτίθης. πᾶς γὰρ γεννῶν πάθει περιβέβληται· ἢ γὰρ συστέλλεται ἢ πλατύνεται ἢ ἁπλοῦται ἢ ἀπορρέει ἢ ὀγκοῦται ἤ τι· τῶν τοιούτων ⟨πάσχει⟩.
ti ēmin ginetai? ti hēmas ōphelei? nai, phēsin ho kenodoxos philoneikōn; ei mē gar auton eipę̄s ktisma, tǭ patri pathos peritithēs. pas gar gennōn pathei peribeblētai; ē gar systelletai ē platynetai ē haploutai ē aporreei ē onkoutai ē ti; tōn toioutōn ⟨paschei⟩.
what does it become for us? How does it help us? “Yes,” says the vainglorious and contentious man; “for if you do not call him a creature, you attribute passion to the Father. For everyone who begets is clothed with passion: he contracts or expands or is spread out or flows away or swells, or ⟨suffers⟩ something of the kind.”
46.4Holl GCS 25:56
φεῦ γε καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης διανοίας πονηρᾶς οὔσης καὶ οὐκ ἀληθεστάτης. τίς ταῦτα περὶ θεοῦ διανοηθήσεται; ποία δὲ ὑπόνοια τοιαῦτα τολμήσει; δηλονότι οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ τῶν δαμόνων τοιοῦτόν τι διανοηθήσεται.
pheu ge kai tēs toiautēs dianoias ponēras ousēs kai ouk alēthestatēs. tis tauta peri theou dianoēthēsetai? poia de hyponoia toiauta tolmēsei? dēlonoti oudeis oude tōn damonōn toiouton ti dianoēthēsetai.
Alas for such a mind, evil and not most true! Who will think these things about God? What notion will dare such things? Clearly no one, not even of the demons, will think such a thing.
46.5Holl GCS 25:56
κἄν τις ὁμολογῇ τὸν πατέρα, πιστεύει αὐτὸν τὸν υἱὸν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ γεγεννηκέναι. * οὐ γὰρ ὄγκοις περιφέρεται τὸ θεῖον οὐδὲ σῶμά ἐστιν ἔγκυον, ἵνα ὑπομείνῃ τὰ προειρημένα.
kan tis homologę̄ ton patera, pisteuei auton ton huion en alētheią gegennēkenai. * ou gar onkois peripheretai to theion oude sōma estin enkyon, hina hypomeinę̄ ta proeirēmena.
And if someone confesses the Father, he believes that he truly begot the Son. * For the divine is not carried about in bulks, nor is it a pregnant body, so as to undergo the things mentioned.
46.6Holl GCS 25:56
»πνεῦμα γὰρ ὁ θεός«, πνεῦμα δὲ ῥύσιν οὐχ ὑφίσταται οὐ τομὴν οὐ ⟨δυ⟩στολὴν οὐ μείωσιν ἅπλωσιν οὐδέ τι τῶν τοιούτων. καθὸ τοίνυν ὁ πατὴρ πνεῦμά ἐστι, τὸν υἱὸν θεὸν Λόγον γεγέννηκε πνευματικῶς ἀχρόνως ἀκαταλήπτως καὶ ἀνάρχως.
»pneuma gar ho theos«, pneuma de rhysin ouch hyphistatai ou tomēn ou ⟨dy⟩stolēn ou meiōsin haplōsin oude ti tōn toioutōn. katho toinyn ho patēr pneuma esti, ton huion theon Logon gegennēke pneumatikōs achronōs akatalēptōs kai anarchōs.
“For God is Spirit,” and Spirit undergoes no flowing, no cutting, no contraction, no diminution, no spreading out, nor anything of the kind. So, inasmuch as the Father is Spirit, he begot the Son, God the Word, spiritually, timelessly, incomprehensibly, and without beginning.
Chapter 47
47.1Holl GCS 25:56
47. Ἵνα δὲ τούτους πείσωμεν τοὺς ταῦτα νοοῦντας, οὐχ ὅμοια μὲν φάσκοντες, ἀφʼ ὁμοίων δὲ τὴν αὐτῶν ἀποστρέφοντες κακὴν ἀπολογίαν εἴπωμεν· κτίσμα ἐστὶ τὸ] ἀπείρως καὶ μυριονταπλοασίως τοῦ αὐτοῦ δεσπότου ἀποδέον.
47. Hina de toutous peisōmen tous tauta noountas, ouch homoia men phaskontes, aphʼ homoiōn de tēn autōn apostrephontes kakēn apologian eipōmen; ktisma esti to] apeirōs kai myriontaploasiōs tou autou despotou apodeon.
And to persuade those who think this, let us speak, not saying that the things are alike, but turning back their bad defense from comparable things: a creature is what falls infinitely and ten thousand times short of its Master.
47.2Holl GCS 25:56–57
καὶ πολλοί τινες ἐν ἐρήμῳ ἐνδεόμενοι πυρός, γεμίσαντες ὕδωρ έν ἄγγει ὑελίνῳ καὶ ὕλην προσενέγκαντες εὐθυφλόγιστον, ἐκ λίνου ἢ ἐκ στυπείου πεποιημένην, ἵστανται ἀντικρὺ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς μαρμαρυγῆς ἀπὸ τῆς ὑέλου καταυγαζούσης εἰς τὴν ὑποκειμένην ὕλην καὶ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ ἡλίου λαμβάνεται καὶ ἐξάπτει τὸ πῦρ. ἀρα τέτμηται ὁ ἤλιος διὰ τῆς μετοχῆς τῆς οὐσίας; ἀρα ἐνέλειψεν; ἀρα μεμείωται; οὐχί, φασίν.
kai polloi tines en erēmǭ endeomenoi pyros, gemisantes hydōr en angei hyelinǭ kai hylēn prosenenkantes euthyphlogiston, ek linou ē ek stypeiou pepoiēmenēn, histantai antikry tou hēliou tēs marmarygēs apo tēs hyelou kataugazousēs eis tēn hypokeimenēn hylēn kai euthys apo tou pyros tou hēliou lambanetai kai exaptei to pyr. ara tetmētai ho ēlios dia tēs metochēs tēs ousias? ara eneleipsen? ara memeiōtai? ouchi, phasin.
Many people in the desert, needing fire, fill a glass vessel with water and bring easily kindled material made of linen or tow, and stand facing the sun; as the glass casts the sun's gleam onto the material beneath, at once fire is taken from the sun and kindles. Is the sun then cut by the sharing of its substance? Has it failed? Has it been diminished? No, they say.
47.3Holl GCS 25:57
εἰ τοίνυν κτίσμα ὢν οὐκ ἐμειώθη, πόσῳ γε μᾶλλον ὁ ἄπειρος καὶ ἀκατάληπτος καὶ ἄχραντος ὢν θεός, ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ γεννήσας πνεῦμα ὢν θεὸν Λόγον ἄφραστον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον καὶ ἄφθαρτον ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ ἐγέννησεν. οὐ διὰ πάθους οὐ διὰ τομῆς οὐ διʼ ἐλλείψεως, ἀλλὰ τέλειος τέλειον ἐν τελειότητι.
ei toinyn ktisma ōn ouk emeiōthē, posǭ ge mallon ho apeiros kai akatalēptos kai achrantos ōn theos, ex heautou gennēsas pneuma ōn theon Logon aphraston kai akatalēpton kai aphtharton en aphtharsią egennēsen. ou dia pathous ou dia tomēs ou diʼ elleipseōs, alla teleios teleion en teleiotēti.
If then the sun, being a creature, was not diminished, how much more God, who is infinite, incomprehensible, and undefiled, begetting from himself, being Spirit, God the Word, inexpressible, incomprehensible, and incorruptible, begot him in incorruption: not through passion, not through cutting, not through loss, but perfect from perfect in perfection.
47.4Holl GCS 25:57
καὶ ἡ μὲν τοῦ πυρὸς φύσις πολλοὺς λύχνους ἅπτει ἀπὸ ἑνὸς καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ὑπάρχων οὐκ ἐμειώθη· πάλιν δὲ δύναται ἡ αὐτὴ οὐσία ἐκ πολλῶν μερικῶν εἶναι, φημὶ δὲ λύχνων ἢ λαμπάδων.
kai hē men tou pyros physis pollous lychnous haptei apo henos kai ho prōtos hyparchōn ouk emeiōthē; palin de dynatai hē autē ousia ek pollōn merikōn einai, phēmi de lychnōn ē lampadōn.
And the nature of fire lights many lamps from one, and the first is not diminished; but again the same substance can be made up of many separate parts, I mean lamps or torches.
47.5Holl GCS 25:57
ἀλλʼ οὐχ οὕτω τὸ θεῖον, μὴ γένοιτο· οὐ πάλιν γὰρ ῆλθεν ὁ Λόγος καὶ συναλοιφὴν τῷ πατρὶ εἰργάσατο, ἀλλʼ ὁ πατὴρ πατήρ ἐστι καὶ ὁ υἱὸς υἱὸς καὶ τὸ ἄγιον πνεῦμα πνεῦμα ἅγιον.
allʼ ouch houtō to theion, mē genoito; ou palin gar ēlthen ho Logos kai synaloiphēn tǭ patri eirgasato, allʼ ho patēr patēr esti kai ho huios huios kai to agion pneuma pneuma hagion.
But the divine is not so, God forbid; for the Word did not come back again and bring about a merging with the Father; but the Father is Father, and the Son Son, and the Holy Spirit Holy Spirit.
Chapter 48
48.1Holl GCS 25:57
48. Μωρὸν γὰρ τὸ παρὰ τοῖς Μανιχαίοις εἰρημένον ὅτι ἐν † rm νοὶ· τοῦ Μάνη αἱ ψυχαὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ στύλου τοῦ φωτὸς γενόμεναι ἕν σῶμά εἰσι καὶ λυόμεναι ἀπὸ τῶν σωμάτων αὖθις ἀναπλάττονται τῇ μιᾷ οὐσίᾳ, ὡς εἰς τὸν ἕνα στῦλον ⟨συνγόμεναι⟩ κατὰ τὸ αὐτῶν τοῦ πλάσματος.
48. Mōron gar to para tois Manichaiois eirēmenon hoti en † rm noi; tou Manē hai psychai apo tou stylou tou phōtos genomenai hen sōma eisi kai lyomenai apo tōn sōmatōn authis anaplattontai tę̄ mią ousią, hōs eis ton hena stylon ⟨syngomenai⟩ kata to autōn tou plasmatos.
For foolish is what the Manichaeans say: that in † the mind of Mani the souls, having come from the column of light, are one body, and when released from bodies are refashioned again into the one substance, ⟨gathered⟩ as into the one column, according to their fiction.
48.2Holl GCS 25:57
ἀλλʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἔδειξε τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἀλλʼ ἔκλασεν ἀπὸ πέντε ἄρτων καὶ ἐχόρτασε πεντακισχιλίους καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτῶν τὰ περισσεύματα, ἀλλά »συναγάγετε« φησί »καὶ μηδὲν ἀπολίπητε τῶν κλασμάτων«, καὶ συνήγαγον δώδεκα κοφίνους·
allʼ ouch houtōs edeixe to euangelion, allʼ eklasen apo pente artōn kai echortase pentakischilious kai ouk aphēken autōn ta perisseumata, alla »synagagete« phēsi »kai mēden apolipēte tōn klasmatōn«, kai synēgagon dōdeka kophinous;
But the Gospel did not show it so; rather he broke five loaves and fed five thousand, and did not leave the leftovers, but “Gather,” he says, “and let nothing of the fragments be lost,” and they gathered twelve baskets.
48.3Holl GCS 25:57
καὶ εἰς τὰς μὲν θήκας ὁμοῦ συνήγαγον, τὰ δὲ κλάσματα αὖθις οὐκ εἰς συνά- φειαν ἄρτων ὡς ἦσαν ἐποίησε. συνήγαγον μὲν τὸ πλῆθος, ἀλλʼ εἰς πολλὰ κλάσματα, εἰς μίαν δὲ συναγωγὴν ἔδειξε κοφίνων.
kai eis tas men thēkas homou synēgagon, ta de klasmata authis ouk eis syna- pheian artōn hōs ēsan epoiēse. synēgagon men to plēthos, allʼ eis polla klasmata, eis mian de synagōgēn edeixe kophinōn.
And they gathered them together into the containers, but he did not make the fragments again into the union of loaves as they had been. They gathered the quantity, but into many fragments, and showed it in one collection of baskets.
48.4Holl GCS 25:57–58
καὶ οὐ καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν θεωρίας ἡμεῖς τοῦτο ἠλληγορήσαμεν καὶ τὸ προειρη- μένον τοῦ ἡλίου ὑπόδειγμα. οὐ γὰρ τοὺς ἄρτους ψυχὰς λέγομεν οὔτε ⟨τὰ⟩ κλάσματα, μὴ γένοιτο, οὔτε τὸν θεὸν ἐξισοῦμεν τῷ ἡλίῳ ⟨τῷ⟩ αὐτοῦ ἐκτισμένῳ οὔτε τὸν μονογενῆ αἴγλῃ τῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου εἰς τὸ στυπεῖον πεμπομένῃ.
kai ou kathʼ hypothesin theōrias hēmeis touto ēllēgorēsamen kai to proeirē- menon tou hēliou hypodeigma. ou gar tous artous psychas legomen oute ⟨ta⟩ klasmata, mē genoito, oute ton theon exisoumen tǭ hēliǭ ⟨tǭ⟩ autou ektismenǭ oute ton monogenē aiglę̄ tę̄ hypo tou hēliou eis to stypeion pempomenę̄.
And we have not allegorized this as a theory, nor the example of the sun mentioned before. For we do not say the loaves or ⟨the⟩ fragments are souls, God forbid, nor do we make God equal to the sun created by him, nor the Only-begotten to the ray sent by the sun onto the tow.
48.5Holl GCS 25:58
κατὰ δὲ τὸ ὅμοιον καὶ ⟩ ψυχαὶ ⟨αἱ⟩ γεννηθεῖσαι οὐ συνάπτονται εἰς μίαν συναλοιφήν, μὴ γένοιτο, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ μονὰς τὰς γεγραμμένας ὅτι πολλαὶ μοναὶ παρὰ τῷ πατρί«· οὐκ εἰς ἴνα δὲ βουνὸν γινόμεναι, ἀλλʼ ἑκάστου ἰδιαζόντως ἀριθμουμένου.
kata de to homoion kai ⟩ psychai ⟨hai⟩ gennētheisai ou synaptontai eis mian synaloiphēn, mē genoito, allʼ eis tas tou theou monas tas gegrammenas hoti pollai monai para tǭ patri«; ouk eis ina de bounon ginomenai, allʼ hekastou idiazontōs arithmoumenou.
But in like manner the souls that are born are not joined into one merging, God forbid, but into the mansions of God, of which it is written, “There are many mansions with the Father”; not becoming one heap, but each counted individually.
48.6Holl GCS 25:58
οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ λέγειν γεγεννηκέναι τὸν θεὸν τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ υἱὸν πάθος αὐτῷ προσάπτομεν κατὰ τὴν ἐκείνων κακὴν βλασφημίαν. πᾶς γὰρ γεννῶν ἐμπαθῶς κάμνει καὶ οὐ χρὴ οὔτε κτίσμα λέγειν οὔτε γέννημα κατὰ τὸν ἐκείνων λόγον, ἴνα μὴ δῶμεν θεὸν κάμνοντα ἢ πάσχοντα. πόθεν οὖν εὕρομεν τὸν υἱὸν ἢ διὰ τί ὄνομα υἱοῦ ἔχει;
oude en tǭ legein gegennēkenai ton theon ton monogenē autou huion pathos autǭ prosaptomen kata tēn ekeinōn kakēn blasphēmian. pas gar gennōn empathōs kamnei kai ou chrē oute ktisma legein oute gennēma kata ton ekeinōn logon, ina mē dōmen theon kamnonta ē paschonta. pothen oun heuromen ton huion ē dia ti onoma huiou echei?
Nor, in saying that God begot his only-begotten Son, do we attach passion to him according to their evil blasphemy. “For everyone who begets labors with passion, and one must say neither ‘creature’ nor ‘offspring,’” according to their argument, “so that we may not present God laboring or suffering. From where, then, have we found the Son, or why does he have the name of Son?”
48.7Holl GCS 25:58
οὑτοι δὲ συλλογισμοὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀπὸ γηΐνων φρονημάτων ὁρμώμενοι. τὰ γὰρ ἡμῶν πάθη τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς θεὸν ἀθέμιτόν ἐστι λογίζεσθαι, σαφῶς τοῦ θεοῦ λέγοντος οὐχ ὡς αἱ διάνοιαι ὑμῶν ἡ διάνοιά μου« καὶ πάλιν οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος, οὕτω καὶ θεός«.
houtoi de syllogismoi anthrōpōn kai apo gēïnōn phronēmatōn hormōmenoi. ta gar hēmōn pathē tōn anthrōpōn eis theon athemiton esti logizesthai, saphōs tou theou legontos ouch hōs hai dianoiai hymōn hē dianoia mou« kai palin ouch hōs anthrōpos, houtō kai theos«.
These are human syllogisms, starting from earthly thoughts. For it is unlawful to reckon our human passions to God, when God clearly says, “My thought is not as your thoughts,” and again, “God is not as a man.”
Chapter 49
49.1Holl GCS 25:58
49. Τοίνυν παυσάσθωσαν ἀπὸ τῆς βλασφημίας καὶ μαθέτωσαν παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ λέγοντος »οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα«· πάλιν ⟨δὲ⟩ ὡς ἐπὶ μελλόντων λέγει σὺ γὰρ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ὃν ἐξελεξάμην«, καὶ τότε ἐν τοῖς ᾄσμασιν »ἐκλελοχισμένος ἀπὸ μυριάδων«. πόθεν οὖν ἐκλογὴ γίνεται λεγέτωσαν.
49. Toinyn pausasthōsan apo tēs blasphēmias kai mathetōsan para tou patros tou legontos »houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos, en hǭ eudokēsa«; palin ⟨de⟩ hōs epi mellontōn legei sy gar huios mou ho agapētos, hon exelexamēn«, kai tote en tois ąsmasin »eklelochismenos apo myriadōn«. pothen oun eklogē ginetai legetōsan.
So let them cease from blasphemy and learn from the Father, who says, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased”; and again, as of things to come, he says, “For you are my beloved Son, whom I have chosen,” and then in the Song, “chosen out from ten thousands.” From where then the choosing comes, let them say.
49.2Holl GCS 25:58
νομίζουσι γὰρ οἱ ληρώδεις ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν‘ ἐξελεξάμην‘ κατὰ χάριν αὐτὸν υἱὸν καλεῖσθαι καὶ οὐ κατὰ φύσιν. δειξάτωσαν τίς αὐτῷ ὅμοιος, ἵνα τοὺς πάντας δοκιμάσας ἐκεῖνον ἐκλέξηται.
nomizousi gar hoi lērōdeis en tǭ eipein‘ exelexamēn‘ kata charin auton huion kaleisthai kai ou kata physin. deixatōsan tis autǭ homoios, hina tous pantas dokimasas ekeinon eklexētai.
For the babblers think that in saying “I have chosen” he is called Son by grace and not by nature. Let them show who is like him, so that, having tested all, he chose that one.
49.3Holl GCS 25:58
εἰ γὰρ υἱός ἐστι μονογενής, οὐκ ἔστι τις ἴσος αὐτοῦ οὔτε ἀντιπαράθετος, ὅμοιος ὢν τῷ υἱῷ ἐν υἱοῖς θεοῦ«. τούτους γὰρ οἶδε κατὰ χάριν, ἐκείνῳ δὲ μὴ δυνάμενόν τινα ἐξισοῦσθαι τῷ εἶναι αὐτὸν φυσικῶς υἱόν.
ei gar huios esti monogenēs, ouk esti tis isos autou oute antiparathetos, homoios ōn tǭ huiǭ en huiois theou«. toutous gar oide kata charin, ekeinǭ de mē dynamenon tina exisousthai tǭ einai auton physikōs huion.
For if he is only-begotten Son, there is no one equal to him or a counterpart, one “like the Son among the sons of God.” For it knows those as sons by grace, while no one can be made equal to him, because he is Son by nature.
49.4Holl GCS 25:58–59
φανερὸν γὰρ πόθεν ἐκλελοχισμένος καὶ πόθεν ἐκλογή· ὅτι πολλαὶ μυριάδες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν καὶ Μαρία μόνη »εὑρε χάριν‘ καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ ἐξελέξατο τὴν ἁγίαν σάρκα.
phaneron gar pothen eklelochismenos kai pothen eklogē; hoti pollai myriades epi tēs gēs ēsan kai Maria monē »heure charin‘ kai en autę̄ exelexato tēn hagian sarka.
For it is clear from where he was “chosen out” and from where the choosing: there were many ten thousands on the earth, and Mary alone “found favor,” and in her he chose the holy flesh.
49.5Holl GCS 25:59
διὰ τοῦτο ἔφη εὐδόκησα, ὡς καὶ Δαυὶδ λέγει ἐκ προσώπου τῶν ἀποστόλων τῶν εἰς τὸν κύριον πεπιστευκότων καὶ μετὰ χαρᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσι τὴν αὐτοῦ χάριν ὑποδεικνυόντων, ὅτι »ὑπέταξε λαοὺς ἡμῖν καὶ ἔθνη ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν· ἐξελέξατο ἡμῖν τὴν κληρονομίαν ⟩ τὴν καλλονὴν Ἰακώβ, ἣν ἠγάπησε«, τουτέστι τὸ ἀκραιφνὲς τῆς καλλονῆς αὐτοῦ,
dia touto ephē eudokēsa, hōs kai Dauid legei ek prosōpou tōn apostolōn tōn eis ton kyrion pepisteukotōn kai meta charas tois ethnesi tēn autou charin hypodeiknyontōn, hoti »hypetaxe laous hēmin kai ethnē hypo tous podas hēmōn; exelexato hēmin tēn klēronomian ⟩ tēn kallonēn Iakōb, hēn ēgapēse«, toutesti to akraiphnes tēs kallonēs autou,
For this reason he said, “I was well pleased,” as David too says in the person of the apostles who believed in the Lord and joyfully showed his grace to the nations: “He subdued peoples under us and nations under our feet; he chose for us his inheritance, the beauty of Jacob, which he loved,” that is, the pure beauty of him,
49.6Holl GCS 25:59
ὅλου τοῦ Ἰακὼβ τὴν καλλονήν, τὴν σάρκα τὴν ἀπὸ Μαρίας διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου ἐκλελεγμένην. * τὸ γενόμενον τῆς οἰκονομίας τῆς σαρκὸς πρὸς Ἰωάννην τὸν βαπτιστὴν ἔδειξεν ἄνωθεν ὁ πατήρ. εὐδόκησε γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῇ ἐνσάρκῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίᾳ, ἡ δὲ θεότης ἀπείρως ἔχει τῆς φύσεως.
holou tou Iakōb tēn kallonēn, tēn sarka tēn apo Marias dia pneumatos hagiou eklelegmenēn. * to genomenon tēs oikonomias tēs sarkos pros Iōannēn ton baptistēn edeixen anōthen ho patēr. eudokēse gar ho patēr en tę̄ ensarkǭ tou Christou parousią, hē de theotēs apeirōs echei tēs physeōs.
the beauty of all Jacob, the flesh from Mary chosen through the Holy Spirit. * The Father from above showed to John the Baptist what had come to be in the dispensation of the flesh. For the Father was well pleased in the incarnate coming of Christ, but the Godhead is infinitely beyond ⟨such⟩ nature.
Chapter 50
50.1Holl GCS 25:59
50. Λέγει δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ ἀπόστολος καὶ »υἱὸν ἀγάπης«, »ὃς ἐρρύσατο ἡμᾶς‘ φησίν »ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους καὶ μετέστησεν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ«.
50. Legei de auton ho apostolos kai »huion agapēs«, »hos errysato hēmas‘ phēsin »ek tēs exousias tou skotous kai metestēsen eis tēn basileian tou huiou tēs agapēs autou«.
And the apostle also calls him “the Son of love”: “who rescued us,” he says, “from the power of darkness and transferred us into the kingdom of the Son of his love.”
50.2Holl GCS 25:59
καὶ οἱ ληροῦντες ἐνταῦθα μὴ νοοῦντες τὴν λέξιν, κατὰ προκοπὴν ἀγάπης θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν υἱόν φασι. καὶ οὐκ ἴσασιν οἱ ἀμαθεῖς τὴν ἀντιπαράθεσιν τοῦ λόγου· ἐν ἄλλῳ γὰρ τόπῳ φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος ὅτι »θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς ἐν Χριστῷ«.
kai hoi lērountes entautha mē noountes tēn lexin, kata prokopēn agapēs theou einai ton huion phasi. kai ouk isasin hoi amatheis tēn antiparathesin tou logou; en allǭ gar topǭ phēsin ho apostolos hoti »theos ēgapēsen hēmas en Christǭ«.
And the babblers here, not understanding the expression, say that the Son is God's by an advance in love. And the ignorant do not know the counterpart of the saying; for in another place the apostle says, “God loved us in Christ.”
50.3Holl GCS 25:59
ἀληθῶς γὰρ υἱὸς ἀγαπητὸς ὁ μονογενής, ἐπειδὴ ἀγάπη ὁ πατήρ, ἀγάπη ὁ υἱός, ἐπειδὴ ἀγάπη ἐξ ἀγάπης ἐστίν. υἱὸς οὐν ἐστιν ἀγάπης διʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ διʼ ἑαυτόν, ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ παρέδωκεν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. οὔτε οὐν κάμνει ἐργαζόμενος οὔτε πάσχει γεννῶν.
alēthōs gar huios agapētos ho monogenēs, epeidē agapē ho patēr, agapē ho huios, epeidē agapē ex agapēs estin. huios oun estin agapēs diʼ hēmas kai diʼ heauton, hoti en autǭ ēgapēsen hēmas kai ton huion autou ton monogenē paredōken hyper hēmōn. oute oun kamnei ergazomenos oute paschei gennōn.
For the Only-begotten is truly the beloved Son, since the Father is love, the Son is love, since he is love from love. So he is Son of love because of us and because of himself, since in him he loved us and handed over his only-begotten Son for us. So he neither labors in working nor suffers in begetting.
50.4Holl GCS 25:59
καὶ μὴ μάτην ἐπισωρεύ- ωσιν ἑαυτοῖς βλασφημίας. εἰ γὰρ κτιστός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός, οὐ προσκυνητὸς κατὰ τὸν ἐκείνων λόγον. μωρὸν γάρ ἐστι κτίσιν προσκυνεῖν καὶ ἀθετεῖν τὴν πρώτην ἐντολὴν τὴν λέγουσαν »ἄκουε Ἰσραήλ, κύριος ὁ θεός σου κύριος εἷς ἐστιν«.
kai mē matēn episōreu- ōsin heautois blasphēmias. ei gar ktistos estin ho huios, ou proskynētos kata ton ekeinōn logon. mōron gar esti ktisin proskynein kai athetein tēn prōtēn entolēn tēn legousan »akoue Israēl, kyrios ho theos sou kyrios heis estin«.
And let them not heap up blasphemies on themselves in vain. For if the Son is created, he is not to be worshiped, by their own reasoning. For it is foolish to worship a creature and set aside the first commandment, which says, “Hear, O Israel, the Lord your God is one Lord.”
50.5Holl GCS 25:59
οὐ κτιστὸς τοίνυν ὁ ἅγιος Λόγος, ὅτι προσκυνητός. προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταί, προσκυνοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ· ⟨φησὶ γὰρ⟩ »καὶ προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ« καί »προσκυνήσω σε, κύριε ἡ ἰσχύς μου«.
ou ktistos toinyn ho hagios Logos, hoti proskynētos. prosekynēsan autǭ hoi mathētai, proskynousin autǭ hoi angeloi en ouranǭ; ⟨phēsi gar⟩ »kai proskynēsatōsan autǭ pantes angeloi theou« kai »proskynēsō se, kyrie hē ischys mou«.
So the holy Word is not created, because he is worshiped. The disciples worshiped him; the angels in heaven worship him; ⟨for it says⟩, “And let all the angels of God worship him,” and “I will worship you, O Lord, my strength.”
50.6Holl GCS 25:59–60
ἓν δὲ πρᾶγμά ἐστι ῥητὸν καὶ σύντομον καὶ ἀναντίθετον, ᾧ τις ἀντειπεῖν οὐ δύναται· εἰ ἔχουσι μαρτυρίαν οἱ ἐχθραίνοντες τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ δεῖξαι, ποῦ εἶπεν ὁ πατὴρ ὅτι ἔκτισά μοι υἱὸν ἐν παλαιᾷ καὶ ἐν καινῇ διαθήκῃ ἢ ποῦ εῑπεν ὁ υἱὸς ὅτι ἔκτισέ με ὁ πατήρ. τέσσαρα εἰσὶν εὐαγγέλια κεφαλαίων χιλίων ἑκατὸν ἑξήκοντα δύο καὶ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἕως τέλους ἐλάλησεν ὁ υἱὸς καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ πατὴρ καὶ οὐδαμοῦ εἶπεν· ἔκτισέ με ὁ πατήρ μου, οὐδὲ ὁ πατήρ· ἔκτισά μοι υἱὸν ἢ ἔκτισα τὸν υἱόν μου.
hen de pragma esti rhēton kai syntomon kai anantitheton, hǭ tis anteipein ou dynatai; ei echousi martyrian hoi echthrainontes tǭ huiǭ tou theou deixai, pou eipen ho patēr hoti ektisa moi huion en palaią kai en kainę̄ diathēkę̄ ē pou eipen ho huios hoti ektise me ho patēr. tessara eisin euangelia kephalaiōn chiliōn hekaton hexēkonta dyo kai apʼ archēs heōs telous elalēsen ho huios kai pros auton ho patēr kai oudamou eipen; ektise me ho patēr mou, oude ho patēr; ektisa moi huion ē ektisa ton huion mou.
There is one matter that is plain, brief, and unanswerable, which no one can contradict: if those hostile to the Son of God have a testimony, let them show where the Father said, “I created a Son for myself,” in the Old or New Testament, or where the Son said, “The Father created me.” There are four Gospels of one thousand one hundred sixty-two chapters, and from beginning to end the Son spoke, and the Father to him, and nowhere did he say, “My Father created me,” nor the Father, “I created a Son for myself,” or “I created my Son.”
Chapter 51
51.1Holl GCS 25:60
51. Ἀλλά φησιν ὁ φιλόνεικος καὶ φιλόδοξος· τί οὖν λέγεις τὸ σῶμα; ἀπὸ Μαρίας δηλονότι ἀνειλημμένον. Μα; ρία δὲ τί; φησίν, ἄκτιστος ἢ κτιστή; κτιστὴ δηονότι καὶ αὐτοὶ λέγομεν, γεννηθῖσα ἐξ ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικός. τὸ ἀπὸ Μαρίας οὖν τί λέγεις; προσκυνεῖν τὸν σωτῆρα ἐν σώματι ἢ οὐ προσκυνεῖς; πῶς οὖν μὴ προσκυνήσω; ἐὰν μὴ προσκυνήσω, οὐκ ἔχω ζωήν. ἰδοὺ οὐν, κτίσμα προσκυνεῖς τὸ σῶμα. πολλὴ δὲ φρενοβλάβεια τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα λεγόντων.
51. Alla phēsin ho philoneikos kai philodoxos; ti oun legeis to sōma? apo Marias dēlonoti aneilēmmenon. Ma? ria de ti? phēsin, aktistos ē ktistē? ktistē dēonoti kai autoi legomen, gennēthisa ex andros kai gynaikos. to apo Marias oun ti legeis? proskynein ton sōtēra en sōmati ē ou proskyneis? pōs oun mē proskynēsō? ean mē proskynēsō, ouk echō zōēn. idou oun, ktisma proskyneis to sōma. pollē de phrenoblabeia tōn ta toiauta legontōn.
But the contentious and glory-loving man says: “What then do you say of the body? Taken from Mary, clearly. And what of Mary? Uncreated or created?” Created, clearly, we too say, born of a man and a woman. “What then do you say of what is from Mary? Do you worship the Savior in the body or do you not worship?” How then should I not worship? If I do not worship, I have no life. “See then, you worship a creature, the body.” Great is the derangement of those who say such things.
51.2Holl GCS 25:60
καὶ γὰρ βασιλεὺς πορφύραν ἐνδεδυμένος ὑπὸ πάντων προσκυνεῖται. ἆρα ἡ πορφύρα προσκυνεῖται ἢ ὁ βασιλεύς; εὔδηλον ὅτι ὁ βασιλεύς. συμπροσκυνεῖται δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ἡ πορφύρα φορουμένη· ἐκδυσαμένου δὲ ταύτην τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ εἰς τόπον θεμένου οὐκέτι προσκυνεῖται ἡ πορφυρίς.
kai gar basileus porphyran endedymenos hypo pantōn proskyneitai. ara hē porphyra proskyneitai ē ho basileus? eudēlon hoti ho basileus. symproskyneitai de autǭ kai hē porphyra phoroumenē; ekdysamenou de tautēn tou basileōs kai eis topon themenou ouketi proskyneitai hē porphyris.
For a king clothed in purple is worshiped by all. Is the purple worshiped, or the king? Clearly the king. But the purple he wears is worshiped together with him; and when the king takes it off and lays it in its place, the purple is no longer worshiped.
51.3Holl GCS 25:60
καθέζεται καὶ ἐν ναῷ πολλάκις βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ θρόνου ἰδίου καὶ οἱ προσκυνοῦντες προσκυνοῦσι τὸν βασιλέα ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῷ ἰδίῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ, ἐξεγερθέντος δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως οὐδεὶς οὔτε τὸν ναὸν ναὸν τὸν θρόνον προσκυνεῖ. οὐδεὶς δὲ μεμηνὼς θέλων προσκυνῆσαι τὸν βασιλέα ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ ⟩ λέγει τῷ βασιλεῖ· ἔξελθε ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ σου, ἵνα σε προσκυνήσω.
kathezetai kai en naǭ pollakis basileus epi thronou idiou kai hoi proskynountes proskynousi ton basilea en tǭ naǭ tǭ idiǭ kai en tǭ thronǭ, exegerthentos de tou basileōs oudeis oute ton naon naon ton thronon proskynei. oudeis de memēnōs thelōn proskynēsai ton basilea en tǭ naǭ autou ⟩ legei tǭ basilei; exelthe ek tou naou sou, hina se proskynēsō.
A king often sits in a temple on his own throne, and those who do obeisance do obeisance to the king in his own temple and on the throne; but when the king has risen, no one does obeisance to the temple or the throne. And no madman, wishing to do obeisance to the king in his temple, says to the king, “Come out of your temple, so that I may do obeisance to you.”
51.4Holl GCS 25:60
οὕτω γοῦν οὐδεὶς εἴπῃ τῷ μονογενεῖ· ἄφες τὸ σῶμα, ἵνα σε προσκυνήσω, ἀλλὰ προσκυνεῖ σὺν 25 τῷ σώματι τὸν μονογενῆ, ⟨τὸν⟩ ἀκτιστον σὺν ναῷ τῷ ἁγίῳ, ἔλαβεν ἐλθών.
houtō goun oudeis eipę̄ tǭ monogenei; aphes to sōma, hina se proskynēsō, alla proskynei syn 25 tǭ sōmati ton monogenē, ⟨ton⟩ aktiston syn naǭ tǭ hagiǭ, elaben elthōn.
So no one should say to the Only-begotten, “Leave the body, so that I may worship you”; but one worships the Only-begotten with the body, ⟨the⟩ uncreated with the holy temple which he took when he came.
51.5Holl GCS 25:60
καὶ οὐδεὶς λέγει τῷ βασιλεῖ· ἀνάστα ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου σου, ἴνα σε προσκυνήσω δίχα τοῦ θρόνου, ἀλλὰ προσκυνεῖ τὸν βασιλέα σὺν τῷ θρόνῳ. καὶ γοῦν καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς προσκυνεῖται σὺν τῷ σώματι τῷ ταφέντι καὶ ἐγηγερμένῳ.
kai oudeis legei tǭ basilei; anasta ek tou thronou sou, ina se proskynēsō dicha tou thronou, alla proskynei ton basilea syn tǭ thronǭ. kai goun kai ho Christos proskyneitai syn tǭ sōmati tǭ taphenti kai egēgermenǭ.
And no one says to the king, “Get up from your throne, so that I may do obeisance to you without the throne,” but one does obeisance to the king with the throne. So also Christ is worshiped with the body that was buried and raised.
Chapter 52
52.1Holl GCS 25:60–61
52. Ἀλλά, φασί, τί οὖν λέγεις; θέλων ἐγέννησεν ὁ πατὴρ τὸν υἱὸν ἢ μὴ θέλων; ἐπειδὴ λέγει⟨ς⟩, ἦν ἀεὶ ⟨ὁ⟩ Λόγος καὶ οὐκ χρόνος πρὸ τοῦ Λόγου; καίτοι γε καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν Ἀρειανῶν πρὸς ἀπάτην τινῶν ἀχρόνως τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φασκόντων γεγεννῆσθαι, μὴ βουλομένων δὲ αὐτὸν ἀίδιον λέγειν, ἀλλὰ λεγόντων, ἦν ποτε ὄτε οὐκ ἦν· νομίζουσι δὲ τὸ ποτὲ μὴ εἶναι χρόνον.
52. Alla, phasi, ti oun legeis? thelōn egennēsen ho patēr ton huion ē mē thelōn? epeidē legei⟨s⟩, ēn aei ⟨ho⟩ Logos kai ouk chronos pro tou Logou? kaitoi ge kai autōn tōn Areianōn pros apatēn tinōn achronōs ton huion tou theou phaskontōn gegennēsthai, mē boulomenōn de auton aidion legein, alla legontōn, ēn pote ote ouk ēn; nomizousi de to pote mē einai chronon.
“But,” they say, “what then do you say? Did the Father beget the Son willing or unwilling? Since you say the Word always was and there was no time before the Word.” And yet the Arians themselves, to deceive some, say that the Son of God was begotten timelessly, not wishing to call him eternal, but saying, “There was once when he was not”; and they think that “once” is not time.
52.2Holl GCS 25:61
ἀνεταζομένης δὲ τῆς λέξεως ἐλέγχεις τοὺς ἀμαθεῖς. τὸ ποτὲ γὰρ λεξικὼς λεγόμενον χρόνου ἐστὶ σημαντικόν. καὶ λέγοντες ⟨αὐ⟩τὸ μὴ λέγειν χρόνον ἀτοπίαν ἐμπίπτουσι τοῦ αὐτῶν φρονήματος έν κακοπιστίᾳ. εἰρωνείᾳ γὰρ ταῖς λέξεσι κέχρηνται, τῷ φρονήματι δεινῶς κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστρατευμένοι, ἀλλότριον παντάπασι τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς θεότητος ἀπηρυθριασμένως δοξάζοντες. θέλων οὐν ἐγέννησεν ἢ μὴ θέλων;
anetazomenēs de tēs lexeōs elencheis tous amatheis. to pote gar lexikōs legomenon chronou esti sēmantikon. kai legontes ⟨au⟩to mē legein chronon atopian empiptousi tou autōn phronēmatos en kakopistią. eirōneią gar tais lexesi kechrēntai, tǭ phronēmati deinōs kata tou huiou tou theou estrateumenoi, allotrion pantapasi tēs tou patros theotētos apērythriasmenōs doxazontes. thelōn oun egennēsen ē mē thelōn?
But when the expression is examined, you refute the ignorant. For “once,” said as a word, signifies time. And in saying that it does not mean time they fall into an absurdity of their own thinking in misbelief. For they use the words with irony, while in their thinking they campaign terribly against the Son of God, shamelessly holding him wholly foreign to the Father's Godhead. Did he then beget willing or unwilling?
52.3Holl GCS 25:61
ἐὰν εἴπωμεν μὴ θέλων, ἀνάγκῃ περιβάλλομεν τὸ θεῖον, καὶ ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι θέλων, διδόαμεν ὅτι ἦν τὸ θέλημα πρὸ τοῦ Λόγου· κἄν τε ἄτομον καὶ ῥιπὴ ⟨ὀφθαλμοῦ ἤ⟩ πολλοστημόριον ὥρας εἴη, τὸ πολλοστημόριον χρόνου ἐστὶ σημαντικὸν πρὸ Λόγου καὶ πάλιν παρεμπίπτομεν τῷ λόγῳ αὐτῶν. καὶ ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι οὐ θέλων ἐγέννησεν, ἄρα ἀνάγκῃ φύσεως ἠκται τὸ θεῖον καὶ οὐκ ἐλευθεριότητι θελήματος.
ean eipōmen mē thelōn, anankę̄ periballomen to theion, kai ean eipōmen hoti thelōn, didoamen hoti ēn to thelēma pro tou Logou; kan te atomon kai rhipē ⟨ophthalmou ē⟩ pollostēmorion hōras eiē, to pollostēmorion chronou esti sēmantikon pro Logou kai palin parempiptomen tǭ logǭ autōn. kai ean eipōmen hoti ou thelōn egennēsen, ara anankę̄ physeōs ēktai to theion kai ouk eleutheriotēti thelēmatos.
If we say unwilling, we surround the divine with necessity; and if we say willing, we grant that the will was before the Word; and even if it were an instant and a blink ⟨of an eye or⟩ a tiny fraction of an hour, the fraction signifies time before the Word, and again we fall into their argument. And if we say he begot not willing, then the divine was led by necessity of nature and not by freedom of will.
52.4Holl GCS 25:61
οὐκ ἔστι δὲ τούτων οὐδὲν εἰς θεόν, ὡς ὑπολαμβάνεις, ὦ κενόδοξε. παρὰ θεῷ γὰρ ταῦτα οὐκ ἕστιν. οὔτε θέλων τοίνυν ἐγέννησεν οὔτε μὴ θέλων, ἀλλʼ ὑπερβολῇ φύσεως. ὑπερβαίνει γὰρ ἡ θεία φύσις βουλὴν καὶ οὐχ ὑποπίπτει χρόνῳ οὔτε ἀνάγκῃ ἄγεται.
ouk esti de toutōn ouden eis theon, hōs hypolambaneis, ō kenodoxe. para theǭ gar tauta ouk hestin. oute thelōn toinyn egennēsen oute mē thelōn, allʼ hyperbolę̄ physeōs. hyperbainei gar hē theia physis boulēn kai ouch hypopiptei chronǭ oute anankę̄ agetai.
But none of these applies to God, as you suppose, vainglorious man. For these things do not exist with God. He begot, then, neither willing nor unwilling, but by the transcendence of his nature. For the divine nature transcends counsel, and does not fall under time, nor is it led by necessity.
52.5Holl GCS 25:61
ἐν ἡμῖν γὰρ οὐδέν ἐστιν ἕτοιμον, ὄτι οὐκ ἠμέν ποτε καὶ πρῶτόν τι βουλευόμεθα, ἔπειτα ποιοῦμεν ὃ πράττομεν, ἢ μὴ βουλευσαμένων ἡμῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ὃ μηδέπω παρʼ ἡμῶν πέπρακται· παρὰ δὲ θεῷ πάντα τέλεια καὶ λεῖα καὶ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ πεπλήρωται, καὶ ⟨οὔτε θέλων⟩ οὔτε μὴ θέλων ἐγέννησε τὸν ἀιδίως ὄντα, γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἅγιον Λόγον καὶ θεόν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ ὑπερβολικῇ καὶ ἀφράστῳ αὐτοῦ φύσει.
en hēmin gar ouden estin hetoimon, oti ouk ēmen pote kai prōton ti bouleuometha, epeita poioumen ho prattomen, ē mē bouleusamenōn hēmōn ouk estin ho mēdepō parʼ hēmōn pepraktai; para de theǭ panta teleia kai leia kai panta en autǭ peplērōtai, kai ⟨oute thelōn⟩ oute mē thelōn egennēse ton aidiōs onta, gegennēmenon ex autou hagion Logon kai theon, allʼ en tę̄ hyperbolikę̄ kai aphrastǭ autou physei.
For in us nothing is ready, since we once were not, and first we deliberate, then we do what we do; or, if we have not deliberated, there is nothing yet done by us. But with God all things are perfect and smooth, and all is fulfilled in him; and he begot, ⟨neither willing⟩ nor unwilling, the one who is eternally, the holy Word and God begotten from him, but in his transcendent and inexpressible nature.
Chapter 53
53.1Holl GCS 25:61–62
53. Θαῦμα ⟨δέ⟩ μοι μέγιστον ἐπέρχεται, ὠ υἱοὶ τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἐκκλησίας, πῶς τὰ ἀληθινὰ ἐξέστρεψαν οἱ φιλόνεικοι εἰς ἀλληγορίαν καὶ τὰ τροπικῶς εἰρημένα εἰς τὰ ἀληθινὰ λαμβάνουσι σφαλλόμενοι. τὸ μὲν γὰρ γεγεννῆσθαι, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ⟨ἐν⟩ αὐτῷ κατὰ φύσιν, λέγοντες οὐχ ὡς ἐν τι τῶν γεννημάτων· τὸ τὸ ἐκτίσθαι, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀλλότριον τῆς αὐτοῦ θεότητος, εἴ γε καὶ ἐν ἀλλοηγορίᾳ ποτὲ εἴρηται, ἐκεῖνο ἀληθινὸν λέγουσι, τὸ δὲ ἀληθινὸν ἀφανίζουσιν.
53. Thauma ⟨de⟩ moi megiston eperchetai, ō huioi tēs pisteōs kai ekklēsias, pōs ta alēthina exestrepsan hoi philoneikoi eis allēgorian kai ta tropikōs eirēmena eis ta alēthina lambanousi sphallomenoi. to men gar gegennēsthai, hoper estin ⟨en⟩ autǭ kata physin, legontes ouch hōs en ti tōn gennēmatōn; to to ektisthai, hoper estin allotrion tēs autou theotētos, ei ge kai en alloēgorią pote eirētai, ekeino alēthinon legousi, to de alēthinon aphanizousin.
And the greatest wonder comes over me, children of the faith and of the church, how the contentious have turned the true things into allegory and, in error, take figurative sayings as literal truth. For the begetting, which is ⟨in⟩ him by nature, they say is not like any of the things begotten; but the being created, which is foreign to his Godhead, even if it was once said in allegory, they call true, while they obliterate the truth.
53.2Holl GCS 25:62
ἐν τῷ γὰρ εἰπεῖν Ἠσαΐαν »εἶδον τὸν κύριον σαβαώθ‘ καί ὤφθη κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ« καί ὤφθη κύριος Ἀβραάμ« καί »εἶδεν ὅρασιν Δαυιήλ, παλαιὸν ἡμερῶν‘ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, καὶ ὤφθη κύριος Ἰεζεκιὴλ καὶ εἶπεν »εἶδον εἶδος θεοῦ«, φασὶ ταῦτα μὴ εἶναι, ὡς τῶι, προφητῶν καταψευδόμενοι·
en tǭ gar eipein Ēsaïan »eidon ton kyrion sabaōth‘ kai ōphthē kyrios tǭ Mōysę̄« kai ōphthē kyrios Abraam« kai »eiden horasin Dauiēl, palaion hēmerōn‘ kai ta toiauta, kai ōphthē kyrios Iezekiēl kai eipen »eidon eidos theou«, phasi tauta mē einai, hōs tōi, prophētōn katapseudomenoi;
For when Isaiah says, “I saw the Lord of hosts,” and “The Lord appeared to Moses,” and “The Lord appeared to Abraham,” and “Daniel saw a vision, the Ancient of Days,” and such things, and the Lord appeared to Ezekiel and he said, “I saw the appearance of God,” they say these things did not happen, as if falsely accusing the prophets,
53.3Holl GCS 25:62
δῆθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ῥητοῦ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, οὗ εἶπεν ὁ σωτὴρ διδάσκων ὅτι θεὸν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἑώρακε«. καί φασιν· εἰ τοίνυν ὁ μονογενὴς εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν, προφῆται δὲ λέγουσιν ἑωρακέναι, ἀνάγκη ψεύδεσθαι ἢ τὸν μονογενῆ ἢ τοὺς προφήτας.
dēthen apo tou rhētou tou euangeliou, hou eipen ho sōtēr didaskōn hoti theon oudeis pōpote heōrake«. kai phasin; ei toinyn ho monogenēs eipen, hoti oudeis heōraken, prophētai de legousin heōrakenai, anankē pseudesthai ē ton monogenē ē tous prophētas.
evidently on the basis of the saying of the Gospel, where the Savior, teaching, said, “No one has ever seen God.” And they say: “If then the Only-begotten said that no one has seen, but the prophets say they have seen, either the Only-begotten or the prophets must be lying.”
53.4Holl GCS 25:62
καὶ κατὰ τὸν λόγον τῶν οὕτω λεγόντων καὶ τῶν Μανιχαίων ἔσται τὰ ἐν προφήταις ψευδῆ. εἰ δὲ οὐ ψεύδονται οἱ προφῆται, ἀλλʼ ἀληθεύουσι, κατὰ τὸν τοῦ σωτῆρος λόγον ὅτι ὁ λαλῶν ἐν προφήταις, ἰδοὺ πάρειμι«, νοήσεώς ἐστι τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀλληγορίας χρεία.
kai kata ton logon tōn houtō legontōn kai tōn Manichaiōn estai ta en prophētais pseudē. ei de ou pseudontai hoi prophētai, allʼ alētheuousi, kata ton tou sōtēros logon hoti ho lalōn en prophētais, idou pareimi«, noēseōs esti to pragma kai allēgorias chreia.
And by the reasoning of those who speak so, and of the Manichaeans, the things in the prophets will be false. But if the prophets do not lie but speak the truth, according to the Savior's word, “I who speak in the prophets, behold, I am here,” the matter calls for understanding and needs interpretation.
53.5Holl GCS 25:62
καὶ γὰρ οὕτω πολλάκις τοῦτο πληροῦται· ὁρῶμεν τὴν θάλασσαν ἐκ μέρους τινὸς ⟨ἐξ⟩ ὄρους ἢ πεδιάδος καὶ ἀληθεύομεν ἐν τῷ ⟨λέγειν⟩ κἂν δέ τις εἴπῃ ὄτι οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ ψεύδεται, ἀλλʼ ἀληθεύει. οὐκ οἶδε γὰρ ποῦ τὸ βάθος ποῦ τὸ μῆκος, οὐκ οἶδε τὸν ὄγκον οὐκ οἶδε τὸ κύτος.
kai gar houtō pollakis touto plēroutai; horōmen tēn thalassan ek merous tinos ⟨ex⟩ orous ē pediados kai alētheuomen en tǭ ⟨legein⟩ kan de tis eipę̄ oti ouch heōraken, ou pseudetai, allʼ alētheuei. ouk oide gar pou to bathos pou to mēkos, ouk oide ton onkon ouk oide to kytos.
For so this is often fulfilled: we see the sea from some part, ⟨from⟩ a mountain or a plain, and we speak the truth in ⟨saying so⟩; and if someone says he has not seen it, he does not lie but speaks the truth. For he does not know where its depth is, where its length, he does not know its bulk, he does not know its expanse.
53.6Holl GCS 25:62
καὶ ἀπὸ ὀπῆς τινος θεωροῦμεν οὐρανόν, τὴν δὲ ἐπέκτασιν οὐκ ἐπιστάμεθα. κa̓̀ν εἴπῃ τις εῖδον, εἶδεν· κἂν ἄλλος εἴπῃ οὐκ εῖδον, οὐκ εῑδεν. εἴδομεν γὰρ ἀληθῶς ὡς χωροῦμεν. οὐκ εἴδομεν δὲ καθό ἐστιν.
kai apo opēs tinos theōroumen ouranon, tēn de epektasin ouk epistametha. kan eipę̄ tis eidon, eiden; kan allos eipę̄ ouk eidon, ouk eiden. eidomen gar alēthōs hōs chōroumen. ouk eidomen de katho estin.
And through some opening we look at the sky, but we do not know its extent. If someone says, “I saw,” he saw; and if another says, “I did not see,” he did not see. For we saw truly as far as we have capacity, but we did not see it as it is.
53.7Holl GCS 25:62
οὕτω καὶ οἱ προφῆται ὡς διʼ ὀπῆς ⟨διὰ⟩ τοῦ στενωποῦ τοῦ ἰδίου σώματος κατηξιώθησαν ἰδεῖν καὶ ⟨ἐν⟩
houtō kai hoi prophētai hōs diʼ opēs ⟨dia⟩ tou stenōpou tou idiou sōmatos katēxiōthēsan idein kai ⟨en⟩
So too the prophets, as through an opening, ⟨through⟩ the narrow passage of their own body, were counted worthy to see, and ⟨in⟩
53.8Holl GCS 25:62–63
εἶδον, ⟨ἀλλ᾿⟩ οὐχ ὡς ἔχει τὸ ἄπειρον τῆς θεωρίας. καὶ οὕτω πεπλήρωνται συνᾴδουσαι πρὸς ἀλλήλας αἱ θεῖαι γραφαί, τό τε τοὺς προφήτας λέγειν ἑωρακέναι εἶδον γὰρ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ) καὶ τὸ τὸν σωτῆρα λέγειν θεὸν οὐδεὶς πώποτε τεθέαται«· οὐκ εἶδον δὲ καθό ἐστιν). ἀλλὰ καὶ] αὐτὸς εἶδεν ἀοράτως τὴν φύσιν, δέδωκε δὲ τῷ μὴ δυναμένῳ ὁρᾶν δύναμιν χαρίσματος εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν τὴν δύναμιν τῆς θεωρίας.
eidon, ⟨all᾿⟩ ouch hōs echei to apeiron tēs theōrias. kai houtō peplērōntai synądousai pros allēlas hai theiai graphai, to te tous prophētas legein heōrakenai eidon gar en alētheią) kai to ton sōtēra legein theon oudeis pōpote tetheatai«; ouk eidon de katho estin). alla kai] autos eiden aoratōs tēn physin, dedōke de tǭ mē dynamenǭ horan dynamin charismatos eis to idein tēn dynamin tēs theōrias.
truth they saw, ⟨but⟩ not as the infinity of the vision is. And so the divine Scriptures are fulfilled in harmony with each other: that the prophets say they have seen (for they saw in truth), and that the Savior says, “No one has ever beheld God” (for they did not see him as he is). But he himself saw the nature invisibly, and gave to one who cannot see the power of grace to see the power of the vision.
Chapter 54
54.1Holl GCS 25:63
54. Ἀλλὰ μὴ πάλιν δραματουργῶν λέγῃς· εἶδον μὲν οἱ προφῆται οὐκ ὀφθαλμοῖς, ἀλλὰ διανοίᾳ, συνιέντες μονονουχὶ καὶ ⟨μὴ⟩ διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ ἀκριβῶς λέγει Ἠσαίας τάλας ἐγώ, ὅτι κατανένυγμαι, ὅτι ἀνθρωπος ὢν καὶ ἀκάθαρτα χείλη ἔχων ἐν λαῷ ἀκάθαρτα χείλη ἔχοντι ἐγὼ οἰκῶ καὶ κύριον σαβαὼθ εἶδον«· καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, εἶδον τῇ διανοίᾳ, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου«. εἶδον οὖν καὶ οὐκ εἶδον, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἠδύνατο, ἐν ἀληθείᾳ δὲ εἶδον, οὐκ εἶδον δὲ ὡς ἔχει τὸ ἄπειρον τῆς ἀκαταληψίας.
54. Alla mē palin dramatourgōn legę̄s; eidon men hoi prophētai ouk ophthalmois, alla dianoią, synientes mononouchi kai ⟨mē⟩ dia touto gar akribōs legei Ēsaias talas egō, hoti katanenygmai, hoti anthrōpos ōn kai akatharta cheilē echōn en laǭ akatharta cheilē echonti egō oikō kai kyrion sabaōth eidon«; kai ouk eipen, eidon tę̄ dianoią, alla tois ophthalmois mou«. eidon oun kai ouk eidon, allʼ hōs ēdynato, en alētheią de eidon, ouk eidon de hōs echei to apeiron tēs akatalēpsias.
But do not again stage a drama and say, “The prophets saw not with the eyes but with the mind, all but understanding”; for precisely for this reason Isaiah says, “Wretched am I, for I am pierced to the heart, for being a man and having unclean lips, I dwell among a people with unclean lips, and I have seen the Lord of hosts”; and he did not say, “I saw with my mind,” but “with my eyes.” So they saw and did not see: as they could, but they saw in truth; yet they did not see as the infinity of incomprehensibility is.
54.2Holl GCS 25:63
οὕτως καὶ περὶ παραδείσου πολλοὶ ἀλληγοροῦσιν, ὡς ὁ θεήλατος Ὠριγένης ἠθέλησε φαντασίαν μᾶλλον ἤπερ ἀλήθειαν τῷ βίῳ συνεισενέγκασθαι. καί φησιν· οὐκ ἔστι παράδεισος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς·
houtōs kai peri paradeisou polloi allēgorousin, hōs ho theēlatos Ōrigenēs ēthelēse phantasian mallon ēper alētheian tǭ biǭ syneisenenkasthai. kai phēsin; ouk esti paradeisos epi tēs gēs;
So also many allegorize about paradise, as the god-stricken Origen wished to bring fantasy rather than truth into life. And he says, “There is no paradise on the earth,”
54.3Holl GCS 25:63
δῆθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ῥητοῦ τοῦ παρὰ τοῦ ἁγίου ἀποστόλου εἰρημένου ὅτι »οἶδα ἄνθρωπον πρὸ ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα, ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν, ἁρπαγέντα τὸν τοιοῦτον ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ«. ἀλλὰ μὴ παρα⟨να⟩γίνωσκε λέγε ὅτι τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἀέρος ⟨σημαίνει⟩ οὐ γὰρ εἰπὼν »ἕως οὐρανοῦ‘ περὶ μέρους τρίτου λέγει, ἀλλὰ περὶ τριῶν ἀριθμῶν.
dēthen apo tou rhētou tou para tou hagiou apostolou eirēmenou hoti »oida anthrōpon pro etōn dekatessarōn, eite en sōmati ouk oida, eite ektos tou sōmatos ouk oida, ho theos oiden, harpagenta ton toiouton heōs tritou ouranou«. alla mē para⟨na⟩ginōske lege hoti to triton tou aeros ⟨sēmainei⟩ ou gar eipōn »heōs ouranou‘ peri merous tritou legei, alla peri triōn arithmōn.
evidently from the saying of the holy apostle: “I know a man fourteen years ago, whether in the body I do not know, or out of the body I do not know, God knows, such a one caught up to the third heaven.” But do not misread and say that “third” ⟨means⟩ the third part of the air; for in saying “to the heaven” he does not speak of a third part, but of three in number.
54.4Holl GCS 25:63
καί φησιν »οἶδα τὸν τοιοῦτον ἄνθρωπον ἁρπαγέντα εἰς τὸν παράδεισον καὶ ἀκούσαντα ῥήματα ἅ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ εἰπεῖν«.
kai phēsin »oida ton toiouton anthrōpon harpagenta eis ton paradeison kai akousanta rhēmata ha ouk exon anthrōpǭ eipein«.
And he says, “I know such a man caught up into paradise and hearing words which it is not lawful for a man to speak.”
54.5Holl GCS 25:63
δόξα τῷ παντοκράτορι θεῷ, τῷ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον διατρανοῦντι καὶ λεπτολογοῦντι, ἴνα οἱ ἀληθινοὶ * μὴ σφάλλωνται. οὐ γὰρ ἐν μιᾷ συντομίᾳ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὸν παράδεισον συνῆψεν, ἀλλὰ »οῑδα ἄνθρωπον« φησίν »ἁρπαγέντα ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ‘ καὶ πάλιν »ἁρπαγέντα εἰς τὸν παράδεισον«. τὸ δὲ μετὰ τοῦ ἄρθρου ἑτέρου προσώπου ἐστὶ διαληπτικὸν καὶ ἑτέρου τόπου μεταστατικόν.
doxa tǭ pantokratori theǭ, tǭ kata panta tropon diatranounti kai leptologounti, ina hoi alēthinoi * mē sphallōntai. ou gar en mią syntomią ton ouranon kai ton paradeison synēpsen, alla »oida anthrōpon« phēsin »harpagenta heōs tritou ouranou‘ kai palin »harpagenta eis ton paradeison«. to de meta tou arthrou heterou prosōpou esti dialēptikon kai heterou topou metastatikon.
Glory to God almighty, who makes all things clear in every way and in fine detail, so that the true * may not err. For he did not join heaven and paradise in one brief phrase, but “I know a man,” he says, “caught up to the third heaven,” and again, “caught up into paradise.” And the phrase with the article distinguishes another person and indicates a transfer to another place.
54.6Holl GCS 25:63–64
ὡς εἵ τις ἔχοι ὄρος καὶ πεδιάδα, τὴν δὲ πεδιάδα ἐγκυκλεύουσαν τὸ ὅρος, βουληθείη δὲ εἰς τὸ πέραν τοῦ ὄρους ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ πεδιάδι παραγενέσθαι, καὶ ὄτε μὲν θελήσει διὰ τῆς πεδιάδος τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν ποιήσασθαι εἰς τὸν τόπον, ὅπου δἂν ἐθέλοι ⟨ἐπέκεινα⟩ τοῦ ὄρους ἀπελθεὶν, δυνατὸν αὐτῷ τοῦτο· εἰ δὲ θελήσει πρῶτον μὲν ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ορους πἀλιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τῆς πεδιάδος τῆς ἐπέκεινα τοῦ ὄρους γενέσθαι, καὶ οὕτως ἀυτῷ δυνατόν.
hōs hei tis echoi oros kai pediada, tēn de pediada enkykleuousan to horos, boulētheiē de eis to peran tou orous en tę̄ autę̄ pediadi paragenesthai, kai ote men thelēsei dia tēs pediados tēn hodoiporian poiēsasthai eis ton topon, hopou dan etheloi ⟨epekeina⟩ tou orous apelthein, dynaton autǭ touto; ei de thelēsei prōton men embēnai eis to oros kai apo tou orous palin eis ton topon tēs pediados tēs epekeina tou orous genesthai, kai houtōs autǭ dynaton.
As if someone had a mountain and a plain, the plain encircling the mountain, and wished to reach the far side of the mountain in the same plain: when he wishes to make the journey through the plain to the place ⟨beyond⟩ the mountain where he wants to go, he can; and if he wishes first to climb the mountain, and from the mountain again to reach the place in the plain beyond the mountain, he can do this too.
54.7Holl GCS 25:64
οὕτω μοι νόει καὶ τὸ παρὰ τοῦ ἀποστόλου εἰρημένον· πρῶτον μὲν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβεβηκέναι, ἔπειτα δὲ εἰς τὸν παράδεισον καταβεβηκέναι⟩,, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον »κατέβη ὁ ἀδελφιδοῦς μου εἰς κῆπον αὐτοῦ‘. * καὶ ὁ σωτήρ φησι »σήμερον μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ«.
houtō moi noei kai to para tou apostolou eirēmenon; prōton men eis ton ouranon anabebēkenai, epeita de eis ton paradeison katabebēkenai⟩,, kata to eirēmenon »katebē ho adelphidous mou eis kēpon autou‘. * kai ho sōtēr phēsi »sēmeron metʼ emou esę̄ en tǭ paradeisǭ«.
So understand also what the apostle said: first he went up into heaven, then went down into paradise, according to the saying, “My beloved went down into his garden.” * And the Savior says, “Today you will be with me in paradise.”
Chapter 55
55.1Holl GCS 25:64
55. Εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπὶ γῆς ὁ παράδεισος καὶ οὐκ ἀληθινὰ τὰ ἐν Γενέσει γεγραμμένα, ἀλλὰ ἀλληγορεῖται, οὐδὲν ἀληθεύει τῆς ἀκολουθίας, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἀλληγοροῦνται.
55. Ei de ouk estin epi gēs ho paradeisos kai ouk alēthina ta en Genesei gegrammena, alla allēgoreitai, ouden alētheuei tēs akolouthias, alla panta allēgorountai.
But if paradise is not on earth, and what is written in Genesis is not true but allegorized, then nothing in the sequence is true, but everything is allegorized.
55.2Holl GCS 25:64
»ἐν ἀρχῇ, γάρ φησι, ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν «· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλληγορούμενα, ἀλλʼ ὁρατά. καὶ στερέωμα, φησί, καὶ θάλασσαν, βλαστήματά τε καὶ ξύλα καὶ βοτάνας χόρτον ζῷα ἰχθύας ὄρνεα, πάντα τὰ ὁρώμενα ἐν ἀληθείᾳ γεγονότα. ἄνθρωπον ⟨τε⟩ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ὄντα ἐποίησεν.
»en archę̄, gar phēsi, epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn «; kai ouk estin allēgoroumena, allʼ horata. kai stereōma, phēsi, kai thalassan, blastēmata te kai xyla kai botanas chorton zǭa ichthyas ornea, panta ta horōmena en alētheią gegonota. anthrōpon ⟨te⟩ en alētheią onta epoiēsen.
For “In the beginning,” it says, “God made the heaven and the ⟨earth⟩”; and these are not allegorized but visible. And the firmament, it says, and the sea, sprouts and trees and plants, grass, animals, fish, birds: all the things seen came into being in truth. And he made man, ⟨who⟩ truly exists.
55.3Holl GCS 25:64
ἔθηκε τοίνυν τοῦτον ὃν ἔπλασεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, κατʼ εἰκόνα ποιήσας τὸν αὐτὸν ἂνθρωπον, κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ δέ.
ethēke toinyn touton hon eplasen en tǭ paradeisǭ, katʼ eikona poiēsas ton auton anthrōpon, katʼ eikona theou de.
So he put the one whom he had formed in paradise, having made the same man according to the image, according to the image of God.
55.4Holl GCS 25:64
μὴ περιεργάζου δὲ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δωρήματα τὰ κατὰ χάριν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δεδομένα. οὐκ ἀρνόυμεθα γὰρ πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἶναι κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ.
mē periergazou de ta tou theou dōrēmata ta kata charin tǭ anthrōpǭ dedomena. ouk arnoumetha gar pantas anthrōpous einai katʼ eikona theou.
But do not pry into the gifts of God given to man by grace. For we do not deny that all human beings are according to the image of God.
55.5Holl GCS 25:64–65
τὸ τὸ πῶς οὐ περιεργαζόμεθα τοῦ κατʼ εἰκόνα. οὔτε γὰρ τὸ πλάσμα νοοῦμεν κατʼ εἰκόνα οὔτε τὴν ψυχὴν οὔτε τὸν νοῦν οὔτε τὴν ἀρετήν. πολλὰ γάρ ἐστι τὰ κωλύοντά με οὔτως λέγειν.
to to pōs ou periergazometha tou katʼ eikona. oute gar to plasma nooumen katʼ eikona oute tēn psychēn oute ton noun oute tēn aretēn. polla gar esti ta kōlyonta me outōs legein.
But we do not pry into how the image is. For we do not understand the image to be the body, nor the soul, nor the mind, nor virtue. For many things prevent me from speaking so.
55.6Holl GCS 25:65
ἀλλʼ οὔτε λέγομεν τὸ σῶμα μὴ εἶναι κατʼ εἰκόνα οὔτε τὴν ψυχήν. πιστῶν γὰρ τὸ ὁμολογεῖν τὴν γραφὴν καὶ μὴ ἀπίστων ἀπίστων δὲ τὸ »ἀθετεῖν τὴν χάριν( ἔστιν οὖν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα, αὐτὸς δὲ οἶδεν ὁ θεὸς πῶς ἐστιν.
allʼ oute legomen to sōma mē einai katʼ eikona oute tēn psychēn. pistōn gar to homologein tēn graphēn kai mē apistōn apistōn de to »athetein tēn charin( estin oun en tǭ anthrōpǭ to katʼ eikona, autos de oiden ho theos pōs estin.
But neither do we say that the body is not according to the image, nor the soul. For it belongs to the faithful to confess Scripture, and not the unfaithful; and to the unfaithful it belongs “to set aside the grace.” So the image is in man, but God himself knows how it is.
55.7Holl GCS 25:65
ἐὰν γὰρ εἴπῃς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐποίησε κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ νομίσῃς εἶναι τὸ σῶμα, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἀόρατος ἀκατάληπτος ἀπερινόητος,· πῶς τὸ ὁρατὸν καὶ καταληπτὸν καὶ ὑπὸ ἁφὴν ἐμπῖπτον εἰκὼν ἔσται τοῦ ἀοράτου καὶ ἀκαταλήπτου;
ean gar eipę̄s ton anthrōpon epoiēse katʼ eikona kai nomisę̄s einai to sōma, ho de theos aoratos akatalēptos aperinoētos,; pōs to horaton kai katalēpton kai hypo haphēn empipton eikōn estai tou aoratou kai akatalēptou?
For if you say, “He made man according to the image,” and think it is the body, while God is invisible, incomprehensible, inconceivable, how will what is visible and comprehensible and subject to touch be an image of the invisible and incomprehensible?
55.8Holl GCS 25:65
καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃς, οὐκ ἔστι τὸ σῶμα κατʼ εἰκόνα, »ἔλαβε« φησί »χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἔπλασε τὸν ἄνθρωπον«. καὶ ἄνθρωπον καλεῖ τὸ χοϊκόν, καὶ ἄνθρωπον καλεῖ τὸ ψυχικόν· »ἐνεφύσησε« γάρ φησιν »εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν«.
kai ean eipę̄s, ouk esti to sōma katʼ eikona, »elabe« phēsi »choun apo tēs gēs kai eplase ton anthrōpon«. kai anthrōpon kalei to choïkon, kai anthrōpon kalei to psychikon; »enephysēse« gar phēsin »eis to prosōpon autou pnoēn zōēs kai egeneto ho anthrōpos eis psychēn zōsan«.
And if you say the body is not according to the image, “He took,” it says, “dust from the earth and formed man.” And it calls the earthly part “man,” and it calls the animated part “man”: for “he breathed,” it says, “into his face the breath of life, and man became a living soul.”
55.9Holl GCS 25:65
κτιστὴν δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸ σῶμα νοοῦμεν. πῶς κτιστήν; »ἐνεφύσησε« γάρ φησιν· καὶ οὔτε μέρος θεοῦ λέγομεν εἶναι τὴν ψυχὴν οὔτε ἀλλοτρίαν τοῦ ἐμφυσήματος. πῶς δὲ κατὰ λεπτὸν τοῦτο νοεῖται, θεῷ μόνῳ ἔγνωσται.
ktistēn de tēn psychēn kai to sōma nooumen. pōs ktistēn? »enephysēse« gar phēsin; kai oute meros theou legomen einai tēn psychēn oute allotrian tou emphysēmatos. pōs de kata lepton touto noeitai, theǭ monǭ egnōstai.
We understand the soul and the body to be created. How created? For “he breathed,” it says; and we say neither that the soul is a part of God nor that it is foreign to the breathing. How this is understood in detail is known to God alone.
Chapter 56
56.1Holl GCS 25:65
56. Ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπεριέργως καὶ ἀκακουργήτως πιστεύομεν θεῷ τῷ ἀληθεύοντι ἐν πᾶσι. καὶ ἐὰν ἔιπῃς ὅτι ἡ ψυχή ἐστι τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα, ⟩ λέγοντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου ὅτι »ζῶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐνεργὴς καὶ τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον καὶ διικνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμῶν ψυχῆς‘.
56. Hēmeis de aperiergōs kai akakourgētōs pisteuomen theǭ tǭ alētheuonti en pasi. kai ean eipę̄s hoti hē psychē esti to katʼ eikona, ⟩ legontos tou apostolou hoti »zōn ho logos tou theou kai energēs kai tomōteros hyper pasan machairan distomon kai diiknoumenos achri merismōn psychēs‘.
We, without prying and without guile, believe God, who speaks truly in everything. And if you say that the soul is what is according to the image, ⟨consider⟩ the apostle saying, “The word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword, and piercing to the division of soul.”
56.2Holl GCS 25:65–66
εἰ τοίνυν μερισμοὺς ἔχει ἡ ψυχή, ὁ θεὸς δὲ ἀμέριστός ἐστι, πῶς δύναται ἡ ψυχὴ εἶναι τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα; οὐ γὰρ οἶδε τὸ μέλλον ἡ ψυχή, ὁ θεὸς δὲ πάντως οἶδε. καὶ βλέπομεν τὰ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ σώματος, τὰ κατόπιν ἀγνοοῦντες. καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃς ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ψυχή, πάντως ὅτι καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἄνθρωπον κέκληκεν, καὶ ψυχὴ καὶ σῶμά ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος.
ei toinyn merismous echei hē psychē, ho theos de ameristos esti, pōs dynatai hē psychē einai to katʼ eikona? ou gar oide to mellon hē psychē, ho theos de pantōs oide. kai blepomen ta emprosthen tou sōmatos, ta katopin agnoountes. kai ean eipę̄s hoti ouk estin hē psychē, pantōs hoti kai tēn psychēn anthrōpon keklēken, kai psychē kai sōma estin anthrōpos.
If then the soul has divisions, but God is indivisible, how can the soul be the image? For the soul does not know the future, but God certainly knows it. And we see what is in front of the body, not knowing what is behind. And if you say it is not the soul, certainly he has also called the soul “man,” and man is soul and body.
56.3Holl GCS 25:66
ἀλλʼ εἴποις τὸν νοῦν εἶναι τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα. λέγει ⟩ ἡ γραφή »ὁρῶ νόμον ἕτερον ἀντιστρατευόμενον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσί μου καὶ ἀιχμαλωτίζοντά με ἐν τῷ νοΐ μου τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἀμαρτίας τῷ οντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσί μου«. πῶς οὐν αἰχμαλωτιζόμενος ⟩ ἔσται κατʼ εἰκόνα; * ὅτι ψαλῶ τῷ νοΐ, ψαλῶ τῷ πνεύματι«.
allʼ eipois ton noun einai to katʼ eikona. legei ⟩ hē graphē »horō nomon heteron antistrateuomenon en tois melesi mou kai aichmalōtizonta me en tǭ noï mou tǭ nomǭ tēs amartias tǭ onti en tois melesi mou«. pōs oun aichmalōtizomenos ⟩ estai katʼ eikona? * hoti psalō tǭ noï, psalō tǭ pneumati«.
But you might say the mind is the image. ⟨But⟩ Scripture says, “I see another law waging war in my members and taking me captive in my mind to the law of sin that is in my members.” How then will what is taken captive be the image? * that “I will sing with the mind, I will sing with the spirit.”
56.4Holl GCS 25:66
καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃς ἀρετὴν εἶναι τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα, ἐρῶ σοι· εἰπέ μοι περὶ τοῦ Ἀδάμ, ποίαν ἀρετὴν εἰργάσατο πρὸ τοῦ αὐτὸν πλασθῆναι; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ⟩ ἐν ἀρχῇ, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς δὲ ἐπλάσθη κατʼ εἰκόνα. καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃς μὴ εἶναι τὴν ἀρετήν, οὐ καλῶς λέγεις. τίνι γὰρ πρέπει εἶναι κατʼ εἰκόνα ἀλλʼ ἢ τῇ ἀρετῇ; πρὶν δὲ ἀρετὴς κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐπλάσθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος. οὔπω γὰρ ἦν ὁ Ἀδὰμ ἐν ἀρετῇ πολιτευσάμενος, δηλον- ⟩ ουτε ἐκτισμένος.
kai ean eipę̄s aretēn einai to katʼ eikona, erō soi; eipe moi peri tou Adam, poian aretēn eirgasato pro tou auton plasthēnai? ou gar ēn ⟩ en archę̄, apʼ archēs de eplasthē katʼ eikona. kai ean eipę̄s mē einai tēn aretēn, ou kalōs legeis. tini gar prepei einai katʼ eikona allʼ ē tę̄ aretę̄? prin de aretēs katʼ eikona eplasthē ho anthrōpos. oupō gar ēn ho Adam en aretę̄ politeusamenos, dēlon- ⟩ oute ektismenos.
And if you say virtue is the image, I will say to you: tell me about Adam, what virtue did he practice before he was formed? For ⟨virtue⟩ was not in the beginning, but from the beginning he was formed according to the image. And if you say it is not virtue, you do not speak well. For to what does being according to the image befit, if not to virtue? But man was formed according to the image before virtue. For Adam had not yet lived in virtue, clearly, not ⟨yet⟩ having been created.
56.5Holl GCS 25:66
καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃς τὸ βάπτισμα εἶναι κατʼ εἰκόνα, ἀρα οἱ μὴ λαβόντες βάπτισμα δίκαιοι οὐκ ἠσαν κατʼ εἰκόνα; ἀπὸ γὰρ Μωυσέως καὶ θαλάσσης ἤρξατο ὁ τύπος, ἀπὸ Ἰωάννου ἠνοίγη ἡ χάρις, ἐν δὲ Χριστῷ ἐτελειώθη τὸ δῶρον.
kai ean eipę̄s to baptisma einai katʼ eikona, ara hoi mē labontes baptisma dikaioi ouk ēsan katʼ eikona? apo gar Mōyseōs kai thalassēs ērxato ho typos, apo Iōannou ēnoigē hē charis, en de Christǭ eteleiōthē to dōron.
And if you say baptism is the image, were then the righteous who did not receive baptism not according to the image? For the type began from Moses and the sea, grace was opened from John, and the gift was perfected in Christ.
Chapter 57
57.1Holl GCS 25:66
57. Ἔχουσιν οὖν πάντες τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα, ἀλλ οὐ κατὰ φύσιν. οὐ γὰρ κατὰ ἰσότητα θεοῦ ἔχουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα. ὁ θεὸς γὰρ ἀκατάληπτος ἀπερινόητος, πνεῦμα ὢν καὶ πνεῦμα ὑπὲρ πᾶν πνεῦμα καὶ φῶς ὑπὲρ πᾶν φῶς.
57. Echousin oun pantes to katʼ eikona, all ou kata physin. ou gar kata isotēta theou echousin hoi anthrōpoi to katʼ eikona. ho theos gar akatalēptos aperinoētos, pneuma ōn kai pneuma hyper pan pneuma kai phōs hyper pan phōs.
So all have what is according to the image, but not by nature. For human beings do not have the image according to equality with God. For God is incomprehensible, inconceivable, being Spirit, and Spirit beyond every spirit, and light beyond every light.
57.2Holl GCS 25:66
ἃ δὲ αὐτὸς ἐδωρήσατο οὐκ ἀποστεροῦμεν ⟨τὸν ἄνθρωπον⟩·· ἀληθὴς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ μετὰ χάριτος τὸ κατ εἰκόνα τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δωρησάμενος. καὶ νοὴσαί ἐστιν ἀπὸ τῶν ὁμοίων·
ha de autos edōrēsato ouk aposteroumen ⟨ton anthrōpon⟩;; alēthēs gar estin ho meta charitos to kat eikona tǭ anthrōpǭ dōrēsamenos. kai noēsai estin apo tōn homoiōn;
But what he bestowed we do not take away ⟨from man⟩; for he is true who graciously bestowed the image on man. And it can be understood from comparable things:
57.3Holl GCS 25:66
ὁρῶμεν γὰρ ὅτι ἔλαβεν ὁ σωτὴρ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἔχει ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, ὅτε ἀνέκειτο ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ καὶ ἔλαβε τάδε καὶ εὐχαριστήσας εἶπε τοῦτό μού ἐστι τάδε« καὶ ἔδωκε τοῖς αὐτοῦ μαθηταῖς καὶ εἶπε τοῦτό μού ἐστι τάδε.«
horōmen gar hoti elaben ho sōtēr eis tas cheiras autou, hōs echei en tǭ euangeliǭ, hote anekeito en tǭ deipnǭ kai elabe tade kai eucharistēsas eipe touto mou esti tade« kai edōke tois autou mathētais kai eipe touto mou esti tade.«
for we see that the Savior took into his hands, as it is in the Gospel, when he reclined at the supper, such-and-such, and having given thanks said, “This is my such-and-such”; and he gave to his disciples and said, “This is my such-and-such.”
57.4Holl GCS 25:66–67
καὶ ὁρῶμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἴσον ἐστὶν οὐδὲ ὅμοιον οὐ τῇ ἐνσάρκῳ εἰκόνι οὐ τῇ ἀοράτῳ θεότητι οὐ τοῖς χαρακτῆρσι τῶν μελῶν. τὸ μὲν γάρ ἐστι στρογγυλοειδὲς * καὶ ἀναίσθητον.
kai horōmen hoti ouk ison estin oude homoion ou tę̄ ensarkǭ eikoni ou tę̄ aoratǭ theotēti ou tois charaktērsi tōn melōn. to men gar esti strongyloeides * kai anaisthēton.
And we see that it is not equal nor alike, neither to the incarnate image, nor to the invisible Godhead, nor to the features of the limbs. For the one is round in shape * and without sensation.
57.5Holl GCS 25:67
* ὡς πρὸς τὴν δύναμιν καὶ ἠθέλησεν χάριτι εἰπεῖν τοῦτό μού ἐστι τάδε« καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀπιστεῖ τῷ λόγῳ. ὁ γὰρ μὴ πιστεύων εἶναι αὐτὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐν ᾡ εἰπεν, ἐκπίπτει τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας.
* hōs pros tēn dynamin kai ēthelēsen chariti eipein touto mou esti tade« kai oudeis apistei tǭ logǭ. ho gar mē pisteuōn einai auton alēthinon en hǭ eipen, ekpiptei tēs charitos kai tēs sōtērias.
* as to its power; and he willed by grace to say, “This is my such-and-such,” and no one disbelieves the word. For whoever does not believe that he is true in what he said falls away from grace and salvation.
57.6Holl GCS 25:67
ὅταν δὲ ἀκούσωμεν, καὶ πιστεύσωμεν· πιστεύομεν ὄτι ἔστιν αὐτοῦ *, τὸν δὲ κύριον ἡμῶν οἴδαμεν ὅλον αἴσθησιν ὅλον αἰσθητικὸν ὅλον θεὸν ὄλον κινοῦντα ὅλον ἐνεργοῦντα ὅλον φῶς ὅλον Λόγον, ἀκατάληπτον, ἀλλὰ μετὰ χάριτος ἡμῖν τοῦτο δεδωρημένον.
hotan de akousōmen, kai pisteusōmen; pisteuomen oti estin autou *, ton de kyrion hēmōn oidamen holon aisthēsin holon aisthētikon holon theon olon kinounta holon energounta holon phōs holon Logon, akatalēpton, alla meta charitos hēmin touto dedōrēmenon.
And when we hear, we also believe; we believe that it is his *; and we know our Lord to be wholly sensation, wholly sensing, wholly God, wholly moving, wholly working, wholly light, wholly Word, incomprehensible, but having bestowed this on us with grace.
Chapter 58
58.1Holl GCS 25:67
58. Οὗτος τοίνυν ὁ Ἀδὰμ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἐτέθη καὶ ἔφαγεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου. ὁ δὲ παράδεισος, φησίν »ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολάς‘· πηγὴ δὲ ἀνέβαινεν ἐξ Ἐδέμ«, καὶ οὐκ εἶπε »κατέβαινεν«, ἱνα μὴ νομίσωμεν ἐν οὐρανῷ εἶναι τὴν Ἐδέμ. εἰ γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ ἠν, ἄνωθεν ἂν εἶπε »κατέρχεται« πηγή. ἀλλὰ ⟨καί⟩ φησι ποταμὸς ἐκπορεύεται Ἐδέμ«· καὶ οὐκ εἶπε κατέρχεται.
58. Houtos toinyn ho Adam en tǭ paradeisǭ etethē kai ephagen apo tou xylou. ho de paradeisos, phēsin »en Edem kata anatolas‘; pēgē de anebainen ex Edem«, kai ouk eipe »katebainen«, hina mē nomisōmen en ouranǭ einai tēn Edem. ei gar en ouranǭ ēn, anōthen an eipe »katerchetai« pēgē. alla ⟨kai⟩ phēsi potamos ekporeuetai Edem«; kai ouk eipe katerchetai.
This Adam, then, was placed in paradise and ate from the tree. And paradise, it says, is “in Eden, toward the east”; and “a spring went up out of Eden,” and it did not say “came down,” so that we might not think Eden is in heaven. For if it were in heaven, it would have said a spring “comes down” from above. But it ⟨also⟩ says, “A river goes out from Eden,” and it did not say “comes down.”
58.2Holl GCS 25:67–68
οὑτος »ἀφορίζεται εἰς τέσσαρας ἀρχάς. ὄνομα τῷ ἑνὶ φεισών«, καὶ ὁρῶμεν τὸν Φεισὼν ἐπʼ ὄφεσιν ἡμῶν. καὶ Φεισὼν μέν ἐστιν ὁ Γάγγης παρὰ τοῖς Ἰνδοῖς καλούμενος καὶ Αἰθίοψιν, Ἕλληνες δὲ τοῦτον καλοῦσιν Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν. πᾶσαν γὰρ τὴν Εὐιλὰτ περικυκλοῖ«, τὴν μικρὰν Αἰθιοπίαν καὶ τὴν μεγάλην, τὰ μέρη τῶν Εὐιλαίων, διαπερᾷ δὲ τὴν μεγάλην Αἰθιοπίαν καὶ πίπτει εἰς τὸν νότον καὶ δύνει ἔσωθεν Γαδείρων εἰς τὸν μέγαν Ὠκεανόν.
houtos »aphorizetai eis tessaras archas. onoma tǭ heni pheisōn«, kai horōmen ton Pheisōn epʼ ophesin hēmōn. kai Pheisōn men estin ho Gangēs para tois Indois kaloumenos kai Aithiopsin, Hellēnes de touton kalousin Indon potamon. pasan gar tēn Euilat perikykloi«, tēn mikran Aithiopian kai tēn megalēn, ta merē tōn Euilaiōn, diaperą de tēn megalēn Aithiopian kai piptei eis ton noton kai dynei esōthen Gadeirōn eis ton megan Ōkeanon.
This “is divided into four heads. The name of the one is Pishon,” and we see the Pishon before our eyes. The Pishon is the river called Ganges among the Indians and Ethiopians, and the Greeks call it the Indus river. For “it encircles all the land of Havilah,” lesser and greater Ethiopia, the regions of the Havilites, and it crosses great Ethiopia and falls toward the south and sinks inside Gadeira into the great Ocean.
58.3Holl GCS 25:68
δεύτερος ποταμὸς »Γεών«. καὶ αἰσθητὸν ὁρῶμεν τὸν ποταμὸν καὶ οὐκ ἀλληγορούμενον· οὑτος γὰρ ὁ κατὰ τὴν Αἰθιοπίαν κατερχόμενος καὶ διαπερῶν τὴν μικρὰν Αἰθιοπίαν, Ἀνουβῖτίν τε καὶ Βλεμμύαν καὶ Αʼξωμῖτιν καὶ ἐπικλύζων τὰ μέρη Θηβαΐδος καὶ Αἰγύπτου εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν ταύτην ἐκπίπτει. εἰ τις ἀπιστεῖ, ἀκουέτω τοῦ Ἰερεμίου λέγοντος »ἵνα τί ὑμῖν καὶ τῇ γῇ Αἰγύπτου τοῦ πιεῖν ὕδωρ Γεὼν τὸ τεθολωμένον«;
deuteros potamos »Geōn«. kai aisthēton horōmen ton potamon kai ouk allēgoroumenon; houtos gar ho kata tēn Aithiopian katerchomenos kai diaperōn tēn mikran Aithiopian, Anoubitin te kai Blemmyan kai Aʼxōmitin kai epiklyzōn ta merē Thēbaïdos kai Aigyptou eis tēn thalassan tautēn ekpiptei. ei tis apistei, akouetō tou Ieremiou legontos »hina ti hymin kai tę̄ gę̄ Aigyptou tou piein hydōr Geōn to tetholōmenon«?
The second river is “Gihon.” And we see the river as perceptible and not allegorized; for it is the one that comes down through Ethiopia and crosses lesser Ethiopia, the Anubitis, the Blemmyes, and Axumitis, and flooding the regions of the Thebaid and Egypt falls into this sea. If anyone disbelieves, let him hear Jeremiah saying, “What have you and the land of Egypt to do with drinking the muddy water of Gihon?”
58.4Holl GCS 25:68
τρίτος‘ φησί »ποταμὸς Τίγρης, ὁ πορευόμενος κατέναντι τῶν Ἀσσυρίων‘ «· διατέμνει γὰρ τὰ μέρη τῆς Ἀνατολῆς καὶ δύνει ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν καὶ ἀνίσχει ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀρμενίας κατὰ μέσον Καρδυαίων καὶ Ἀρμενίων καὶ ἀναπηγάζει πάλιν καὶ διατέμνεται εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἀσσυρίων γῆν.
tritos‘ phēsi »potamos Tigrēs, ho poreuomenos katenanti tōn Assyriōn‘ «; diatemnei gar ta merē tēs Anatolēs kai dynei hypo tēn gēn kai anischei apo tēs Armenias kata meson Kardyaiōn kai Armeniōn kai anapēgazei palin kai diatemnetai eis tēn tōn Assyriōn gēn.
“The third river,” it says, “is the Tigris, which flows opposite the Assyrians”; for it cuts through the regions of the East and sinks under the earth and rises from Armenia between the Carduaeans and Armenians and springs up again and is divided into the land of the Assyrians.
58.5Holl GCS 25:68
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ ποταμὸς ὁ τέταρτος Εὐφράτης, ὡσαύτως ὁμοίως τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ δύνων ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν ἀνέρχεται ἀπὸ τῆς Αρμενίας καὶ οὕτως ἐπικλύζει τὴν Περσίδα. εἰ τοίνυν οὐκ ἔνι παράδεισος αἰσθητός, οὐκ ἐνι πηγή· εἰ οὐκ ἔνι πηγή, οὐκ ἔνι ποταμός· εἰ οὐκ ἔνι ποταμός, οὐκ εἰσὶ τέσσαρες ἀρχαί· εἰ οὐκ ἔνι Φεισών, οὐκ ἔνι Γεών, οὐκ ἔνι Τίγρης· εἰ οὐκ ἔνι Τίγρης, οὐκ ἔνι Εὐφράτης·
alla kai ho potamos ho tetartos Euphratēs, hōsautōs homoiōs tǭ autǭ tropǭ dynōn hypo tēn gēn anerchetai apo tēs Armenias kai houtōs epiklyzei tēn Persida. ei toinyn ouk eni paradeisos aisthētos, ouk eni pēgē; ei ouk eni pēgē, ouk eni potamos; ei ouk eni potamos, ouk eisi tessares archai; ei ouk eni Pheisōn, ouk eni Geōn, ouk eni Tigrēs; ei ouk eni Tigrēs, ouk eni Euphratēs;
And also the fourth river, the Euphrates, likewise in the same way sinks under the earth, comes up from Armenia, and so floods Persia. If then there is no perceptible paradise, there is no spring; if there is no spring, there is no river; if there is no river, there are no four heads; if there is no Pishon, there is no Gihon, no Tigris; if there is no Tigris, there is no Euphrates;
58.7Holl GCS 25:68
εἰ οὐκ ἔνι Εὐφράτης, οὐκ ἔνι συκῆ, οὐκ ἔνι φύλλα, οὐκ ἔνι Ἀδάμ, οὐκ ἔνι ⟩ φαγεῖν, οὐκ ἔνι Εὔα· εἰ οὐκ ἔνι Εὔα, οὐκ ἔφαγεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου· εἰ οὐκ ἔφαγεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, οὐκ ἔνι Ἀδάμ·
ei ouk eni Euphratēs, ouk eni sykē, ouk eni phylla, ouk eni Adam, ouk eni ⟩ phagein, ouk eni Eua; ei ouk eni Eua, ouk ephagen apo tou xylou; ei ouk ephagen apo tou xylou, ouk eni Adam;
if there is no Euphrates, there is no fig tree, no leaves, no Adam, no ⟨eating⟩, no Eve; if there is no Eve, he did not eat from the tree; if he did not eat from the tree, there is no Adam;
58.8Holl GCS 25:68–69
εἰ οὐκ ἔνι Ἀδάμ, οὐκ εἰσὶν ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλὰ μῦθος λοιπὸν ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἀλληγορεῖται τὰ πάντα. ἔστι τοίνυν Ἀδάμ· ἔσμεν γὰρ ἐξ αὐτοῦ, τὸ γένος αὐτοῦ ὄντες πάντες κατὰ διαδοχήν, καὶ ὁρῶμεν αὐτὸν διὰ τοῦ πλήθους ἐν τῇ διαδοχῇ.
ei ouk eni Adam, ouk eisin anthrōpoi, alla mythos loipon hē alētheia kai allēgoreitai ta panta. esti toinyn Adam; esmen gar ex autou, to genos autou ontes pantes kata diadochēn, kai horōmen auton dia tou plēthous en tę̄ diadochę̄.
if there is no Adam, there are no human beings, but truth is henceforth a myth and everything is allegorized. So there is an Adam; for we are from him, all being his race by succession, and we see him through the multitude in the succession.
Chapter 59
59.1Holl GCS 25:69
59. Ἀδὰμ γὰρ γεννᾷ κατὰ τὴν ἰδέαν αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ τὸν Σήθ. ἵνα ⟨γὰρ⟩ μή τις νομίσῃ τὸν πεπλασμένον καὶ τοὺς γεγεννημένους ἄλλους, διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ἡ γραφή »κατὰ τὴν ἰδέαν αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ( Σὴθ δὲ γεννᾷ τὸν Ἐνώς, Ἐνὼς τὸν Καϊνάν, Καϊνὰν τὸν Μαλελεήλ, Μαλελεὴλ τὸν Ἰάρετ καὶ Ἰάρετ τὸν Ἐνώχ, Ἐνὼχ τὸν Μαθουσάλα, Μαθουσάλα τὸν Λάμεχ, Λάμεχ τὸν Νῶε, καὶ γέγονε κατακλυσμός, οὐκ ἀλληγορίᾳ ἀλλʼ ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ ἀπώλετο πᾶσα ψυχή, ἔμειναν δὲ »ὀκτὼ ψυχαὶ« ἀνθρώπων.
59. Adam gar genną kata tēn idean autou kai kata tēn eikona autou ton Sēth. hina ⟨gar⟩ mē tis nomisę̄ ton peplasmenon kai tous gegennēmenous allous, dia touto phēsin hē graphē »kata tēn idean autou kai kata tēn eikona autou( Sēth de genną ton Enōs, Enōs ton Kaïnan, Kaïnan ton Maleleēl, Maleleēl ton Iaret kai Iaret ton Enōch, Enōch ton Mathousala, Mathousala ton Lamech, Lamech ton Nōe, kai gegone kataklysmos, ouk allēgorią allʼ alētheią, kai apōleto pasa psychē, emeinan de »oktō psychai« anthrōpōn.
For Adam begets Seth according to his form and according to his image. ⟨For⟩ so that no one might think the one formed and those begotten are different, Scripture says “according to his form and according to his image.” And Seth begets Enosh, Enosh Kenan, Kenan Mahalalel, Mahalalel Jared, and Jared Enoch, Enoch Methuselah, Methuselah Lamech, Lamech Noah; and the flood came, not in allegory but in truth, and every soul perished, and “eight souls” of men remained.
59.2Holl GCS 25:69
ψυχὰς πάλιν ἐὰν ἀκούσῃς, μὴ νομίσῃς πλάσματα μὴ ἔχειν. ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ ἑνὸς εἴδους ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὅλος καλεῖται. »κατέβη«, γάρ φησιν ἡ γραφή, »Ἰακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐν ψυχαῖς ἐβδομήκοντα πέντε«, οὐχ ὅτι αἱ ψυχαὶ εἵποντο ἄνευ σωμάτων, ἀλλὰ σὺν σώμασι· ὅλον ⟨οὖν⟩ τὸν ἄνθρωπον κέκληκεν. καί »ἠμεν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ ὡς ὀγδοήκοντα ψυχαί«, φησὶν ὁ Λουκᾶς, ὁ συγγραψάμενος τὰς πράξεις τῶν ἀποστόλων.
psychas palin ean akousę̄s, mē nomisę̄s plasmata mē echein. apo gar tou henos eidous ho anthrōpos holos kaleitai. »katebē«, gar phēsin hē graphē, »Iakōb eis Aigypton en psychais ebdomēkonta pente«, ouch hoti hai psychai heiponto aneu sōmatōn, alla syn sōmasi; holon ⟨oun⟩ ton anthrōpon keklēken. kai »ēmen en tǭ ploiǭ hōs ogdoēkonta psychai«, phēsin ho Loukas, ho syngrapsamenos tas praxeis tōn apostolōn.
And if you hear “souls” again, do not think they have no bodies. For from one form the whole man is named. For “Jacob went down,” says Scripture, “into Egypt with seventy-five souls,” not that the souls followed without bodies, but with bodies; ⟨so⟩ it called the whole man. And “we were in the ship about eighty souls,” says Luke, who wrote the Acts of the Apostles.
59.3Holl GCS 25:69
καὶ ἡ συνήθεια τοὺς δούλους σώματα εἴωθε καλεῖν. δεσπότης ἐστί, φησίν, ἐκατὸν σωμάτων· ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχὰς ἐχόντων. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ δεσποτεία τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωμάτων κυριεύει ἀλλʼ οὐ ψυχῶν, διὰ τοῦτο τοὺς δούλους εὐλόγως σώματα ἐκάλεσαν σὺν ψυχαῖς, ἕνα δείξῃ τὴν χρῆσιν τῶν σωμάτων.
kai hē synētheia tous doulous sōmata eiōthe kalein. despotēs esti, phēsin, ekaton sōmatōn; alla kai psychas echontōn. epeidē de hē despoteia tōn anthrōpōn sōmatōn kyrieuei allʼ ou psychōn, dia touto tous doulous eulogōs sōmata ekalesan syn psychais, hena deixę̄ tēn chrēsin tōn sōmatōn.
And custom is used to call slaves “bodies”: “He is master,” they say, “of a hundred bodies,” yet they have souls. But since human mastery rules over bodies but not souls, for this reason they reasonably called slaves “bodies,” with their souls, to show the use of the bodies.
59.4Holl GCS 25:69–70
ἐξῆλθε δὲ Νῶε ἐκ τῆς κιβωτοῦ γεννήσας τὸν Σὴμ τὸν Χὰρ τὸν Ἰάφεθ. Σὴν δὲ γεννᾷ τὸν Ἀρφαξάδ, Ἀρφαξὰδ γεννᾷ τὸν Καϊνάν, Καϊνὰν τὸν Σάλα, Σάλα τὸν Ἔβερ, Ἔβερ τὸν Φαλέκ, Φαλὲκ τὸν Ῥαγαῦ, Ῥαγαῦ τὸν Σερούχ, Σεροὺχ τὸν Ναχώρ, Ναχὼρ τὸν Θάρρα, Θάρρα τὸν Ἀβραάμ, Ἀβραὰμ τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἱακὼβ τὸν Ἱούδαν, Ἰούδας τὸν Φαρές, Φαρὲς τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἐσρὼμ τὸν Ἀρὰμ Ἀρὰμ τὸν Ἀμιναδάμ, Ἀμιναδὰμ τὸν ναασώμ, Ναασὼμ τὸν Σαλμών, Σαλμὼν τὸν Βοόζ, Βοὸζ τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ, Ἰωβὴσ τὸν Ἰεσσαί, Ἰεσσαὶ τὸν Δαυὶδ τὸν βασιλέα, Δαυὶδ τὸν Σολομῶντα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου, Σολομῶν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ, Ῥοβοὰμ τὸν Ἀβιά, Αβιὰ τὸν Ασάφ, Ἀσὰφ τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ, Ἰωσαφὰτ τὸν Ἰωράμ, Ἰωρὰμ τὸν Ὀχοζίαν, Ὀχοζίας τὸν Ἰωάς, Ἰωὰς τὸν Ἀμεσίαν, Ἀμεσίας τὸν Ὀζίαν, τὸν κληθέντα Ἀζαρίαν, Ὀζίας τὸν Ἰωάθαμ, Ἰωάθαμ τὸν Ἄχαζ, Αχαζ τὸν Ἐζεκίαν, Ἐζεκίας τὸν Μανασσῆ, Μανασσῆς τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς τὸν Ἰωσίαν, Ἰωσίας τὸν Ἰεχονίαν, Ἰεχονίας πάλιν τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ τὸν Ζοροβάβελ, Ζοροβάβελ τὸν Ἀβιούδ, Ἀβιοὺδ τὸν Ἐλιακείμ, Ἐλιακεὶμ τὸν Ἀσώρ, Ἀσὼρ τὸν Σαδώκ, Σαδὼκ τὸν Ἀχείμ, Ἀχεὶμ τὸν Ἐλιούδ, Ἐλιοὺδ τὸν Ἐλεάζαρ, Ἐλεάζαρ τὸν Ματθίαν, Ματθίας τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ τὸν Ἰωσήφ.
exēlthe de Nōe ek tēs kibōtou gennēsas ton Sēm ton Char ton Iapheth. Sēn de genną ton Arphaxad, Arphaxad genną ton Kaïnan, Kaïnan ton Sala, Sala ton Eber, Eber ton Phalek, Phalek ton Rhagau, Rhagau ton Serouch, Serouch ton Nachōr, Nachōr ton Tharra, Tharra ton Abraam, Abraam ton Isaak, Isaak ton Iakōb, Hiakōb ton Hioudan, Ioudas ton Phares, Phares ton Hesrōm, Esrōm ton Aram Aram ton Aminadam, Aminadam ton naasōm, Naasōm ton Salmōn, Salmōn ton Booz, Booz ton Iōbēd ek tēs Rhouth, Iōbēs ton Iessai, Iessai ton Dauid ton basilea, Dauid ton Solomōnta ek tēs tou Ouriou, Solomōn ton Rhoboam, Rhoboam ton Abia, Abia ton Asaph, Asaph ton Iōsaphat, Iōsaphat ton Iōram, Iōram ton Ochozian, Ochozias ton Iōas, Iōas ton Amesian, Amesias ton Ozian, ton klēthenta Azarian, Ozias ton Iōatham, Iōatham ton Achaz, Achaz ton Ezekian, Ezekias ton Manassē, Manassēs ton Amōs, Amōs ton Iōsian, Iōsias ton Iechonian, Iechonias palin ton Salathiēl, Salathiēl ton Zorobabel, Zorobabel ton Abioud, Abioud ton Eliakeim, Eliakeim ton Asōr, Asōr ton Sadōk, Sadōk ton Acheim, Acheim ton Elioud, Elioud ton Eleazar, Eleazar ton Matthian, Matthias ton Iakōb, Iakōb ton Iōsēph.
And Noah came out of the ark, having begotten Shem, Ham, and Japheth. And Shem begets Arphaxad, Arphaxad begets Cainan, Cainan Shelah, Shelah Eber, Eber Peleg, Peleg Reu, Reu Serug, Serug Nahor, Nahor Terah, Terah Abraham, Abraham Isaac, Isaac Jacob, Jacob Judah, Judah Perez, Perez Hezron, Hezron Ram, Ram Amminadab, Amminadab Nahshon, Nahshon Salmon, Salmon Boaz, Boaz Obed by Ruth, Obed Jesse, Jesse David the king, David Solomon by the wife of Uriah, Solomon Rehoboam, Rehoboam Abijah, Abijah Asaph, Asaph Jehoshaphat, Jehoshaphat Joram, Joram Ahaziah, Ahaziah Joash, Joash Amaziah, Amaziah Uzziah, who was called Azariah, Uzziah Jotham, Jotham Ahaz, Ahaz Hezekiah, Hezekiah Manasseh, Manasseh Amos, Amos Josiah, Josiah Jechoniah, Jechoniah again Shealtiel, Shealtiel Zerubbabel, Zerubbabel Abiud, Abiud Eliakim, Eliakim Azor, Azor Zadok, Zadok Achim, Achim Eliud, Eliud Eleazar, Eleazar Matthan, Matthan Jacob, Jacob Joseph.
Chapter 60
60.1Holl GCS 25:70
60. Ἰωσὴφ γέρων ὢν ⟩ χῆρος μετὰ τὸ λαβεῖν πρώτην γυναῖκα καὶ ποιῆσαι ἐξ αὐτῆς παῖδας ἄρρενας μὲν τέσσαρας, Ἰάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ κυρίου καλούμενον διὰ τὸ συνανατραφῆναι αὐτῷ καὶ Σίμωνα καὶ Ἰούδαν καὶ Ἰωσῆν, δύο δὲ θυγατέρας,. † Ἄνναν καὶ Σαλώμην,
60. Iōsēph gerōn ōn ⟩ chēros meta to labein prōtēn gynaika kai poiēsai ex autēs paidas arrenas men tessaras, Iakōbon ton adelphon tou kyriou kaloumenon dia to synanatraphēnai autǭ kai Simōna kai Ioudan kai Iōsēn, dyo de thygateras,. † Annan kai Salōmēn,
Joseph, being old ⟨and⟩ a widower, after taking a first wife and having by her four sons, James, called the brother of the Lord because he was brought up with him, and Simon and Judas and Joses, and two daughters, † Anna and Salome,
60.2Holl GCS 25:70–71
οὗτος ὁ Ἰωσὴφ γέρων ὢν καὶ χῆρος κατὰ ἀνάγκην τῶν κλήρων βαλλομένων ἐπὶ χήρους καὶ ἀγάμους καθʼ ἑκάστην φυλὴν εἰς τὰς ἀπὸ ναοῦ παρθένους διὰ τὸ ἀφιεροῦσθαι ἐν τῷ ναῶ τοὺς πρωτοτόκους παῖδας, ἄρρενάς τε καὶ θηλείας) ἔλαβε κατὰ κλῆρον τὴν ἁγίαν παρθένον Μαρίαν, »ἐξ ἡς« κατὰ σάρκα »ἐγεννήθη« ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου, οὐκ ἀπὸ σπέρματος ἀνδρὸς οὔτε συναφείᾳ σώματος.
houtos ho Iōsēph gerōn ōn kai chēros kata anankēn tōn klērōn ballomenōn epi chērous kai agamous kathʼ hekastēn phylēn eis tas apo naou parthenous dia to aphierousthai en tǭ naō tous prōtotokous paidas, arrenas te kai thēleias) elabe kata klēron tēn hagian parthenon Marian, »ex hēs« kata sarka »egennēthē« ho kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos dia pneumatos hagiou, ouk apo spermatos andros oute synapheią sōmatos.
this Joseph, being old and a widower, by necessity, when lots were cast among widowers and unmarried men of each tribe for the virgins from the temple (because the firstborn children, male and female, were dedicated in the temple), received by lot the holy virgin Mary, “of whom” according to the flesh “was born” our Lord Jesus Christ, through the Holy Spirit, not from the seed of a man nor by union of body.
60.3Holl GCS 25:71
γεννᾶται τοίνυν ὁ κύριος ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰούδα, ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ καὶ Ἀβραὰμ κατὰ σάρκα, θεὸς ὤν, ἐν τῷ τεσσαρακοστῷ ⟨δευτέρῳ⟩ ἔτει τῆς βασιλείας
gennatai toinyn ho kyrios ek phylēs Iouda, ek spermatos Dauid kai Abraam kata sarka, theos ōn, en tǭ tessarakostǭ ⟨deuterǭ⟩ etei tēs basileias
So the Lord is born of the tribe of Judah, of the seed of David and Abraham according to the flesh, being God, in the forty-⟨second⟩ year of the reign ⟨of Augustus⟩.
60.4Holl GCS 25:71–72
Αὔγουστος δὲ ἐβασίλευσεν πεντήκοντα ἓξ ἴτη καὶ μῆνας ἕξ μετʼ αὐτὸν δὲ παῖς αὐτοῦ Τιβέριος διαδέχεται τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔτη ݲ μετὰ Τιβέριον Γάϊος ἔτη τρία καὶ μῆνας θ καὶ ἡμέρας κβ μετὰ Γάϊον Κλαύδιος ἔτη ݲ μετὰ Κλαύδιον Νέρων ἴτη ݲ μετὰ Νέρωνα Οὐεσπασιανὸς ἴτη θ μετὰ Οὐεσπασιανὸν Τίτος ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἔτη β μετὰ Τίτον Δομετιανὸς ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ ἔτη ݲ καὶ μῆνας ݲ μετὰ Δομετιανὸν Νερούας ἔτος ݲ μῆνας δ μετὰ Νερούσν Τραϊανὸς ἔτη ιθ μετὰ Τραϊανὸν Ἀδριανὸς ݲ μετὰ Ἀδριανὸν Ἀντωνῖνος εὐσεβὴς ἔτη κβ μετὰ Ἀντωνῖνον Μάρκος Αὐρήλιος Ἀντωνὶνπος, ὁ καὶ Οὐῆρος, ἴτη ιθ Κόμοδος ἴτη ݲ Περτίναφ μῆνας ζω Σευῆρος ἴτη ݲ Ἀντωνῖνος ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἔτη ζ Μακρῖνος ἔτος ἴν Ἀντωνῖνος ἄλλος ἴτη ݲ Ἀλέξανδρος, οὐχ ὁ Μακεκδών, ἴτη ݲ Μαξιμῖνος ἴτη ݲ Γορδιανὸς ἴτη ζ Φίλιππος ἴτη ἔτη ζ Δέκιος ἔτος ݲ Γάλλος ὁ * καὶ Oὐολουσιανὸς ἴτη ηνὸς ἴτη ݲ Κλαύδιος ἄλλος ἔτος ἴν Αὐρηλιανὸς ἴτη ι]δ Τάκιτος μῆνας ζ Πρόβος ἴτη ξ οἱ περὶ Κᾶρον καὶ Καρῖνον καὶ Νουμεριανὸν ἴτη β Διοκλητιανὸς ἔτη ݲ
Augoustos de ebasileusen pentēkonta hex itē kai mēnas hex metʼ auton de pais autou Tiberios diadechetai tēn archēn etē ݲ meta Tiberion Gaïos etē tria kai mēnas th kai hēmeras kb meta Gaïon Klaudios etē ݲ meta Klaudion Nerōn itē ݲ meta Nerōna Ouespasianos itē th meta Ouespasianon Titos ho huios autou etē b meta Titon Dometianos ho adelphos autou etē ݲ kai mēnas ݲ meta Dometianon Nerouas etos ݲ mēnas d meta Nerousn Traïanos etē ith meta Traïanon Adrianos ݲ meta Adrianon Antōninos eusebēs etē kb meta Antōninon Markos Aurēlios Antōninpos, ho kai Ouēros, itē ith Komodos itē ݲ Pertinaph mēnas zō Seuēros itē ݲ Antōninos ho huios autou etē z Makrinos etos in Antōninos allos itē ݲ Alexandros, ouch ho Makekdōn, itē ݲ Maximinos itē ݲ Gordianos itē z Philippos itē etē z Dekios etos ݲ Gallos ho * kai Oyolousianos itē ēnos itē ݲ Klaudios allos etos in Aurēlianos itē i]d Takitos mēnas z Probos itē x hoi peri Karon kai Karinon kai Noumerianon itē b Dioklētianos etē ݲ
Augustus reigned fifty-six years and six months; after him his son Tiberius succeeds to the rule, … years; after Tiberius, Gaius, three years, nine months, and twenty-two days; after Gaius, Claudius, … years; after Claudius, Nero, … years; after Nero, Vespasian, nine years; after Vespasian, Titus his son, two years; after Titus, Domitian his brother, … years and … months; after Domitian, Nerva, … year, four months; after Nerva, Trajan, nineteen years; after Trajan, Hadrian, …; after Hadrian, Antoninus Pius, twenty-two years; after Antoninus, Marcus Aurelius Antoninus, also called Verus, nineteen years; Commodus, … years; Pertinax, … months; Severus, … years; Antoninus his son, seven years; Macrinus, one year; another Antoninus, … years; Alexander, not the Macedonian, … years; Maximinus, … years; Gordian, seven years; Philip, seven years; Decius, … year; Gallus * and Volusianus, … years; …nus, … years; another Claudius, one year; Aurelian, … years; Tacitus, seven months; Probus, … years; Carus with Carinus and Numerian, two years; Diocletian, … years.
60.5Holl GCS 25:72–73
μετὰ Διοκλητιανὸν Μαξιμανὸς Λικίννιος Κωνστάντιος Κωνσταντῖνος Κώνστας Κωνστάντιος καὶ κωνσταντῖνος Ἰουλιανὸς Ἰοβιανὸς Οὐαλεντινιανὸς Οὐάλης Γρατιανὸς ἴως τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ τούτου μετὰ τὸ τελευτῆσαι Διοκλητιανὸν ἴτη ݲ. τὸ ἔτος γὰρ τοῦτό ἐστιν ἐνενηκοστὸν Διοκλητιανοῦ, Οὐαλεντινιανοῦ καὶ Οὐάλεντος ݲ, Γρατιανοῦ δὲ ἔτος ξ, ὑπατείᾳ Γρατιανοῦ Αὐγούστου τὸ τρίτον καὶ Ἐκουιτίου λαμπροτάτου, Ἰνδικτιῶνος β.
meta Dioklētianon Maximanos Likinnios Kōnstantios Kōnstantinos Kōnstas Kōnstantios kai kōnstantinos Ioulianos Iobianos Oualentinianos Oualēs Gratianos iōs tou eniautou toutou meta to teleutēsai Dioklētianon itē ݲ. to etos gar touto estin enenēkoston Dioklētianou, Oualentinianou kai Oualentos ݲ, Gratianou de etos x, hypateią Gratianou Augoustou to triton kai Ekouitiou lamprotatou, Indiktiōnos b.
After Diocletian: Maximian, Licinius, Constantius, Constantine, Constans, Constantius and Constantine, Julian, Jovian, Valentinian, Valens, Gratian, up to this year, … years after the death of Diocletian. For this year is the ninetieth of Diocletian, the … of Valentinian and Valens, the … of Gratian, in the consulship of Gratian Augustus for the third time and of Equitius, most illustrious, in the second indiction.
Chapter 61
61.1Holl GCS 25:73
61. Ἡμεῖς τοίνυν ἀπὸ τοῦ προειρημένου Ἀδὰμ πάντες κατὰ ἀκολουθίαν· καὶ οὐκ ἀπώλετο ἡ τάξις οὐδὲ τὰ ὑπὸ θεοῦ γινόμενα ἀλληγοροῦνται.
61. Hēmeis toinyn apo tou proeirēmenou Adam pantes kata akolouthian; kai ouk apōleto hē taxis oude ta hypo theou ginomena allēgorountai.
So we are all from the aforementioned Adam in sequence; and the order has not perished, nor are the things made by God allegorized.
61.2Holl GCS 25:73
ἔστι τοίνυν Ἀδὰμ καὶ ἔστι φύλλα συκῆς καὶ συκῆ καὶ ξύλον τοῦ εἰδέναι γνωστὸν καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ καὶ ξύλον ζωῆς ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ παραδείσου καὶ οφις καὶ παρακοὴ καὶ ὑπακοὴ καὶ εἰσὶ ποταμοὶ καὶ ἔστιν Εὕα καὶ τὸ πλάσμα·
esti toinyn Adam kai esti phylla sykēs kai sykē kai xylon tou eidenai gnōston kalou kai ponērou kai xylon zōēs en mesǭ tou paradeisou kai ophis kai parakoē kai hypakoē kai eisi potamoi kai estin Heua kai to plasma;
So there is an Adam, and there are fig leaves and a fig tree, and the tree for knowing what is known of good and evil, and the tree of life in the midst of paradise, and a serpent, and disobedience and obedience; and there are rivers, and there is Eve, and the formed body.
61.3Holl GCS 25:73
πάντα γὰρ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ« καὶ τὰ φθαρτὰ μεταβαλεῖν εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ποιῆσαι ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ διατελεῖν.
panta gar dynata tǭ theǭ« kai ta phtharta metabalein eis aphtharsian kai ta epi tēs gēs poiēsai en aphtharsią diatelein.
For “all things are possible with God,” both to change corruptible things into incorruption and to make things on earth continue in incorruption.
61.4Holl GCS 25:73
καὶ μὴ θαυμαζέτω τις· τοῦτο γὰρ ἠλθε καὶ ἔδειξε λαβὼν σάρκα φθαρτὴν καὶ ἐνδυσάμενος ἐν τῇ θεότητι καὶ ἀποδείξας ἄφθαρτον. »τίς γὰρ ἐγκαλέσει« θεῷ;
kai mē thaumazetō tis; touto gar ēlthe kai edeixe labōn sarka phthartēn kai endysamenos en tę̄ theotēti kai apodeixas aphtharton. »tis gar enkalesei« theǭ?
And let no one be amazed; for he came and showed this, taking corruptible flesh and clothing it in the Godhead and showing it incorruptible. “For who will bring a charge” against God?
61.5Holl GCS 25:73
ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ ἄλλην θεωρίαν. ἐξέβαλεν ἀυτούς, φησίν, ἔξω τοῦ παραδείσου καὶ ἔθετο τὰ Χερουβὶμ καὶ τὴν φλογίνην ῥομφαίαν τηρεῖν τὴν εἴσοδον τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς. καὶ ἐξελθόντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀδὰμ ᾤκησαν ἀπέναντι τοῦ παραδίσου. μηδεὶς μύθοις ἀπατάσθω κενοῖς.
idōmen de kai allēn theōrian. exebalen autous, phēsin, exō tou paradeisou kai etheto ta Cheroubim kai tēn phloginēn rhomphaian tērein tēn eisodon tou xylou tēs zōēs. kai exelthontes hoi peri ton Adam ǭkēsan apenanti tou paradisou. mēdeis mythois apatasthō kenois.
Let us look at another consideration too. He drove them, it says, out of paradise and placed the Cherubim and the flaming sword to guard the entrance to the tree of life. And Adam and those with him went out and dwelt opposite paradise. Let no one be deceived by empty myths.
61.6Holl GCS 25:73
»δύναται γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα« καὶ δύναται ὁ θεὸς καὶ τὰ φθαρτὰ μεταβαλεῖν εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν καὶ δύναται ἐπὶ γῆς ποιῆσαι ἀνάπαυσιν παραδείσου, ὅτε ἠθέλησεν.
»dynatai gar ho theos ek tōn lithōn egeirai tekna« kai dynatai ho theos kai ta phtharta metabalein eis aphtharsian kai dynatai epi gēs poiēsai anapausin paradeisou, hote ēthelēsen.
“For God is able from the stones to raise up children,” and God is able to change corruptible things into incorruption, and able to make the rest of paradise on earth when he wished.
61.7Holl GCS 25:73
οὐ γὰρ ἡ γῆ ἄλλου θεοῦ καὶ ὀ οὐρανὸς ἄλλου, ἀλλὰ πάντα τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐστι καὶ ὡς θέλει χαρίζεται ἑκάστῳ τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν.
ou gar hē gē allou theou kai o ouranos allou, alla panta tou autou esti kai hōs thelei charizetai hekastǭ tēn aphtharsian.
For the earth is not of one god and heaven of another, but all belong to the same, and he grants incorruption to each as he wills.
61.8Holl GCS 25:73
καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἀδὰμ οἴδαμεν ἐκ τῆς γῆς πεπλασμένον, ἐξ ἡσπερ καὶ ἡμῶν τὰ σώματα, καὶ ἐλπίδα ἔχομεν ζωῆς αἰωνίου καὶ ἀφθάρτου κληρονομίας. καὶ γὰρ τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ σῶμα ἀπὸ Μαρίας ἠν καὶ συνήνωται πνευματικῶς τῇ τοῦ Λόγου ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀφθαρσίᾳ.
kai gar kai to sōma tou Adam oidamen ek tēs gēs peplasmenon, ex hēsper kai hēmōn ta sōmata, kai elpida echomen zōēs aiōniou kai aphthartou klēronomias. kai gar tou sōtēros to sōma apo Marias ēn kai synēnōtai pneumatikōs tę̄ tou Logou en ouranǭ aphtharsią.
For we know that Adam's body was formed from the earth, from which our bodies also come, and we have hope of eternal life and an incorruptible inheritance. For the Savior's body too was from Mary and has been spiritually united to the incorruption of the Word in heaven.
61.9Holl GCS 25:73–74
ταῦτα δὲ πάντα συνηγάγομεν καὶ ἐνταῦθα παρεθέμεθα μηθὲν παραρρῖψαι τῶν γεγραμμένων θέλοντες, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἁπλότητι φέρεσθαι πιστοί τε εὑρίσκεσθαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἐν οἷς ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν καὶ ἐδωρήσατο τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ὀδὸν εἰς ἡμῶν σωτηρίαν· συγχωρεῖν ⟨δὲ⟩ αὐτῷ μόνῳ πρέπον εἰδέναι τὰ ἀκατάληπτα.
tauta de panta synēgagomen kai entautha parethemetha mēthen pararripsai tōn gegrammenōn thelontes, alla mallon haplotēti pheresthai pistoi te heuriskesthai pros ton theon, en hois en alētheią egrapsen hēmin kai edōrēsato tēn tēs alētheias odon eis hēmōn sōtērian; synchōrein ⟨de⟩ autǭ monǭ prepon eidenai ta akatalēpta.
We have gathered all these things and set them out here, wishing to cast aside nothing of what is written, but rather to be carried along in simplicity and be found faithful toward God in what he wrote for us in truth, and he granted the way of truth for our salvation; and it is fitting ⟨to⟩ concede to him alone the knowing of incomprehensible things.
Chapter 62
62.1Holl GCS 25:74
62. Ἀλλην δὲ πάλιν μυθώδη θεωρίαν οὑτος ὁ Ὠριγένης, ᾡ ὁ θεὸς συγχωρήσειε φαντασίας τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀλληγοροῦντι, παρεισήγαγε φάσκων οὓς εἶπεν ἡ θεία γραφὴ χιτῶνας δερματίνους πεποιηκέναι τὸν θεὸν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀδὰμ μὴ εἶναι χιτῶνας δερματίνους·
62. Allēn de palin mythōdē theōrian houtos ho Ōrigenēs, hǭ ho theos synchōrēseie phantasias tois anthrōpois allēgorounti, pareisēgage phaskōn hous eipen hē theia graphē chitōnas dermatinous pepoiēkenai ton theon tois peri ton Adam mē einai chitōnas dermatinous;
Again this Origen (may God forgive him for allegorizing fantasies for people) introduced another mythical consideration, saying that the garments of skin which the divine Scripture says God made for Adam and Eve are not garments of skin;
62.2Holl GCS 25:74
ἀλλὰ τοῦτό φησι χιτῶνα δερμάτινον τὸ σαρκῶδες τοῦ σώματος ἢ αὐτὸ τὸ σῶμα· μετὰ γὰρ τὴν παρακοήν, φησίν, καὶ μετὰ τὸ βεβρωκέναι τοῦ ξύλου ἐνέδυσε τὰς ψυχάς ταῦτα τὰ σώματα τουτέστιν ταύτην τὴν σάρκα. καὶ ἔστιν εὔηθες τὸ ὄλον εἰπεῖν.
alla touto phēsi chitōna dermatinon to sarkōdes tou sōmatos ē auto to sōma; meta gar tēn parakoēn, phēsin, kai meta to bebrōkenai tou xylou enedyse tas psychas tauta ta sōmata toutestin tautēn tēn sarka. kai estin euēthes to olon eipein.
but this, he says, the garment of skin, is the fleshliness of the body or the body itself; for after the disobedience, he says, and after eating of the tree, he clothed the souls with these bodies, that is, with this flesh. And the whole thing is simple-minded to say.
62.3Holl GCS 25:74
σοφίζεται γὰρ αὐτὸς ὁ Ὠριγένης δῆθεν καὶ φησί· μὴ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς βυρσοδέψης ἠν, ἴνα βυρσεύσας δέρματα χιτῶνας ἐργάσηται τῷ Ἀδὰμ καὶ τῇ Εὔᾳ; πολὺ δὲ κτηνωδέστερον τὸ τοιοῦτον.
sophizetai gar autos ho Ōrigenēs dēthen kai phēsi; mē gar ho theos byrsodepsēs ēn, ina byrseusas dermata chitōnas ergasētai tǭ Adam kai tę̄ Euą? poly de ktēnōdesteron to toiouton.
For Origen himself argues cleverly, as it seems, and says: “Was God then a tanner, that he tanned hides and made garments for Adam and Eve?” But such a thing is much more brutish.
62.4Holl GCS 25:74
τί εὐχερέστερον ἠν, οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ποιῆσαι τὸν θεὸν ἤ χιτῶνας δερματινους; πότε γὰρ τὰ θαυμάσια αὐτοῦ θέλων οὐκ εἰργάσατο καὶ ἄψυχα εἰς ἔμψυχα μετεβαλεῖν πότε οὐ δεδύνηται;
ti eucheresteron ēn, ouranon kai gēn ex ouk ontōn poiēsai ton theon ē chitōnas dermatinous? pote gar ta thaumasia autou thelōn ouk eirgasato kai apsycha eis empsycha metebalein pote ou dedynētai?
Which was easier, for God to make heaven and earth from nothing, or garments of skin? When did he, wishing it, not work his wonders, and when was he unable to change lifeless things into living?
62.5Holl GCS 25:74–75
τὴν μὲν ῥάβδον Μωυσέως, ξηρὰν οὐσαν καὶ ξυλίνην, ὄφιν ἔμψυχον ἐποίησε Μωυσέα καταδιώκοντα ἀφʼ οὑ Μωυσῆς εἰς φυγὴν ἐτρέπετο, ἵνα δείξῃ ὅτι οὐκ ἠν φάντασμα, ἀλλ ἀληθὲς τὸ γενόμενον. πῶς δὲ τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη τοῦ λαοῦ τὰ ἰμάτια οὐκ ἐρρικνώθη καὶ τρίχες οὐκ ἐκόμων καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα οὐκ ἐπαλαιοῦντο;
tēn men rhabdon Mōyseōs, xēran ousan kai xylinēn, ophin empsychon epoiēse Mōysea katadiōkonta aphʼ hou Mōysēs eis phygēn etrepeto, hina deixę̄ hoti ouk ēn phantasma, all alēthes to genomenon. pōs de tessarakonta etē tou laou ta imatia ouk erriknōthē kai triches ouk ekomōn kai ta hypodēmata ouk epalaiounto?
He made the rod of Moses, which was dry and wooden, a living serpent pursuing Moses, from which Moses turned to flight, to show that what happened was not an apparition but true. And how were the people's garments not worn out for forty years, their hair not overgrown, and their sandals not grown old?
62.6Holl GCS 25:75
εἰπάτωσαν δέ μοι οἱ ἠλίθιοι οἱ τῇ φρενοβλαβείᾳ Ὠριγένους κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἀκολουθήσαντες· ἀναστάντος τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν καὶ καταλείψαντος τὰς ὀθόνας ἐν τῷ μνήματι, ὡς γέγραπται, γυμνὸς ἀρα ἐφαίνετο τοῖς μαθηταῖς· ἀναστὰς ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν σὺν σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ;
eipatōsan de moi hoi ēlithioi hoi tę̄ phrenoblabeią Ōrigenous kata touto to meros akolouthēsantes; anastantos tou sōtēros ek tōn nekrōn kai kataleipsantos tas othonas en tǭ mnēmati, hōs gegraptai, gymnos ara ephaineto tois mathētais; anastas ek tōn nekrōn syn sōmati kai psychę̄?
And let the foolish who in this matter have followed the derangement of Origen tell me: when the Savior rose from the dead and left the linen cloths in the tomb, as it is written, did he then appear naked to the disciples, having risen from the dead with body and soul?
62.7Holl GCS 25:75
ὁπηνίκα δὲ ἐδείκνυε τοῖς περὶ τὸν Θωμᾶν τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς σάρκας χεῖράς τε καὶ τὴν πλευράν, δηλονότι οὐκ ἦν γυμνός. τοίνυν τὰ ἱμάτια τίς αὐτῷ ὕφανε τὰ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν;
hopēnika de edeiknye tois peri ton Thōman ta osta autou kai tas sarkas cheiras te kai tēn pleuran, dēlonoti ouk ēn gymnos. toinyn ta himatia tis autǭ hyphane ta meta tēn anastasin?
When he showed Thomas and those with him his bones and flesh, hands and side, clearly he was not naked. Who then wove him the garments after the resurrection?
62.8Holl GCS 25:75
ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖς μοι πάντως, ἐνδύματα ἦν πνευματικά, ⟨ἄἠν θελήματι ἑαυτῷ ποιήσας. καὶ εἰ τοιαῦτα ἐνδύματα ἠδύνατο ἑαυτῷ ποιεῖν, ἐκείνους τοὺς δερματίνους χιτῶνας οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιῆσαι τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀδὰμ οἰκείῳ θελήματι; ὄντως ⟩
allʼ ereis moi pantōs, endymata ēn pneumatika, ⟨aēn thelēmati heautǭ poiēsas. kai ei toiauta endymata ēdynato heautǭ poiein, ekeinous tous dermatinous chitōnas ouk ēdynato poiēsai tois peri ton Adam oikeiǭ thelēmati? ontōs ⟩
But you will surely tell me, “They were spiritual clothes, ⟨which⟩ he made for himself by his will.” And if he could make such clothes for himself, could he not make those garments of skin for Adam and Eve by his own will? Truly
62.9Holl GCS 25:75
ἐκπίπτει τοῦ Ὠριγένους ἡ ἀλληγορία. εἰ γὰρ μετὰ τὸ βεβρωκέναι τοῦ ξύλου ἐκτίσθη τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἡ σάρξ, πόθεν ἄρα ἔλαβεν θεὸς τὴν πλευρὰν πρὸ τοῦ αὐτὸν βεβρωκέναι; ὡς διεγερθεὶς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκστάσεώς φησιν »ὀστοῦν ἐκ τῶν ὀστῶν μου καὶ σὰρξ ἐκ τῆς σαρκός μου τοῦτο«.
ekpiptei tou Ōrigenous hē allēgoria. ei gar meta to bebrōkenai tou xylou ektisthē tǭ Adam hē sarx, pothen ara elaben theos tēn pleuran pro tou auton bebrōkenai? hōs diegertheis apo tēs ekstaseōs phēsin »ostoun ek tōn ostōn mou kai sarx ek tēs sarkos mou touto«.
Origen's allegory falls. For if the flesh was created for Adam after eating of the tree, from where did God take the rib before he had eaten? As, waking from the trance, he says, “This is bone from my bones and flesh from my flesh.”
Chapter 63
63.1Holl GCS 25:75
63. Τοῦ λοιποῦ τοίνυν μηδεὶς ἡμῖν κόπους παρεχέτω.« οὕτω γὰρ δοξάζει ἡ ἁγία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησία ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνέκαθεν· οὐ παραστήσεται γὰρ ἡμῖν Ὠριγένης ἐν ἠμέρᾳ κρίσεως.
63. Tou loipou toinyn mēdeis hēmin kopous parechetō.« houtō gar doxazei hē hagia tou theou ekklēsia apo tōn anekathen; ou parastēsetai gar hēmin Ōrigenēs en ēmerą kriseōs.
“Henceforth let no one trouble us.” For so the holy church of God has believed from the beginning; for Origen will not stand by us on the day of judgment.
63.2Holl GCS 25:75–76
θαυμάζω γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς, πῶς τινες ἀνέχονται τοῦ βλασφημήσαντος τὸν ἑαυτοῦ δεσπότην. ἀναγνώτωσαν Ὠριγένους τὰ περὶ ἀρχῶν οἱ τοιοῦτοι καὶ μαθέτωσαν οἱ δοκοῦντες εἶναι υἱοὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς καθολικῆς * καὶ μὴ τὸν τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς θεότητος χωρίζειν τολμάτωσαν·
thaumazō gar hōs alēthōs, pōs tines anechontai tou blasphēmēsantos ton heautou despotēn. anagnōtōsan Ōrigenous ta peri archōn hoi toioutoi kai mathetōsan hoi dokountes einai huioi tēs ekklēsias tēs katholikēs * kai mē ton ton apo tēs tou patros theotētos chōrizein tolmatōsan;
For I truly marvel how some tolerate the one who blasphemed his own Master. Let such people read Origen's On First Principles, and let those who seem to be sons of the catholic church learn *, and let them not dare to separate the ⟨Son⟩ from the Father's Godhead;
63.3Holl GCS 25:76
* πῶς οὐ κατηξίωσεν Ὠριγένης εἰπεῖν κἂν ὅτι ὁρᾷ τὸν πατέρα ὁ υἱός. ἀλλά φησιν· »ὡς οὐ δύναται ἰδεῖν τὸν πατέρα ὁ υἱός, καὶ τὸ ἄγιον πνεῦμα οὐ δύναται ἰδεῖν τὸν υἱόν « καὶ πάλιν οἱ ἄγγελοι οὐ δύνανται ἰδεῖν τὸ ἄγιον πνεῦμα καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὐ δύνανται ἰδεῖν τοὺς ἀγγέλους.«
* pōs ou katēxiōsen Ōrigenēs eipein kan hoti horą ton patera ho huios. alla phēsin; »hōs ou dynatai idein ton patera ho huios, kai to agion pneuma ou dynatai idein ton huion « kai palin hoi angeloi ou dynantai idein to agion pneuma kai hoi anthrōpoi ou dynantai idein tous angelous.«
* how Origen did not deign to say even that the Son sees the Father. But he says: “As the Son cannot see the Father, so the Holy Spirit cannot see the Son,” and again, “The angels cannot see the Holy Spirit, and human beings cannot see the angels.”
63.4Holl GCS 25:76
καὶ ἐφαντασίασεν ἑαυτὸν μᾶλλον καὶ οὕς ἠπάτησεν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὸν συνετὸν καὶ πιστὸν καὶ πιστεύοντα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ τῇ
kai ephantasiasen heauton mallon kai hous ēpatēsen, allʼ ou ton syneton kai piston kai pisteuonta tę̄ alētheią kai tę̄
And he rather deluded himself and those he deceived, but not the one who is understanding and faithful and believes the truth and the
63.5Holl GCS 25:76
πνευματικῇ διδασκαλίᾳ. παῦσαι τοίνυν, Ὠρίγενες, καὶ παύσασθε οἱ τοῦ Ὠριγένους μαθηταί· ἀληθεύουσι γὰρ οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἤπερ ὑμεῖς καὶ ὁ ὑμῶν διδάσκαλος·
pneumatikę̄ didaskalią. pausai toinyn, Ōrigenes, kai pausasthe hoi tou Ōrigenous mathētai; alētheuousi gar hoi apostoloi kai hoi prophētai ēper hymeis kai ho hymōn didaskalos;
spiritual teaching. Stop, then, Origen, and stop, you disciples of Origen; for the apostles and prophets speak the truth rather than you and your teacher.
63.6Holl GCS 25:76
παυσάσθωσαν οἱ Γνωστικοί, κατάγνωστοι δὲ ὄντες τὸν τρόπον, καὶ παυσάσθωσαν Οὐαλεντινιανοὶ καὶ Μανιχαῖοι καὶ Μαρκιωνισταὶ οἱ κατὰ πάντα πεπλανημένοι καὶ παυσάσθωσαν Ἀρειανοὶ καὶ Ἀνόμοιοι καὶ Σαβέλλιοι καὶ Πνευματῖται, οἱ καὶ Πνευματομάχοι, καὶ Διμοιρῖται οἱ ἀνοήτως τὸν νοῦν παρεκβάλλοντες.
pausasthōsan hoi Gnōstikoi, katagnōstoi de ontes ton tropon, kai pausasthōsan Oualentinianoi kai Manichaioi kai Markiōnistai hoi kata panta peplanēmenoi kai pausasthōsan Areianoi kai Anomoioi kai Sabellioi kai Pneumatitai, hoi kai Pneumatomachoi, kai Dimoiritai hoi anoētōs ton noun parekballontes.
Let the Gnostics stop, who are blameworthy in their way of life; let the Valentinians and Manichaeans and Marcionites stop, who have gone astray in everything; and let the Arians and Anomoeans and Sabellians and Pneumatites, also called Pneumatomachi, stop, and the Dimoerites, who foolishly cast out the mind.
63.7Holl GCS 25:76
πάντα γὰρ ἀληθεύει ἡ θεία γραφή· συνέσεως δὲ χρεία ἐστὶ τοῦ εἰδέναι ⟨ἀληθεύειν⟩ τὸν θεὸν πιστεύειν ⟨τε⟩ αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ λόγοις καὶ ⟨γνῶναι⟩ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κεχαρισμένα δεδομένα καὶ ἐσόμενα καὶ εἰδέναι κατὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν τὴν τῶν νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν ἐν τελειότητι. πᾶσα γὰρ αἵρεσις ψεύδεται μὴ λαβοῦσα πνεῦμα ἄγιον κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πατέρων ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ καθολικῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ.
panta gar alētheuei hē theia graphē; syneseōs de chreia esti tou eidenai ⟨alētheuein⟩ ton theon pisteuein ⟨te⟩ autǭ kai tois autou logois kai ⟨gnōnai⟩ ta hypo tou theou kecharismena dedomena kai esomena kai eidenai kata tēn hyposchesin tēn tōn nekrōn anastasin en teleiotēti. pasa gar hairesis pseudetai mē labousa pneuma agion kata tēn paradosin tōn paterōn en tę̄ hagią tou theou katholikę̄ ekklēsią.
For divine Scripture speaks truly in everything; but understanding is needed to know ⟨that⟩ God ⟨speaks truly⟩, ⟨and⟩ to believe him and his words, and ⟨to know⟩ the things graciously given by God, both given and to come, and to know according to the promise the resurrection of the dead in perfection. For every heresy lies, not having received the Holy Spirit according to the tradition of the fathers in the holy catholic church of God.
Chapter 64
64.1Holl GCS 25:76
64. Καὶ περὶ τούτων πάντων αὖθις πάλιν ἐροῦμεν κατὰ τὸ ἠμέτερον ἀσθενές· ἀλλʼ ἐκ Μοῦ καταξιωθέντες τῆς ἁγίας τοῦ θεοῦ καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας οἱ ἐλάχιστοι καὶ ταπεινοὶ ἔχειν καὶ ταύτης τὸ ἑδραίωμα κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν τῆς ἡμῶν βραχύτητος παρατιθέμεθα ἀπὸ μέρους περὶ πάντων τοῖς βουλομένοις τῆς ἑαυτῶν ζωῆς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι.
64. Kai peri toutōn pantōn authis palin eroumen kata to ēmeteron asthenes; allʼ ek Mou kataxiōthentes tēs hagias tou theou katholikēs ekklēsias hoi elachistoi kai tapeinoi echein kai tautēs to hedraiōma kata to dynaton tēs hēmōn brachytētos paratithemetha apo merous peri pantōn tois boulomenois tēs heautōn zōēs epimeleisthai.
And about all these things we will speak again according to our weakness; but having been counted worthy by ⟨God⟩, we the least and lowly, to belong to the holy catholic church of God and to have its foundation, we set out in part, as far as our littleness allows, about all things for those who wish to care for their own life.
64.2Holl GCS 25:76–77
καὶ ἤρκει μὲν ἱκανῶς τὰ περὶ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος εἰρημενα· ἵνα δὲ περισσότερον εἰς εὐφρασίαν καὶ περι- ποίησιν καὶ πληροφορίαν τῶν πιστῶν σαφηνίσαι σπουδάσωμεν, ποίησιν συνάγοντες τῆς θείας γραφῆς τὰς μαρτυρίας εἰς πλάτος εὐωχίας καὶ ἀγαλλίασιν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι πιστοῖς πάλιν οὐκ ὀκνήσαιμεν ὑποδεῖξαι ὡς ἀσφαλῆ καὶ βεβαίαν ἐν θεῷ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐλπίδα, οὐδὲν παρήλλακται ἐν πατρὶ καὶ υἱῷ καὶ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, ἀλλʼ ὁμόστοιχος καὶ ὁμοούσιός ἐστιν ἡ ἀγία τριάς.
kai ērkei men hikanōs ta peri patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos eirēmena; hina de perissoteron eis euphrasian kai peri- poiēsin kai plērophorian tōn pistōn saphēnisai spoudasōmen, poiēsin synagontes tēs theias graphēs tas martyrias eis platos euōchias kai agalliasin tois entynchanousi pistois palin ouk oknēsaimen hypodeixai hōs asphalē kai bebaian en theǭ tēn hēmeteran elpida, ouden parēllaktai en patri kai huiǭ kai hagiǭ pneumati, allʼ homostoichos kai homoousios estin hē agia trias.
And what has been said about Father and Son and Holy Spirit would have been enough; but so that we may take pains to make things clearer, for the delight, gain, and full assurance of the faithful, gathering the testimonies of divine Scripture into a broad feast and gladness for the faithful who read, we would not hesitate to show again how safe and firm our hope in God is, that nothing differs in Father and Son and Holy Spirit, but the holy Trinity is of equal rank and consubstantial.
64.3Holl GCS 25:77
οὐκ ἀλλαχόθεν δέ ποθεν οὐδὲ ἀπὸ ἰδίων διανοημάτων ποιούμεθα τὴν διδασκαλιαν, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμετέρας ζωῆς τουτέστιν ἐκ προφητῶν καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παρουσίας καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίας.
ouk allachothen de pothen oude apo idiōn dianoēmatōn poioumetha tēn didaskalian, allʼ apo tēs hēmeteras zōēs toutestin ek prophētōn kai ek tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn parousias kai tēs autou philanthrōpias.
And we do not make our teaching from somewhere else, nor from our own thoughts, but from our life, that is, from the prophets and from the coming of our Savior and his loving-kindness.
64.4Holl GCS 25:77
ἦλθε γάρ, ἦλθεν ἡ ζωὴ ἡμῶν καὶ τὸ φῶς αὐθις ἡμῖν ὑπέδειξεν εὑρὼν ἡμᾶς πεπλανημένους. ἠμεν γάρ, ἠμεν ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ καὶ βλασφημίαις, εἰδώλων ὁμοιώσεσι, πνευμάτων ἀθεΐαις, κακῶν πάντων ἐπιταγαῖς βεβαπτισμένοι.
ēlthe gar, ēlthen hē zōē hēmōn kai to phōs authis hēmin hypedeixen heurōn hēmas peplanēmenous. ēmen gar, ēmen en hyperēphanią kai blasphēmiais, eidōlōn homoiōsesi, pneumatōn atheïais, kakōn pantōn epitagais bebaptismenoi.
For he came, our life came and showed us the light again, finding us astray. For we were, we were in arrogance and blasphemies, in likenesses of idols, in godlessness of spirits, steeped in the commands of every evil.
64.5Holl GCS 25:77
τούτων τοίνυν προσόντων μοι ἀκουσίως ⟩ ἤθελον ἔπραττον, ἀλλʼ ὅ ἐμίσουν ἠπειγόμην ποιεῖν‘, ἁμαρτίας διακονούσης μοι οὕτως), ὁ ἅγιος πατὴρ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν ἅγιον ἀπέστειλε καὶ ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ ἐλέει ἔσωσέ με καὶ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν διαφθορῶν μου ἐρρύσατό με.
toutōn toinyn prosontōn moi akousiōs ⟩ ēthelon epratton, allʼ ho emisoun ēpeigomēn poiein‘, hamartias diakonousēs moi houtōs), ho hagios patēr ton huion autou ton hagion apesteile kai en tǭ autou eleei esōse me kai ek pasōn tōn diaphthorōn mou errysato me.
While these things were upon me (for I did not do what I wished, but what I hated I was driven to do, sin thus serving me), the holy Father sent his holy Son and in his mercy saved me and delivered me from all my corruptions.
Chapter 65
65.1Holl GCS 25:77
65. ἐπεφάνη γὰρ ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος, διδάσκουσα ἡμᾶς ἵνα ἀρνησάμενοι τὴν ἀσέβειαν καὶ τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας σωφρόνως καὶ εὐσεβῶς καὶ δικαίως ζήσωμεν ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι, προσδεχόμενοι τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ· ὃς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, λυτρώσηται λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἑαυτῷ λαὸν περιούσιον, ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἕργων«·
65. epephanē gar hē charis tou kyriou hēmōn kai sōtēros, didaskousa hēmas hina arnēsamenoi tēn asebeian kai tas kosmikas epithymias sōphronōs kai eusebōs kai dikaiōs zēsōmen en tǭ nyn aiōni, prosdechomenoi tēn makarian elpida kai epiphaneian tēs doxēs tou megalou theou kai sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou; hos edōken heauton hyper hēmōn, lytrōsētai lytrōsētai hēmas apo pasēs anomias, kai katharisę̄ heautǭ laon periousion, zēlōtēn kalōn hergōn«;
For the grace of our Lord and Savior has appeared, “teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly desires, we should live soberly and piously and justly in the present age, awaiting the blessed hope and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ, who gave himself for us to redeem us from all lawlessness and purify for himself a people of his own, zealous for good works”;
65.2Holl GCS 25:77
»ἐξαλείψας, τὸ καθʼ ἠμῶν χειρόγραφον, τοῖς δόγμασιν ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῶν, ἦρκεν ἐκ μέσου προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ, ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας, ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παρρησίᾳ, θριαμβεύσας αὐτοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ «· »πύλας συντρίψας καὶ μοχλοὺς σιδηροῦς συνθλάσας« τὸ φῶς αὖθις ὑπέδειξε τῆς τῆς χεῖρα ὀρέγων, ὁδοποιῶν, ὐποβάθρας οὐρανῶν ὑποδεικνύς, παράδεισον αὖθις οἰκεῖν ἀξιῶν.
»exaleipsas, to kathʼ ēmōn cheirographon, tois dogmasin ho ēn hypenantion hēmōn, ērken ek mesou prosēlōsas auto tǭ staurǭ, apekdysamenos tas archas kai tas exousias, edeigmatisen en parrēsią, thriambeusas autous en autǭ «; »pylas syntripsas kai mochlous sidērous synthlasas« to phōs authis hypedeixe tēs tēs cheira oregōn, hodopoiōn, ypobathras ouranōn hypodeiknys, paradeison authis oikein axiōn.
“having wiped out the handwriting against us in the ordinances, which was contrary to us, he took it out of the way, nailing it to the cross; having stripped off the principalities and powers, he made a public example of them, triumphing over them in it”; “having shattered gates and broken iron bars,” he showed the light again, stretching out a hand, making a road, showing the steps to heaven, counting us worthy to dwell in paradise again.
65.3Holl GCS 25:77–78
τοίνυν κατῴκησεν ἐν ἠμῖν« καὶ »τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου« δοὺς ἡμῖν τοῦ πνεύματος εἰς τὸ γνῶναι αὐτὸν ⟨καὶ⟩ ὄτι τὰ περὶ ἐστιν ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος ζωῆς, νόμος δικαιοσύνης‘ γέγονενε ἡμῖν, νόμος πίστεως« νόμος πνεύματος«, ἐλεύθερος ἐκ νόμου σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας«.
toinyn katǭkēsen en ēmin« kai »to dikaiōma tou nomou« dous hēmin tou pneumatos eis to gnōnai auton ⟨kai⟩ oti ta peri estin archē kai telos zōēs, nomos dikaiosynēs‘ gegonene hēmin, nomos pisteōs« nomos pneumatos«, eleutheros ek nomou sarkos hamartias«.
So “he dwelt among us,” and, giving us “the righteous requirement of the law” of the Spirit, so that we may know him ⟨and⟩ that he is the beginning and end of life, he has become for us “a law of righteousness,” “a law of faith,” “a law of the Spirit,” free “from the law of the flesh of sin.”
65.4Holl GCS 25:78
διὸ »συνήδομαι τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον«· ἔσω δὲ ἡμῶν ὁ Χριστός, εἴπερ οἰκεῖ ἐν ἡμῖν.
dio »synēdomai tǭ nomǭ tou theou kata ton esō anthrōpon«; esō de hēmōn ho Christos, eiper oikei en hēmin.
Therefore “I delight in the law of God according to the inner man”; and Christ is within us, if he dwells in us.
65.5Holl GCS 25:78
αὐτὸς γὰρ θανὼν ὁδὸς ζωῆς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν γέγονεν, ἴνα οἱ ζῶντες μηκέτι ἑαυτοῖς ζῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὐπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι« αἰτίῳ ζωῆς· τοῦ πρὸ πολλῶν γενεῶν ὅρκου μνησθείς« κατὰ τὸν Δαυίδ, θεὸς ἠν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ μὴ λογιζόμενος ἀυτοῖς τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν.,
autos gar thanōn hodos zōēs hyper hēmōn gegonen, ina hoi zōntes mēketi heautois zōsin, alla tǭ yper hēmōn apothanonti kai egerthenti« aitiǭ zōēs; tou pro pollōn geneōn horkou mnēstheis« kata ton Dauid, theos ēn en Christǭ kosmon katallassōn heautǭ mē logizomenos autois ta paraptōmata autōn.,
For he, by dying, became for us the way of life, “so that those who live might no longer live for themselves, but for him who died for us and was raised,” the cause of life; “remembering the oath of many generations ago,” according to David, “God was in Christ reconciling the world to himself, not counting their trespasses against them.”
65.6Holl GCS 25:78
»ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησε πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι καὶ δί αὐτοῦ ἀποκαταλλάξαι τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν, εἰρηνοποιήσας διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ‘.
»hoti en autǭ eudokēse pan to plērōma katoikēsai kai di autou apokatallaxai ta panta eis auton, eirēnopoiēsas dia tou haimatos tou staurou‘.
“For in him all the fullness was pleased to dwell, and through him to reconcile all things to him, making peace through the blood of the cross.”
65.7Holl GCS 25:78
παρεγένετο τοίνυν »εἰς οἰκονομίαν τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν‘, καθὼς ἐπήγγελται Ἀβραὰμ καὶ λοιποῖς ἁγίοις, »ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ, τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς«.
paregeneto toinyn »eis oikonomian tou plērōmatos tōn kairōn‘, kathōs epēngeltai Abraam kai loipois hagiois, »anakephalaiōsasthai ta panta en autǭ, ta en tois ouranois kai ta epi tēs gēs«.
So he came “for the dispensation of the fullness of the times,” as promised to Abraham and the other saints, “to sum up all things in him, the things in the heavens and the things on the earth.”
65.8Holl GCS 25:78
διάστασις δὲ ἠν καὶ ἔχθρα ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ«, »ἀποκατήλλαξε δὲ ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ‘, »δι αὐτοῦ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν«, ἠλθε γὰρ ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν‘) καὶ τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ λύσας, τὴν ἔχθραν ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασι καταργήσας, ἵνα τοὺς δύο κτίσῃ εἰς ἴνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον«, εἶναί τε τὰ ἔθνη σύσσωμα καὶ συμμέτοχα καὶ συγκληρονόμα τῆς ἀπαγγελίας« ἐκέλευσεν εἰπών »δεῦτε πρός με πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς‘.
diastasis de ēn kai echthra en tę̄ anochę̄ tou theou«, »apokatēllaxe de en tǭ sōmati tēs sarkos autou‘, »di autou poiēsas ta amphotera hen«, ēlthe gar hē eirēnē hēmōn‘) kai to mesotoichon tou phragmou lysas, tēn echthran en tę̄ sarki autou ton nomon tōn entolōn en dogmasi katargēsas, hina tous dyo ktisę̄ eis ina kainon anthrōpon«, einai te ta ethnē syssōma kai symmetocha kai synklēronoma tēs apangelias« ekeleusen eipōn »deute pros me pantes hoi kopiōntes kai pephortismenoi, kagō anapausō hymas‘.
There was separation and enmity “in the forbearance of God,” but “he reconciled in the body of his flesh,” “having made both one through himself” (for “our peace” came), and having broken down the dividing wall of the fence, the enmity, abolishing in his flesh the law of commandments in ordinances, “so that he might create the two into one new man,” and that the nations should be “fellow members of the body, sharers and fellow heirs of the promise,” he commanded, saying, “Come to me, all who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.”
65.9Holl GCS 25:78
τοίνυν ἐν ᾦ ἐγὼ ἠσθένουν διὰ τῆς σαρκός‘, ἀπεστάλη μοι σωτὴρ ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας«, οἰκονομίαν τοιαύτην πληρῶν, ἵνα με δουλείας »ἐξαγοράσῃ«, ἵνα με φθορᾶς, ἵνα με θανάτου, καὶ ἐγένετό μοι δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις«·
toinyn en ǭ egō ēsthenoun dia tēs sarkos‘, apestalē moi sōtēr en homoiōmati sarkos hamartias«, oikonomian toiautēn plērōn, hina me douleias »exagorasę̄«, hina me phthoras, hina me thanatou, kai egeneto moi dikaiosynē kai hagiasmos kai apolytrōsis«;
So when “I was weak through the flesh,” a Savior was sent to me “in the likeness of sinful flesh,” fulfilling such a dispensation so as to “redeem” me from slavery, from corruption, from death; and he became for me “righteousness and sanctification and redemption”:
65.10Holl GCS 25:78–79
δικαιοσύνη μέν, διὰ πίστεως αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν λύσας· ἁγιασμὸς δέ, διʼ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος καὶ ἐν ῥήματι αὐτοῦ ἐλευθερώσας· ἀπολύτρωσις δέ, τὸ αἶμα αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀμνοῦ ἀληθοῦς ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ἑαυτὸν παραδούς, ἱλαστήριον καθάρσεως κόσμου, καταλλαγῆς ἁπάντων οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, »μυστήριον τὸ ἀπόκρυφον πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ γενεῶν‘ πληρῶν καιροῖς τοῖς ὡρισμένοις.
dikaiosynē men, dia pisteōs autou hamartian lysas; hagiasmos de, diʼ hydatos kai pneumatos kai en rhēmati autou eleutherōsas; apolytrōsis de, to aima autou lytron amnou alēthous hyper emou heauton paradous, hilastērion katharseōs kosmou, katallagēs hapantōn ouranou kai gēs, »mystērion to apokryphon pro tōn aiōnōn kai geneōn‘ plērōn kairois tois hōrismenois.
righteousness, having undone sin through faith in him; sanctification, having set free through water and Spirit and in his word; redemption, handing himself over for me, his blood the ransom of the true Lamb, the propitiation for the cleansing of the world, for the reconciliation of all things in heaven and earth, fulfilling in the appointed times “the mystery hidden from the ages and generations.”
65.11Holl GCS 25:79
ὁ αὐτὸς »μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι σύμμορφον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι καὶ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα«, »ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς θεότητος σωματικῶς«.
ho autos »metaschēmatisei to sōma tēs tapeinōseōs hēmōn eis to genesthai symmorphon tēs doxēs autou kata tēn energeian tou dynasthai kai hypotaxai autǭ ta panta«, »hoti en autǭ katoikei pan to plērōma tēs theotētos sōmatikōs«.
The same one “will transform the body of our humiliation to be conformed to the body of his glory, according to the working by which he is able even to subject all things to himself,” “for in him dwells all the fullness of the Godhead bodily.”
Chapter 66
66.1Holl GCS 25:79
66. Τὸ δοχεῖον τοίνυν τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς θεότητος, ὁ Χριστὸς μεσιτεύων »καταλλάσσει τὰ πάντα τῷ θεῷ ἐν αὐτῷ, μὴ λογιζόμενος ἁμαρτίας«, ἀπόκρυφα μυστήρια πληρῶν πίστει διαθήκης αὐτοῦ τῆς προεπηγγελμένης ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, υἱὸς θεοῦ κηρυσσόμενος, υἱὸς Δαυὶδ λεγόμενος· ἄμφω γάρ, θεὸς καὶ ἄνθρωπος, μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων‘, ἀληθινὸς »οἰκος θεοῦ«, »ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον‘, ἁγίου πνεύματος δοτὴρ τοῦ ἀναγεννῶντος καὶ ἀνακαινίζοντος αὖθις τὰ πάντα τῷ θεῷ· ὅτι »ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν« καὶ »εἴδομεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ ὡς δόξαν μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός«.
66. To docheion toinyn tēs sophias kai tēs theotētos, ho Christos mesiteuōn »katallassei ta panta tǭ theǭ en autǭ, mē logizomenos hamartias«, apokrypha mystēria plērōn pistei diathēkēs autou tēs proepēngelmenēs hypo tou nomou kai tōn prophētōn, huios theou kēryssomenos, huios Dauid legomenos; amphō gar, theos kai anthrōpos, mesitēs theou kai anthrōpōn‘, alēthinos »oikos theou«, »hierateuma hagion‘, hagiou pneumatos dotēr tou anagennōntos kai anakainizontos authis ta panta tǭ theǭ; hoti »ho Logos sarx egeneto, kai eskēnōsen en hēmin« kai »eidomen tēn doxan autou hōs doxan monogenous para patros«.
So Christ, the vessel of wisdom and Godhead, mediating, “reconciles all things to God in himself, not counting sins,” fulfilling hidden mysteries by faith in his covenant promised beforehand by the law and the prophets, proclaimed Son of God, called Son of David; for he is both, God and man, “mediator of God and men,” the true “house of God,” “a holy priesthood,” giver of the Holy Spirit who regenerates and renews all things again for God; for “the Word became flesh and dwelt among us,” and “we saw his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the Father.”
66.2Holl GCS 25:79
ὁ ὑετὸς δένδρεσι καὶ φυτοῖς συμφυσιούμενος σῶμα ἀπεργάζεται καὶ τῶν καρπῶν καθʼ ὁμοιότητα ἕκαστον, καὶ ἐν μὲν τῇ ἐλαίᾳ ἔλαιον πῖον γίνεται προσλαμβανόμενος ἐξ αὐτῆς τὸ οὐσιῶδες, ἐν δὲ ἀμπέλῳ οἶνος ἡδὺς χροΐζεται, ἐν δὲ συκῇ σῦκον γλυκαίνεται καὶ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων πρὸς τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ αὔξει φυήν.
ho hyetos dendresi kai phytois symphysioumenos sōma apergazetai kai tōn karpōn kathʼ homoiotēta hekaston, kai en men tę̄ elaią elaion pion ginetai proslambanomenos ex autēs to ousiōdes, en de ampelǭ oinos hēdys chroïzetai, en de sykę̄ sykon glykainetai kai en hekastǭ tōn spermatōn pros to eidos autou auxei phyēn.
Rain, growing together with trees and plants, produces a body and each of the fruits after its likeness: in the olive it becomes rich oil, taking its substance from it; in the vine it is colored as sweet wine; in the fig it is sweetened as a fig; and in each of the seeds it increases growth according to its kind.
66.3Holl GCS 25:79–80
οὕτως οἶμαι ὁ Λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν Μαρίᾳ σὰρξ ἐγένετο καὶ ἐν σπέρματι Ἀβραὰμ ἄνθρωπος εὑρίσκετο κατὰ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν. »εὑρήκαμεν γὰρ Μεσσίαν, ὃν ἔγραψε Μωυσῆς«. ὡς δὲ Μωυσῆς ἔφη »καταβήτω ὡς ὑετὸς τὸ ἀπόφθεγμά μου« καὶ ὁ Δαυίδ καταβήτω ὡς ὑετὸς ἐπὶ πόκον καὶ ὡς σταγόνες στάζουσαι ἐπὶ τὴν « ἔριον τοίνυν δεχόμενον τὴν δρόσον αὔξει πόκου γονήν,
houtōs oimai ho Logos tou theou en Marią sarx egeneto kai en spermati Abraam anthrōpos heurisketo kata tēn epangelian. »heurēkamen gar Messian, hon egrapse Mōysēs«. hōs de Mōysēs ephē »katabētō hōs hyetos to apophthegma mou« kai ho Dauid katabētō hōs hyetos epi pokon kai hōs stagones stazousai epi tēn « erion toinyn dechomenon tēn droson auxei pokou gonēn,
So, I think, the Word of God became flesh in Mary and was found a man in the seed of Abraham according to the promise. “For we have found the Messiah, of whom Moses wrote.” And as Moses said, “Let my utterance come down like rain,” and David, “Let him come down like rain on a fleece and like drops dripping on the ⟨earth⟩”: wool, receiving the dew, increases the growth of the fleece,
66.4Holl GCS 25:80
γῆ δὲ δεχομένη τὸν ὑετὸν αυξει καρπὸν ἐλπίδος γεωργῶν τῷ δέχεσθαι προστάγματι τοῦ δεσπότου προσδιδοῦσα τὴν φύσιν προθύμως τῷ τε λαμβάνειν παρʼ αὐτοῦ πλέον ἔχει⟨ν⟩ σπουδήν),
gē de dechomenē ton hyeton auxei karpon elpidos geōrgōn tǭ dechesthai prostagmati tou despotou prosdidousa tēn physin prothymōs tǭ te lambanein parʼ autou pleon echei⟨n⟩ spoudēn),
and the earth, receiving the rain, increases the fruit of the farmers' hope, by receiving it at the Master's command readily giving its nature, and by taking more from him having eagerness,
66.5Holl GCS 25:80
οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἡ παρθένος Μαρία κατὰ τί γνώσομαι« ὅτε φησίν »ὅτι ἔσται μοι τοῦτο«, ηκουσε πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ δύναμις ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι· διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον ἐκ σοῦ ἅγιον ἔσται καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσεται«.
houtō dē kai hē parthenos Maria kata ti gnōsomai« hote phēsin »hoti estai moi touto«, ēkouse pneuma kyriou epi se kai dynamis hypsistou episkiasei soi; dio kai to gennōmenon ek sou hagion estai kai huios hypsistou klēthēsetai«.
so too the virgin Mary, when she says, “How shall I know that this will be for me?”, heard, “The Spirit of the Lord will come upon you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you; therefore also the one born of you will be holy and will be called Son of the Most High.”
66.6Holl GCS 25:80
Χριστὸς ἐν ἀγγέλῳ λαλεῖ, ἀναπλάττει δὲ ἑαυτὸν ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πλάσει ὁ δεσπότης μορφὴν δούλου λαβών«, καὶ Μαρία μὲν ἀνιμᾶται τὸν Λόγον εἰς σύλληψιν, ὡς ὑετὸν ἡ γῆ, ἑαυτὸν δὲ καρπὸν ἅγιον ἀποδείκνυσιν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Λόγος, προσλαμβανόμενος θνητοῦ φύσιν.
Christos en angelǭ lalei, anaplattei de heauton en tę̄ heautou plasei ho despotēs morphēn doulou labōn«, kai Maria men animatai ton Logon eis syllēpsin, hōs hyeton hē gē, heauton de karpon hagion apodeiknysin ho tou theou Logos, proslambanomenos thnētou physin.
Christ speaks in the angel, and the Master fashions himself anew in his own creature, “taking the form of a servant”; and Mary draws up the Word for conception, as the earth draws up rain, while the Word of God shows himself a holy fruit, taking on the nature of a mortal.
66.7Holl GCS 25:80
οὗτος ἠν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀνιμώσης ὡς γῆ καὶ πόκος, ὁ τῆς ἀληθοῦς ἐλπίδος καρπός, ἁγίοις ἐν προσδοκίᾳ· καθὼς Ἐλισάβετ ἔλεγεν »εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξὶ καὶ εὐλογημένος ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου«, ὃν προσελάβετο ἐξ ἀνθρωπότητος παθὼν ἀπαθὴς ὣν ὁ Λόγος·
houtos ēn ex autēs animōsēs hōs gē kai pokos, ho tēs alēthous elpidos karpos, hagiois en prosdokią; kathōs Elisabet elegen »eulogēmenē sy en gynaixi kai eulogēmenos ho karpos tēs koilias sou«, hon proselabeto ex anthrōpotētos pathōn apathēs hōn ho Logos;
He was from her, who drew up like earth and fleece, the fruit of true hope, awaited by the saints; as Elizabeth said, “Blessed are you among women, and blessed is the fruit of your womb,” which the Word took on from humanity, suffering while being impassible;
66.8Holl GCS 25:80
οὗτος ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν. ὁ καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ‘ καὶ ζωὴν διδούς· οὗτος ὁ τῆς ἀληθοῦς ἐλαίας καρπός, τὸ ἔλαιον τῆς χρίσεως καὶ τῆς συνθέσεως, ὃ προετύπωσε Μωυσῆς· οὗτος ἡ ἀληθινὴ ἄμπελος‘, ἣν γεωργεῖ μόνος ὁ πατήρ, βότρυν χαρᾶς γεννήσας ἡμῖν·
houtos ho artos ho zōn. ho katabas ex ouranou‘ kai zōēn didous; houtos ho tēs alēthous elaias karpos, to elaion tēs chriseōs kai tēs syntheseōs, ho proetypōse Mōysēs; houtos hē alēthinē ampelos‘, hēn geōrgei monos ho patēr, botryn charas gennēsas hēmin;
this is “the living bread that came down from heaven” and gives life; this is the fruit of the true olive, the oil of anointing and of compounding, which Moses prefigured; this is “the true vine,” which the Father alone tends, having produced for us a cluster of joy;
66.9Holl GCS 25:80–81
οὗτος τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν, ⟨ὁ⟩ διψῶν ἄνθρωπος λαβὼν οὐ διψήσει πάλιν, ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἁλλόμενον εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον‘. ἐκ τούτου λαβόντες μετέδωκαν οἱ νέοι γεωργοὶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον, παλαιοὶ δὲ γεωργοὶ ἐξήραναν καὶ ἔφθειραν διὰ ἀπιστίαν.
houtos to hydōr to zōn, ⟨ho⟩ dipsōn anthrōpos labōn ou dipsēsei palin, estin en tę̄ koilią autou hallomenon eis zōēn aiōnion‘. ek toutou labontes metedōkan hoi neoi geōrgoi eis ton kosmon, palaioi de geōrgoi exēranan kai ephtheiran dia apistian.
this is the living water, which a thirsty man who takes it will not thirst again; it is in his belly “springing up to eternal life.” From him the new farmers received and shared it with the world, but the old farmers dried it up and destroyed it through unbelief.
66.10Holl GCS 25:81
αἵματι μὲν ἑαυτοῦ ἁγιάζει τὰ ἔθνη, πνεύματι δὲ αὐτοῦ ἰδίῳ ἀνάγει τοὺς κλητοὺς εἰς οὐρανούς. »οσοι γοῦν πνεύματι αὐτοῦ ἄγονται, οὑτοι« ζῶσι θεῷ· ὅσοι δὲ μή, ἔτι θανάτῳ λελογισμένοι εἰσί, ψυχικοὶ ἤτοι σαρκικοὶ καλοῦνται.
haimati men heautou hagiazei ta ethnē, pneumati de autou idiǭ anagei tous klētous eis ouranous. »osoi goun pneumati autou agontai, houtoi« zōsi theǭ; hosoi de mē, eti thanatǭ lelogismenoi eisi, psychikoi ētoi sarkikoi kalountai.
With his own blood he sanctifies the nations, and by his own Spirit he leads the called up to heaven. “As many as are led by his Spirit, these” live to God; but those who are not are still reckoned to death and are called natural or fleshly.
66.11Holl GCS 25:81
τοίνυν ἀθετεῖν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός, ὀχυρώματα ὄντα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, νεκροῦν δὲ τὰ μέλη τοῦ θανάτου διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν τε πνεῦμα ἅγιον ὃ οὐκ εἴχομεν προστάσσει, τὸ ζωοποιοῦν ἐμὲ τὸν πάλαι τεθνηκότα, ὅπερ μὴ λαβὼν τεθνήξομαι·
toinyn athetein ta erga tēs sarkos, ochyrōmata onta tēs hamartias, nekroun de ta melē tou thanatou dia tēs charitos autou labein te pneuma hagion ho ouk eichomen prostassei, to zōopoioun eme ton palai tethnēkota, hoper mē labōn tethnēxomai;
So he commands us to set aside the works of the flesh, which are strongholds of sin, to put to death the members of death through his grace, and to receive the Holy Spirit, which we did not have, who gives life to me who was long dead; if I do not receive him I shall die;
66.12Holl GCS 25:81
δίχα γὰρ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ πᾶς νεκρός. »εἰ τοίνυν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ζωοποιήσει τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ἡμῶν διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ πνεύματος έν ἡμῖν( ἀλλʼ, οἶμαι, ἀμφότερα κατοικεῖ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ δικαίῳ, ὁ Χριστὸς καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ.
dicha gar pneumatos autou pas nekros. »ei toinyn to pneuma autou en hēmin, ho egeiras auton ek nekrōn zōopoiēsei ta thnēta sōmata hēmōn dia tou enoikountos autou pneumatos en hēmin( allʼ, oimai, amphotera katoikei en tǭ anthrōpǭ tǭ dikaiǭ, ho Christos kai to pneuma autou.
for without his Spirit everyone is dead. “If then his Spirit is in us, he who raised him from the dead will give life to our mortal bodies through his Spirit dwelling in us.” But both, I think, dwell in the righteous man: Christ and his Spirit.
Chapter 67
67.1Holl GCS 25:81
67. Εἰ δὲ Χριστὸς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς πιστεύεται θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ἐκ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἢ παρʼ ἀμφοτέρων ὥς φησιν ὁ Χριστός, »ὃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορεύεται« καί »οὗτος ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήψεται«), ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου »τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ« φησίν »ἐκ πνεύματος « ἀγγέλου φωνή), συνίω τὸ λυτρούμενόν με μυστήριον Πίστει ἀκοῇ μόνῃ φιλίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τὸν ἐλθόντα πρὸς ἐμέ.
67. Ei de Christos ek tou patros pisteuetai theos ek theou kai to pneuma ek tou Christou ē parʼ amphoterōn hōs phēsin ho Christos, »ho para tou patros ekporeuetai« kai »houtos ek tou emou lēpsetai«), ho de Christos ek pneumatos hagiou »to gar en autę̄« phēsin »ek pneumatos « angelou phōnē), syniō to lytroumenon me mystērion Pistei akoę̄ monę̄ philią tę̄ pros ton elthonta pros eme.
And if Christ is believed to be from the Father, God from God, and the Spirit from Christ or from both (as Christ says, “who proceeds from the Father,” and “he will receive from what is mine”), and Christ from the Holy Spirit (“for what is in her,” it says, “is from the Spirit,” the voice of the angel), I understand the mystery that redeems me by faith, by hearing alone, by love for the one who came to me.
67.2Holl GCS 25:81
ἑαυτὸν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς γινώσκει, ἑαυτὸν Χριστὸς κηρύσσει, ἑαυτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον δηλοῖ τοῖς ἁγίοις· ἐν γραφαῖς δὲ ἁγίαις τριὰς ἡμῖν καταγγέλλεται καὶ πιστεύεται ἀπεριέργως ἀφιλονείκως ⟨ἐκ⟩
heauton gar ho theos ginōskei, heauton Christos kēryssei, heauto to pneuma to hagion dēloi tois hagiois; en graphais de hagiais trias hēmin katangelletai kai pisteuetai aperiergōs aphiloneikōs ⟨ek⟩
For God knows himself, Christ proclaims himself, the Holy Spirit reveals himself to the saints; and in the holy Scriptures a Trinity is announced to us and believed without prying, without contention, ⟨from⟩
67.3Holl GCS 25:81
ἀκοῆς. ἐκ πίστεως δὲ ταύτης ἡ σωτηρία τῆς χάριτος, »ἐκ πίστεως ἡ δικαιοσύνη χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου«· γέγραπται ⟨γὰρ⟩ ἐξ ἀκοῆς τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ δίδοσθαι τοῖς σῳζομένοις.
akoēs. ek pisteōs de tautēs hē sōtēria tēs charitos, »ek pisteōs hē dikaiosynē chōris ergōn nomou«; gegraptai ⟨gar⟩ ex akoēs to pneuma tou Christou didosthai tois sǭzomenois.
hearing. And from this faith comes the salvation of grace, “righteousness from faith apart from works of the law”; ⟨for⟩ it is written that the Spirit of Christ is given to those being saved from hearing.
67.4Holl GCS 25:81–82
πίστις δὲ ἡ Μόλ· οι κηρυκων φο. ναῖς αυτη σημαίνεται, ὡς ἔγωγε οἶμαι κατηχούμενος ἐκ γραφῶν· τρία ἄγια τρία συνάγια, τρία ὑπαρκτὰ τρία συνύπαρκτα, τρία ἔμμορφα τρία σύμμορφα, τρία ἐνεργὰ τρία συνεργά, τρία ἐνυπόστατα τρία συνυπόστατα ἀλλήλοις συνόντα· τριὰς αὕτη ἀγία καλεῖται, τρία οντα μία συμφωνία μία θεότης τῆς αὐτῆς οἰέας τῆς αὐτῆς θεότητος τῆς αὐτῆς ὑποστάσεως, ὁμοία ἐξ ὁμοίου, ἰσότητα χάριτος ἐργαζομένη πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος.
pistis de hē Mol; oi kērykōn pho. nais autē sēmainetai, hōs egōge oimai katēchoumenos ek graphōn; tria agia tria synagia, tria hyparkta tria synyparkta, tria emmorpha tria symmorpha, tria energa tria synerga, tria enypostata tria synypostata allēlois synonta; trias hautē agia kaleitai, tria onta mia symphōnia mia theotēs tēs autēs oieas tēs autēs theotētos tēs autēs hypostaseōs, homoia ex homoiou, isotēta charitos ergazomenē patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos.
And the faith signified by the voices of the heralds is this, as I think, being instructed from the Scriptures: three holy, three holy together; three existing, three coexisting; three with form, three of the same form; three active, three working together; three subsistent, three subsisting together, being with one another. This is called the holy Trinity: being three, one harmony, one Godhead, of the same substance, of the same Godhead, of the same hypostasis, like from like, producing equality of grace of Father and Son and Holy Spirit.
67.5Holl GCS 25:82
τὸ δὲ χῶς αὐτοῖς ἀπολείπεται διδάσκειν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ οἶδε τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός, οὐδὲ τὸν υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ«· ἀποκαλύπτει διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου.
to de chōs autois apoleipetai didaskein. oudeis gar oide ton patera ei mē ho huios, oude ton huion ei mē ho patēr kai hǭ ean ho huios apokalypsę̄«; apokalyptei dia pneumatos hagiou.
But the “how” is left to them to teach. For “no one knows the Father except the Son, nor the Son except the Father, and he to whom the Son reveals him”; and he reveals through the Holy Spirit.
67.6Holl GCS 25:82
οὐκοῦν ταῦτα τρία ὄντα ἣ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἢ παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἢ πρὸς αὐτόν, ἑκάστῳ ἀξίως νοούμενα καθὼς ἑαυτὰ ἀποκαλύπτει, φῶς πῦρ πνεῦμα καὶ ἄλλαις οἶμαι ὁράσεων ὁμοιώσεσι, καθὼς ἄξιος ὁ διακονούμενος ἄνθρωπος.
oukoun tauta tria onta hē ex autou ē parʼ autou ē pros auton, hekastǭ axiōs nooumena kathōs heauta apokalyptei, phōs pyr pneuma kai allais oimai horaseōn homoiōsesi, kathōs axios ho diakonoumenos anthrōpos.
So these three, being either from him, or with him, or toward him, are understood by each worthily as they reveal themselves: light, fire, spirit, and, I think, in other likenesses of visions, as the man who is served is worthy.
67.7Holl GCS 25:82
αὐτὸς τοίνυν ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐν ἀρχῇ εἰπών »γενηθήτω φῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς« τὸ ὁρώμενον, αὐτὸς ὁ φωτίσας ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς« ἰδεῖν τὸ ἀληθινὸν τὸ φωτίζον πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον‘, ἐξαπόστειλον τὸ φῶς σου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου« ὁ Δαυίδ φησιν) αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος ὁ εἰπών «ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι αὐτῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται«, τρία πρόσωπα ἀγίας λειτουργίας δεικνὺς ἡμῖν ἐξ ὑποστάσεως οὔσης τριττῆς.
autos toinyn ho theos ho en archę̄ eipōn »genēthētō phōs, kai egeneto phōs« to horōmenon, autos ho phōtisas hēmas to phōs« idein to alēthinon to phōtizon panta anthrōpon erchomenon eis ton kosmon‘, exaposteilon to phōs sou kai tēn alētheian sou« ho Dauid phēsin) autos estin ho kyrios ho eipōn «en tais eschatais hēmerais ekcheō apo tou pneumatos mou epi pasan sarka kai prophēteusousin hoi huioi autōn kai hai thygateres autōn kai hoi neaniskoi autōn horaseis opsontai«, tria prosōpa agias leitourgias deiknys hēmin ex hypostaseōs ousēs trittēs.
He himself, then, God who in the beginning said, “Let there be light, and there was light,” the visible light, he who enlightened us to see “the true light, which enlightens every man coming into the world” (“Send out your light and your truth,” David says), he is the Lord who said, “In the last days I will pour out of my Spirit on all flesh, and their sons and their daughters will prophesy, and their young men will see visions,” showing us three persons of holy ministry from a threefold hypostasis.
Chapter 68
68.1Holl GCS 25:82–83
68. Λέγω οὖν Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θεοῦ εἰς τὸ πληρῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας«, συνδιακονεῖν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. παρειλήφαμεν ⟨γὰρ⟩ ἐκ θείων γραφῶν ἀποστέλλεται ὁ Χριστὸς ἀπὸ πατρὸς ἀποστέλλεται τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· λαλεῖ ἐν ἁγίοις Χριστὸς λαλεῖ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· ἰᾶται Χριστὸς ἰᾶται τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· ἁγιάζει Χριστὸς ἁγιάζει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· βαπτίζει Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ βαπτίζει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον.
68. Legō oun Christon diakonon gegenēsthai peritomēs hyper alētheias theou eis to plērōsai tas epangelias«, syndiakonein de to pneuma to hagion. pareilēphamen ⟨gar⟩ ek theiōn graphōn apostelletai ho Christos apo patros apostelletai to pneuma to hagion; lalei en hagiois Christos lalei to pneuma to hagion; iatai Christos iatai to pneuma to hagion; hagiazei Christos hagiazei to pneuma to hagion; baptizei Christos en tǭ onomati autou baptizei to pneuma to hagion.
I say, then, that Christ became “a servant of the circumcision for the truth of God, to fulfill the promises,” and that the Holy Spirit serves together with him. ⟨For⟩ we have received from the divine Scriptures: Christ is sent from the Father, the Holy Spirit is sent; Christ speaks in the saints, the Holy Spirit speaks; Christ heals, the Holy Spirit heals; Christ sanctifies, the Holy Spirit sanctifies; Christ baptizes in his name, the Holy Spirit baptizes.
68.2Holl GCS 25:83
οὕτως λέγουσιν αἱ γραφαί· »ἀποστελεῖς τὸ πνεῦμά σου καὶ ἀνακαινιεῖς τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς « ὅμοιον τῷ λέγειν »ἐξαποστελεῖς τὸν λόγον σου καὶ τήξεις αὐτά«·
houtōs legousin hai graphai; »aposteleis to pneuma sou kai anakainieis to prosōpon tēs « homoion tǭ legein »exaposteleis ton logon sou kai tēxeis auta«;
So the Scriptures say: “You will send your Spirit and renew the face of the ⟨earth⟩,” like saying, “You will send out your word and melt them.”
68.3Holl GCS 25:83
»λειτουργούντων δὲ αὐτῶν, φησί, τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ νηστευόντων εἶπε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· ἀφορίσατε δή μοι Βαρνάβαν καὶ Σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι ἀυτούς« ὅμοιον τῷ λέγειν »ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν, εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν κἀκεῖ λαληθήσεταί σοι τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν«·
»leitourgountōn de autōn, phēsi, tǭ kyriǭ kai nēsteuontōn eipe to pneuma to hagion; aphorisate dē moi Barnaban kai Saulon eis to ergon ho proskeklēmai autous« homoion tǭ legein »ho de kyrios eipen, eiselthe eis tēn polin kakei lalēthēsetai soi ti se dei poiein«;
“While they were serving the Lord,” it says, “and fasting, the Holy Spirit said, ‘Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul for the work to which I have called them,’” like saying, “And the Lord said, ‘Go into the city, and there you will be told what you must do.’”
68.4Holl GCS 25:83
»αὐτοὶ μὲν οὖν ἐκπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος κατῆλθον εἰς Σελεύκειαν‘ ὡς ἂν εἴποι Χριστός »ἰδοὺ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων«·
»autoi men oun ekpemphthentes hypo tou hagiou pneumatos katēlthon eis Seleukeian‘ hōs an eipoi Christos »idou apostellō hymas hōs probata en mesǭ lykōn«;
“So they, sent out by the Holy Spirit, went down to Seleucia,” as Christ might say, “Behold, I send you as sheep in the midst of wolves.”
68.5Holl GCS 25:83
»ἔδοξε γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ μηθὲν ἄλλο ἐπιτίθεσθαι βάρος πλὴν τῶν ἐπάναγκες« ὡς ἂν εἴποι »λέγω δὲ οὐκ ἐγώ, ἀλλʼ ὁ κύριος, γυναῖκα ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς μὴ χωρισθῆναι«·
»edoxe gar tǭ pneumati tǭ hagiǭ mēthen allo epitithesthai baros plēn tōn epanankes« hōs an eipoi »legō de ouk egō, allʼ ho kyrios, gynaika apo andros mē chōristhēnai«;
“For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit to lay no other burden than these necessary things,” as one might say, “I command, not I but the Lord, that the wife should not separate from her husband.”
68.6Holl GCS 25:83
Διῆλθον δὲ τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἀγίου λαλῆσαι τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ· ἐλθόντες δὲ εἰς τὴν Μυσίαν ἐπείραζον εἰς τὴν Βιθυνίαν πορεύεσθαι καὶ οὐκ εἴασεν αὐτοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα« ὡς ἂν ἔποι Χριστός »πορευθέντες, βαπτίσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη« ⟩ »μὴ βαστάζετε πήραν μὴ ῥάβδον μηδὲ ὑποδήματα«.
Diēlthon de tēn Phrygian kai tēn Galatikēn chōran, kōlythentes hypo tou pneumatos tou agiou lalēsai ton logon en tę̄ Asią; elthontes de eis tēn Mysian epeirazon eis tēn Bithynian poreuesthai kai ouk eiasen autous to pneuma« hōs an epoi Christos »poreuthentes, baptisate panta ta ethnē« ⟩ »mē bastazete pēran mē rhabdon mēde hypodēmata«.
“They went through Phrygia and the Galatian region, having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit to speak the word in Asia; and coming to Mysia they attempted to go into Bithynia, and the Spirit did not allow them,” as Christ might say, “Go, baptize all the nations,” ⟨and⟩ “Carry no bag, no staff, nor sandals.”
68.7Holl GCS 25:83–84
»οἵτινες, φησίν, ἔλεγον τῷ Παύλῳ διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος μὴ ἀναβαίνειν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ« ἢ Ἄγαβος »τάδε λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὔτη« ὅμοιον ὡς εἶπε Παῦλος »εἰ δοκιμὴν ζητεῖτε τοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ λαλοῦντος Χριστοῦ; | ἤ μνημονεύετε τῶν λόγων κυρίου, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, ἀγαθὸς διδόναι μᾶλλον ἢ λαμβάνειν‘·
»hoitines, phēsin, elegon tǭ Paulǭ dia tou pneumatos mē anabainein eis Hierousalēm« ē Agabos »tade legei to pneuma to hagion, ton andra hou estin hē zōnē autē« homoion hōs eipe Paulos »ei dokimēn zēteite tou en emoi lalountos Christou? | ē mnēmoneuete tōn logōn kyriou, hoti autos eipen, agathos didonai mallon ē lambanein‘;
“Who,” it says, “told Paul through the Spirit not to go up to Jerusalem,” or Agabus, “Thus says the Holy Spirit, ‘The man whose belt this is,’” similar to Paul's saying, “Do you seek proof of Christ speaking in me?” or “Remember the words of the Lord, that he himself said, ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.’”
68.8Holl GCS 25:84
»καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐγὼ τῷ πνεύματι πορεύομαι« ὡς ἂν εἴποι Παῦλος δέσμιος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ«·
»kai nyn idou egō egō tǭ pneumati poreuomai« hōs an eipoi Paulos desmios Iēsou Christou«;
“And now, behold, I go bound in the Spirit,” as Paul might say, “a prisoner of Jesus Christ.”
68.9Holl GCS 25:84
πλὴν τὸ πνευμά μοι διαμαρτύρεται κατὰ πόλιν λέγον« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν ⟩ κύριος μαρτυρεῖ τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ὅτι οὐ ψεύδομαι«·
plēn to pneuma moi diamartyretai kata polin legon« homoion tǭ eipein ⟩ kyrios martyrei tę̄ emę̄ psychę̄ hoti ou pseudomai«;
“Except that the Spirit testifies to me in every city, saying,” similar to saying, “The Lord testifies to my soul that I do not lie.”
68.10Holl GCS 25:84
»ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »ἅγιος ὁ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόμενος«·
»en dynamei kata pneuma hagiōsynēs« homoion tǭ eipein »hagios ho en hagiois anapauomenos«;
“In power according to the Spirit of holiness,” similar to saying, “the Holy One resting among the holy.”
68.11Holl GCS 25:84
καί περιτομὴ καρδίας ἐν πνεύματι« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »καὶ περιετμήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ‘·
kai peritomē kardias en pneumati« homoion tǭ eipein »kai perietmēthēte peritomę̄ acheiropoiētǭ en tę̄ apekdysei tou sōmatos tōn hamartiōn, en tę̄ peritomę̄ tou Christou‘;
And “circumcision of the heart in the Spirit,” similar to saying, “And you were circumcised with a circumcision made without hands, in putting off the body of sins, in the circumcision of Christ.”
68.12Holl GCS 25:84
»εἴπερ πνεῦμα θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν καθὼς ἐλάβετε Χριστόν, ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε« καί »πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐλάλησεν ἐν ἐμοὶ καὶ λόγος αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ στόματί μου«·
»eiper pneuma theou oikei en hymin« homoion tǭ eipein kathōs elabete Christon, en autǭ peripateite« kai »pneuma kyriou elalēsen en emoi kai logos autou en tǭ stomati mou«;
“If indeed the Spirit of God dwells in you,” similar to saying, “As you received Christ, walk in him,” and “The Spirit of the Lord spoke in me, and his word was on my tongue.”
68.13Holl GCS 25:84
καί τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ἔχοντες« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »ἀπαρχὴ Χριστός«·
kai tēn aparchēn tou pneumatos echontes« homoion tǭ eipein »aparchē Christos«;
And “having the firstfruits of the Spirit,” similar to saying, “Christ the firstfruits.”
68.14Holl GCS 25:84
»ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν‘ ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃς καὶ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν‘·
»allʼ auto to pneuma hyperentynchanei hyper hēmōn‘ homoion tǭ eipein »hos estin en dexią tou theou, hos kai entynchanei hyper hēmōn‘;
“But the Spirit himself intercedes for us,” similar to saying, “who is at the right hand of God, who also intercedes for us.”
68.15Holl GCS 25:84
»ἵνα γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν Μνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος, ἁγιασθεῖσα ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »ὁ δὲ κύριος ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς, ἵνα ἦτε εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ«·
»hina genētai hē prosphora tōn Mnōn euprosdektos, hagiastheisa en pneumati hagiǭ« homoion tǭ eipein »ho de kyrios hagiasai hymas, hina ēte eilikrineis kai aproskopoi eis hēmeran Christou«;
“So that the offering of the Gentiles may be acceptable, sanctified in the Holy Spirit,” similar to saying, “May the Lord sanctify you, so that you may be pure and blameless for the day of Christ.”
68.16Holl GCS 25:84
»ἡμῖν δὲ ἀπεκάλυψεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ‘ ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »ὅτε εὐδόκησεν ὁ ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί«·
»hēmin de apekalypsen ho theos dia tou pneumatos autou‘ homoion tǭ eipein »hote eudokēsen ho aphorisas me ek koilias mētros mou dia tēs charitos autou apokalypsai ton huion autou en emoi«;
“But God has revealed to us through his Spirit,” similar to saying, “When he who set me apart from my mother's womb was pleased through his grace to reveal his Son in me.”
68.17Holl GCS 25:84
»ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κόσμου ἐλάβομεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ θεοῦ« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »ἐαυτοὺς δοκιμάζετε εἰ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν‘·
»hēmeis de ou to pneuma tou kosmou elabomen, alla to pneuma to ek theou« homoion tǭ eipein »eautous dokimazete ei ho Christos en hymin‘;
“But we have not received the spirit of the world, but the Spirit who is from God,” similar to saying, “Test yourselves, whether Christ is in you.”
68.18Holl GCS 25:84–85
ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστε καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν‘ ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐμπεριπατήσω, καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῶν θεὸς καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι λαός«.
naos tou theou este kai to pneuma tou theou oikei en hymin‘ homoion tǭ eipein »enoikēsō en autois kai emperipatēsō, kai esomai autōn theos kai autoi esontai moi laos«.
“You are the temple of God, and the Spirit of God dwells in you,” similar to saying, “I will dwell in them and walk among them, and I will be their God and they shall be my people.”
Chapter 69
69.1Holl GCS 25:85
69. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν λέγει καὶ τὴν χάριν· »δικαιωθέντες δὲ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ὁ καὶ ἐν τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »δικαιωθέντες δὲ ἐκ πίστεως εἰρήνην ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ‘ «·
69. Alla kai tēn dikaiōsin ex amphoin legei kai tēn charin; »dikaiōthentes de en tǭ onomati tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou ho kai en tǭ pneumati tou theou hēmōn« homoion tǭ eipein »dikaiōthentes de ek pisteōs eirēnēn echomen pros ton theon dia tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou‘ «;
But it also speaks of justification and grace from both: “But you were justified in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ and in the Spirit of our God,” similar to saying, “Having been justified by faith we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ.”
69.2Holl GCS 25:85
οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν κύριον Ἰησοῦν, εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ‘ καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται πνεῦμα πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἢ παρὰ κυρίου »διαιρέσεις δὲ χαρισμάτων εἰσί, τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ διαιρέσεις διακονιῶν εἰσιν, ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς κύριος, καὶ διαιρέσεις ἐνεργημάτων εἰσίν, ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς θεὸς ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσι« καί »ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν, καθάπερ ἀπὸ κυρίου πνεύματος«·
oudeis dynatai eipein kyrion Iēsoun, ei mē en pneumati hagiǭ‘ kai oudeis dynatai pneuma pneuma hagion ē para kyriou »diaireseis de charismatōn eisi, to de auto pneuma, kai diaireseis diakoniōn eisin, ho de autos kyrios, kai diaireseis energēmatōn eisin, ho de autos theos ho energōn ta panta en pasi« kai »apo doxēs eis doxan, kathaper apo kyriou pneumatos«;
“No one can say ‘Lord Jesus’ except in the Holy Spirit,” and no one can ⟨have⟩ the Holy Spirit except from the Lord. “There are varieties of gifts, but the same Spirit; and there are varieties of services, but the same Lord; and there are varieties of workings, but the same God, who works all things in all,” and “from glory to glory, as from the Lord, the Spirit.”
69.3Holl GCS 25:85
καί μὴ λυπεῖτε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ἐν ᾡ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »ἢ παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν κύριον, μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν‘·
kai mē lypeite to pneuma to hagion, en hǭ esphragisthēte eis hēmeran apolytrōseōs« homoion tǭ eipein »ē parazēloumen ton kyrion, mē ischyroteroi autou esmen‘;
And “Do not grieve the Holy Spirit, in whom you were sealed for the day of redemption,” similar to saying, “Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? Are we stronger than he?”
69.4Holl GCS 25:85
»τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ῥητῶς λέγει« ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν »τάδε λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ«·
»to de pneuma rhētōs legei« homoion tǭ eipein »tade legei kyrios pantokratōr«;
“But the Spirit expressly says,” similar to saying, “Thus says the Lord Almighty.”
69.5Holl GCS 25:85
καί »τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐφέστηκεν ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν « ἐάν τις ἐμοὶ ἀνοίξῃ, εἰσέλθω ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ μονὴν παρʼ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα«·
kai »to pneuma mou ephestēken en mesǭ hymōn « ean tis emoi anoixę̄, eiselthō egō kai ho patēr kai monēn parʼ autǭ poiēsometha«;
And “My Spirit stands in your midst,” ⟨similar to saying⟩, “If anyone opens to me, I will come in, I and the Father, and we will make our dwelling with him.”
69.6Holl GCS 25:85
Ησαΐας δέ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν πνεῦμα θεοῦ«, ὁ δὲ Χριστός πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπʼ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέ με« καί Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέτ, ὃν ἔχρισεν ὁ θεὸς πνεύματι ἁγίῳ« ἤ κύριος ἀπέσταλκέ με καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ‘.
Ēsaïas de kai epʼ auton pneuma theou«, ho de Christos pneuma kyriou epʼ eme, hou heineken echrise me« kai Iēsoun ton apo Nazaret, hon echrisen ho theos pneumati hagiǭ« ē kyrios apestalke me kai to pneuma autou‘.
And Isaiah: “And the Spirit of God upon him”; and Christ: “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because of which he anointed me”; and “Jesus of Nazareth, whom God anointed with the Holy Spirit”; or “The Lord has sent me, and his Spirit.”
69.7Holl GCS 25:85
φανερὰ δὲ καὶ ἡ φωνὴ τῶν Σεραφίμ, κράζουσα »ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγιος κύριος Σαβαώθ«.
phanera de kai hē phōnē tōn Seraphim, krazousa »hagios hagios hagios kyrios Sabaōth«.
And clear too is the voice of the Seraphim crying, “Holy, holy, holy, Lord of hosts.”
69.8Holl GCS 25:85–86
ἐὰν δὲ ἀκούσῃς ὅτι »τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς τήν τε ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πνεύματος λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός‘ ἤ περιμένειν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πατρὸς ἣν ἠκούσατε« ἢ ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον« ἢ ὅτι αὐτὸς λέγει »μὴ μεριμνήσητε τί εἴπητε, ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρός μου τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν« ἤ εἰ δὲ ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια ἤ ὁ δὲ βλασφημῶν εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ‘ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἤ πάτερ, εἰς χεῖράς σου παραθήσομαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς] ἤ τὸ παιδίον ηὔξανε καὶ ἐκραταιοῦτο τῷ πνεύματι« ἤ » Ἰησοῦς δὲ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου ὑπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου« ἤ »ὑπέστρεψεν Ἰησοῦς τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πνεύματος‘ ἤ τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος πνεῦμά ἐστιν‘ ὅμοιον τῷ εἰπεῖν» ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἠν«) ἤ »κἀγὼ παρακαλέσω τὸν πατέρα καὶ ἄλλον παράκλητον δώσει ὑμῖν, τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας‘ ἤ »διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσε τὴν καρδίαν σου ὁ Σατανᾶς τῷ Ἀνανίᾳ Πέτρος) ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ αγιον;« καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα οὐκ ἄνθρώποις ἐψεύσω, ἀλλὰ τῷ θεῷ. ἄρα θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ καὶ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἄγιον, ᾡ ἐψεύσαντο οἱ τοῦ τιμήματος τοῦ χωρίου νοσφισάμενοι) ἤ »ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν πνεύματι « — τούτου μεῖζον οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν.
ean de akousę̄s hoti »tę̄ dexią tou theou hypsōtheis tēn te epangelian tou pneumatos labōn para tou patros‘ ē perimenein tēn epangelian tou patros hēn ēkousate« ē hoti to pneuma auton ekballei eis tēn erēmon« ē hoti autos legei »mē merimnēsēte ti eipēte, hoti to pneuma tou patros mou to laloun en hymin« ē ei de en pneumati theou ekballō ta daimonia ē ho de blasphēmōn eis to pneuma to hagion ouk aphethēsetai autǭ‘ kai ta hexēs, ē pater, eis cheiras sou parathēsomai to pneuma mou« kai ta hexēs] ē to paidion ēuxane kai ekrataiouto tǭ pneumati« ē » Iēsous de plērēs pneumatos hagiou hypestrepsen apo tou Iordanou« ē »hypestrepsen Iēsous tę̄ dynamei tou pneumatos‘ ē to gegennēmenon ek tou pneumatos pneuma estin‘ homoion tǭ eipein» ho gegonen en autǭ zōē ēn«) ē »kagō parakalesō ton patera kai allon paraklēton dōsei hymin, to pneuma tēs alētheias‘ ē »dia ti eplērōse tēn kardian sou ho Satanas tǭ Ananią Petros) pseusasthai se to pneuma to agion?« kai meta tauta ouk anthrōpois epseusō, alla tǭ theǭ. ara theos ek theou kai theos to pneuma to agion, hǭ epseusanto hoi tou timēmatos tou chōriou nosphisamenoi) ē »hos ephanerōthē en sarki, edikaiōthē en pneumati « — toutou meizon ouk echō legein.
And if you hear that “being exalted to the right hand of God and having received from the Father the promise of the Spirit,” or “to wait for the promise of the Father which you heard,” or that “the Spirit drives him into the wilderness,” or that he himself says, “Do not be anxious what you will say, for it is the Spirit of my Father who speaks in you,” or “But if I cast out demons by the Spirit of God,” or “But whoever blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven,” and so on, or “Father, into your hands I will commit my spirit,” or “The child grew and became strong in spirit,” or “And Jesus, full of the Holy Spirit, returned from the Jordan,” or “Jesus returned in the power of the Spirit,” or “What is born of the Spirit is spirit” (similar to saying, “What came to be in him was life”), or “And I will ask the Father and he will give you another Paraclete, the Spirit of truth,” or “Why has Satan filled your heart,” (Peter to Ananias), “to lie to the Holy Spirit?” and after this, “You have not lied to men but to God” (so the Holy Spirit is God from God and God, to whom those who kept back part of the price of the field lied), or “who was manifested in the flesh, justified in the Spirit”: I have nothing greater than this to say.
69.9Holl GCS 25:86–87
θεὸς δὲ ⟩ ὁ υἱός· »ἐξ ὧν« φησίν »ὁ Χριστὸς τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός‘, πίστευσον‘, φησίν. »εἰς τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν καὶ σωθήσῃ‘ καί »ἐλάλησε«, φησίν, »αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου«, »ἀναγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς τράπεζαν καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο πανοικὶ πεπιστευκὼς τῷ θεῷ« ἢ ὅτι ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος, καὶ ὁ Λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ Λόγος« ἤ »ἵνα τὴν διδασκαλίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν θεοῦ κοσμήσωσιν« ἤ ἐπεφάνη γὰρ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς‘ ἤ »προσδεχόμενοι τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ«.
theos de ⟩ ho huios; »ex hōn« phēsin »ho Christos to kata sarka, ho ōn epi pantōn theos‘, pisteuson‘, phēsin. »eis ton kyrion Iēsoun kai sōthēsę̄‘ kai »elalēse«, phēsin, »autois ton logon tou kyriou«, »anagagōn te autous eis ton oikon parethēken autois trapezan kai ēgalliasato panoiki pepisteukōs tǭ theǭ« ē hoti en archę̄ ēn ho Logos, kai ho Logos ēn pros ton theon, kai theos ēn ho Logos« ē »hina tēn didaskalian tou sōtēros hēmōn theou kosmēsōsin« ē epephanē gar hē charis tou theou kai sōtēros pasin anthrōpois, paideuousa hēmas‘ ē »prosdechomenoi tēn makarian elpida kai epiphaneian tēs doxēs tou megalou theou kai sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou«.
And the Son is God: “From whom,” it says, “is Christ according to the flesh, who is God over all”; “Believe,” it says, “in the Lord Jesus and you will be saved”; and “He spoke,” it says, “the word of the Lord to them,” “and bringing them into his house he set a table before them and rejoiced with all his household, having believed in God”; or that “in the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God”; or “so that they may adorn the teaching of our Savior God”; or “For the grace of God and Savior has appeared to all men, training us”; or “awaiting the blessed hope and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ.”
69.10Holl GCS 25:87
ή αὐτὴ δὲ ή διακονία τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ τοῦ Λόγου· »προσέχετε«, φησίν, »ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾠ ὑμᾶς ἔθετο τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἄγιον ἐπισκόπους ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ« ὃμοιον τᾠ εἰπεῖν »χάριν ἔχω τῷ ἐνδυναμώσαντί με Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἠμῶν, ὃτι πιστόν με ἡγήσατο θέμενος εἰς διακονίαν«.
ē autē de ē diakonia tou pneumatos kai tou Logou; »prosechete«, phēsin, »heautois kai panti tǭ poimniǭ, en ǭ hymas etheto to pneuma to agion episkopous poimainein tēn ekklēsian tou theou« homoion tǭ eipein »charin echō tǭ endynamōsanti me Christǭ Iēsou tǭ kyriǭ ēmōn, hoti piston me hēgēsato themenos eis diakonian«.
And the ministry of the Spirit and of the Word is the same: “Take heed,” it says, “to yourselves and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit has made you bishops, to shepherd the church of God,” similar to saying, “I thank Christ Jesus our Lord who strengthened me, because he judged me faithful, appointing me to ministry.”
Chapter 70
70.1Holl GCS 25:87
70. Συνεργεῖ τοίνυν, ὡς ἀποδέδεικται, τᾠ πατρὶ ὁ μἱὸς καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἃγιον· »τᾠ λόγω γὰρ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν καὶ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ πᾶσα ἡ δύναμις αὐτῶν«. προσκυνητὸν δὲ τὸ | πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· »τοὺς γὰρ προσκυνοῦντας D169 θεῷ ἐν πνεύματι δεῖ προσκυνεῖν καὶ ἀληθείᾳ.«
70. Synergei toinyn, hōs apodedeiktai, tǭ patri ho mios kai to pneuma to hagion; »tǭ logō gar kyriou hoi ouranoi estereōthēsan kai tǭ pneumati tou stomatos autou pasa hē dynamis autōn«. proskynēton de to | pneuma to hagion; »tous gar proskynountas D169 theǭ en pneumati dei proskynein kai alētheią.«
So, as has been shown, the Son and the Holy Spirit work together with the Father: “For by the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm, and all their host by the breath of his mouth.” And the Holy Spirit is to be worshiped: “For those who worship God must worship in Spirit and truth.”
70.2Holl GCS 25:87
εἰ δὲ συνεργεῖ ταῦτα, κτίσις κτίσιν οὐκ ἐργάζεται οὐδὲ κτιστὴ ἡ θεότης γίνεται οὐδὲ ἐν μέτρῳ ἢ περιοχῇ θεὸς γινώσκεται. ἔστι γὰρ ἀπερίγραφος ἀχώρητος ἀπερινόητος, πάντα περιέχων τὰ ποιήματα τοῦ θεοῦ.
ei de synergei tauta, ktisis ktisin ouk ergazetai oude ktistē hē theotēs ginetai oude en metrǭ ē periochę̄ theos ginōsketai. esti gar aperigraphos achōrētos aperinoētos, panta periechōn ta poiēmata tou theou.
And if these work together, a creature does not make a creature, nor does the Godhead become created, nor is God known in measure or containment. For he is uncircumscribed, uncontained, inconceivable, containing all the works of God.
70.3Holl GCS 25:87
οὐδὲ λατρευτὴ ἡ κτίσις· »ἐλάτρευσαν, γάρ ⟨φησιν⟩, τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν καὶ ἐμωράνθησαν«. πῶς γὰρ οὐ μωρὸν κτίσιν θεολογεῖν ἀθετεῖν τε ⟨τὴν⟩ πρώτην ἐντολὴν τὴν λέγουσαν »ἄκουε Ισραήλ, κύριος θεός σου κύριος εἶς ἰστιν«· »οὐκ ἔσται ἐν σοὶ θεὸς πρόσφατος«.
oude latreutē hē ktisis; »elatreusan, gar ⟨phēsin⟩, tę̄ ktisei para ton kai emōranthēsan«. pōs gar ou mōron ktisin theologein athetein te ⟨tēn⟩ prōtēn entolēn tēn legousan »akoue Israēl, kyrios theos sou kyrios eis istin«; »ouk estai en soi theos prosphatos«.
Nor is creation to be worshiped: “For they served the creature rather than the ⟨Creator⟩,” ⟨it says⟩, “and became fools.” For how is it not foolish to call a creature God and set aside the first commandment, which says, “Hear, O Israel, the Lord your God is one Lord”; “There shall be no new god among you”?
70.4Holl GCS 25:87
ἐν γραφαῖς δὲ ἀγίαις διάφορα ὀνόματα καλεῖται πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ 20 αγίου πνεύματος, πατρὸς μὲν πατὴρ παντοκράτωρ πατὴρ ἁπάντων πατὴρ Χριστοῦ· υἱοῦ δὲ Λόγος Χριστὸς φῶς ἀληθινόν· τοῦ δὲ ἁγίου πνεύματος παράκλητος πνεῦμα ἀληθείας πνεῦμα θεοῦ πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ.
en graphais de agiais diaphora onomata kaleitai patros kai huiou kai 20 agiou pneumatos, patros men patēr pantokratōr patēr hapantōn patēr Christou; huiou de Logos Christos phōs alēthinon; tou de hagiou pneumatos paraklētos pneuma alētheias pneuma theou pneuma Christou.
In the holy Scriptures Father, Son, and Holy Spirit are called by various names: the Father, Father Almighty, Father of all, Father of Christ; the Son, Word, Christ, true light; and the Holy Spirit, Paraclete, Spirit of truth, Spirit of God, Spirit of Christ.
70.5Holl GCS 25:87
ἔτι τοίνυν ὸ θεὸς νοεῖται καὶ πατὴρ φῶς, ἀλλʼ ὡς ὺπέρλαμπρον, δύναμις σοφία ⟨ζωή⟩ εὶ δὲ φῶς ό θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, φῶς ἐκ φωτὸς ὸ υἱὸς καὶ τοῦτο »φῶς οἰκῶν τὸ ἀπρόσιτον«.
eti toinyn o theos noeitai kai patēr phōs, allʼ hōs yperlampron, dynamis sophia ⟨zōē⟩ ei de phōs o theos kai patēr, phōs ek phōtos o huios kai touto »phōs oikōn to aprositon«.
Further, God and Father is understood as light, but as surpassingly bright, power, wisdom, ⟨life⟩. And if God and Father is light, the Son is light from light, and this is “dwelling in unapproachable light.”
70.6Holl GCS 25:87–88
δύναμις δὲ ὃλος ὁ θεὸς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ⟨ὁ υἱὸς⟩ »κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων«· σοφία ὃλος ὁ θεός, οὐκοῦν σοφία ὁ υἱὸς ἐκ σοφίας, ἐν ᾦ πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας ἀπόκρυφοι«· ζωὴ δὲ ὃλος ὁ θεός, οὐκοῦν ζωὴ ἐκ ζωῆς ὁ υἱός· »ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή‘.
dynamis de holos ho theos kai dia touto ⟨ho huios⟩ »kyrios tōn dynameōn«; sophia holos ho theos, oukoun sophia ho huios ek sophias, en ǭ pantes hoi thēsauroi tēs sophias apokryphoi«; zōē de holos ho theos, oukoun zōē ek zōēs ho huios; »egō gar eimi hē alētheia kai hē zōē‘.
And God is wholly power, and for this reason ⟨the Son⟩ is “Lord of powers”; God is wholly wisdom, so the Son is wisdom from wisdom, “in whom all the treasures of wisdom are hidden”; God is wholly life, so the Son is life from life: “For I am the truth and the life.”
70.7Holl GCS 25:88
τὸ δὲ ἃγιον πνεῦμα παρὰ ἀμφοτέρων, πνεῦμα ἐκ πνεύματος. πνεῦμα γὰρ ὁ θεός‘, † θεότης χαρισμάτων ἐστὶ δοτήρ, ἀληθέστατον φωτιστικὸν παράκλητον βουλευμάτων τοῦ πατρὸς ἀγγελτικόν.
to de hagion pneuma para amphoterōn, pneuma ek pneumatos. pneuma gar ho theos‘, † theotēs charismatōn esti dotēr, alēthestaton phōtistikon paraklēton bouleumatōn tou patros angeltikon.
And the Holy Spirit is from both, Spirit from Spirit. For “God is Spirit”; † the Godhead is giver of gifts, most true, enlightening, a Paraclete, announcing the counsels of the Father.
70.8Holl GCS 25:88
ὡς γὰρ ὁ υἱός »μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄΠελος‘, οὓτω καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἃγιον. ἀλλʼ ἐλάβομεν« φησἰ πνεῦμα Νοῦ, ἳνα ἴδωμεν τὰ χαρισθέντα ἠμῖν ὑπὸ θεοῦ, ἃ καὶ λαλοῦμεν, οὐκ ἐν πειθοῖ σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἀποδείξει πνεύματος θεοῦ, πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συγκρίνοντες«.
hōs gar ho huios »megalēs boulēs aPelos‘, houtō kai to pneuma to hagion. allʼ elabomen« phēsi pneuma Nou, hina idōmen ta charisthenta ēmin hypo theou, ha kai laloumen, ouk en peithoi sophias logois, allʼ en apodeixei pneumatos theou, pneumatikois pneumatika synkrinontes«.
For as the Son is “the Angel of great counsel,” so also the Holy Spirit. “But we have received,” it says, “the Spirit of God, that we may know the things given us by God, which we also speak, not in persuasive words of wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit of God, comparing spiritual things with spiritual.”
Chapter 71
71.1Holl GCS 25:88
71. Αλλʼ ἐρεῖ τις· οὐκοῦν φαμὲν δύο εἶναι υἱούς, καὶ πῶς μονογενής; μενοῦν γε. σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ ἀντιλογιζόμενος τῷ θεῷ;« δὲ γὰρ τὸν μὲν υἱὸν καλεῖ τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ, τὸ δὲ ἃγιον πνεῦμα τὸ παρʼ ἀμφοτέρων, ἃ μόνον πίστει νοούμενα ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων φωτεινὰ φωτοδότα φωτεινὴν τὴν ἐνέργειαν ἔχει συμφωνίαν τε πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν »πατέρα« ποιεῖται φωτός‘), πίστει ἄκουε, ὡ οὗτος,
71. Allʼ erei tis; oukoun phamen dyo einai huious, kai pōs monogenēs? menoun ge. sy tis ei ho antilogizomenos tǭ theǭ?« de gar ton men huion kalei ton ex autou, to de hagion pneuma to parʼ amphoterōn, ha monon pistei nooumena hypo tōn hagiōn phōteina phōtodota phōteinēn tēn energeian echei symphōnian te pros auton ton »patera« poieitai phōtos‘), pistei akoue, hō houtos,
But someone will say, “Then we say there are two sons; and how is he only-begotten?” Indeed rather, “who are you who argue against God?” For if he calls the one Son, who is from him, and the Holy Spirit, who is from both, which, understood by the saints by faith alone, being luminous and light-giving, have a luminous activity and make harmony with the very “Father” (of light), hear by faith, sir,
71.2Holl GCS 25:88
ὃτι ὁ πατὴρ ἀληθοῦς υἱοῦ ἐστι πατήρ, φῶς ὃλος, καὶ ⟨ὁ⟩ υἱὸς ἀληθοῦς πατρὸς ⟨υἱός⟩ φωτός, οὐχ ὡς τὰ ποιητὰ ἤ κτιστὰ προσηγορίᾳ μόνῃ· καὶ πνεῦμα ἃγιον πνεῦμα ἀληθείας ἐστί, φῶς τρίτον παρὰ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ.
hoti ho patēr alēthous huiou esti patēr, phōs holos, kai ⟨ho⟩ huios alēthous patros ⟨huios⟩ phōtos, ouch hōs ta poiēta ē ktista prosēgorią monę̄; kai pneuma hagion pneuma alētheias esti, phōs triton para patros kai huiou.
that the Father is Father of a true Son, wholly light, and ⟨the⟩ Son is ⟨Son⟩ of a true Father, light, not like made or created things, by name only; and the Holy Spirit is the Spirit of truth, a third light from Father and Son.
71.3Holl GCS 25:88
τὰ δʼ ἄλλα πάντα θέσει ἢ κλήσει, οὐχ ὃμοια τούτοις ἐνεργείᾳ ἢ δυνάμει ἢ φωτὶ ἤ ἐννοίᾳ· ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις υἱοὺς ἐγέννησα καὶ ὓψωσα« ἢ ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις »ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου πάντες‘ ἢ ὡς ἄν εἴποι τις ὁ τετοκὼς βώλους δρόσου« ἢ ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις »ἐξ οὖ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς« ἢ ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις ἐγὼ ὁ στερεῶν βροντὴν καὶ κτίζων πνεῦμα«.
ta dʼ alla panta thesei ē klēsei, ouch homoia toutois energeią ē dynamei ē phōti ē ennoią; hōs an eipoi tis huious egennēsa kai hypsōsa« ē hōs an eipoi tis »egō eipa, theoi este kai huioi hypsistou pantes‘ ē hōs an eipoi tis ho tetokōs bōlous drosou« ē hōs an eipoi tis »ex ou pasa patria en ouranois kai epi gēs« ē hōs an eipoi tis egō ho stereōn brontēn kai ktizōn pneuma«.
But all other things are so by adoption or calling, not like these in activity or power or light or thought: as one might say, “I have begotten sons and raised them up,” or as one might say, “I said, You are gods, and all sons of the Most High,” or as one might say, “Who has begotten the drops of dew?” or as one might say, “from whom every fatherhood in heaven and on earth,” or as one might say, “I who make firm the thunder and create wind.”
71.4Holl GCS 25:88–89
οὐ γὰρ ὡς οἱ λοιποὶ πατέρες ἢ πατριαρχαι ὁ ἀληθινὸς πατὴρ ἀρξάμενος τοῦ εἰναι πατὴρ ἢ ἐκλείπων ποτὲ τῷ χρόνῳ τοῦ εἶναι πατήρ. εἰ γὰρ ἄρχεται τοῦ εἶναι πατήρ, υἱὸς ἄρα ἠν ποτε ἑτέρου πατρὸς πρὸ τοῦ εἶναι αὐτὸν πατέρα μονογενοῦς· καθʼ ὸμοιότητα δὲ πατέρες πατέρων νοοῦνται τέκνα καὶ εἰς ἄπειρον τὸν ἀληθῶς πατέρα τῆς ἀρχαιολογίας εὑρεῖν ἔστιν.
ou gar hōs hoi loipoi pateres ē patriarchai ho alēthinos patēr arxamenos tou einai patēr ē ekleipōn pote tǭ chronǭ tou einai patēr. ei gar archetai tou einai patēr, huios ara ēn pote heterou patros pro tou einai auton patera monogenous; kathʼ omoiotēta de pateres paterōn noountai tekna kai eis apeiron ton alēthōs patera tēs archaiologias heurein estin.
For the true Father is not like other fathers or patriarchs, having begun to be father or at some time ceasing to be father. For if he begins to be father, then he was once son of another father before being Father of the Only-begotten; and by likeness fathers of fathers are understood as children, and to infinity one could search for the true father of antiquity.
71.5Holl GCS 25:89
οὐδὲ ὡς τὰ λοιπὰ τέκνα θέσει ό υἱὸς ὸ ἀληθινός, νέος τοῦ εἶναι υἱός. εἰ γὰρ νέος τοῦ εἶναι υἱός, ἠν ποτε χρόνος ὅτε οὐκ ἦν ὁ πατὴρ πατὴρ μονογενοῦς.
oude hōs ta loipa tekna thesei o huios o alēthinos, neos tou einai huios. ei gar neos tou einai huios, ēn pote chronos hote ouk ēn ho patēr patēr monogenous.
Nor is the true Son, like other children, a son by adoption, new in being son. For if he is new in being son, there was once a time when the Father was not Father of the Only-begotten.
71.6Holl GCS 25:89
οὐδὲ ὡς τὰ λοιπὰ πνεύματα τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας κτιστὸν ἢ ποιητόν, οὐδὲ ὡς οἱ λοιποὶ ἄγγελοι »ὁ τῆς μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος« καλεῖται.
oude hōs ta loipa pneumata to pneuma tēs alētheias ktiston ē poiēton, oude hōs hoi loipoi angeloi »ho tēs megalēs boulēs angelos« kaleitai.
Nor is the Spirit of truth created or made like other spirits, nor is “the Angel of great counsel” so called like the other angels.
71.7Holl GCS 25:89
ἃ μὲν γὰρ ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος ἔχει, ἃ δʼ ἀνεπινόητον ἒχει τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὸ κράτος· καὶ ἃ μὲν κτίζει τὰ πάντα εἰς ἀπείρους αἰῶνας, συνεργοῦντα τῷ πατρί, ἃ δὲ κτίζεται ὑπὸ τούτων, ὡς ἂν ἐθέλοιεν· καὶ ἃ μὲν λατρεύει τούτοις, ἃ δὲ λατρευτὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ὅλων κτισμάτων· καὶ ἃ μὲν ἐᾶται τὰ ποιήματα, ἃ δὲ τὴν ἔασιν λαμβάνει παρʼ αὐτῶν· καὶ ἃ μὲν κρίνεται κατʼ άξίαν, ἃ δὲ τὴν κρίσιν ἔχει τὴν δικαίαν·
ha men gar archēn kai telos echei, ha dʼ anepinoēton echei tēn archēn kai to kratos; kai ha men ktizei ta panta eis apeirous aiōnas, synergounta tǭ patri, ha de ktizetai hypo toutōn, hōs an etheloien; kai ha men latreuei toutois, ha de latreuta hypo tōn holōn ktismatōn; kai ha men eatai ta poiēmata, ha de tēn easin lambanei parʼ autōn; kai ha men krinetai katʼ axian, ha de tēn krisin echei tēn dikaian;
For some things have beginning and end, while others have a beginning and dominion beyond conceiving; and the ones create all things for boundless ages, working with the Father, while the others are created by them, as they will; and the ones are served by these, while the others serve; the ones are worshiped by all creatures; the ones heal the things made, while the others receive healing from them; and the ones are judged according to worth, while the others hold the just judgment;
71.8Holl GCS 25:89
καὶ ἃ μὲν ⟨ἐν⟩ χρόνω̣ ἐστίν, ἃ δὲ οὐκ ἐν χρόνῳ τυγχάνει· καὶ ἃ μὲν φωτίζει τὰ πάντα, ἃ δὲ φωτίζεται ὑπὸ τούτων· καὶ ἃ μὲν καλεῖ νηπίους εἰς ὕψος, ἃ δὲ καλεῖται ὑπὸ τοῦ τελείου· καὶ ἃ μὲν χαρίζεται πᾶσιν, ἃ δὲ χαρίσματα λαμβάνει· καὶ καθάπαξ εἰπεὶν, ὃ μὲν ἐξυμνεῖ τὴν ὰγιότητα ἐν οὐρανοῖς οὐρανῶν καὶ λοιποῖς ὀοράτοις τόποις, ἃ δὲ ἐξυμνούμενα τὰ δῶρα ἀξίως παρέχει τοῖς ἀξίοις.
kai ha men ⟨en⟩ chronō estin, ha de ouk en chronǭ tynchanei; kai ha men phōtizei ta panta, ha de phōtizetai hypo toutōn; kai ha men kalei nēpious eis hypsos, ha de kaleitai hypo tou teleiou; kai ha men charizetai pasin, ha de charismata lambanei; kai kathapax eipein, ho men exymnei tēn agiotēta en ouranois ouranōn kai loipois ooratois topois, ha de exymnoumena ta dōra axiōs parechei tois axiois.
and the ones are ⟨in⟩ time, while the others are not in time; and the ones enlighten all things, while the others are enlightened by them; and the ones call infants to the height, while the others are called by the Perfect One; and the ones give grace to all, while the others receive gifts; and in short, the one sings the praise of holiness in the heavens of heavens and the other invisible places, while the others, being praised, worthily grant gifts to the worthy.
Chapter 72
72.1Holl GCS 25:89
72. Πνεύματα δὲ πλεῖστά φησιν ἡ γραφή· »ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα« καί »πάντα τὰ πνεύματα αἰνεῖτε τὸν κύριον‘.
72. Pneumata de pleista phēsin hē graphē; »ho poiōn tous angelous autou pneumata kai tous leitourgous autou pyros phloga« kai »panta ta pneumata aineite ton kyrion‘.
Scripture speaks of very many spirits: “who makes his angels spirits and his ministers a flame of fire,” and “All spirits, praise the Lord.”
72.2Holl GCS 25:89–90
χάρισμα δὲ ἀξίοις διδοται »διακρίσεως πνευμάτων‘. ἃ μὲν γὰρ ἐπουράνιά ἐστι, »χαίροντα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ«, ἃ δὲ ἐπίγεια, ἀπάτης καὶ πλάνης ἐπιτήδεια, ἃ δὲ ὑπόγεια, ἀβύσσου καὶ σκότους τέκνα· »παρεκάλει« γὰρ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν φησιν ἴνα μὴ πέμψῃ αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἀπελθεῖν«· ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τοῖς πνεύμασιν ἀπέτασσε καὶ πνεύματα δὲ ἐξεδίωκε λόγῳ καὶ »οὐκ εἴα αὐτὰ λαλεῖν«.
charisma de axiois didotai »diakriseōs pneumatōn‘. ha men gar epourania esti, »chaironta tę̄ alētheią«, ha de epigeia, apatēs kai planēs epitēdeia, ha de hypogeia, abyssou kai skotous tekna; »parekalei« gar to euangelion phēsin ina mē pempsę̄ autous eis tēn abysson apelthein«; hōsautōs de kai tois pneumasin apetasse kai pneumata de exediōke logǭ kai »ouk eia auta lalein«.
And to the worthy is given the gift of “discernment of spirits.” For some are heavenly, “rejoicing in the truth,” others earthly, suited to deceit and error, others underground, children of the abyss and darkness; for “they begged,” the Gospel says, “that he would not send them away into the abyss”; likewise he rebuked the spirits and drove out spirits with a word and “did not allow them to speak.”
72.3Holl GCS 25:90
λέγεται δὲ πνεῦμα κρίσεως καὶ πνεῦμα καύσεως«, λέγεται καὶ πνεῦμα κόσμου (»ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κόσμου ἐλάβομεν« φησί) καὶ πνεῦμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου »τίς γὰρ οἶδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου;« καὶ »πνεῦμα πορευόμενον καὶ οὐκ επιστρέφον«· »ὃτι πνεῦμα διῆλθεν ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ οὐχ ὐπάρξει« καί »ἀντανελεῖς τὸ πνεῦμα αύτῶν καὶ ἐκλείψουσι«, καὶ πνεῦμα προφητῶν·
legetai de pneuma kriseōs kai pneuma kauseōs«, legetai kai pneuma kosmou (»hēmeis de ou to pneuma tou kosmou elabomen« phēsi) kai pneuma de anthrōpou »tis gar oiden anthrōpōn ta tou anthrōpou, ei mē to pneuma tou anthrōpou?« kai »pneuma poreuomenon kai ouk epistrephon«; »hoti pneuma diēlthen en autǭ kai ouch yparxei« kai »antaneleis to pneuma autōn kai ekleipsousi«, kai pneuma prophētōn;
And there is said to be a “spirit of judgment and a spirit of burning”; there is said also to be a spirit of the world (“But we have not received the spirit of the world,” it says), and a spirit of man (“For who among men knows the things of a man except the spirit of the man?”), and “a spirit that goes and does not return”; “for a spirit passed through him and he will not be,” and “You will take away their spirit and they will fail”; and a spirit of prophets:
72.4Holl GCS 25:90
»πνεύματα δὲ προφητῶν ⟨φησί⟩ προφήταις ὑποτάσσεται« καί »ἰδοὺ πνεῦμα ψευδὲς ἔστη ἐνώπιον κυρίου καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἐν τίνι ἀπατήσεις τὸν Αχαάβ; καὶ ἔσομαι, φησί, πνεῦμα ψευδὲς ἐν τῷ στόματι τῶν προφητῶν‘,
»pneumata de prophētōn ⟨phēsi⟩ prophētais hypotassetai« kai »idou pneuma pseudes estē enōpion kyriou kai eipen autǭ, en tini apatēseis ton Achaab? kai esomai, phēsi, pneuma pseudes en tǭ stomati tōn prophētōn‘,
“The spirits of prophets,” ⟨it says⟩, “are subject to prophets,” and “Behold, a lying spirit stood before the Lord, and he said to him, ‘By what will you deceive Ahab?’ ‘And I will be,’ he says, ‘a lying spirit in the mouth of the prophets.’”
72.5Holl GCS 25:90
λέγεται δὲ »πνεῦμα κατανύξεως« εἰναι ⟨καὶ⟩ »πνεῦμα δειλίας« καὶ »πνεῦμα Πύθωνος‘ »πνεῦμα πορνείας‘ καὶ πνεῦμα καταιγίδος« καὶ »πνεῦμα πολυρρῆμον« καὶ »πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας‘ καὶ »πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον« καὶ πνεῦμα κωφόν. καὶ πνεῦμα αλαλον« καὶ πνεῦμα μογγιλάλον« καὶ πνεῦμα χαλεπὸν λίαν«, ὃ καλεῖται λεγεών, καὶ τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας«.
legetai de »pneuma katanyxeōs« einai ⟨kai⟩ »pneuma deilias« kai »pneuma Pythōnos‘ »pneuma porneias‘ kai pneuma kataigidos« kai »pneuma polyrrēmon« kai »pneuma astheneias‘ kai »pneuma akatharton« kai pneuma kōphon. kai pneuma alalon« kai pneuma mongilalon« kai pneuma chalepon lian«, ho kaleitai legeōn, kai ta pneumatika tēs ponērias«.
And there is said to be ⟨also⟩ “a spirit of stupor” and “a spirit of cowardice” and “a spirit of Python,” “a spirit of fornication,” and “a spirit of storm,” and “a spirit of many words,” and “a spirit of infirmity,” and “an unclean spirit,” and a deaf spirit and “a mute spirit,” and a stammering spirit, and a spirit “exceedingly fierce,” which is called Legion, and “the spiritual forces of wickedness.”
72.6Holl GCS 25:90
ἄπειρα δὲ τὰ περὶ πνευμάτων λόγια σοφοῖς. ἀλλʼ ὣσπερ οἱ πολλοὶ υἱοὶ θέσει ἢ κλήσει οὐκ ἀληθείᾳ δέ, διὰ τὸ ἀρχὴν ἔχειν καὶ τέλος * άμαρτητικῶς, οὓτω καὶ πνεύματα πλεῖστα θέσει ἤ κλήσει, κἅν ἁμαρ- τητικὰ ᾐ, τὸ δὲ ἄγιον πνεῦμα μόνον καλεῖται πνεῦμα πατρὸς καὶ υὶοῦ, »πνεῦμα ἀληθείας‘ καὶ πνεῦμα Νοῦ. καὶ »πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ‘ καὶ »πνεῦμα χάριτος‘.
apeira de ta peri pneumatōn logia sophois. allʼ hōsper hoi polloi huioi thesei ē klēsei ouk alētheią de, dia to archēn echein kai telos * amartētikōs, houtō kai pneumata pleista thesei ē klēsei, kan hamar- tētika ę̄, to de agion pneuma monon kaleitai pneuma patros kai uiou, »pneuma alētheias‘ kai pneuma Nou. kai »pneuma Christou‘ kai »pneuma charitos‘.
Endless to the wise are the sayings about spirits. But just as the many sons are sons by adoption or calling but not in truth, because they have beginning and end * sinfully, so also very many spirits are so by adoption or calling, even if they are sinful; but the Holy Spirit alone is called the Spirit of the Father and of the Son, “the Spirit of truth,” and the Spirit of God, and “the Spirit of Christ,” and “the Spirit of grace.”
72.7Holl GCS 25:90–91
χαρίζεται γὰρ ἑκάστῳ διαφόρως τὸ άγαθόν, »ᾠ μὲν πνεῦμα σοφίας, ᾠ δὲ πνεῦμα γνώσεως, ᾠ δὲ πνεῦμα ἰσχύος, ᾠ δὲ πνεῦμα ἰαμάτων, ᾠ δὲ πνεῦμα προφητείας, ᾠ δὲ πνεῦμα διακρίσεως, ᾧ δὲ γλωσσῶν, ᾠ δὲ ἑρμηνειῶν« καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ χαρίσματα, ὥς φησιν »ἓν δὲ καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα διαιροῦν ἑκάστῳ ὡς βούλεται«·
charizetai gar hekastǭ diaphorōs to agathon, »ǭ men pneuma sophias, ǭ de pneuma gnōseōs, ǭ de pneuma ischyos, ǭ de pneuma iamatōn, ǭ de pneuma prophēteias, ǭ de pneuma diakriseōs, hǭ de glōssōn, ǭ de hermēneiōn« kai ta loipa charismata, hōs phēsin »hen de kai to auto pneuma diairoun hekastǭ hōs bouletai«;
For he gives the good to each differently: “to one a spirit of wisdom, to another a spirit of knowledge, to another a spirit of strength, to another a spirit of healings, to another a spirit of prophecy, to another a spirit of discernment, to another tongues, to another interpretations,” and the other gifts, as it says, “but one and the same Spirit, distributing to each as he wills.”
72.8Holl GCS 25:91
ὃτι τὸ πνεῦμά σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν όδηγήσει με, ὁ θεός« φησὶν ὁ Δαυίδ, ἤ »τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει πνεῖ« τὸ ἐνυπόστατον διὰ τῶν τοιούτων τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος δεικνὺς ἡμῖν) »καὶ τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ἀκούεις, ἀλλʼ οὐκ οἶδας πόθεν ἔρχεται καὶ ποῦ ὑπάγει« καί »ἐὰν μὴ γεννηθῆτε ἐξ ὕδατος· καὶ πνεύματος« ὃμοιον ὡς εἶπε Παῦλος »ἐν γὰρ Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα«.
hoti to pneuma sou to agathon odēgēsei me, ho theos« phēsin ho Dauid, ē »to pneuma hopou thelei pnei« to enypostaton dia tōn toioutōn tou hagiou pneumatos deiknys hēmin) »kai tēn phōnēn autou akoueis, allʼ ouk oidas pothen erchetai kai pou hypagei« kai »ean mē gennēthēte ex hydatos; kai pneumatos« homoion hōs eipe Paulos »en gar Christǭ Iēsou egō hymas egennēsa«.
“For your good Spirit will lead me, O God,” says David; or “The Spirit blows where he wills” (showing us by such words the subsistence of the Holy Spirit), “and you hear his voice, but you do not know where he comes from and where he goes”; and “Unless you are born of water and Spirit,” similar to Paul's saying, “For in Christ Jesus I begot you.”
72.9Holl GCS 25:91
περὶ τούτου ὸ κύριος ὅταν ἔλθῃ ό παράκλητος, ὃν ἐγὼ πέμψω ὐμῖν, τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ΄αληθείας, ὃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορεύεται, ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ« καί »ἔτι πολλὰ ἔχω λέγειν, ἀλλʼ οὐ δύνασθε βαστάζειν ἄρτι. ὃταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. οὐ γὰρ λαλήσει ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ὃσα ἀκούσει λαλήσει καὶ τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν. ἐκεῖνός με δοξάσει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήψεται καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν πάντα«.
peri toutou o kyrios hotan elthę̄ o paraklētos, hon egō pempsō ymin, to pneuma tēs ΄alētheias, ho para tou patros ekporeuetai, ekeinos martyrēsei peri emou« kai »eti polla echō legein, allʼ ou dynasthe bastazein arti. hotan elthę̄ ekeinos, to pneuma tēs alētheias, hodēgēsei hymas eis pasan tēn alētheian. ou gar lalēsei aphʼ heautou, allʼ hosa akousei lalēsei kai ta erchomena anangelei hymin. ekeinos me doxasei, hoti ek tou emou lēpsetai kai anangelei hymin panta«.
Of him the Lord says, “When the Paraclete comes, whom I will send you, the Spirit of truth, who proceeds from the Father, he will bear witness about me,” and “I have yet many things to say, but you cannot bear them now. When he comes, the Spirit of truth, he will guide you into all the truth. For he will not speak from himself, but whatever he hears he will speak, and he will announce to you the things to come. He will glorify me, for he will receive from what is mine and announce all things to you.”
Chapter 73
73.1Holl GCS 25:91
73. Εἰ τοίνυν παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορεύεται καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ, ⟨ὥς⟩ φησιν ὸ κύριος, λήψεται, ὃν τρόπον »οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν εἰ μὴ ὸ οὐδὲ οὐδὲ τὸν υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ«, οὓτως τολμῶ λέγειν ὃτι οὐδὲ τὸ πνεῦμα εἰ μὴ ό υἱὸς ἐξ οὗ λαμβάνει καὶ ό πατὴρ παρ οὑ ἐκπορεύεται καὶ οὐδὲ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα,
73. Ei toinyn para tou patros ekporeuetai kai ek tou emou, ⟨hōs⟩ phēsin o kyrios, lēpsetai, hon tropon »oudeis egnō ton ei mē o oude oude ton huion ei mē ho patēr«, houtōs tolmō legein hoti oude to pneuma ei mē o huios ex hou lambanei kai o patēr par hou ekporeuetai kai oude ton huion kai ton patera,
If then he proceeds from the Father and, ⟨as⟩ the Lord says, “will receive from what is mine,” in the same way that “no one has known the ⟨Father⟩ except the ⟨Son⟩, nor the Son except the Father,” so I dare to say that no one ⟨knows⟩ the Spirit except the Son, from whom he receives, and the Father, from whom he proceeds; and no one ⟨knows⟩ the Son and the Father
73.2Holl GCS 25:91
εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἃγιον, τὸ δοξάζον ἀληθῶς τὸ διδάσκον τὰ πάντα τὸ μαρτυ- ροῦν περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ, ὃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ὃ ἐκ τοῦ υἱοῦ, μόνος ὁδηγὸς ἀληθείας, νόμων ἐξηγητὴς ἁγίων, πνευματικοῦ νόμου ὑφηγητής, προφητῶν καθηγητής, ἀποστόλων διδάσκαλος, εὐαγγελικῶν δογμάτων φωστήρ ἁγίων ἐκλογεύς, φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἐξ ἀληθινοῦ φωτός.
ei mē to pneuma to hagion, to doxazon alēthōs to didaskon ta panta to marty- roun peri tou huiou, ho para tou patros ho ek tou huiou, monos hodēgos alētheias, nomōn exēgētēs hagiōn, pneumatikou nomou hyphēgētēs, prophētōn kathēgētēs, apostolōn didaskalos, euangelikōn dogmatōn phōstēr hagiōn eklogeus, phōs to alēthinon ex alēthinou phōtos.
except the Holy Spirit, who truly glorifies, who teaches all things, who bears witness about the Son, who is from the Father and from the Son, the only guide of truth, interpreter of holy laws, instructor in the spiritual law, teacher of the prophets, master of the apostles, luminary of the doctrines of the Gospel, chooser of the saints, true light from true light.
73.3Holl GCS 25:91–92
υἱὸς φυσικὸς υἱὸς ἀληθὴς υἱὸς γνήσιος, μόνος ἐκ μόνου, σὺν αὐτῷ ⟨δὲ⟩ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα, ⟨οὐχ υἱὸς⟩ ἀλλὰ πνεῦμα ὀνομαζόμενον.
huios physikos huios alēthēs huios gnēsios, monos ek monou, syn autǭ ⟨de⟩ kai to pneuma, ⟨ouch huios⟩ alla pneuma onomazomenon.
The Son is Son by nature, true Son, genuine Son, only from only; ⟨and⟩ with him is also the Spirit, named ⟨not Son⟩ but Spirit.
73.4Holl GCS 25:92
οὖτος ὁ θεὸς δοξαζόμενος ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ πατὴρ ἀεί, υἱὸς ἀεὶ καὶ πνεῦμα ἃγιον ἀεί, ὑψηλὸς ⟨ἐξ⟩ ὑψηλοῦ καὶ νοερός, δόξαν ἔχων ᾠ ὑποβέβηκε τὰ κτιστὰ καὶ τὰ ποιητά, ἁπαξαπλῶς τὰ σύμπαντα μετρούμενα καὶ περιεχόμενα ἓκαστα.
outos ho theos doxazomenos en ekklēsią patēr aei, huios aei kai pneuma hagion aei, hypsēlos ⟨ex⟩ hypsēlou kai noeros, doxan echōn ǭ hypobebēke ta ktista kai ta poiēta, hapaxaplōs ta sympanta metroumena kai periechomena hekasta.
This is God glorified in the church: Father always, Son always, and Holy Spirit always; exalted ⟨from⟩ exalted, and intellectual, having glory beneath which created and made things lie, in short the whole universe, each thing measured and contained.
73.5Holl GCS 25:92
θεότης δὲ μία ἐν Μωυσῇ μάλιστα καταγγέλεται, δυὰς δὲ ἐν προφήταις σφόδρα κηρύττεται, τριὰς δὲ ἐν εὐαγγελίοις φανεροῦται, πλεῖον κατὰ καιροὺς καὶ γενεὰς ἁρμόζουσα τῷ δικαίῳ εἰς γνῶσιν καὶ πίστιν. γνῶσις δὲ αὐτῆς ἀθανασία, ἐκ πίστεώς τε αὐτῆς υἱοθεσία γίνεται.
theotēs de mia en Mōysę̄ malista katangeletai, dyas de en prophētais sphodra kēryttetai, trias de en euangeliois phaneroutai, pleion kata kairous kai geneas harmozousa tǭ dikaiǭ eis gnōsin kai pistin. gnōsis de autēs athanasia, ek pisteōs te autēs huiothesia ginetai.
One Godhead is proclaimed above all in Moses, a duality is strongly preached in the prophets, and the Trinity is made manifest in the Gospels, fitting the righteous more and more through the times and generations for knowledge and faith. And the knowledge of it is immortality, and from faith in it comes adoption.
73.6Holl GCS 25:92
ἀλλὰ πρῶτον δικαιώματα σαρκὸς ἐκφράζει, ὡς περίβολον ναοῦ τὸν ἔξω διεγείρουσα ἐν Μωυσῇ· δεύτερον δὲ δικαιώματα ψυχῆς ἐκδιηγεῖται, ὡς τὰ ἅγια κοσμοῦσα ἐν λοιπαῖς προφητείαις· τρίτον δὲ δικαιώματα πνεύματος, ὡς τὸ ἱλαστήριον καὶ τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων ῥυθμίζουσα ἐν εὐαγγελικοῖς πρὸς κατοίκησιν ἑαυτῆς· σκηνὴν δὲ] ἁγίαν, ναὸν ἃγιον, ⟨ὃς⟩
alla prōton dikaiōmata sarkos ekphrazei, hōs peribolon naou ton exō diegeirousa en Mōysę̄; deuteron de dikaiōmata psychēs ekdiēgeitai, hōs ta hagia kosmousa en loipais prophēteiais; triton de dikaiōmata pneumatos, hōs to hilastērion kai ta hagia tōn hagiōn rhythmizousa en euangelikois pros katoikēsin heautēs; skēnēn de] hagian, naon hagion, ⟨hos⟩
But first it expresses ordinances of the flesh, raising up the outer enclosure of the temple as it were, in Moses; second, it relates ordinances of the soul, adorning the holy place as it were, in the other prophecies; third, ordinances of the spirit, ordering the mercy seat and the holy of holies in the Gospels for its own dwelling; a holy tabernacle, a holy temple, ⟨which is⟩
73.7Holl GCS 25:92–93
τὸν δίκαιον δίκαιον μόνον τὸν] συνόντα τούτοις. κατοικεῖ δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ μία θεότης ἄπειρος μία θεότης ἄφθαρτος μία θεότης ἀπερινόητος, ἀκατάληπτος ἀνεκδιήγητος ἀόρατος, ἑαυτὴν γινώσκουσα μόνη, ἑαυτὴν ἐμφανίζουσα οἶς βούλεται, μάρτυρας ἑαυτῇ διεγείρουσα καλοῦσα προορίζουσα δοξάζουσα, ἐξ Ἄιδου ὑψοῦσα, ἁγιάζουσα ἑνοποιοῦσα πάλιν πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτῆς δόξαν καὶ πίστιν τὰ τρία ταῦτα ἐπουράνια ἐπίγεια καὶ καταχθόνια, πνεῦμα ψυχὴν σάρκα, πίστιν ἐλπίδα ἀγάπην, παρελθόντα ἐνεστῶτα μέλλοντα, αἰῶνα αἰῶνος αἰῶνας αἰώνων σάββατα σαββάτων, περιτομὴν σαρκὸς περιτομὴν καρδίας »περιτομὴν Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν«· καθόλου δὲ καθαροποιεῖ ἑαυτῇ
ton dikaion dikaion monon ton] synonta toutois. katoikei de en autǭ mia theotēs apeiros mia theotēs aphthartos mia theotēs aperinoētos, akatalēptos anekdiēgētos aoratos, heautēn ginōskousa monē, heautēn emphanizousa ois bouletai, martyras heautę̄ diegeirousa kalousa proorizousa doxazousa, ex Aidou hypsousa, hagiazousa henopoiousa palin pros tēn heautēs doxan kai pistin ta tria tauta epourania epigeia kai katachthonia, pneuma psychēn sarka, pistin elpida agapēn, parelthonta enestōta mellonta, aiōna aiōnos aiōnas aiōnōn sabbata sabbatōn, peritomēn sarkos peritomēn kardias »peritomēn Christou en tę̄ apekdysei tou sōmatos tōn hamartiōn«; katholou de katharopoiei heautę̄
the righteous man, only the one who is with these. And there dwells in him one Godhead, infinite; one Godhead, incorruptible; one Godhead, inconceivable, incomprehensible, indescribable, invisible, alone knowing itself, manifesting itself to whom it wills, raising up witnesses for itself, calling, predestining, glorifying, lifting up from Hades, sanctifying, uniting again to its own glory and faith these threes: things in heaven, on earth, and under the earth; spirit, soul, flesh; faith, hope, love; past, present, future; age of age, ages of ages, sabbaths of sabbaths; circumcision of the flesh, circumcision of the heart, “the circumcision of Christ in putting off the body of sins.” And in general it purifies for itself
73.8Holl GCS 25:93
τὰ πάντα, τὰ ἀόρατα καὶ τὰ ὁρατά, θρόνους κυριότητας ἀρχὰς ἐξουσίας δυνάμείς· ἐν πᾶσι δὲ ἠ αὐτὴ φωνὴ ἁγία, ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν ἅγιος ἃγιος ἃγιος φωνοῦσα, πατέρα ἐν υἱῶ, υἱὸν δὲ ἐν πατρὶ ⟨δοξάζουσα⟩ σὺν ἁγίῳ ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ἀμήν. καὶ ἐρεῖ ὁ οὕτω πιστεύων, γένοιτο γένοιτο.
ta panta, ta aorata kai ta horata, thronous kyriotētas archas exousias dynameis; en pasi de ē autē phōnē hagia, apo doxēs eis doxan hagios hagios hagios phōnousa, patera en huiō, huion de en patri ⟨doxazousa⟩ syn hagiǭ hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn, amēn. kai erei ho houtō pisteuōn, genoito genoito.
all things, the invisible and the visible, thrones, dominions, principalities, authorities, powers; and in all the same holy voice, from glory to glory crying “holy, holy, holy,” ⟨glorifying⟩ the Father in the Son and the Son in the Father with the Holy ⟨Spirit⟩, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever, amen. And whoever believes so will say, So be it, so be it.
Chapter 74
74.1Holl GCS 25:93
74. Καὶ περὶ μὲν τριάδος καὶ ὁμοουσιότητος θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἀγίου πνεύματος οἱ ἀσθενεῖς ἡμεῖς καὶ ἰδιῶται μηδὲν σοφιζόμενοι μηδὲ τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων κυβείᾳ« ἑαυτοὺς ἀν⟨α⟩τιθέντες, θείων γραφῶν μᾶλλον μαρτυρίας συναγαγόντες τοῖς βουλομένοις εἰς εὕρεσιν πιστῶν καὶ ἀντίρρησιν κακοπίστων καὶ κενοδόξων ἀπὸ μέρους συνηγάγομεν. πολλὴ γὰρ ἡ τῆς πίστεως ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ δύναμις,
74. Kai peri men triados kai homoousiotētos theou patros kai huiou kai agiou pneumatos hoi astheneis hēmeis kai idiōtai mēden sophizomenoi mēde tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn kybeią« heautous an⟨a⟩tithentes, theiōn graphōn mallon martyrias synagagontes tois boulomenois eis heuresin pistōn kai antirrēsin kakopistōn kai kenodoxōn apo merous synēgagomen. pollē gar hē tēs pisteōs en pneumati hagiǭ dynamis,
And concerning the Trinity and the consubstantiality of God the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, we, weak and unlearned, devising nothing clever and not handing ourselves over to “the trickery of men,” but rather gathering testimonies of the divine Scriptures, have collected them in part for those who wish, for the finding of the faithful and the refutation of those who think wrongly and vainly. For great is the power of the faith in the Holy Spirit,
74.2Holl GCS 25:93
ἐν ἁπάσαις θείαις γραφαῖς διαφόρως κεκηρυγμένη ⟩ ἐπειδὴ δὲ τῆς ἠμῶν σωτηρίας ἀσφάλειά ἐστιν ἡ περὶ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐνανθρωπήσεως καὶ ἐνσάρκου παρουσίας ἀσφαλὴς τε καὶ βεβαίωσις ἐλπίδος καὶ περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας παλιγγενεσίας, αὖθις ὀλίγον αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ ἡμετέρῳ καμάτῳ προσθέντες τοῖς βουλομένοις ἀκριβέστερον ἐντυγχάνειν ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν θείων γραφῶν ἐπιμένομεν συναγαγόντες τε καὶ τῷ λόγῳ προστιθέντες.
en hapasais theiais graphais diaphorōs kekērygmenē ⟩ epeidē de tēs ēmōn sōtērias asphaleia estin hē peri tēs tou sōtēros hēmōn enanthrōpēseōs kai ensarkou parousias asphalēs te kai bebaiōsis elpidos kai peri anastaseōs nekrōn kai tēs hēmeteras palingenesias, authis oligon autoi epi toutǭ tǭ hēmeterǭ kamatǭ prosthentes tois boulomenois akribesteron entynchanein ek tōn autōn theiōn graphōn epimenomen synagagontes te kai tǭ logǭ prostithentes.
proclaimed variously in all the divine Scriptures. But since the security of our salvation is the security concerning the incarnation and incarnate coming of our Savior, and the confirmation of hope concerning the resurrection of the dead and our regeneration, we ourselves continue, adding a little again to this labor of ours for those who wish to read more exactly, gathering from the same divine Scriptures and adding to the discourse.
74.3Holl GCS 25:93
ἐπειδὴ γάρ, ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν ἤδη ἐν τοῖς προγεγραμμένοις, αὐτὸς ό κύριος ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ αὐτοῦ φήσας τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταῖς »άπελθόντες βαπτίσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη εἰς ὄνομα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος, διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς τηρεῖν τὰς ἐντολὰς ἃς ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν‘ * αὐτὸς ό ἅγιος Λόγος ό ἐνυπόστατος, ό ἐκ πατρὸς προελθών, διʼ οὺ αἰῶνες γεγόνασι διʼ οὺ χρόνοι καὶ καιροί.
epeidē gar, hōs edidachthēmen ēdē en tois progegrammenois, autos o kyrios hēmōn en tǭ euangeliǭ autou phēsas tois heautou mathētais »apelthontes baptisate panta ta ethnē eis onoma patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos, didaskontes autous tērein tas entolas has eneteilamēn hymin‘ * autos o hagios Logos o enypostatos, o ek patros proelthōn, diʼ ou aiōnes gegonasi diʼ ou chronoi kai kairoi.
For since, as we have already been taught in what was written before, our Lord himself said in his Gospel to his disciples, “Go, baptize all the nations in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to keep the commandments which I commanded you,” * he himself, the holy Word, the subsistent one, who came forth from the Father, through whom the ages came to be, through whom times and seasons.
74.4Holl GCS 25:93–94
οὐ γὰρ ἦν καιρὸς οὔτε χρόνος πρὸ υἱοῦ. εἰ γὰρ ἦν χρόνος πρὸ υἱοῦ, ἄρα μείζων ὁ χρόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ, καὶ πῶς »διʼ αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐγένοντο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲν ὃ γέγονεν«; ὃτι εἴ τι γέγονε διʼ αὐτοῦ γέγονεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἄκτιστος καὶ ἀεὶ ὤν· ὃτι ὁ πατὴρ ἀεὶ ἠν καὶ τὸ ἃγιον αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα ἀεὶ ἠν.
ou gar ēn kairos oute chronos pro huiou. ei gar ēn chronos pro huiou, ara meizōn ho chronos tou huiou, kai pōs »diʼ autou panta egenonto kai chōris autou egeneto ouden ho gegonen«? hoti ei ti gegone diʼ autou gegonen, autos de aktistos kai aei ōn; hoti ho patēr aei ēn kai to hagion autou pneuma aei ēn.
For there was no season or time before the Son. For if there was time before the Son, then time is greater than the Son; and how “were all things made through him, and without him nothing was made that was made”? For if anything came to be, it came to be through him; but he is uncreated and always is; for the Father always was and his Holy Spirit always was.
74.5Holl GCS 25:94
εἰ γὰρ ἠν χρόνος πρὸ υἱοῦ, ζητηθήσεται ἄρα πάλιν ⟨ἄλλος⟩ διʼ οὗ καὶ ὁ πρὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ χρόνος καὶ μυρία λοιπὸν εἰς φαντασίαν ἐνδομυχοῦσαν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὐπολήψει τρέψει τὸν ὴμέτερον λογισμὸν ἤ μᾶλλον εἰς πορνείαν διανοημάτων καὶ οὐ † περὶ σωφροσύνης.
ei gar ēn chronos pro huiou, zētēthēsetai ara palin ⟨allos⟩ diʼ hou kai ho pro tou huiou chronos kai myria loipon eis phantasian endomychousan en tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn ypolēpsei trepsei ton ēmeteron logismon ē mallon eis porneian dianoēmatōn kai ou † peri sōphrosynēs.
For if there was time before the Son, ⟨another⟩ will again be sought through whom the time before the Son came to be, and it will turn our reasoning to countless fancies lurking in human supposition, or rather to fornication of thoughts, and not † to soundness of mind.
74.6Holl GCS 25:94
οὐκ ἠν τοίνυν χρόνος πρὸ υἱοῦ, ἐπειδὴ οὐ διὰ χρόνων ὁ υἱὸς γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ διὰ υἱοῦ χρόνοι καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα κτίσματα. οὐκ ἠν χρόνος ποτὲ ὅτε οὐκ ἠν ὁ υἱός, οὐδὲ ἠν ποτε ὃτε οὐκ ἠν πνεῦμα.
ouk ēn toinyn chronos pro huiou, epeidē ou dia chronōn ho huios gegonen, alla dia huiou chronoi kai hoi angeloi kai ta alla panta ktismata. ouk ēn chronos pote hote ouk ēn ho huios, oude ēn pote hote ouk ēn pneuma.
So there was no time before the Son, since the Son did not come to be through times, but times through the Son, and the angels and all other creatures. There was never a time when the Son was not, nor was there ever when the Spirit was not.
Chapter 75
75.1Holl GCS 25:94
75. Νομίζουσι δὲ παραναγινώσκοντες καὶ μὴ νοοῦντες διαστέλλειν τὴν ἀνάγνωσίν τινες ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν »πάντα δὶ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδέν«, ἴως ῶδε ἀποτιθέντες τὸ ῥητόν, ὑπόνοιαν βλασφημίας εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἃγιον λαμβάνειν· σφάλλονται ⟨δὲ⟩ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ σφάλματος τῆς ἀναγνώσεως σκάζουσιν, εἰς βλασφημίαν τρεπόμενοι.
75. Nomizousi de paranaginōskontes kai mē noountes diastellein tēn anagnōsin tines en tǭ eipein »panta di autou egeneto kai chōris autou egeneto ouden«, iōs ōde apotithentes to rhēton, hyponoian blasphēmias eis to pneuma to hagion lambanein; sphallontai ⟨de⟩ tēn anagnōsin kai apo tou sphalmatos tēs anagnōseōs skazousin, eis blasphēmian trepomenoi.
Some, misreading and not knowing how to punctuate the reading of “All things were made through him, and without him nothing was made,” stopping the sentence there, think it gives ground for suspecting blasphemy against the Holy Spirit; but they err in the reading, and from the error of reading they limp, turning to blasphemy.
75.2Holl GCS 25:94
ἡ δὲ ἀνάγνωσις οὓτως ἔχει· πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο ουδέν, ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ., τουτέστιν ὃτι εἴ τι γέγονε, διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο.
hē de anagnōsis houtōs echei; panta diʼ autou egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto ouden, ho gegonen en autǭ., toutestin hoti ei ti gegone, diʼ autou egeneto.
The reading is this: “All things were made through him, and without him nothing was made that was made in him,” that is, if anything came to be, it came to be through him.
75.3Holl GCS 25:94
τοίνυν πατὴρ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ υἱὸς ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ πνέει, καὶ οὔτε ὁ υἱὸς κτιστὸς οὔτε τὸ πνεῦμα κτιστόν· τὰ δὲ μετὰ πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν καὶ ἃγιον πνεῦμα πάντα κτιστὰ καὶ γενητὰ ⟨ὄντα⟩ οὐκ ὄντα ἐγένετο ἀπὸ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος διὰ τοῦ ἀεὶ ὄντος Λόγου σὺν τῷ ἀεὶ ὄντι πνεύματι.
toinyn patēr ēn aei kai huios ēn aei kai to pneuma ek patros kai huiou pneei, kai oute ho huios ktistos oute to pneuma ktiston; ta de meta patera kai huion kai hagion pneuma panta ktista kai genēta ⟨onta⟩ ouk onta egeneto apo patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos dia tou aei ontos Logou syn tǭ aei onti pneumati.
So the Father always was and the Son always was, and the Spirit breathes from Father and Son; and neither the Son is created nor the Spirit created. But all things after Father and Son and Holy Spirit are created and generated; ⟨being⟩ not existent, they came to be from Father and Son and Holy Spirit through the Word who always is, with the Spirit who always is.
75.4Holl GCS 25:94
διʼ αὐτοῦ τοίνυν τοῦ Λόγου πάντα τὰ κτιστὰ γέγονε, τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ ἐπουρανίου, τοῦ ἐνυποστάτου Λόγου, τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν καὶ εὐεργέτου.
diʼ autou toinyn tou Logou panta ta ktista gegone, tou basileōs tou epouraniou, tou enypostatou Logou, tou sōtēros hēmōn kai euergetou.
Through this Word, then, all created things came to be, the heavenly King, the subsistent Word, our Savior and benefactor.
75.5Holl GCS 25:94
αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ ὁ ἃγιος ό οὐρανῶν οὐρανῶν κατελθών, ό ἐν ἐργαστηρίῳ παρθενικῷ καταξιώσας τὴν ἠμετέραν ποιήσασθαι σωτηρίαν, ὸ ἐκ Μαρίας αὐθις γεγεννημένος διὰ πνεύματος ἀγίου συλληφθείς, ὸ τὴν σάρκα λαβών, ό Λόγος σὰρξ γενόμενος, ό μὴ τραπεὶς τὴν φύσιν, ὁ σὺν τῇ θεότητι λαβὼν τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα, ό τέλειος ὢν ἀπὸ πατρός, ὁ τὴν τελείαν οἰκονομίαν πληρώσας, ἠλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον διʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἡμετέραν ό τὴν σάρκα καὶ ψυχὴν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην λαβών,
autos gar ho sōtēr ho hagios o ouranōn ouranōn katelthōn, o en ergastēriǭ parthenikǭ kataxiōsas tēn ēmeteran poiēsasthai sōtērian, o ek Marias authis gegennēmenos dia pneumatos agiou syllēphtheis, o tēn sarka labōn, o Logos sarx genomenos, o mē trapeis tēn physin, ho syn tę̄ theotēti labōn tēn anthrōpotēta, o teleios ōn apo patros, ho tēn teleian oikonomian plērōsas, ēlthen eis ton kosmon diʼ hēmas kai dia tēn hēmeteran hēmeteran o tēn sarka kai psychēn tēn anthrōpinēn labōn,
For the Savior himself, the Holy One who came down from the heavens of heavens, who deigned to accomplish our salvation in the virgin's workshop, who was born again from Mary, conceived through the Holy Spirit, who took the flesh, the Word made flesh, who was not changed in nature, who with the Godhead took the humanity, who, being perfect from the Father, fulfilled the perfect dispensation, came into the world for us and for our salvation, taking flesh and a human soul,
75.6Holl GCS 25:94–95
τέλειος ὢν παρὰ πατρός, ἐνανθρωπήσας ἐν ἡμῖν οὐ δοκήσει, ἀλλ ἀληθείᾳ, τέλειον εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναπλάσας ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ Μαρίας τῆς θεοτόκου διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου·
teleios ōn para patros, enanthrōpēsas en hēmin ou dokēsei, all alētheią, teleion eis heauton anaplasas anthrōpon apo Marias tēs theotokou dia pneumatos hagiou;
being perfect from the Father, becoming man among us not in appearance but in truth, having formed anew in himself a perfect man from Mary the God-bearer through the Holy Spirit;
75.7Holl GCS 25:95
οὐκ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκήσας, ὡς εἴωθεν ἐν προφήταις λαλεῖν κατοικεῖν τε ἐν δυνάμει καὶ ἐνεργεῖν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ό Λόγος σὰρξ γενόμενος, οὐ τραπεὶς τοῦ εἶναι θεός, οὐ μεταβαλὼν τὴν θεότητα εἰς ἀνθρωπότητα, ἀλλὰ σὺν τῷ ἰδίῳ πληρώματι τῆς αὐτοῦ θεότητος καὶ τῇ ἱδίᾳ ὑποστάσει τοῦ θεοῦ Λόγου καὶ ἐνυποστάτου συμπεριλαβὼν τὸ εἶναι ἄνθρωπος καὶ εἵ τι ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος.
ouk en anthrōpǭ oikēsas, hōs eiōthen en prophētais lalein katoikein te en dynamei kai energein, allʼ autos o Logos sarx genomenos, ou trapeis tou einai theos, ou metabalōn tēn theotēta eis anthrōpotēta, alla syn tǭ idiǭ plērōmati tēs autou theotētos kai tę̄ hidią hypostasei tou theou Logou kai enypostatou symperilabōn to einai anthrōpos kai hei ti estin anthrōpos.
not dwelling in a man, as he used to speak in the prophets and dwell in them in power and work, but the Word himself becoming flesh, not changed from being God, not converting the Godhead into humanity, but with the very fullness of his Godhead and the very hypostasis of God the Word, the subsistent one, embracing the being of man and whatever man is.
75.8Holl GCS 25:95
ἄνθρωπον δὲ τέλειον ⟨ἔχοντα⟩ ὃσα ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ οἶα ἄνθρπος· τοῦτον ἦλθε καὶ ἔλαβεν ό μονογενής, ἳνα ἐν τῷ τελείῳ ἀνθρωπῳ τελείως τὸ πᾶν τῆς σωτηρίας θεὸς ὣν ἐργάσηται, μηδὲν ἀπολείψας τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα μὴ τὸ ἀπολειφθὲν μέρος εἰς μέρος πόλιν γένηται βρώματος διαβόλου.
anthrōpon de teleion ⟨echonta⟩ hosa en anthrōpǭ kai oia anthrpos; touton ēlthe kai elaben o monogenēs, hina en tǭ teleiǭ anthrōpǭ teleiōs to pan tēs sōtērias theos hōn ergasētai, mēden apoleipsas tou anthrōpou, hina mē to apoleiphthen meros eis meros polin genētai brōmatos diabolou.
And a perfect man ⟨having⟩ all that is in man and such as man is: this the Only-begotten came and took, so that in the perfect man, being God, he might perfectly accomplish the whole of salvation, leaving out nothing of man, so that the part left out might not become again, part by part, food for the devil.
Chapter 76
76.1Holl GCS 25:95
76. Καὶ ἐὰν εἴπωσί τινες ὃτι σάρκα μόνην εἴληφε, ψυχὴν δὲ οὔ, παραπλέκοντες μυθωδῶς καὶ τὴν γραφὴν εἰς μύθους ἐκτρέποντες, ἀπὸ τοῦ ῥητοῦ τοῦ »ήμεῖς δὲ νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν«, ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ῥητοῦ καταλάβωσιν ὃτι οἱ λέγοντες »ήμεῖς δὲ νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν« τὸν αὐτῶν νοῦν εἶχον καὶ τοῦτον οὐκ ἐξεπτύκασιν. εἰ δὲ τὸν ἴδιον ἔχοντες ⟨ἠσαν⟩ σὺν τῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ νῷ, ἀμφοτέρων τοῦ μὲν νοῦ Χριστοῦ βελτιοῦν δυναμένου, τοῦ δ΄ αὐτῶν ὀρθῶς νοοῦντος.
76. Kai ean eipōsi tines hoti sarka monēn eilēphe, psychēn de ou, paraplekontes mythōdōs kai tēn graphēn eis mythous ektrepontes, apo tou rhētou tou »ēmeis de noun Christou echomen«, apʼ autou tou rhētou katalabōsin hoti hoi legontes »ēmeis de noun Christou echomen« ton autōn noun eichon kai touton ouk exeptykasin. ei de ton idion echontes ⟨ēsan⟩ syn tǭ tou Christou nǭ, amphoterōn tou men nou Christou beltioun dynamenou, tou d΄ autōn orthōs noountos.
And if some say that he took only flesh, but not a soul, weaving in myths and turning Scripture into myths, from the saying “But we have the mind of Christ,” let them understand from that very saying that those who said “But we have the mind of Christ” had their own mind and had not spat it out. And if they, having their own, ⟨were⟩ with the mind of Christ, both ⟨were present⟩, the mind of Christ being able to improve, while their own understood rightly.
76.2Holl GCS 25:95
τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ γινωσκέτωσαν, ὃτι ὣν θεὸς καὶ ἐν αὑτῷ ὢν νοῦς, εἶχε τὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου νοῦν * μετὰ τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ ψυχὴν εἴληφεν.
to dʼ auto kai epi tou Christou ginōsketōsan, hoti hōn theos kai en hautǭ ōn nous, eiche ton tou anthrōpou noun * meta tēs sarkos kai psychēn eilēphen.
Let them know the same about Christ too: that being God and being Mind in himself, he had the human mind *, and with the flesh he also took a soul.
76.3Holl GCS 25:95
οὔκουν ὠς ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν ἐξέτρεπεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς τοῦ νοῦ κοσμήτωρ καὶ ὀρθωτὴς καὶ βελτιωτης ἐγίνετο. ὡς γὰρ τὴν σάρκα ἔλαβε μὴ ὑπὸ σαρκὸς ἡττηθείς, οὓτω καὶ τὸν νοῦν εἰληφὼς οὐχ ὑπὸ νοὸς ἣττηται.
oukoun ōs anthrōpon auton exetrepen, allʼ autos tou nou kosmētōr kai orthōtēs kai beltiōtēs egineto. hōs gar tēn sarka elabe mē hypo sarkos hēttētheis, houtō kai ton noun eilēphōs ouch hypo noos hēttētai.
So it did not lead him astray as it does a man, but he himself became the adorner, corrector, and improver of the mind. For as he took the flesh without being overcome by the flesh, so, having taken the mind, he was not overcome by the mind.
76.4Holl GCS 25:95–96
τοὐναντίον τοίνυν καὶ μεῖζον οἱ τοιοῦτοι χαλεπῶς εἰς ἐναντιότητα ἐμπίπτουσιν. ἄνω γὰρ καὶ κάτω αἱ θεῖαι γραφαὶ διαρρήδην βοῶσιν οὐ κατὰ τοῦ νοῦ τὰ χαλεπὰ διαγορεύουσαι, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τῆς σαρκός.
tounantion toinyn kai meizon hoi toioutoi chalepōs eis enantiotēta empiptousin. anō gar kai katō hai theiai graphai diarrēdēn boōsin ou kata tou nou ta chalepa diagoreuousai, alla kata tēs sarkos.
Such people, on the contrary, grievously fall into a greater contradiction. For up and down the divine Scriptures cry out expressly, pronouncing the grievous things not against the mind but against the flesh.
76.5Holl GCS 25:96
τῆς γὰρ σαρκός« φησίν οἱ καρποὶ πορνεία μοιχεία ἀσέλγεια καὶ τὰ τούτων ὃμοια« καί οἱ ἐν σαρκὶ δὲ ὄντες θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται« καί "ἡ σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος«. περὶ δὲ τοῦ νοῦ φησὶν ὃτι ψαλώ τω πνεύματι, ψαλῶ δὲ καὶ τῷ νοΐ" καὶ ὅτι "ὁ νοῦς μου ἄκαρπος ἢ ἔγκαρπός ἐστιν". ἔθετο γὰρ τὸν νοῦν ὁ θεός, ὅνπερ εἴωθεν ἡ γραφὴ καλεῖν καρδίαν, ἡγεμόνα ὡς εἰπεῖν καὶ ἡνίοχον τοῦ παντὸς σκεύους, διακριτὴν ἀγαθῶν τε καὶ φαύλων, δοκιμαστὴν τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐγγινομένων. "νοῦς μὲν γὰρ ῥήματα διακρίνει, λάρυγξ δὲ σῖτα γεύεται". διακριτικὸς δὲ ὁ νοῦς ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, οὔπω δὲ συγκαταθετικός, ἐὰν μὴ εἰς τροπὴν ἑαυτὸν δῴη.
tēs gar sarkos« phēsin hoi karpoi porneia moicheia aselgeia kai ta toutōn homoia« kai hoi en sarki de ontes theǭ aresai ou dynantai« kai "hē sarx epithymei kata tou pneumatos«. peri de tou nou phēsin hoti psalō tō pneumati, psalō de kai tǭ noï" kai hoti "ho nous mou akarpos ē enkarpos estin". etheto gar ton noun ho theos, honper eiōthen hē graphē kalein kardian, hēgemona hōs eipein kai hēniochon tou pantos skeuous, diakritēn agathōn te kai phaulōn, dokimastēn tōn en hēmin enginomenōn. "nous men gar rhēmata diakrinei, larynx de sita geuetai". diakritikos de ho nous en tǭ anthrōpǭ, oupō de synkatathetikos, ean mē eis tropēn heauton dǭē.
For “the fruits of the flesh,” it says, “are sexual immorality, adultery, licentiousness, and things like these,” and “those who are in the flesh cannot please God,” and “the flesh desires against the Spirit.” But about the mind it says, “I will sing with the spirit, and I will sing with the mind also,” and that “my mind is unfruitful” or fruitful. For God set the mind, which Scripture is accustomed to call the heart, as the governor, so to speak, and charioteer of the whole vessel, discerner of good and bad, tester of what arises in us. “For the mind discerns words, and the throat tastes food.” The mind in man is discerning, but not yet consenting, unless it gives itself over to turning.
Chapter 77
77.1Holl GCS 25:96
77. Τί οὖν ἔδοξέ τισι τοῦτον ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως τοῦ κυρίου παρεκβαλεῖν; τί δὲ ὠφέλησαν τὸν βίον εἰς ἀκαταστασίαν μᾶλλον * τρέψαντες; ἢ τί τοῦτο ἔβλαψεν ἡμᾶς ἢ ὠφέλησεν ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, ὅπως βοηθήσωσι τῷ Χριστῷ; ἦ ἵνα χάριν αὐτῷ ποιήσωσι μεγάλην ταύτην καὶ εἴπωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαβε νοῦν;
77. Ti oun edoxe tisi touton apo tēs enanthrōpēseōs tou kyriou parekbalein? ti de ōphelēsan ton bion eis akatastasian mallon * trepsantes? ē ti touto eblapsen hēmas ē ōphelēsen hinʼ houtōs eipō, hopōs boēthēsōsi tǭ Christǭ? ē hina charin autǭ poiēsōsi megalēn tautēn kai eipōsin peri autou hoti ouk elabe noun?
Why then did some decide to cast this out of the Lord's incarnation? And what did they benefit life by turning it rather to confusion *? Or how did this harm us or, so to speak, benefit us, so that they might help Christ? Or so as to do him this great favor and say of him that he did not take a mind?
77.2Holl GCS 25:96
"Γαλάται μὲν γὰρ ἀνόητοι" καὶ "Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται" καὶ "Ἐφραῒμ περιστερὰ ἄνους"· ὁ δὲ κύριος ἡμῶν ἐνανθρωπήσας εἰς τὸν βίον τὰ πάντα τελείως ἀνείληφε, μᾶλλον δὲ ἔλαβεν αὐτὸς τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ σώματος γεγονὼς πλάστης, αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ λαβὼν τὴν ψυχὴν ἤτοι ἐνθείς.
"Galatai men gar anoētoi" kai "Krētes aei pseustai" kai "Ephraïm peristera anous"; ho de kyrios hēmōn enanthrōpēsas eis ton bion ta panta teleiōs aneilēphe, mallon de elaben autos tou heautou sōmatos gegonōs plastēs, autos heautǭ labōn tēn psychēn ētoi entheis.
“For the Galatians are foolish,” and “Cretans are always liars,” and “Ephraim is a senseless dove”; but our Lord, becoming man in life, took up everything perfectly, or rather he himself took it, having become the fashioner of his own body, himself taking or putting the soul into himself.
77.3Holl GCS 25:96
Τινὲς δὲ βουλόμενοι ἐλλιπῆ ποιεῖν τὴν ἔνσαρκον Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν καὶ τελείαν ἐν αὐτῷ οἰκονομίαν, οὐκ οἶδα τί διανοούμενοι οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἶπον νοῦν τὸν Χριστὸν μὴ εἰληφέναι.
Tines de boulomenoi ellipē poiein tēn ensarkon Christou parousian kai teleian en autǭ oikonomian, ouk oida ti dianooumenoi ouk orthōs eipon noun ton Christon mē eilēphenai.
But some, wishing to make Christ's incarnate coming and the perfect dispensation in him deficient, thinking I know not what, have said wrongly that Christ did not take a mind.
77.4Holl GCS 25:96
οὐχὶ δὲ διὰ * τὸν νοῦν φαίνονται *. ὑπόστασιν γὰρ οὗτοι τὸν νοῦν νομίζουσιν εἶναι καὶ φύσει τολμῶσι λέγειν αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸ εἰωθὸς ἐν τῇ γραφῇ λέγεσθαι ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ πνεῦμα, ὡς λέγει ὁ ἀπόστολος, "ἵνα ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τηρηθείη".
ouchi de dia * ton noun phainontai *. hypostasin gar houtoi ton noun nomizousin einai kai physei tolmōsi legein auton einai to eiōthos en tę̄ graphę̄ legesthai en tǭ anthrōpǭ pneuma, hōs legei ho apostolos, "hina holoklēron hymōn to pneuma kai hē psychē kai to sōma en tę̄ hēmerą tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou tērētheiē".
But not because of * the mind do they appear *. For these think the mind is a hypostasis, and dare to say that by nature it is what Scripture usually calls the spirit in man, as the apostle says, “so that your whole spirit and soul and body may be kept at the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.”
77.5Holl GCS 25:96–97
σφάλλονται οὖν· εἰ γάρ ἐστι νοῦς τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα νοῦς, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ νομίζουσι, ψυχὴ δὲ ἄλλη ⟨ὑποστάσις⟩ παρὰ τὸν νοῦν καὶ παρὰ τὸ πνεῦμα, ούκέτι δύο ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐν μιᾷ συναγόμεναι ὺποστάσει, οὐκέτι ἐνυπόστατος μόνη ψυχὴ καὶ ἐνυπόστατον τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλʼ εὑρήκαμεν λοιπὸν τέσσαρα· νοῦν μίαν ὑπόστασιν, ψυχὴν ἄλλην ὑπόστασιν, πνεῦμα ἄλλην ὑπόστασιν, σῶμα ἄλλην ὑπόστασιν.
sphallontai oun; ei gar esti nous to pneuma kai to pneuma nous, hōs kai autoi nomizousi, psychē de allē ⟨hypostasis⟩ para ton noun kai para to pneuma, ouketi dyo en tǭ anthrōpǭ en mią synagomenai ypostasei, ouketi enypostatos monē psychē kai enypostaton to sōma, allʼ heurēkamen loipon tessara; noun mian hypostasin, psychēn allēn hypostasin, pneuma allēn hypostasin, sōma allēn hypostasin.
So they err. For if the spirit is mind and the mind spirit, as they themselves think, and the soul is another ⟨hypostasis⟩ besides the mind and the spirit, then there are no longer two in man brought together in one hypostasis, no longer the soul alone subsistent and the body subsistent; but we have found four: mind one hypostasis, soul another hypostasis, spirit another hypostasis, body another hypostasis.
77.6Holl GCS 25:97
καὶ ἐὰν πάλιν ἐρευνήσωμεν, ἔτι πλέον ἔσται· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πολλὰ ὀνόματα κέκτηται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ »ό ἔσω ἄνθρωπος« καὶ ὸ ἔξω ἄνθρωπος«, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἡ γραφὴ εἴρηκε νοηματικῶς, περισφίγγουσα ἡμῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, ἳνα μηδὲν καταλείψωμεν τῆς σωτηρίας μηδὲ πρόφασις ὴμῖν γένηται τοῦ ἐκβῆναι τοῦ προκειμένου. ἔστι γὰρ ταῦτα ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ· οὐ χρὴ δὲ καὶ πολυπραγμονεῖν.
kai ean palin ereunēsōmen, eti pleon estai; epeidē gar polla onomata kektētai ho anthrōpos, kai »o esō anthrōpos« kai o exō anthrōpos«, kai tauta panta hē graphē eirēke noēmatikōs, perisphingousa hēmōn tēn dianoian, hina mēden kataleipsōmen tēs sōtērias mēde prophasis ēmin genētai tou ekbēnai tou prokeimenou. esti gar tauta en tǭ anthrōpǭ; ou chrē de kai polypragmonein.
And if we inquire again, there will be still more; for man has many names, “the inner man” and “the outer man,” and Scripture has said all these things figuratively, binding our understanding so that we may leave out nothing of salvation and have no pretext to depart from the subject. For these things are in man; but one need not be overcurious.
77.7Holl GCS 25:97
ὃμως δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἐκείνων λόγον, εἰ ὁ νοῦς ἐστι τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ό νοῦς, ταῦτα δὲ ἐκτὸς τῆς ψυχῆς ἔχει, πάλιν τίνι ⟨τῷ⟩ λόγῳ λέγει »ψαλῶ τῷ πνεύματι, ψαλῶ καὶ νοΐ«; διὰ τούτου γὰρ ἀπέδειξε μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα εἶναι τὸν νοῦν μηδὲ τὸν νοῦν τὸ πνεῦμα.
homōs de kata ton ekeinōn logon, ei ho nous esti to pneuma kai to pneuma o nous, tauta de ektos tēs psychēs echei, palin tini ⟨tǭ⟩ logǭ legei »psalō tǭ pneumati, psalō kai noï«? dia toutou gar apedeixe mē to pneuma einai ton noun mēde ton noun to pneuma.
Yet according to their argument, if the mind is the spirit and the spirit the mind, and these are outside the soul, for what reason again does it say, “I will sing with the spirit, I will sing with the mind also”? For by this he showed that the spirit is not the mind nor the mind the spirit.
Chapter 78
78.1Holl GCS 25:97
78. Εἶτα πάλιν »ψυχὴ ἡ ἁμαρτάνουσα αὕτη ἀποθανεῖται« οὐκ ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος ἀπεφήνατο· ⟨ἤ⟩ »ἡσαν γάρ«, φησίν, »ἐν ἑβδομήκοντα ψυχαί«, καὶ οὐ πάντως ψυχαὶ ἠσαν ἄνευ σώματος, ἀλλὰ σώματα σὺν ψυχαῖς· καὶ πάλιν εἴωθεν ή συνήθεια καλεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς ὀνόματος, ὃτι δεσπότης ἐστὶν ὀγδοήκοντα σωμάτων. οὐ πάντως ἄνευ ψυχῶν.
78. Eita palin »psychē hē hamartanousa hautē apothaneitai« ouk ektos tou sōmatos apephēnato; ⟨ē⟩ »hēsan gar«, phēsin, »en hebdomēkonta psychai«, kai ou pantōs psychai ēsan aneu sōmatos, alla sōmata syn psychais; kai palin eiōthen ē synētheia kalein ton anthrōpon apo tou henos onomatos, hoti despotēs estin ogdoēkonta sōmatōn. ou pantōs aneu psychōn.
Then again, “The soul that sins shall die” did not declare it outside the body; ⟨or⟩ “For they were,” it says, “in seventy souls,” and they were certainly not souls without a body, but bodies with souls; and again custom is used to name a man by one name: that he is master of eighty bodies, certainly not without souls.
78.2Holl GCS 25:97
ό Λόγος τοίνυν σὰρξ γενόμενος οὐκ ἐκτὸς ψυχῆς ⟨ἐτύγχανεν, ὡς καὶ⟩ οὐκ ἐκτὸς πάσης πραγματείας. ὃτε λέγει ψυχή⟨ν⟩ ἄνευ σώματος ἀπεφήνατο οὐδὲ ὃτε λέγομεν ἄνευ ψυχῆς ὄντα διανοούμεθα.
o Logos toinyn sarx genomenos ouk ektos psychēs ⟨etynchanen, hōs kai⟩ ouk ektos pasēs pragmateias. hote legei psychē⟨n⟩ aneu sōmatos apephēnato oude hote legomen aneu psychēs onta dianooumetha.
So the Word who became flesh ⟨was⟩ not without a soul, ⟨just as⟩ not without all the rest of the dispensation. When it says “soul,” it did not declare it without body, nor when we speak do we think of him as being without soul.
78.3Holl GCS 25:97
τί οὐν ἔδοξε τοῖς βουλομένοις λέγειν τὸν νοῦν παρεκβεβλῆσθαι; ἢ τί τοῦτο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ὠφέλησεν· ἢ τί μᾶλλον οὐκ ἐτάραξε; πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἐλλιπῆ ποιεῖται τὴν ἡμῶν σωτηρίαν ὁ τὰ τοιαῦτα διανοούμενος;
ti oun edoxe tois boulomenois legein ton noun parekbeblēsthai? ē ti touto tēn ekklēsian ōphelēsen; ē ti mallon ouk etaraxe? pōs de ouk ellipē poieitai tēn hēmōn sōtērian ho ta toiauta dianooumenos?
Why then did those who wish to say the mind was excluded decide this? How did this benefit the church, or rather did it not disturb it? And how does the one who thinks such things not make our salvation deficient?
78.4Holl GCS 25:97–98
ἡμεῖς γὰρ οὐδὲν δυνάμεθα διανοεῖσθαι ἕτερον τὸν νοῦν εἶναι οὐδὲ ὑπόστασιν τοῦτον δυνάμεθα λέγειν καθʼ ἑαυτόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σύνθετον καὶ τὸ λογικὸν καὶ φρονοῦν ἐν ἑκαστῳ τῶν ⟨οὐ⟩ πεπλανημένων íon εἰπεῖν νόημα τοῦ ὡς ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῷ σώματι, οὓτως νοῦς ἐν ψυχῇ. πάλιν δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐριστικῶς φαμέν, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς τὸ ἐννοητικὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων *.
hēmeis gar ouden dynametha dianoeisthai heteron ton noun einai oude hypostasin touton dynametha legein kathʼ heauton, alla to syntheton kai to logikon kai phronoun en hekastǭ tōn ⟨ou⟩ peplanēmenōn ion eipein noēma tou hōs ophthalmoi en tǭ sōmati, houtōs nous en psychę̄. palin de oude touto eristikōs phamen, allʼ haplōs to ennoētikon tōn anthrōpōn *.
For we cannot think the mind is something other, nor can we call it a hypostasis by itself, but the composite, rational, thinking faculty in each of those ⟨not⟩ led astray, so to speak, the thought of the ⟨soul⟩: as eyes in the body, so the mind in the soul. And again we do not say even this contentiously, but simply the intellectual faculty of human beings *.
78.5Holl GCS 25:98
τί οὐν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος; ψυχὴ σῶμα νοῦς καὶ εἴ τί ἐστιν ἓτερον. τί τοίνυν ἠλθεν ὁ κύριος σῶσαι; ἄνθρωπον τέλειον πάντως. ἄρα οὐν πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ τελείως ἔλαβεν.
ti oun estin anthrōpos? psychē sōma nous kai ei ti estin heteron. ti toinyn ēlthen ho kyrios sōsai? anthrōpon teleion pantōs. ara oun panta ta en autǭ teleiōs elaben.
What then is man? Soul, body, mind, and whatever else there is. What then did the Lord come to save? Certainly the whole man. So he took all that is in him perfectly.
78.6Holl GCS 25:98
ἐπεὶ πόθεν ταῦτα ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπληροῦντο, ἃ εἰς ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ νοῦ καὶ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ πάσης ἐνανθρωπήσεως ἄνευ ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἐπροφητεύετο καὶ ἀνελογεῖτο;
epei pothen tauta en autǭ eplērounto, ha eis anthrōpon apo nou kai sōmatos kai psychēs kai pasēs enanthrōpēseōs aneu hamartias kai eprophēteueto kai anelogeito?
Otherwise, how were these things fulfilled in him, which were both prophesied of him and fitted a man, from mind and body and soul and the whole incarnation, without sin?
78.7Holl GCS 25:98
σαφῶς γᾶρ ἡμῖν ὑποτίθεται ὁ θεῖος λόγος λέγων »ἰδοὺ συνήσει ό παῖς μου ό ἀγαπητός, ὃν ᾑρέτισα, ἐφʼ ὃν ηὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου, θήσω ⟨ἐπʼ αὐτὸν⟩ τὸ πνεῦμά μου« καὶ τὰ εξῆς. ἀρα γοῦν τὸ συνιέναι ποῦ εἰ μὲν εἰς τὴν θεότητα, ἐνδεὴς ἆρα ἡ θεότης τοῦ συνιέναι; μὴ γένοιτο· τοῦτο γὰρ εἰς τὸν κυριακὸν ἄνθρωπον πληροῦται. εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν κυριακὸν ἄνθρωπον πεπλήρωται, πῶς συνήσει ἐνανθρώπησις ἄνευ νοὸς ὑπάρχουσα; ἀδύνατον τοῦτο.
saphōs gar hēmin hypotithetai ho theios logos legōn »idou synēsei o pais mou o agapētos, hon hę̄retisa, ephʼ hon ēudokēsen hē psychē mou, thēsō ⟨epʼ auton⟩ to pneuma mou« kai ta exēs. ara goun to synienai pou ei men eis tēn theotēta, endeēs ara hē theotēs tou synienai? mē genoito; touto gar eis ton kyriakon anthrōpon plēroutai. ei de epi ton kyriakon anthrōpon peplērōtai, pōs synēsei enanthrōpēsis aneu noos hyparchousa? adynaton touto.
For the divine word clearly suggests it to us, saying, “Behold, my servant will understand, my beloved, whom I have chosen, in whom my soul is well pleased; I will put my Spirit ⟨upon him⟩,” and so on. Where then is the understanding? If in the Godhead, does the Godhead lack understanding? God forbid; for this is fulfilled in the Lord's manhood. And if it is fulfilled in the Lord's manhood, how will the incarnation understand if it is without mind? This is impossible.
78.8Holl GCS 25:98
εὶ γὰρ ολως τὸ συνήσει ἐπὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ἀναφέρεται, Χριστὸς δὲ ⟨ὁ⟩ ἄνωθεν Λόγος, σὰρξ δὲ γενόμενος ἀπὸ Μαρίας, ⟨ὃς⟩ καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσας συνανεστράφη« κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, ἄρα ἀναμφιβόλως σὺν τῷ νῷ τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐδέξατο, ἐπειδὴ αὐτῇ συμπρέπει τὸ συνιέναι.
ei gar olōs to synēsei epi ton Christon anapheretai, Christos de ⟨ho⟩ anōthen Logos, sarx de genomenos apo Marias, ⟨hos⟩ kai enanthrōpēsas synanestraphē« kata to gegrammenon, ara anamphibolōs syn tǭ nǭ tēn oikonomian edexato, epeidē autę̄ symprepei to synienai.
For if the “will understand” refers at all to Christ, and Christ is the Word from above, but became flesh from Mary, ⟨who⟩, having become man, also “lived among” men, as it is written, then without doubt he received the dispensation with the mind, since understanding belongs with it.
78.9Holl GCS 25:98
διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ περὶ αὐτοῦ φησι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον »προέκοπτε σοφίᾳ καὶ ἡλικίᾳ«· οὐχ ἡ θεότης ἠλικίαν ἐπιδεχομένη οὔτε σοφίας ὑστεροῦσα, ἡ οὖσα σοφία σοφίᾳ σοφίᾳ δὲ προέκοπτεν ή τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐνανθρώπησις, οὐκ ἐκτὸς νοῦ ὑπάρχουσα, ἐπειδὴ ⟨ἄλλως⟩ οὐδὲ ἠδύνατο· καὶ ἡλικίᾳ προέκοπτεν ἁδρυνομένου τοῦ παιδίου, ὡς ἔστιν ἀληθές.
dia touto gar peri autou phēsi to euangelion »proekopte sophią kai hēlikią«; ouch hē theotēs ēlikian epidechomenē oute sophias hysterousa, hē ousa sophia sophią sophią de proekopten ē tou sōtēros enanthrōpēsis, ouk ektos nou hyparchousa, epeidē ⟨allōs⟩ oude ēdynato; kai hēlikią proekopten hadrynomenou tou paidiou, hōs estin alēthes.
For this reason the Gospel says of him, “He advanced in wisdom and stature”: not the Godhead receiving stature nor lacking wisdom, being Wisdom itself; but the Savior's incarnate humanity advanced in wisdom, not being without mind, since ⟨otherwise⟩ it could not; and it advanced in stature as the child matured, as is true.
Chapter 79
79.1Holl GCS 25:98–99
79. Εἰ δὲ διὰ τὸ εἰληφέναι νοῦν † ἁμαρτία αὓτη νοεῖται, οὐκοῦν περισσοτέρως, ἐὰν δῶμεν αὐτὸν εἰληφέναι σάρκα, ἧς ἐκτὸς ἁμαρτία οὐ τελεῖται »φανερὰ γὰρ τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός«. πάντως ὅτι δῶμεν ὅτι καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ ἥμαρτε, λαβὼν τὴν σάρκα. »οἶδα γάρ« φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος »ὅτι οὐκ οἰκεῖ ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν ἀγαθόν, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου«.
79. Ei de dia to eilēphenai noun † hamartia hautē noeitai, oukoun perissoterōs, ean dōmen auton eilēphenai sarka, hēs ektos hamartia ou teleitai »phanera gar ta erga tēs sarkos«. pantōs hoti dōmen hoti kai en sarki hēmarte, labōn tēn sarka. »oida gar« phēsin ho apostolos »hoti ouk oikei en emoi ouden agathon, toutestin en tę̄ sarki mou«.
But if because of having taken a mind † this is thought sin, then all the more if we grant that he took flesh, without which sin is not accomplished (“For the works of the flesh are evident”); certainly we would have to grant that he sinned in the flesh too, having taken the flesh. “For I know,” says the apostle, “that nothing good dwells in me, that is, in my flesh.”
79.2Holl GCS 25:99
τίς δὲ τολμήσει λέγειν διὰ τὸ τὸν σωτῆρα εἰληφέναι σάρκα σαρκὶ συναπῆχθαι, καὶ τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς οὐκ ἐπιτελέσαντα, εἰς τὴν τοῦ παντὸς σκεύους τοῦ ἰδίου ἀκολουθίαν, ⟨ἀγαθὴν⟩ ὁμοίως καὶ ἐσχηκότα καίτοιγε καὶ σάρκα οὐσαν ἀνθρωπίνην, ἀλλʼ ⟨ἐν⟩ οὐδενὶ πταίουσαν.
tis de tolmēsei legein dia to ton sōtēra eilēphenai sarka sarki synapēchthai, kai ta tēs sarkos ouk epitelesanta, eis tēn tou pantos skeuous tou idiou akolouthian, ⟨agathēn⟩ homoiōs kai eschēkota kaitoige kai sarka ousan anthrōpinēn, allʼ ⟨en⟩ oudeni ptaiousan.
But who will dare to say that because the Savior took flesh he was carried away with the flesh, and did not accomplish the things of the flesh in the sequence of his own whole vessel, having it likewise ⟨good⟩, even though it was human flesh, but stumbling ⟨in⟩ nothing?
79.3Holl GCS 25:99
ὁ θεὸς γὰρ Λόγος ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ πατρὸς προελθὼν εὐδοκήσας ἐν σαρκὶ γενέσθαι ἐχαλιναγώγει τὸ σκεῦος καὶ εἰ ἤθελεν ἐπέχειν αὐτὸ ἀπὸ πάσης ἀχρειώδους πράξεως σαρκικῆς, ἠδύνατο· εἰ δὲ ἤθελεν, ἐνεδίδου. ἐνεδίδου δὲ εἰς τὰς εὐλόγους καὶ συμπρεπούσας τῇ αὐτοῦ θεότητι σωματικὰς χρείας.
ho theos gar Logos anōthen apo patros proelthōn eudokēsas en sarki genesthai echalinagōgei to skeuos kai ei ēthelen epechein auto apo pasēs achreiōdous praxeōs sarkikēs, ēdynato; ei de ēthelen, enedidou. enedidou de eis tas eulogous kai symprepousas tę̄ autou theotēti sōmatikas chreias.
For God the Word, having come forth from above from the Father and been pleased to be in flesh, bridled the vessel, and if he wished to restrain it from every useless fleshly act, he could; and if he wished, he gave way. And he gave way to the reasonable bodily needs befitting his Godhead.
79.4Holl GCS 25:99
οὔτε γὰρ ἔχων τὸν νοῦν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, ὥσπερ ὅλην τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ εἶχεν, ὁ νοῦς] ἐπεκτείνετο εἰς ἀλόγους ἐπιθυμίας οὔτε τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ἴσα ἡμῖν ἔπραττεν ἢ ἐλογίζετο, ἀλλʼ ὡς θεὸς ἐν σαρκὶ ἁληθινῇ γενόμενος ἀπὸ παρθένου Μαρίας ἔπραττε * σαρκὶ καὶ ψυχῇ καὶ νῷ καὶ ὅλῳ τῷ σκεύει, ἐνδημήσας τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει ἄνωθεν ἐκ πατρὸς ἐνυπόστατος θεὸς Λόγος.
oute gar echōn ton noun en alētheią, hōsper holēn tēn enanthrōpēsin en alētheią eichen, ho nous] epekteineto eis alogous epithymias oute ta tēs sarkos isa hēmin epratten ē elogizeto, allʼ hōs theos en sarki halēthinę̄ genomenos apo parthenou Marias epratte * sarki kai psychę̄ kai nǭ kai holǭ tǭ skeuei, endēmēsas tǭ tōn anthrōpōn genei anōthen ek patros enypostatos theos Logos.
For though he truly had the mind, as he truly had the whole humanity, the mind did not stretch out to irrational desires, nor did he do or think the things of the flesh as we do; but as God come in true flesh from the virgin Mary he acted * with flesh and soul and mind and the whole vessel, God the Word, subsistent, from above from the Father, having come to dwell among the human race.
79.5Holl GCS 25:99
ἀλλὰ μὴ σοφίσωνταί τινες καταχρηστικῶς τοῦτο λεγόμενον, ὡς τό »σύνες τῆς κραυγῆς μου«· τὸ μὲν γὰρ καταχρηστικῶς διʼ εὐχὴν εἴρηται καὶ δῆλόν ἐστιν ⟨. ὄτι⟩ ἡ χρῆσις ⟨εἰς⟩ [τὸ δὲ] ὑπόδειγμα σαρκικῆς αὐτοῦ παρουσίας προεφήτευται· τὸ δέ »καὶ προέκοπτεν ἡλικίᾳ« ἐστὶν ἀληθές.
alla mē sophisōntai tines katachrēstikōs touto legomenon, hōs to »synes tēs kraugēs mou«; to men gar katachrēstikōs diʼ euchēn eirētai kai dēlon estin ⟨. oti⟩ hē chrēsis ⟨eis⟩ [to de] hypodeigma sarkikēs autou parousias proephēteutai; to de »kai proekopten hēlikią« estin alēthes.
But let no one argue cleverly that this is said loosely, like “Understand my cry”; for that is said loosely as a prayer, and it is clear ⟨that⟩ its use ⟨is⟩ prophesied as a type of his fleshly coming; but “And he advanced in stature” is true.
Chapter 80
80.1Holl GCS 25:99
80. Ἀλλὰ τί οἱ τοιοῦτοι νομίζουσι ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩ λέγειν, ἐὰν εἴπωμεν τέλειον ἄνθρωπον ἐκ Μαρίας τὸν Χριστὸν γεγονότα ἢ ⟨νοῦν⟩ ἐσχηκότα, μὴ ὑπονοήσωμεν αὐτὸν ἁμαρτίαις ὑποπεσόντα; μὴ γένοιτο. »ἁμαρτίαν γὰρ οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος έν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ.«
80. Alla ti hoi toioutoi nomizousi ⟨hēmas⟩ legein, ean eipōmen teleion anthrōpon ek Marias ton Christon gegonota ē ⟨noun⟩ eschēkota, mē hyponoēsōmen auton hamartiais hypopesonta? mē genoito. »hamartian gar ouk epoiēsen, oude heurethē dolos en tǭ stomati autou.«
But what do such people think ⟨we⟩ say, if we say that Christ became perfect man from Mary or had a ⟨mind⟩? That we suppose he fell into sins? God forbid. “For he committed no sin, nor was deceit found in his mouth.”
80.2Holl GCS 25:99–100
εἰ γὰρ τὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐνέπνευσε τοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ ἐν οἷς ἐνέπνευσε μαρτυροῦνται ὅτι ἦσαν ἅγιοι δίκαιοι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν ἄμεμπτοι, πόσῳ γε μᾶλλον αὐτὸς ὁ Λόγος, ἐν ᾦ εὐδόκησε πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς θεότητος κατοικῆσαι σωματικῶς«, κἄν τε σάρκα ἀληθινὴν λάβῃ ἐκ Μαρίας τῆς ἀειπαρθένου καὶ ψυχὴν ἀνθρωπείαν ἀληθινῶς καὶ νοῦν καὶ εἴ τἰ ἐστιν ἓτερον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, αὐτὸς ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχων τὰ ὃλα κατεῖχε θεὸς ὣν μὴ μεριζόμενα πρὸς τὴν κακίαν, μὴ θρυπτόμενα ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ, μὴ ἀλισκόμενα ἐν τῇ ἡδονῇ, μὴ ὑποπίπτοντα τῷ τοῦ Αδὰμ παραπτώματι;
ei gar tēn autou dynamin enepneuse tois hagiois kai en hois enepneuse martyrountai hoti ēsan hagioi dikaioi probebēkotes en tais hēmerais autōn amemptoi, posǭ ge mallon autos ho Logos, en ǭ eudokēse pan to plērōma tēs theotētos katoikēsai sōmatikōs«, kan te sarka alēthinēn labę̄ ek Marias tēs aeiparthenou kai psychēn anthrōpeian alēthinōs kai noun kai ei ti estin heteron en tǭ anthrōpǭ, autos en heautǭ echōn ta hola kateiche theos hōn mē merizomena pros tēn kakian, mē thryptomena apo tou ponērou, mē aliskomena en tę̄ hēdonę̄, mē hypopiptonta tǭ tou Adam paraptōmati?
For if he breathed his power into the saints, and those into whom he breathed are testified to have been holy, righteous, advanced in their days, blameless, how much more the Word himself, “in whom all the fullness of the Godhead was pleased to dwell bodily”? Even though he took true flesh from Mary the ever-virgin and truly a human soul and mind and whatever else is in man, he himself, having all in himself, held them fast, being God, not divided toward evil, not broken by the evil one, not captured in pleasure, not falling under Adam's transgression.
80.3Holl GCS 25:100
καὶ διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος »γενόμενος ἐκ γυναικός, γενόμενος ὑπὸ νόμον‘ καὶ πάλιν ἐν σχήματι εὐρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος«· τὸ δὲ σχήματι ⟨καὶ τὸ ὡς ἄνθρωπος⟩ γενόμενος καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ νόμον δέ ἀμφοτέρων συναγόμενον τελειότητα σημαίνει καὶ ἀπάθειαν, ἐκ τοῦ γενόμενος τὸ εἶναι τέλειος καὶ ⟨ἐκ⟩ τοῦ ὑπὸ νόμον τὸ μὴ δοκήσει καὶ ⟨ἐκ⟩ τοῦ σχήματι τῆς ἰδέας τὸ βέβαιον ἐκ τοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος τὸ ἀναμάρτητον.
kai dia touto phēsin ho apostolos »genomenos ek gynaikos, genomenos hypo nomon‘ kai palin en schēmati euretheis hōs anthrōpos«; to de schēmati ⟨kai to hōs anthrōpos⟩ genomenos kai to hypo nomon de amphoterōn synagomenon teleiotēta sēmainei kai apatheian, ek tou genomenos to einai teleios kai ⟨ek⟩ tou hypo nomon to mē dokēsei kai ⟨ek⟩ tou schēmati tēs ideas to bebaion ek tou hōs anthrōpos to anamartēton.
And for this reason the apostle says, “born of a woman, born under the law,” and again, “found in form as a man.” And “in form” ⟨and “as a man”⟩, “born” and “under the law,” taken together signify perfection and freedom from passion: from “born,” being perfect; from “under the law,” not in appearance; from “in form,” the firmness of the kind; from “as a man,” sinlessness.
80.4Holl GCS 25:100
τούτων τοίνυν οὓτως ἐχόντων μηδεὶς ἀπατάσθω κενοῖς μύθοις. εἰ γὰρ ἄνωθεν γεννηθεὶς ἀπὸ πατρὸς ἀληθινῶς ⟨ἀληθινῶς⟩ ἐγεννήθη καὶ ἀπὸ Μαρίας, καὶ ἀληθεύει καὶ κάτω ἀληθεύει καὶ εἰ ἐστὶν κάτω ἀτελής, καὶ ἄνω ἀτελής. εἰ δὲ ἄνω ἐστὶ τέλειος, καὶ κάτω ἐστὶ τέλειος· οὐκ ἐν ἄλλῳ τελεἰῳ ᾤκησεν, ἀλλʼ εἰς ἑαυτὸν τὰ πάντα ἐτελείωσε.
toutōn toinyn houtōs echontōn mēdeis apatasthō kenois mythois. ei gar anōthen gennētheis apo patros alēthinōs ⟨alēthinōs⟩ egennēthē kai apo Marias, kai alētheuei kai katō alētheuei kai ei estin katō atelēs, kai anō atelēs. ei de anō esti teleios, kai katō esti teleios; ouk en allǭ teleiǭ ǭkēsen, allʼ eis heauton ta panta eteleiōse.
These things being so, let no one be deceived by empty myths. For if, begotten from above from the Father truly, he was also ⟨truly⟩ born from Mary, he is true both above and below; and if he is imperfect below, he is imperfect above. But if he is perfect above, he is perfect below. He did not dwell in another perfect man, but perfected all things in himself.
80.5Holl GCS 25:100
καὶ ἀνέστη ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν μηκέτι μεριζόμενος ἐν μνήματι εἰς σῶμα καὶ θεότητα καὶ ψυχὴν ἐν καταχθονίοις, μηκέτι ὑπὸ ἁφὴν ὑποπίπτων, μηκέτι ἐπεχόμενος, άλλʼ εἰσερχόμενος θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων, ψηλαφώμενος δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Θωμᾶ, ἳνα μὴ φαντασίᾳ ἀπεικασθῇ, ἀλλʼ ἀληθείᾳ·
kai anestē ek tōn nekrōn mēketi merizomenos en mnēmati eis sōma kai theotēta kai psychēn en katachthoniois, mēketi hypo haphēn hypopiptōn, mēketi epechomenos, allʼ eiserchomenos thyrōn kekleismenōn, psēlaphōmenos de hypo tou Thōma, hina mē phantasią apeikasthę̄, allʼ alētheią;
And he rose from the dead, no longer divided, the body in the tomb and the Godhead and soul in the underworld, no longer subject to touch, no longer held back, but entering when the doors were shut, yet touched by Thomas, so as not to be likened to an apparition but ⟨shown⟩ in truth:
80.6Holl GCS 25:100
ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ Θωμᾶ πιστευθεὶς μετὰ τὸ πληρωθῆναι τὸ προειρημένον »ταῖς χερσί μου τὸν θεὸν ἐξεζήτησα, καὶ οὐκ ἠπατήθην«, ό αὐτὸς θεὸς ὁ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπος, ὁ μὴ σύγχυσιν ἀπεργασάμενος, ἀλλὰ τὰ δύο κεράσας εἰς ἓν·
ho hypo tou Thōma pisteutheis meta to plērōthēnai to proeirēmenon »tais chersi mou ton theon exezētēsa, kai ouk ēpatēthēn«, o autos theos ho autos anthrōpos, ho mē synchysin apergasamenos, alla ta dyo kerasas eis hen;
he who was believed by Thomas after what was foretold was fulfilled, “With my hands I sought God, and I was not deceived”; the same God, the same man, who did not bring about a confusion but blended the two into one;
80.7Holl GCS 25:100
οὐκ εἰς ἀνυπαρξίαν χωρήσας, ἀλλὰ συνδυναμώσας σῶμα γήϊνον τῇ θεότητι εἰς μίαν δύναμιν ἣνωσεν, εἰς μίαν θεότητα συνήγαγεν· εἶς ὣς κύριος εἶς Χριστός, οὐ δύο Χριστοὶ οὐδὲ δύο Μοί.
ouk eis anyparxian chōrēsas, alla syndynamōsas sōma gēïnon tę̄ theotēti eis mian dynamin hēnōsen, eis mian theotēta synēgagen; eis hōs kyrios eis Christos, ou dyo Christoi oude dyo Moi.
not passing into non-existence, but empowering the earthly body together with the Godhead, he united it into one power, gathered it into one Godhead: being one Lord, one Christ, not two Christs nor two Gods.
80.8Holl GCS 25:100–101
ἐν αὐτῷ σῶμα πνευματικὸν ἐν αὐτῷ θεότης ἀκατάληπτος, τὸ πεπονθὸς μὴ φθαρὲν τὸ ἀπαθὲς ἄφθαρτον, ἀφθαρσία τὸ ὃλον· θεὸς κύριος, καθεζόμενος ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ πατρός, μὴ παραλείψας τὴν σάρκα, εἰς δὲ δὲ συνενώσας καὶ εἰς μίαν τὸ ὅλον θεότητα καθεζόμενος ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ πατρός.
en autǭ sōma pneumatikon en autǭ theotēs akatalēptos, to peponthos mē phtharen to apathes aphtharton, aphtharsia to holon; theos kyrios, kathezomenos en dexią tou patros, mē paraleipsas tēn sarka, eis de de synenōsas kai eis mian to holon theotēta kathezomenos en dexią tou patros.
in him a spiritual body, in him incomprehensible Godhead; what suffered not corrupted, what is impassible incorruptible, incorruption the whole; God the Lord, seated at the right hand of the Father, not having left the flesh behind, but having united it into one, and seated at the right hand of the Father as the whole in one Godhead.
Chapter 81
81.1Holl GCS 25:101
81. Οὖτος οὖν ό μονογενής, ό τέλειος ὁ ἄκτιστος ό ἄτρεπτος ὁ ἀναλλοίωτος ό ἀπερινόητος ό ἀόρατος, ⟨ὁ⟩ ἐνανθρωπήσας ἐν καὶ ἀναστὰς πνευματικῶς καὶ »μηκέτι ἀποθνᾐσκων«, μηκέτι πτωχεύων ό »διʼ ἡμᾶς πτωχεύσας πλούσιος ὤν‘, ὁ πνεῦμα ὤν ὃλος, ό τὸ σαρκικὸν | καὶ τὸ θεϊκὸν ἐνῶν, | κύριος εἱς βασιλεὺς Χριστός, ό υἱὸς D183 P87 τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν οὐρανῷ καθεσθεὶς ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ πατρὸς »ἐπάνω πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας, δυνάμεως καὶ παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου«, φησὶν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ »άπελθόντες βαπτίσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη εἰς ὄνομα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος«.
81. Outos oun o monogenēs, o teleios ho aktistos o atreptos ho analloiōtos o aperinoētos o aoratos, ⟨ho⟩ enanthrōpēsas en kai anastas pneumatikōs kai »mēketi apothnę̄skōn«, mēketi ptōcheuōn o »diʼ hēmas ptōcheusas plousios ōn‘, ho pneuma ōn holos, o to sarkikon | kai to theïkon enōn, | kyrios heis basileus Christos, o huios D183 P87 tou theou, en ouranǭ kathestheis en dexią tou patros »epanō pasēs archēs kai exousias, dynameōs kai pantos onomatos onomazomenou«, phēsin en tǭ euangeliǭ »apelthontes baptisate panta ta ethnē eis onoma patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos«.
This Only-begotten, then, the perfect, the uncreated, the unchangeable, the unalterable, the inconceivable, the invisible, who became man and rose spiritually and “dies no more,” no longer poor, he “who became poor for our sake though he was rich,” who is wholly spirit, who unites the fleshly and the divine, one Lord, King, Christ, the Son of God, seated in heaven at the right hand of the Father, “above every principality and authority, power and every name that is named,” says in the Gospel, “Go, baptize all the nations in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.”
81.2Holl GCS 25:101
τοῦτο δὲ δὲ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον † ὃν οὐ συναλοιφὴν ἐσήμαινε τὸν υἱὸν τῷ πατρὶ ⟨οὐδὲ οὐδὲ συναλοιφὴν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἃγιον τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῷ υἱῷ⟩, ἀλλὰ οἶδε πατέρα ἀληθινὸν καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἀληθινὸν ἀπέδειξεν ἐνυπόστατον Λόγον καὶ τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα ἐνυπόστατον πνεῦμα καὶ »πνεῦμα ἀληθείας«, ἄκτιστον ἄτρεπτον ἀναλλοίωτον· οὐχ
touto de de kai ana meson † hon ou synaloiphēn esēmaine ton huion tǭ patri ⟨oude oude synaloiphēn to pneuma to hagion tǭ patri kai tǭ huiǭ⟩, alla oide patera alēthinon kai heauton alēthinon apedeixen enypostaton Logon kai to hagion autou pneuma enypostaton pneuma kai »pneuma alētheias«, aktiston atrepton analloiōton; ouch
And this, being also in the midst †, did not signify the Son as merged with the Father ⟨nor the Holy Spirit as merged with the Father and the Son⟩; but he knows the Father as true, and showed himself as the true, subsistent Word, and his Holy Spirit as a subsistent Spirit and “the Spirit of truth,” uncreated, unchangeable, unalterable; not
81.3Holl GCS 25:101
ὡς ἵνα τις ὑπονοήσῃ δολίως φερόμενος πρὸς τὴν πίστιν καὶ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ἀποκρύπτων καὶ δολιευόμενος πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν »ἐτάζει γὰρ καρδίας καὶ νεφροὺς ό θεός«).
hōs hina tis hyponoēsę̄ doliōs pheromenos pros tēn pistin kai tous podas autou apokryptōn kai dolieuomenos pros tēn alētheian »etazei gar kardias kai nephrous o theos«).
as someone might suppose who approaches the faith deceitfully, hiding his feet and plotting against the truth (“for God tests hearts and kidneys”).
81.4Holl GCS 25:101
καὶ λέγει ό αἱρετικός· δηλονότι πιστεύω ὅτι ό πατὴρ πατὴρ καὶ ό υἱὸς υἱὸς καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἅγιον πνεῦμα καὶ όμολογῶ τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις ἐν μιᾷ οὐσίᾳ· οὐχ ἐτέραν δὲ λέγω οὐσίαν παρὰ τὴν θεότητα, οὐχ ἑτέραν θεότητα παρὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ οὕτως ἀκριβοῦν ⟨μίαν⟩ οὐσίαν καλοῦμεν, ἵνα μὴ ἄλλο καὶ εἶδος εἴπωμεν τῆς θεότητος τῆς τριάδος.
kai legei o hairetikos; dēlonoti pisteuō hoti o patēr patēr kai o huios huios kai to hagion pneuma hagion pneuma kai omologō treis hypostaseis en mią ousią; ouch eteran de legō ousian para tēn theotēta, ouch heteran theotēta para tēn ousian, alla dia to houtōs akriboun ⟨mian⟩ ousian kaloumen, hina mē allo kai eidos eipōmen tēs theotētos tēs triados.
And the heretic says: “Clearly I believe that the Father is Father and the Son Son and the Holy Spirit Holy Spirit, and I confess three hypostases in one substance; and I do not speak of another substance besides the Godhead, nor another Godhead besides the substance; but to be exact we call it ⟨one⟩ substance, so that we may not speak of another kind of Godhead of the Trinity.”
81.5Holl GCS 25:101–102
κρυπταζόμενος γὰρ ὁ τοιοῦτος ὡς εἶπον ῥᾳδιούργως πάλιν καὶ δολίως λέγει· πιστεύω ὅτι πατὴρ πατήρ υἱὸς υἱός, πνεῦμα ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἅγιον· ὑπόνοιαν δὲ ἔχει τοιαύτην κεκρυμμένην, ὡς ἀφʼ ἡμῶν τὸ θεῖον ἀπεικάσας, λέγων ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ὃτι ὡς ἔχω σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα ἀνθρώπειον, οὓτω καὶ ἡ θεότης.
kryptazomenos gar ho toioutos hōs eipon rhądiourgōs palin kai doliōs legei; pisteuō hoti patēr patēr huios huios, pneuma hagion pneuma hagion; hyponoian de echei toiautēn kekrymmenēn, hōs aphʼ hēmōn to theion apeikasas, legōn en heautǭ, hoti hōs echō sōma kai psychē kai pneuma anthrōpeion, houtō kai hē theotēs.
For such a person, concealing himself, as I said, again says craftily and deceitfully, “I believe that the Father is Father, the Son Son, the Holy Spirit Holy Spirit”; but he holds such a hidden notion, likening the divine to us, saying to himself: “As I have a body and soul and human spirit, so too the Godhead:
81.6Holl GCS 25:102
πατὴρ μὲν ὡς εἰπεῖν τὸ εἶδος, υἱὸς δὲ ὡς ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ψυχή, πνεῦμα δὲ ὣσπερ τὸ ἐμπνέον διὰ τοῦ άνθρώπου.
patēr men hōs eipein to eidos, huios de hōs en tǭ anthrōpǭ psychē, pneuma de hōsper to empneon dia tou anthrōpou.
the Father, so to speak, the form; the Son like the soul in man; and the Spirit like the breath that breathes through the man.”
81.7Holl GCS 25:102
τινὲς γὰρ δολιεύονται καὶ οὓτως νομίζουσι τὴν θεότητα. ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθομεν, ἀλλʼ ἰδοὺ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν οὐρανῷ διὰ φωνῆς μαρτυρεῖ, ἰδοὺ ὁ υἱὸς ἐν Ιορδάνῃ, ἰδοὺ τὸ πνεῦμα ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς κατερχόμενον ἐσχηματίζετο· ἀλλὰ καθʼ ἑαυτὸ ἐσχηματίζετο, καθʼ ὲαυτὸ ὑπόστασις ὄν, οὐκ ἀλλοία παρὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας, ὑπόστασις ἐξ ὑποστάσεως τῆς αὐτῆς πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ὰγίου πνεύματος.
tines gar dolieuontai kai houtōs nomizousi tēn theotēta. hēmeis de ouch houtōs emathomen, allʼ idou ho patēr en ouranǭ dia phōnēs martyrei, idou ho huios en Iordanę̄, idou to pneuma en eidei peristeras katerchomenon eschēmatizeto; alla kathʼ heauto eschēmatizeto, kathʼ eauto hypostasis on, ouk alloia para tēn tou patros kai huiou, alla tēs autēs ousias, hypostasis ex hypostaseōs tēs autēs patros kai huiou kai agiou pneumatos.
For some are deceitful and think of the Godhead in this way. But we have not so learned; but see, the Father bears witness in heaven by a voice; see, the Son in the Jordan; see, the Spirit took shape coming down in the form of a dove; but took shape by himself, being a hypostasis by himself, not different from that of the Father and the Son, but of the same substance, a hypostasis from the same hypostasis of Father and Son and Holy Spirit.
81.8Holl GCS 25:102
⟨καὶ⟩ πάλιν ἰδοὺ πατὴρ κάθηται ἐν οὐρανῷ, *. τὸ δὲ κάθηται μὴ πάλιν ὑπολάμβανε άνθρωπίνως, ἀλλʼ άνεκδιηγήτως καὶ ἀκαταλήπτως ἔχε. καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἀνῆλθεν ὁ υἱὸς εἰς τὸν πατέρα, ἀλλʼ ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ πατρός«.
⟨kai⟩ palin idou patēr kathētai en ouranǭ, *. to de kathētai mē palin hypolambane anthrōpinōs, allʼ anekdiēgētōs kai akatalēptōs eche. kai ouk eipen, anēlthen ho huios eis ton patera, allʼ ekathisen en dexią tou patros«.
⟨And⟩ again, see, the Father sits in heaven *. And do not again understand “sits” in a human way, but take it indescribably and incomprehensibly. And it did not say, “the Son went up into the Father,” but “he sat at the right hand of the Father.”
81.9Holl GCS 25:102
καὶ πάλιν περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου λέγων ὁ μονογενὴς ἐδίδασκεν »άπέρχομαι, κἀκεῖνος ἐλεύσεται, τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἄγιον, τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας. ἐὰν μὴ ἐγὼ ἀπέλθω, κἀκεῖνος οὐκ ἔρχεται«. εὶ δὲ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα συναλοιφὴ αὐτῷ τῷ υἱῷ, οὐκ ἄν ἔλεγεν »ἀπέρχομαι κἀκεῖνος ἔρχεται«, ἀλλʼ ἵνα δείξῃ ὑπόστασιν καὶ ὑπόστασιν. μία δέ ἐστι θεότης εἶς θεὸς μία ἀλήθεια.
kai palin peri tou pneumatos tou hagiou legōn ho monogenēs edidasken »aperchomai, kakeinos eleusetai, to pneuma to agion, to pneuma tēs alētheias. ean mē egō apelthō, kakeinos ouk erchetai«. ei de ēn to pneuma synaloiphē autǭ tǭ huiǭ, ouk an elegen »aperchomai kakeinos erchetai«, allʼ hina deixę̄ hypostasin kai hypostasin. mia de esti theotēs eis theos mia alētheia.
And again, speaking of the Holy Spirit, the Only-begotten taught, “I am going away, and he will come, the Holy Spirit, the Spirit of truth. If I do not go away, he will not come.” But if the Spirit were merged with the Son, he would not have said, “I am going away and he comes,” but he said it to show hypostasis and hypostasis. Yet there is one Godhead, one God, one truth.
Chapter 82
82.1Holl GCS 25:102
82. Καὶ οὓτω γέγραφα τῷ βουλομένῳ * τὴν τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν ἀκολουθίαν καὶ βεβαίαν ὁμολογίαν, τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ εὐαγγελίων καὶ ἀποστόλων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν χρόνων τῶν ἀποστόλων ἴως ἡμετέρων χρόνων ἐν τῇ καθολικῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀχράντως πεφυλαγμένην,
82. Kai houtō gegrapha tǭ boulomenǭ * tēn tēs zōēs hēmōn akolouthian kai bebaian homologian, tēn apo tou nomou kai tōn prophētōn kai euangeliōn kai apostolōn kai apo tōn chronōn tōn apostolōn iōs hēmeterōn chronōn en tę̄ katholikę̄ ekklēsią achrantōs pephylagmenēn,
And so I have written for whoever wishes * the sequence of our life and the firm confession, from the law and the prophets and the Gospels and apostles, and preserved undefiled in the catholic church from the times of the apostles to our times;
82.2Holl GCS 25:102
ἐπὶ φθόνῳ δὲ ἀκαταστασίας τῆς μιᾶς καὶ ἀληθινῆς πίστεως κατὰ καιρὸν καὶ καιρὸν διὰ τῶν αἱρέσεων τὴν αὐτὴν πίστιν καὶ ἐλπίδα καὶ σωτηρίαν ἡμῶν διωχθεῖσαν, ὑπομείνασαν δὲ ἐν τῇ αὐτῆς ἀληθείᾳ, τῶν αἱρέσεων καθʼ ἓκαστον χρόνον ἑαυτὰς χραινουσῶν καὶ άπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀπαλλοτριουμένων·
epi phthonǭ de akatastasias tēs mias kai alēthinēs pisteōs kata kairon kai kairon dia tōn haireseōn tēn autēn pistin kai elpida kai sōtērian hēmōn diōchtheisan, hypomeinasan de en tę̄ autēs alētheią, tōn haireseōn kathʼ hekaston chronon heautas chrainousōn kai apo tēs ekklēsias apallotrioumenōn;
though, out of envy that stirs disorder against the one true faith, from time to time this same faith and hope and salvation of ours has been persecuted by the heresies, yet it has endured in its own truth, while the heresies in each period defile themselves and estrange themselves from the church;
82.3Holl GCS 25:102–103
ὡς καὶ προσφάτως πάλιν ἀκούομέν τινων τῶν τὰ πρωτεῖα δοκούντων ἀποφέρεσθαι παρά τισι τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἀσκητῶν καὶ Θηβαΐδος καὶ ἄλλων ἄλλοθι κλιμάτων, τὰ ὃμοια τοῖς Ιερακίταις φρονούντων καὶ λεγόντων ἀνάστασιν μὲν τῆς ἡμετέρας σαρκός, οὐ ταύτης δέ, ἀλλʼ ἄλλης τινὸς ἀντʼ αὐτῆς, ὡς ἐκτραπέντων τῶν τοιούτων καὶ εἰς μύθους ἐκτρεψάντων τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὴν βεβαίαν ἡμῶν ἐλπίδα. διὸ καὶ περὶ τούτου ἀναγκαζόμεθα αὐθις λέγειν.
hōs kai prosphatōs palin akouomen tinōn tōn ta prōteia dokountōn apopheresthai para tisi tōn en Aigyptǭ askētōn kai Thēbaïdos kai allōn allothi klimatōn, ta homoia tois Ierakitais phronountōn kai legontōn anastasin men tēs hēmeteras sarkos, ou tautēs de, allʼ allēs tinos antʼ autēs, hōs ektrapentōn tōn toioutōn kai eis mythous ektrepsantōn tēn tou theou alētheian kai tēn bebaian hēmōn elpida. dio kai peri toutou anankazometha authis legein.
as recently again we hear of some who seem to be accorded the first rank by certain ascetics in Egypt and the Thebaid and in other regions elsewhere, who think like the Hieracites and speak of a resurrection of our flesh, yet not of this flesh but of some other instead of it, since such people have gone astray and turned God's truth and our firm hope into myths. For this reason we are compelled to speak of this again.
Chapter 83
83.1Holl GCS 25:103
83. Ἄπιστοι μὲν γὰρ ἀρνοῦνται τὸ πᾶν τῆς ἀναστάσεως, κακόπιστοι δὲ συρφετωδῶς καὶ ἀνοήτως τῆς κατὰ άλήθειαν ἐλπίδος ἐκπεπτώκασι τῷ οὕτω νοεῖν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως.
83. Apistoi men gar arnountai to pan tēs anastaseōs, kakopistoi de syrphetōdōs kai anoētōs tēs kata alētheian elpidos ekpeptōkasi tǭ houtō noein peri tēs anastaseōs.
For unbelievers deny the resurrection entirely, while misbelievers, in a rubbishy and foolish way, have fallen from the true hope by thinking so about the resurrection.
83.2Holl GCS 25:103
καὶ Ἓλληνες μὲν οἱ τελείως ἀρνούμενοι τὴν ἀνάστασιν διὰ τὴν ἀσέβειαν τοῦ πλήθους τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς γινομένων ἀνομημάτων· μισοῦσι γὰρ τὴν ἀνάστασιν διʼ ἣν μέλλουσιν αἰσχύνην ὑφίστασθαι ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, τὸν θεὸν ἀγνοήσαντες καὶ τὰς αὐτοῦ ἐντολάς· πλὴν ὅτι ἀναστήσονται, κἂν μὴ βούλωνται.
kai Hellēnes men hoi teleiōs arnoumenoi tēn anastasin dia tēn asebeian tou plēthous tōn parʼ autois ginomenōn anomēmatōn; misousi gar tēn anastasin diʼ hēn mellousin aischynēn hyphistasthai en tę̄ anastasei, ton theon agnoēsantes kai tas autou entolas; plēn hoti anastēsontai, kan mē boulōntai.
And the Greeks are those who completely deny the resurrection because of the impiety of the multitude of lawless deeds done among them; for they hate the resurrection because of the shame they will undergo in the resurrection, having not known God and his commandments; yet they will rise, even if they do not wish to.
83.3Holl GCS 25:103
αὐτὴ γὰρ ἡ κτίσις διαρρήδην αὐτοὺς ἐλέγχει, ὺποφαίνουσα καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀναστάσεως τὸ εἶδος. δύνει γὰρ ἡ ὴμέρα καὶ νεκρῶν αἰνιττόμεθα τὸν τρόπον, κοιμισμὸν αἰνιττομένης τῆς νυκτός· ἀνατέλλει ἡ ἡμέρα ἡμᾶς διυπνίζουσα καὶ ἀναστάσεως ὺποδεικνύουσα τὸ σημεῖον.
autē gar hē ktisis diarrēdēn autous elenchei, ypophainousa kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran anastaseōs to eidos. dynei gar hē ēmera kai nekrōn ainittometha ton tropon, koimismon ainittomenēs tēs nyktos; anatellei hē hēmera hēmas diypnizousa kai anastaseōs ypodeiknyousa to sēmeion.
For creation itself refutes them expressly, showing every day the form of resurrection. For the day sets and we hint at the manner of the dead, night hinting at sleep; the day rises, waking us and showing the sign of resurrection.
83.4Holl GCS 25:103
δρέπονται οἱ καρποὶ καὶ ἡ στάσις τῶν ὄντων ἐκτέμνεται, τῆς ἡμῶν ἐντεῦθεν ἀπαλλαγῆς ὁριζομένου τοῦ προσώπου. σπείρεται ἡ γῆ καὶ βλαστάνει, * ὃτι τὰ τεθαμμένα μετὰ τὴν τομὴν ἀναστήσεται. ἀκρὶς τελευτᾷ, θάψασα τὸ ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀποβληθὲν κύημα ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ μετὰ καιρὸν ἡ γῆ ἀποδίδωσι τὰ τεθαμμένα· τὰ σπέρματα τῶν γενημάτων σπείρεται καὶ πρῶτον ἀποθνᾐσκει ἔπειτα τελεσφορεῖται·
drepontai hoi karpoi kai hē stasis tōn ontōn ektemnetai, tēs hēmōn enteuthen apallagēs horizomenou tou prosōpou. speiretai hē gē kai blastanei, * hoti ta tethammena meta tēn tomēn anastēsetai. akris teleutą, thapsasa to ex autēs apoblēthen kyēma en tę̄ gę̄ kai meta kairon hē gē apodidōsi ta tethammena; ta spermata tōn genēmatōn speiretai kai prōton apothnę̄skei epeita telesphoreitai;
The fruits are plucked and the standing crop is cut down, the form of our departure from here being defined. The earth is sown and sprouts, * that what is buried after the cutting will rise. The locust dies, having buried in the earth the brood cast from it, and after a time the earth gives back what was buried; the seeds of the crops are sown and first die, then come to fruit;
83.5Holl GCS 25:103–104
»ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ, οὐ ζωογονεῖται« σφραγῖδας ἐν ἠμῖν ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησε διὰ τῶν ὀνύχων δέκα καὶ δέκα ἀναστάσεως, μαρτυρούσας περὶ τῆς ἡμῶν ἐλπίδος. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς διὰ στεφάνου ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς διὰ τῆς τριχὸς τὴν ἡμῶν ἀνάστασιν ἐκήρυξε. τὸ γὰρ δοκοῦν ἐν ἡμῖν νεκρὸν σῶμα, τουτέστι τρίχες καὶ ὄνυχες, καθʼ ἑκάστην τεμνόμεναι καὶ τεμνόμενοι αὐθις θάλλουσι, σημαίνουσαι τῆς ἀναστάσεως τὴν ἐλπίδα.
»ean gar mē apothanę̄, ou zōogoneitai« sphragidas en ēmin ho theos epoiēse dia tōn onychōn deka kai deka anastaseōs, martyrousas peri tēs hēmōn elpidos. alla kai hōs dia stephanou epi tēs kephalēs dia tēs trichos tēn hēmōn anastasin ekēryxe. to gar dokoun en hēmin nekron sōma, toutesti triches kai onyches, kathʼ hekastēn temnomenai kai temnomenoi authis thallousi, sēmainousai tēs anastaseōs tēn elpida.
“for unless it dies, it is not made alive.” God made in us seals of resurrection through the ten and ten nails, testifying to our hope. And also, as by a crown upon the head, through the hair he proclaimed our resurrection. For what seems dead body in us, that is, hair and nails, being cut each day, grow again, signifying the hope of the resurrection.
Chapter 84
84.1Holl GCS 25:104
84. Καὶ ἀμύθητα ἔστιν εἰπεῖν εἰς πληροφορίαν τῶν ἀπίστων ἐξ ὐποδειγμάτων. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ἔπεισε τούτους ὴ φάττα τὸ ὄρνεον οὐδὲ ὁ μυωξὸς τὸ ζῷον. ἀποθνᾐσκει γὰρ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἑξάμηνον καὶ ἡ φαττα ἠμέρας τεσσαρακοντα, καὶ αὐθις μετὰ τοὺς καιροὺς αὐτῶν ἀναβιοῦσι.
84. Kai amythēta estin eipein eis plērophorian tōn apistōn ex ypodeigmatōn. allʼ ouch epeise toutous ē phatta to orneon oude ho myōxos to zǭon. apothnę̄skei gar to toiouton hexamēnon kai hē phatta ēmeras tessarakonta, kai authis meta tous kairous autōn anabiousi.
And countless things can be said from examples for the assurance of unbelievers. But the turtledove, the bird, did not persuade them, nor the dormouse, the animal. For such a creature dies for six months and the dove for forty days, and after their seasons they come back to life.
84.2Holl GCS 25:104
κάνθαροι δὲ μέλλοντες τελευτᾶν ἐπὶ σφαῖραν τῆς κόπρου ἑαυτοὺς κρύβουσι, θάψαντες τὴν τοιαύτην σφαῖραν ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ καταχώσαντες, καὶ οὕτως ἐκ τῆς αὐτῶν ἰκμάδος αὖθις εὑρίσκονται, ἀναβιοῦντες ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν λειψάνων.
kantharoi de mellontes teleutan epi sphairan tēs koprou heautous krybousi, thapsantes tēn toiautēn sphairan en tę̄ gę̄ kai katachōsantes, kai houtōs ek tēs autōn ikmados authis heuriskontai, anabiountes ex autōn tōn leipsanōn.
And beetles, when about to die, hide themselves in a ball of dung, burying such a ball in the earth and covering it over, and so from their own moisture they are found again, coming back to life from their very remains.
84.3Holl GCS 25:104
περὶ δὲ τοῦ φοίνικος τοῦ Αραβικοῦ όρνέου περισσόν μοι τὸ λέγειν. ἤδη γὰρ εἰς ἀκοὴν ἀφῖκται πολλῶν πιστῶν τε καὶ ἀπίστων. ἡ δὲ κατʼ αὐτὸν ὑπόθεσις τοιάδε φαίνεται· πεντακοσιοστὸν ἔτος διατελῶν ἐπὰν γνοίη τὸν καιρὸν τῆς αὐτοῦ τελευτῆς ἐνστάντα. σηκὸν μὲν ἐργάζεται άρωμάτων καὶ φέρων ἔρχεται εἰς πόλιν τῶν Αὶγυπτίων Ἡλιούπολιν οὓτω καλουμένην, Ὢν δʼ ἑρμηνευομένην ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγυπτιακῆς διαλέκτου καὶ Ἑβραΐδος, καὶ ταρσοῖς ἰδίοις τὰ στήθη τὰ ἑαυτοῦ μαστίξας πολλά,
peri de tou phoinikos tou Arabikou orneou perisson moi to legein. ēdē gar eis akoēn aphiktai pollōn pistōn te kai apistōn. hē de katʼ auton hypothesis toiade phainetai; pentakosioston etos diatelōn epan gnoiē ton kairon tēs autou teleutēs enstanta. sēkon men ergazetai arōmatōn kai pherōn erchetai eis polin tōn Aigyptiōn Hēlioupolin houtō kaloumenēn, Ōn dʼ hermēneuomenēn apo tēs Aigyptiakēs dialektou kai Hebraïdos, kai tarsois idiois ta stēthē ta heautou mastixas polla,
About the phoenix, the Arabian bird, it is superfluous for me to speak; for it has already come to the hearing of many, faithful and unfaithful. The account of it appears to be this: living five hundred years, when it knows that the time of its death has come, it makes a nest of spices and, carrying it, comes to the city of the Egyptians called Heliopolis, which is interpreted On from the Egyptian and Hebrew language; and, striking its breast many times with its own wings,
84.4Holl GCS 25:104
πῦρ ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ προφερόμενος ἐμπίπρησι τὴν ὺποκειμένην ὓλην τῷ τόπῳ καὶ οὕτως ἑαυτὸν ὸλοκαυτοῖ καὶ πάσας τὰς αύτοῦ σὺν όστέοις ἐκτεφροῦται.
pyr apo tou sōmatos autou propheromenos empiprēsi tēn ypokeimenēn hylēn tǭ topǭ kai houtōs heauton olokautoi kai pasas tas autou syn osteois ektephroutai.
it produces fire from its body, sets alight the material lying in the place, and so burns itself as a whole offering and is reduced to ashes with all its ⟨flesh⟩ and bones.
84.5Holl GCS 25:104
ἐκ θεοῦ δὲ οἰκονομίας νέφος ἀποστέλλεται καὶ ὑετίζει καὶ κατασβεννύει τὴν τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ὀρνέου καταδαπανήσασαν φλόγα, νεκροῦ μὲν ἤδη ὄντος τοῦ ὀρνέου καὶ ὀπτηθέντος ἀκρότατα·
ek theou de oikonomias nephos apostelletai kai hyetizei kai katasbennyei tēn to sōma tou orneou katadapanēsasan phloga, nekrou men ēdē ontos tou orneou kai optēthentos akrotata;
And by God's dispensation a cloud is sent and rains and quenches the flame that consumed the bird's body, the bird being already dead and burned to the extreme;
84.6Holl GCS 25:104–105
σβεσθείσης δὲ τῆς φλογὸς λείψανα τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ ἔτι ὠμὰ περιλείπεται καὶ πρὸς μίαν ἡμέραν ἀφανισθέντα σκώληκα γεννᾷ· ό σκώληξ πτεροφυεῖ νεοττὸς γενόμενος, τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ημέρᾳ ἁδρύνεται καὶ ἀδρυνθεὶς τοῖς τῷ τόπῳ ἐξυπηρετουμένοις ἑαυτὸν ἐμφανίζει καὶ αὐθις ἀνατρέχει εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πατρίδα καὶ ἀναπαύεται.
sbestheisēs de tēs phlogos leipsana tēs sarkos autou eti ōma perileipetai kai pros mian hēmeran aphanisthenta skōlēka genną; o skōlēx pterophyei neottos genomenos, tę̄ de tritę̄ ēmerą hadrynetai kai adryntheis tois tǭ topǭ exypēretoumenois heauton emphanizei kai authis anatrechei eis tēn idian patrida kai anapauetai.
and when the flame is quenched, remains of its flesh are left still raw, and within one day, having vanished, they produce a worm; the worm grows wings, becoming a chick; on the third day it matures and, having matured, shows itself to those who serve the place, and runs back to its own homeland and rests.
Chapter 85
85.1Holl GCS 25:105
85. Θαυμάσαι δὲ μοι ἔπεισι περὶ τῆς τῶν ἀπίστων Ἑλλήνων καὶ ἄλλων βαρβάρων ἠπατημένης κατὰ πάντα διανοίας, ὡς ἐν τοῖς αὐτῶν μύθοις οὐκ αἰσχύνονται ἀνάστασιν πάντῃ σημαίνειν καὶ περὶ ἀναστάσεως πολλάκις ᾤδειν,
85. Thaumasai de moi epeisi peri tēs tōn apistōn Hellēnōn kai allōn barbarōn ēpatēmenēs kata panta dianoias, hōs en tois autōn mythois ouk aischynontai anastasin pantę̄ sēmainein kai peri anastaseōs pollakis ǭdein,
And I am led to marvel at the mind of the unbelieving Greeks and other barbarians, deceived in everything, how in their myths they are not ashamed to signify resurrection in every way and often sang of resurrection,
85.2Holl GCS 25:105
ὡς οἱ μῦθοι αὐτῶν ἀναγράφουσιν Ἄλκηστιν μὲν τελευτήσασαν τὴν Πελίου ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς Ἀδμήτου καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέος μετὰ τριήμερον ἐγηγερμένην καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδύτων ἀνενηνεγμένην, Πέλοπά τε τὸν Ταντάλου μετὰ τὸ κρεωνομηθῆναι τοῖς ψευδωνύμοις αὐτῶν θεοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου πατρός·
hōs hoi mythoi autōn anagraphousin Alkēstin men teleutēsasan tēn Peliou hyper tou andros autēs Admētou kai hypo tou Hērakleos meta triēmeron egēgermenēn kai apo tōn adytōn anenēnegmenēn, Pelopa te ton Tantalou meta to kreōnomēthēnai tois pseudōnymois autōn theois hypo tou idiou patros;
as their myths record that Alcestis, daughter of Pelias, died for her husband Admetus and was raised by Heracles after three days and brought up from the inner depths; and Pelops son of Tantalus, after being carved up by his own father for their falsely named gods;
85.3Holl GCS 25:105
Αμφιάρεως ⟨ὁ⟩ τοῦ Οἰκλέους ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀσκληπιοῦ ἀναζωογονηθείς, Γλαῦκος ό Μίνωος ὑπὸ Πολυείδου τοῦ Κοιράνου βοτάνῃ τινὶ ἀναζωοποιηθείς, Κάστωρ διὰ Πολυδεύκην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃς ἑκὼν αὐτῷ τὴν ζωὴν παρ ἡμέραν ἀλλάσσειν εἳλετο, καὶ ὁ Πρωτεσίλαος διὰ Λαοδάμειαν.
Amphiareōs ⟨ho⟩ tou Oikleous hypo tou Asklēpiou anazōogonētheis, Glaukos o Minōos hypo Polyeidou tou Koiranou botanę̄ tini anazōopoiētheis, Kastōr dia Polydeukēn ton adelphon autou, hos hekōn autǭ tēn zōēn par hēmeran allassein heileto, kai ho Prōtesilaos dia Laodameian.
Amphiaraus, son of Oecles, brought back to life by Asclepius; Glaucus son of Minos, brought back to life with a herb by Polyidus son of Coeranus; Castor because of his brother Polydeuces, who willingly chose to exchange life with him day by day; and Protesilaus because of Laodamia.
85.4Holl GCS 25:105–106
ἀλλὰ καὶ Σίσυφον καὶ Τάνταλον καὶ τὰς Καυκάσου θυγατέρας, ἃς Ἐριννύας κεκλήκασι, καὶ Τειρεσίαν ἅμα τούτοις κατατεταρταρῶσθαι δώσοντας δίκην ἐκεῖσε, τὸν μὲν διὰ πέτρας τὸν δὲ ὑπὸ τροχόν, καὶ ἄλλους ἄλλως τετιμωρῆσθαι καὶ ἔτι ὑπάρχειν ἐν τιμωρίᾳ, ὡς μὴ εἰς ἀνυπαρξίαν κεχωρηκότας, ὑπάρχοντας δὲ ἐν σώμασιν.
alla kai Sisyphon kai Tantalon kai tas Kaukasou thygateras, has Erinnyas keklēkasi, kai Teiresian hama toutois katatetartarōsthai dōsontas dikēn ekeise, ton men dia petras ton de hypo trochon, kai allous allōs tetimōrēsthai kai eti hyparchein en timōrią, hōs mē eis anyparxian kechōrēkotas, hyparchontas de en sōmasin.
And also that Sisyphus and Tantalus and the daughters of Caucasus, whom they have called Erinyes, and Tiresias with them, have been cast into Tartarus to pay the penalty there, one by a rock, another under a wheel, and others punished otherwise and still in punishment, not having passed into non-existence but existing in bodies.
85.5Holl GCS 25:106
εἰ μὴ γὰρ σώματα εἶχον, πῶς ὺπὸ πέτραν καὶ τροχὸν τιμωρίαις παρεδίδοντο; καὶ πολλὰ ἔστιν περὶ τούτων λέγειν εἰς παράστασιν τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν πίστεως, ἔλεγχον δὲ τὸν πρὸς αὐτούς.
ei mē gar sōmata eichon, pōs ypo petran kai trochon timōriais paredidonto? kai polla estin peri toutōn legein eis parastasin tēs en hēmin pisteōs, elenchon de ton pros autous.
For if they did not have bodies, how were they handed over to punishments under a rock and a wheel? And much can be said about these for the establishment of our faith and the refutation of them.
Chapter 86
86.1Holl GCS 25:106
86. Αλλὰ καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῶν αἱρέσεων ὸρμώμενοι αδελφὰ τούτοις ᾄδουσι καὶ συνῳδὰ τῆς ἀπιστίας ἐν τῷ τινὰς μὲν τῶν αἱρετικῶν, τῶν Μανιχαίων ⟨φημί⟩ λέγειν οὐ σώματος, άλλὰ ψυχῆς ανάστασιν ἔσεσθαι, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τοὺς προειρημένους Ἕλληνας τὸ αὐτὸ νομίζειν τε καὶ συνδοξάζειν, ὡς εἶναι τὸν λόγον αὐτῶν ληρώδη μᾶλλον ῆπερ ἐκ συνέσεως προβαλλόμενον.
86. Alla kai hoi ek tōn haireseōn ormōmenoi adelpha toutois ądousi kai synǭda tēs apistias en tǭ tinas men tōn hairetikōn, tōn Manichaiōn ⟨phēmi⟩ legein ou sōmatos, alla psychēs anastasin esesthai, hōsautōs de kai tous proeirēmenous Hellēnas to auto nomizein te kai syndoxazein, hōs einai ton logon autōn lērōdē mallon ēper ek syneseōs proballomenon.
But those who start from the heresies also sing things akin to these and in harmony with unbelief, in that some of the heretics, the Manichaeans ⟨I mean⟩, say there will be a resurrection not of the body but of the soul; and likewise the Greeks mentioned before think and hold the same, so that their argument is put forward rather as nonsense than from understanding.
86.2Holl GCS 25:106
ἐὰν γὰρ ἀνάστασιν εἴπωσιν αἱ αἱρέσεις καὶ ὃλως άνάστασιν ὴγοῦνται, περὶ ψυχῶν δὲ τοῦτο ὁρίζωνται, εὔηθές ἐστι τὸ τοιοῦτον. πῶς γὰρ ψυχὴ ἀναστὴσεται ἡ μὴ πεπτωκυῖα; οὐ γὰρ θάπτομεν τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις, ἀλλὰ τὰ σώματα.
ean gar anastasin eipōsin hai haireseis kai holōs anastasin ēgountai, peri psychōn de touto horizōntai, euēthes esti to toiouton. pōs gar psychē anastēsetai hē mē peptōkuia? ou gar thaptomen tas psychas en tois mnēmeiois, alla ta sōmata.
For if the heresies speak of resurrection and hold a resurrection at all, but define it as of souls, such a thing is simple-minded. For how will a soul rise that has not fallen? For we do not bury souls in tombs, but bodies.
86.3Holl GCS 25:106
ψυχαὶ γὰρ οὐ πίπτουσιν, ἀλλʼ αἱ σάρκες· ὡς καὶ ἡ συνήθεια εἴωθε καλεῖν τὰ νεκρὰ σώματα πτώματα τοίνυν εἰ άνάστασις παῥ αὐτοῖς ὸμολογεῖται, παντί τῳ δῆλόν ἐστιν ⟨ὅτι⟩
psychai gar ou piptousin, allʼ hai sarkes; hōs kai hē synētheia eiōthe kalein ta nekra sōmata ptōmata toinyn ei anastasis parh autois omologeitai, panti tǭ dēlon estin ⟨hoti⟩
For souls do not fall, but bodies; as custom too is used to call dead bodies “fallen ones” (corpses). So if resurrection is confessed among them, it is clear to everyone ⟨that it is⟩
86.4Holl GCS 25:106
οὐ ψυχῆς, ἀλλὰ σώματος τοῦ πεπτωκότος. Ἓλληνες δὲ πάλιν ἐλέγχονται ⟨οἱ⟩ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀρνούμενοι. ἀποφέροντες ⟨γὰρ⟩ τὰ μνήματα βρώματά τε καὶ πόματα ἐν ταῖς πανδήμοις καλουμέναις ἡμέραις ὸλοκαυτοῦσι μὲν τὰ ἐδέσματα σπένδουσι δὲ τοὺς οἴνους, μηδὲν μὲν τοὺς νεκροὺς ὠφελοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς δὲ μᾶλλον βλάπτοντες.
ou psychēs, alla sōmatos tou peptōkotos. Hellēnes de palin elenchontai ⟨hoi⟩ tēs anastaseōs arnoumenoi. apopherontes ⟨gar⟩ ta mnēmata brōmata te kai pomata en tais pandēmois kaloumenais hēmerais olokautousi men ta edesmata spendousi de tous oinous, mēden men tous nekrous ōphelountes heautous de mallon blaptontes.
not of the soul but of the body that fell. And again the Greeks who deny the resurrection are refuted. For carrying food and drink to the tombs on the days called public festivals, they burn the foods as offerings and pour out the wines, benefiting the dead nothing and rather harming themselves.
86.5Holl GCS 25:106
πλὴν ἀναγκάζονται ἀπὸ τῆς συνηθείας ὁμολογεῖν τὴν τῶν νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν. ἔνθα γὰρ ἐτέθη τὰ σώματα τῶν τελευτησάντων παραγίνονται καὶ προσφωνοῦσι τοῖς τεθαμμένοις νεκροῖς ἐξ ὀνόματος·
plēn anankazontai apo tēs synētheias homologein tēn tōn nekrōn anastasin. entha gar etethē ta sōmata tōn teleutēsantōn paraginontai kai prosphōnousi tois tethammenois nekrois ex onomatos;
Yet by custom they are compelled to confess the resurrection of the dead. For they come where the bodies of the departed were laid and call the buried dead by name:
86.6Holl GCS 25:106–107
ἀνάστα, φάσκοντες, ὁ δεῖνα, φάγε καὶ πίε καὶ εὐφράνθητι. καὶ εἰ μὲν τὰς ψυχὰς ἐκεῖσε νομίζουσιν ἐμπαραμένειν, ἔνθα τὰ λείψανα τῶν τελευτησάντων τέθαπται, ἀγαθή τις τοιαύτη ⟨περὶ⟩ τῶν προσδοκία· ἐμπαραμένουσι γὰρ τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν μέλλουσαν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῆς παλιγγενεσίας, ἕως τὰ σύνθετα καὶ σύζυγα αὐτῶν ἀπολάβωσι σώματα, εἰ καὶ βδελύττονται οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων παῖδες τὴν σάρκα ὡς φαύλην οὖσαν καὶ τέλεον ἀφανιζομένην καὶ ἐλπίδα μὴ ἔχουσαν ἀναβιώσεως.
anasta, phaskontes, ho deina, phage kai pie kai euphranthēti. kai ei men tas psychas ekeise nomizousin emparamenein, entha ta leipsana tōn teleutēsantōn tethaptai, agathē tis toiautē ⟨peri⟩ tōn prosdokia; emparamenousi gar tēn hēmeran tēn mellousan kai tēn anastasin tēs palingenesias, heōs ta syntheta kai syzyga autōn apolabōsi sōmata, ei kai bdelyttontai hoi tōn Hellēnōn paides tēn sarka hōs phaulēn ousan kai teleon aphanizomenēn kai elpida mē echousan anabiōseōs.
“Arise,” they say, “so-and-so, eat and drink and be merry.” And if they think the souls remain there where the remains of the departed are buried, such an expectation of them is good; for they remain for the coming day and the resurrection of regeneration, until they receive back their composite and yoked bodies, even though the children of the Greeks loathe the flesh as base and wholly disappearing and having no hope of coming back to life.
86.7Holl GCS 25:107
εἰ δὲ μὴ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ τοῦτο ποιοῦσι, τίνι τῷ λόγῳ τὰς βελτίους ψυχὰς τῆς τῶν σωμάτων οὐσίας ⟨μνήμασιν⟩ ἐγκαταδέοντες καταδίκῃ μᾶλλον περιβάλλουσι τῇ ὑπολήψει, ὁριζόμενοι αὐτὰς προσεδρεύειν τοῖς τετελευτηκόσι λειψάνοις; ἢ ἐπὶ ποίᾳ προσδοκίᾳ ἐλπίδος παραγίνονται, λεγετωσαν;
ei de mē toutǭ tǭ tropǭ touto poiousi, tini tǭ logǭ tas beltious psychas tēs tōn sōmatōn ousias ⟨mnēmasin⟩ enkatadeontes katadikę̄ mallon periballousi tę̄ hypolēpsei, horizomenoi autas prosedreuein tois teteleutēkosi leipsanois? ē epi poią prosdokią elpidos paraginontai, legetōsan?
But if they do not do this in this way, for what reason, binding souls, which are better than the substance of bodies, ⟨to tombs⟩, do they rather surround them with condemnation in their supposition, defining them to sit by the departed remains? Or in what expectation of hope do they come? Let them say.
86.8Holl GCS 25:107
ἀλλὰ ἀλλὰ ὅτι οὐ τὰς ψυχὰς νομίζουσιν εἶναι ἐν μνήμασιν, ἀλλʼ ἐν ταμιείοις τισὶν ἐκ θεοῦ ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ ἀποτεταγμένοις, κατʼ ἀξίαν ὡν ἐν βίῳ ἔδρασάν τε καὶ ἐπολιτεύσαντο· τὰ δὲ σώματα ἰδιαις χερσὶν ἓκαστος τοῦ πέλας ἐν ταῖς θήκαις τῶν σωμάτων εἴτουν ὀστέων κατέθεντο. εὔηθες δʼ ἂν εἴη παρὰ πᾶσιν εἶναι τὴν μίαν ὑπόληψιν τούτων καὶ ἀκολουθίαν ὡς ἐκ πανταχόθεν ὡμολόγηται, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς ἀπίστοις τοὐναντίον τὰ ἀληθινὰ ἐξαρνεῖσθαι καὶ τὰ ἐν θεῷ δυνατὰ εἰς ἐλπίδας παρʼ αὐτοῖς μὴ κεκρατύνθαι.
alla alla hoti ou tas psychas nomizousin einai en mnēmasin, allʼ en tamieiois tisin ek theou hekastę̄ psychę̄ apotetagmenois, katʼ axian hōn en biǭ edrasan te kai epoliteusanto; ta de sōmata idiais chersin hekastos tou pelas en tais thēkais tōn sōmatōn eitoun osteōn katethento. euēthes dʼ an eiē para pasin einai tēn mian hypolēpsin toutōn kai akolouthian hōs ek pantachothen hōmologētai, para de tois apistois tounantion ta alēthina exarneisthai kai ta en theǭ dynata eis elpidas parʼ autois mē kekratynthai.
But ⟨they will say⟩ that they do not think the souls are in the tombs, but in certain storehouses appointed by God for each soul, according to the worth of what they did and how they lived in life; while each laid the bodies of his neighbor with his own hands in the receptacles of bodies or bones. It would be simple-minded that among all there should be one supposition and sequence of these things, confessed on every side, while among unbelievers the truth is denied and what is possible with God is not firmly held as their hope.
Chapter 87
87.1Holl GCS 25:107
87. Αλλὰ περὶ τούτων ἱκανὰ νομίζω εἰρῆσθαι, ἐκ τῶν πολλῶν παραδειγμάτων ὀλίγα ἡμῶν παραθέντων.
87. Alla peri toutōn hikana nomizō eirēsthai, ek tōn pollōn paradeigmatōn oliga hēmōn parathentōn.
But I think enough has been said about these, since we have set out a few of many examples.
87.2Holl GCS 25:107–108
περὶ δὲ τῶν δοκούντων Χριστιανῶν εἶναι, Ὠριγένει δὲ πειθομένων καὶ τὴν μὲν τῶν νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν ὁμολογούντων σαρκός τε τῆς ἡμετέρας καὶ σώματος τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ ἀγίου ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀπὸ Μαριας ἀνειλημμένου, ταύτην δὲ τὴν σάρκα λεγόντων μὴ ἐγείρεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἄλλην ἀντὶ ταύτης ἐκ θεοῦ δίδοσθαι, πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων εἴποιμεν ἀσεβεστέραν ἔχειν ὺπόληψιν καὶ εὐηθεστέραν τῆς παρʼ Ἓλλησι καὶ ταῖς λοιπαῖς αἱρέσεσιν ὑπονοίας;
peri de tōn dokountōn Christianōn einai, Ōrigenei de peithomenōn kai tēn men tōn nekrōn anastasin homologountōn sarkos te tēs hēmeteras kai sōmatos tou kyriou tou agiou ekeinou tou apo Marias aneilēmmenou, tautēn de tēn sarka legontōn mē egeiresthai, allʼ allēn anti tautēs ek theou didosthai, pōs ouchi mallon tōn allōn eipoimen asebesteran echein ypolēpsin kai euēthesteran tēs parʼ Hellēsi kai tais loipais hairesesin hyponoias?
But about those who seem to be Christians but follow Origen, who confess the resurrection of the dead, of our flesh and of that holy body of the Lord taken from Mary, but say that this flesh is not raised, but another given by God instead of it, how shall we not say that they hold a more impious and more simple-minded supposition than the notion of the Greeks and the other heresies?
87.3Holl GCS 25:108
πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ εἰ ἄλλη ἀντὶ ταύτης ἐγείρεται κατὰ τὸν αὐτῶν λόγον, οὐ δικαία ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσις κατὰ τὸν αὐτῶν μῦθον. ἄλλην σάρκα κρίνουσα ἀντὶ τῆς ἁμαρτησάσης ἢ ἄλλο σῶμα φέροισα εἰς δόξαν κληρονομίας βασιλείας οὐρανῶν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν νηστείαις καὶ ἀγρυπνίαις καὶ διωγμοῖς ὑπὲρ ὀνόματος θεοῦ κεκμηκότος σώματος.
prōton men gar ei allē anti tautēs egeiretai kata ton autōn logon, ou dikaia hē tou theou krisis kata ton autōn mython. allēn sarka krinousa anti tēs hamartēsasēs ē allo sōma pheroisa eis doxan klēronomias basileias ouranōn anti tou en nēsteiais kai agrypniais kai diōgmois hyper onomatos theou kekmēkotos sōmatos.
For first, if another is raised instead of this one, according to their argument, God's judgment is not just according to their myth, judging another flesh instead of the one that sinned, or bringing another body to the glory of the inheritance of the kingdom of heaven instead of the body that toiled in fasts and vigils and persecutions for the name of God.
87.4Holl GCS 25:108
πῶς καὶ ψυχὴ κριθήσεται μόνη κατὰ τὸν λόγον τῶν αἱρέσεων, μὴ παρόντος τοῦ συναμαρτήσαντος σώματος; ἀντείπῃ γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη ψυχὴ τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσει, φάσκουσα τοῦ σώματος γεγενῆσθαι τὰ ἁμαρτήματα.
pōs kai psychē krithēsetai monē kata ton logon tōn haireseōn, mē parontos tou synamartēsantos sōmatos? anteipę̄ gar hē toiautē psychē tę̄ tou theou krisei, phaskousa tou sōmatos gegenēsthai ta hamartēmata.
And how will the soul be judged alone, according to the argument of the heresies, without the body that sinned with it being present? For such a soul would object to God's judgment, saying the sins were the body's.
87.5Holl GCS 25:108
ἔχει γὰρ καὶ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν κατὰ τὸν τῶν φιλονεικίᾳ φερομένων λόγον καὶ μὴ ἀληθείᾳ. δύναται γὰρ λέγειν· οὐκ ἐγὼ ἥμαρτον, ἀλλὰ τὸ σῶμα. ἐξότου γὰρ ἐξῆλθον ἐκ τοῦ σώματος, οὔτε ἐπόρνευσα οὔτε ἐμοίχευσα, οὐκ ἔκλεψα οὐκ ἐφόνευσα οὐκ εἰδωλολάτρησα οὔ τι τῶν κακῶν καὶ άνηκέστων εἰργασάμην.
echei gar kai tēn apodeixin kata ton tōn philoneikią pheromenōn logon kai mē alētheią. dynatai gar legein; ouk egō hēmarton, alla to sōma. exotou gar exēlthon ek tou sōmatos, oute eporneusa oute emoicheusa, ouk eklepsa ouk ephoneusa ouk eidōlolatrēsa ou ti tōn kakōn kai anēkestōn eirgasamēn.
For it has the proof too, according to the argument of those carried by contentiousness and not by truth. For it can say: “Not I sinned, but the body. For since I left the body I have not committed sexual immorality, nor adultery; I have not stolen, not murdered, not practiced idolatry, nor done any of the evil and incurable things.”
87.6Holl GCS 25:108
καὶ εὔλογος εὑρεθήσεται ἡ αὐτῆς ἀπολογία. εὐλόγως δὲ αὐτῆς ἀπολογουμένης τί ἐροῦμεν; ἀργὴ ἆρα ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσις; ἀλλʼ »ἀδίκως ἐπιφέρει τὴν ὀργὴν ὁ θεὸς κατὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων; μὴ γένοιτο«.
kai eulogos heurethēsetai hē autēs apologia. eulogōs de autēs apologoumenēs ti eroumen? argē ara hē tou theou krisis? allʼ »adikōs epipherei tēn orgēn ho theos kata tōn anthrōpōn? mē genoito«.
And its defense will be found reasonable. And if it defends itself reasonably, what shall we say? Is God's judgment then idle? But “is God unjust to inflict wrath on men? God forbid.”
Chapter 88
88.1Holl GCS 25:108–109
88. Οἴδαμεν δὲ ὃτι »πάντα τῷ θεῶ δυνατά‘ καὶ δύναται καὶ σῶμα φέρειν ἄνευ ψυχῆς καὶ τὰ ἀφανῆ γεγονότα σώματα δύναται ⟨ποιῆσαι⟩ πάλιν ἀναβιοῦν κινεῖσθαί τε αὐτὰ ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν ἄνευ ἐὰν θέλῃ, ὡς καὶ ἤδη διὰ τοῦ ἁγιωτάτου Ιεζεκιὴλ τὴν τοιαύτην οἰκονομίαν ἐποίησεν.
88. Oidamen de hoti »panta tǭ theō dynata‘ kai dynatai kai sōma pherein aneu psychēs kai ta aphanē gegonota sōmata dynatai ⟨poiēsai⟩ palin anabioun kineisthai te auta aphʼ heautōn aneu ean thelę̄, hōs kai ēdē dia tou hagiōtatou Iezekiēl tēn toiautēn oikonomian epoiēsen.
But we know that “all things are possible with God,” and he can bring a body without a soul, and can ⟨make⟩ bodies that have vanished live again and move by themselves without ⟨a soul⟩ if he wills, as he already carried out such a dispensation through the most holy Ezekiel.
88.2Holl GCS 25:109
ἔλεγε γὰρ τῷ ἁγίῳ προφήτῃ »εἰπέ, υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, συναχθῆναι ὀστοῦν πρὸς όστοῦν καὶ ἁρμονίαν πρὸς ὰρμονίαν«· καὶ ἦν θαυμάσαι τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμιν, ὅτι μηδέπω τῶν ψυχῶν ἐμβληθεισῶν, ἀλλὰ ξηρῶν ὄντων τῶν ὀστέων οὐ μόνον τοῦ κινεῖσθαι ἔσχον δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προστάξεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνέσεως τὰ ὀστᾶ ἐνεπλήσθη καὶ γνώσεως οὐ τῆς τυχούσης.
elege gar tǭ hagiǭ prophētę̄ »eipe, huie anthrōpou, synachthēnai ostoun pros ostoun kai harmonian pros armonian«; kai ēn thaumasai tēn tou theou dynamin, hoti mēdepō tōn psychōn emblētheisōn, alla xērōn ontōn tōn osteōn ou monon tou kineisthai eschon dynamin epi tēs tou theou prostaxeōs, alla kai syneseōs ta osta eneplēsthē kai gnōseōs ou tēs tychousēs.
For he said to the holy prophet, “Say, son of man, that bone should come together to bone and joint to joint”; and one could marvel at God's power, that, the souls not yet having been put in, but the bones being dry, they not only had the power to move at God's command, but the bones were also filled with understanding and no ordinary knowledge.
88.3Holl GCS 25:109
οὐ γὰρ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ὀστέα ὀστέα ἐγγὺς τῶν μερῶν τῆς κεφαλῆς κατὰ λήθην ἐβάδιζεν οὐδὲ οἱ τοῦ τραχήλου σπόνδυλοι περὶ τὰς τῶν ἀστραγάλων ἁρμονίας πλανώμενοι τὸν τόπον ἐζήτουν, ἀλλʼ ἓκαστον τῶν ὀστέων καὶ ἐκινήθη καὶ ἐβάδιζε κατὰ σύνεσιν καὶ τῇ αὐτοῦ ἁρμονίᾳ προσετίθετο.
ou gar ta pros tous ostea ostea engys tōn merōn tēs kephalēs kata lēthēn ebadizen oude hoi tou trachēlou spondyloi peri tas tōn astragalōn harmonias planōmenoi ton topon ezētoun, allʼ hekaston tōn osteōn kai ekinēthē kai ebadize kata synesin kai tę̄ autou harmonią prosetitheto.
For the foot bones did not walk by forgetfulness to near the parts of the head, nor did the vertebrae of the neck wander about the joints of the ankles seeking their place, but each of the bones both moved and walked with understanding and was added to its own joint.
88.4Holl GCS 25:109
εἰ γοῦν θέλει ό θεός, δύναται καὶ σῶμα ἄνευ ψυχῆς ἐγεῖραι. ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ δυνατὸν αὐτοῦ ἔδειξεν, έν τῷ τὸ παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀπηλπισμένον ἐκεῖνο πρῶτον ⟨ποιῆσαι⟩ ἀναβιοῦν διὰ τῷ Ἰεζεκιὴλ προστεταχέναι.
ei goun thelei o theos, dynatai kai sōma aneu psychēs egeirai. en toutǭ gar to dynaton autou edeixen, en tǭ to para tois anthrōpois apēlpismenon ekeino prōton ⟨poiēsai⟩ anabioun dia tǭ Iezekiēl prostetachenai.
So if God wills, he can raise even a body without a soul. For in this he showed his power, in first ⟨making⟩ that which was despaired of among men live again, by his command to Ezekiel.
88.5Holl GCS 25:109
καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν· εἰπε, υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, πρῶτον ἐλθεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὸ ἐξευμαρίσαι τὸ δυσχερὲς διὰ τὴν πίστιν, φημὶ δὲ τὸ τὰ σώματα συναχθῆναι, τότε προσέταξε τὰς ψυχὰς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτὰ τὰ σώματα· »καὶ ἀνέστη δὲ« φησί »πολλὴ συναγωγή«.
kai ouk eipen; eipe, huie anthrōpou, prōton elthein to pneuma, alla meta to exeumarisai to dyscheres dia tēn pistin, phēmi de to ta sōmata synachthēnai, tote prosetaxe tas psychas eiselthein eis auta ta sōmata; »kai anestē de« phēsi »pollē synagōgē«.
And he did not say, “Say, son of man, that the spirit should come first,” but after easing what was hard for faith, I mean the gathering of the bodies, then he commanded the souls to enter the bodies themselves: “And there arose,” it says, “a great assembly.”
88.6Holl GCS 25:109
δύνασθαι τοίνυν τὸν θεὸν ποιῆσαι ἔφην καὶ σῶμα δίχα ψυχῆς ἀναβιοῦν, καθὰ προδέδεικται, ἀλλʼ οὐ δύναται κριθῆναι καθʼ ἑαυτὸ τὸ σῶμα. ἔχει γὰρ δικαίαν ἀπολογίαν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσιν.
dynasthai toinyn ton theon poiēsai ephēn kai sōma dicha psychēs anabioun, katha prodedeiktai, allʼ ou dynatai krithēnai kathʼ heauto to sōma. echei gar dikaian apologian pros tēn tou theou krisin.
So I said that God can make even a body live again without a soul, as shown before; but the body cannot be judged by itself. For it has a just defense against God's judgment.
88.7Holl GCS 25:109
φάσκει γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸ λέγον· ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς ἦν ἡ ἁμαρτία, οὐκ ἤμην αἴτιον ἐγώ. ἐξότου γὰρ ἐλύθην καὶ ἐκείνη ἀπ ἐμοῦ ἀπέστη, μὴ ἐμοίχευσα μὴ ἐπόρνευσα μὴ κέκλοφα μὴ εἰδωλολάτρησα μή τι τῶν τοιούτων ἀμπλακημάτων ἐργασάμην; καὶ ἔσται κατὰ τὸν τῶν φιλονείκων λόγον ἄπρακτος ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσις.
phaskei gar kai auto legon; ek tēs psychēs ēn hē hamartia, ouk ēmēn aition egō. exotou gar elythēn kai ekeinē ap emou apestē, mē emoicheusa mē eporneusa mē keklopha mē eidōlolatrēsa mē ti tōn toioutōn amplakēmatōn ergasamēn? kai estai kata ton tōn philoneikōn logon apraktos hē tou theou krisis.
For it too says: “The sin was from the soul; I was not the cause. For since I was dissolved and she departed from me, have I committed adultery, have I committed sexual immorality, have I stolen, have I practiced idolatry, have I done any such offense?” And by the argument of the contentious, God's judgment will be ineffective.
88.8Holl GCS 25:109–110
διὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἠν τὸ σῶμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ σύνθετος εἶς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ θεοῦ γεγενημένος, αὖθις ό δίκαιος κριτὴς τὸ σῶμα ἐγείρει καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν αύτῷ δίδωσι. καὶ οὃτως δικαία γενήσεται ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσις, ἀμφοτέρων κοινωνούντων ἤ τῆς διʼ ἁμαρτίας τιμωρίας ἢ τῆς διʼ ἀρετὴν 7 θεοσεβείας καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἀποδίδοσθαι τοῖς ἁγίοις μισθαποδοσίας.
dia touto hōs ēn to sōma kai hē psychē synthetos eis anthrōpos ek theou gegenēmenos, authis o dikaios kritēs to sōma egeirei kai tēn psychēn autou en autǭ didōsi. kai hootōs dikaia genēsetai hē tou theou krisis, amphoterōn koinōnountōn ē tēs diʼ hamartias timōrias ē tēs diʼ aretēn 7 theosebeias kai tēs mellousēs apodidosthai tois hagiois misthapodosias.
For this reason, as body and soul were one composite man made by God, the just Judge raises the body again and gives its soul into it. And so God's judgment will be just, both sharing either in punishment for sin or in the reward, for virtue and godliness, that is to be rendered to the saints.
Chapter 89
89.1Holl GCS 25:110
89. Ταῦτα δὲ εἰς παράστασιν τῆς άληθείας τῆς ἡμῶν ἐλπίδος ἱκανῶς ἔχειν νομίζοντες όλίγα ἀντὶ πολλῶν παρεθέμεθα. διὰ δὲ τοὺς λέγοντας ἔτερον σῶμα ἀντὶ τοῦ πίπτοντος ἐγείρεσθαι, πάλιν τῷ καμάτῳ προστιθέμεθα, ὠφελῆσαι τοὺς βουλομένους συνιέναι καὶ τὴν αὐτῶν ζωὴν άπολέσαι μὴ πειρωμένους βουλόμενοι.
89. Tauta de eis parastasin tēs alētheias tēs hēmōn elpidos hikanōs echein nomizontes oliga anti pollōn parethemetha. dia de tous legontas eteron sōma anti tou piptontos egeiresthai, palin tǭ kamatǭ prostithemetha, ōphelēsai tous boulomenous synienai kai tēn autōn zōēn apolesai mē peirōmenous boulomenoi.
Thinking these things sufficient for establishing the truth of our hope, we have set out a few instead of many. But because of those who say that another body is raised instead of the one that falls, we again add to our labor, wishing to help those who wish to understand and do not try to lose their own life.
89.2Holl GCS 25:110
γένοιτο γὰρ κάμνειν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἐλαχίστους καὶ μηδαμινοὺς καὶ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ πάντας ὠφελεῖσθαι καὶ μὴ ἀρνεῖσθαι ἀνάστασιν τῆς ἡμετέρας σαρκός, ἐν ᾖπερ πᾶς ὁ θησαυρὸς καὶ κρηπὶς παντὸς σώφρονος λογισμοῦ καὶ πάσης ἀγαθοεργίας ἐλπὶς διάκειται κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον »ἔχοντες τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσι« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
genoito gar kamnein hēmas tous elachistous kai mēdaminous kai heautous kai pantas ōpheleisthai kai mē arneisthai anastasin tēs hēmeteras sarkos, en ę̄per pas ho thēsauros kai krēpis pantos sōphronos logismou kai pasēs agathoergias elpis diakeitai kata to eirēmenon »echontes ton thēsauron touton en ostrakinois skeuesi« kai ta hexēs.
For may it be that we, the least and worthless, labor, and both we ourselves and all are helped, and do not deny the resurrection of our flesh, in which lies the whole treasure and foundation of every sober thought and the hope of every good work, according to the saying, “having this treasure in earthen vessels,” and so on.
89.3Holl GCS 25:110
ἐγκρατευόμεθα γὰρ οἱ ἀσθενεῖς, ἁγνεύομεν οἱ ταπεινοί. ἐλεημοσύνας ἐπιποθοῦμεν ποιεῖν οἱ ἀδύνατοι διὰ τὴν τῶν προσδοκωμένων ἀπόληψιν, τῆς τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως·
enkrateuometha gar hoi astheneis, hagneuomen hoi tapeinoi. eleēmosynas epipothoumen poiein hoi adynatoi dia tēn tōn prosdokōmenōn apolēpsin, tēs tōn nekrōn anastaseōs;
For we the weak practice self-control, we the lowly live chastely, we the powerless long to give alms, because of receiving what is expected, the resurrection of the dead;
89.4Holl GCS 25:110
καὶ οὓτως ό κανὼν τεθεμελίωται πίστεως καὶ ἐλπίδος θεοῦ ἀγάπης καὶ μαρτυρίου ὑπὲρ ὀνόματος θεοῦ ἐν διωγμοῖς βασάνων καὶ ἄλλων ἀπανθρώπων κολάσεων ἐν τοῖς μὴ ἀρνουμένοις ἀνάστασιν τῆς ἡμῶν σαρκός, ἀλλὰ πιστεύουσιν ὃτι αὐτὸ τὸ σπειρόμενον ἐν τῇ
kai houtōs o kanōn tethemeliōtai pisteōs kai elpidos theou agapēs kai martyriou hyper onomatos theou en diōgmois basanōn kai allōn apanthrōpōn kolaseōn en tois mē arnoumenois anastasin tēs hēmōn sarkos, alla pisteuousin hoti auto to speiromenon en tę̄
and so the rule of faith and hope in God, of love and of martyrdom for the name of God in persecutions of tortures and other inhuman punishments, is founded in those who do not deny the resurrection of our flesh, but believe that the very thing that is sown in the
89.5Holl GCS 25:110–111
γῇ ἐγερθήσεται. δύο σαφεῖς καὶ ἀληθεῖς μαρτυρίας ἔδωκαν ἡμῖν αἱ θεῖαι γραφαί, διʼ ὧν δυνάμεθα τὴν τῆς ἡμῶν ἀναστάσεως ἐλπίδα γνῶναι καὶ μὴ σφαλῆναι μύθοις κενοδόξων ἀνθρώπων ἀπατηθέντων καὶ τῷ βίῳ ἀπάτην γραψάντων. ἳνα οὖν μὴ πολλαῖς μαρτυρίαις χρήσωμαι οὐ γάρ εἰσιν όλίγαι ἐν καινῇ τε καὶ παλαιᾷ περὶ τῆς ἡμῶν ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως) συντόμως ἐρῶ τοῦτο·
gę̄ egerthēsetai. dyo sapheis kai alētheis martyrias edōkan hēmin hai theiai graphai, diʼ hōn dynametha tēn tēs hēmōn anastaseōs elpida gnōnai kai mē sphalēnai mythois kenodoxōn anthrōpōn apatēthentōn kai tǭ biǭ apatēn grapsantōn. hina oun mē pollais martyriais chrēsōmai ou gar eisin oligai en kainę̄ te kai palaią peri tēs hēmōn elpidos kai anastaseōs) syntomōs erō touto;
earth will be raised. The divine Scriptures have given us two clear and true testimonies, through which we can know the hope of our resurrection and not be tripped up by the myths of vainglorious men who have been deceived and have written deceit for the world. So, so as not to use many testimonies (for they are not few in the New and Old about our hope and resurrection), I will say this briefly:
Chapter 90
90.1Holl GCS 25:111
90. ὂτι εἰ ἄλλο ἦν τὸ ἐγειρόμενον, καθαπερ τινὲς φασκουσιν, οὐκ ἂν ό ἀπόστολος διεβεβαιοῦτο λέγων »δεὶ γὰρ τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀφθαρσίαν καὶ τὸ θνητὸν ἐνδύσασθαι ἀθανασίαν«.
90. oti ei allo ēn to egeiromenon, kathaper tines phaskousin, ouk an o apostolos diebebaiouto legōn »dei gar to phtharton touto endysasthai aphtharsian kai to thnēton endysasthai athanasian«.
that if what is raised were something else, as some say, the apostle would not have affirmed, saying, “For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal put on immortality.”
90.2Holl GCS 25:111
ἐπειδὴ δὲ δεῖ καὶ περὶ ἁγίων, τῶν ἁγίων, ὡς μέλλουσι φαιδρύνεσθαὶ τε καὶ ἀλλοιοῦσθαι ἐν μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν καθάπερ λέγει »ἐγείρεται ἐν δόξῃ«), ἑδραιωθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐλπίδι, φησὶν ἡ ἁγία γραφή »ἄφρων, σὺ ὃ σπείρεις οὐ ζωογονεῖται, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ· καὶ οὐκ αὐτὸ τὸ γενησόμενον σῶμα σπείρεις, ἀλλʼ εἰ τύχοι κόκκον σίτου ἤ τινος τῶν ἄλλων σπερμάτων καὶ ό θεὸς δίδωσιν αὐτῷ σῶμα ὡς ἠθέλησε«., τοῦτο εἰς δόξαν τῶν ἐγειρομένων ἐν φαιδρότητι εἶπεν·
epeidē de dei kai peri hagiōn, tōn hagiōn, hōs mellousi phaidrynesthai te kai alloiousthai en meta tēn anastasin kathaper legei »egeiretai en doxę̄«), hedraiōthēnai hēmas en tę̄ elpidi, phēsin hē hagia graphē »aphrōn, sy ho speireis ou zōogoneitai, ean mē apothanę̄; kai ouk auto to genēsomenon sōma speireis, allʼ ei tychoi kokkon sitou ē tinos tōn allōn spermatōn kai o theos didōsin autǭ sōma hōs ēthelēse«., touto eis doxan tōn egeiromenōn en phaidrotēti eipen;
And since we must also be established in the hope concerning the saints, how they will be made radiant and changed after the resurrection (as it says, “it is raised in glory”), the holy Scripture says, “Fool, what you sow is not made alive unless it dies; and you do not sow the body that is to be, but perhaps a grain of wheat or of some other seed, and God gives it a body as he wished”; this he said of the glory of those raised in radiance.
90.3Holl GCS 25:111
ἳνα δὲ δείξῃ αὐτὸν τὸν κόκκον προσλαμβάνοντα τὴν δόξαν, διʼ ἑαυτοῦ εἶπεν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὸ καὶ »ἐν Παύλῳ λαλήσας« περὶ άναστάσεως· »ἐὰν μὴ πεσὼν ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ«, φησί, μόνος μένει·
hina de deixę̄ auton ton kokkon proslambanonta tēn doxan, diʼ heautou eipen en tǭ euangeliǭ o kai »en Paulǭ lalēsas« peri anastaseōs; »ean mē pesōn ho kokkos tou sitou eis tēn gēn apothanę̄«, phēsi, monos menei;
And to show that the grain itself takes on the glory, he who also “spoke in Paul” about the resurrection said through himself in the Gospel: “Unless the grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies,” he says, “it remains alone;
90.4Holl GCS 25:111
ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολλοὺς κόκκους φέρει«. ἄρα γοῦν ὸ ἀπόστολος κόκκον ἔφησε καὶ ό σωτὴρ τὸν αὐτὸν κόκκον τοῦ σώματος δί ἑαυτοῦ ἀπέδειξε. τί οὐν ἐροῦμεν; οὐκ αὐτὸ τὸ σπαρὲν ἴδιον αὐτοῦ σῶμα τουτέστιν ὸ κόκκος ἀνέστη; ἢ ἓτερον ήν τὸ ἐξ αὐτοῦ μετὰ τὴν τριήμερον ἀναστὰν ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου;
ean de apothanę̄, pollous kokkous pherei«. ara goun o apostolos kokkon ephēse kai o sōtēr ton auton kokkon tou sōmatos di heautou apedeixe. ti oun eroumen? ouk auto to sparen idion autou sōma toutestin o kokkos anestē? ē heteron ēn to ex autou meta tēn triēmeron anastan ek tou mnēmeiou?
but if it dies, it bears many grains.” So the apostle spoke of a grain and the Savior showed the same grain of the body through himself. What then shall we say? Did not his own sown body itself, that is, the grain, rise? Or was what rose from the tomb after the three days something else from it?
90.5Holl GCS 25:111
ὡς οἱ ἄγγελοι λέγουσιν· »άνέστη, οὐκ ἔστιν ὼδε« καὶ ὣς φησι τῇ Μαρίᾳ »μή μου ἅπτου· ἃπτου· γὰρ ἀναβέβηκα πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου« καὶ ὡς δείκνυσι τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν τῷ Θωμᾷ λέγων »μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος ἀλλὰ πιστός«.
hōs hoi angeloi legousin; »anestē, ouk estin ōde« kai hōs phēsi tę̄ Marią »mē mou haptou; haptou; gar anabebēka pros ton patera mou« kai hōs deiknysi tas cheiras kai tēn pleuran tǭ Thōmą legōn »mē ginou apistos alla pistos«.
As the angels say, “He is risen, he is not here”; and as he says to Mary, “Do not touch me; for I have not yet ascended to my Father”; and as he shows his hands and side to Thomas, saying, “Do not be unbelieving but believing.”
90.6Holl GCS 25:111–112
ἀπίστων γάρ ἐστι τὸ εἰπεῖν ὅλως οὐκ άνέστη, ἢ] καὶ κακοπίστων ἐστὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν, οὐκ αὐτὸ τὸ ὃν καὶ κοιμηθὲν ἀνέστη, πιστῶν δέ ἐστι τὸ εἰπεῖν ὃτι αὐτὸ τὸ σῶμα ἀνέστη καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σώματος οὗ ἤγειρε τὸ ἡμῶν εἰς ἐλπίδα άληθείας κατέστη.
apistōn gar esti to eipein holōs ouk anestē, ē] kai kakopistōn esti to eipein, ouk auto to hon kai koimēthen anestē, pistōn de esti to eipein hoti auto to sōma anestē kai apo tou autou sōmatos hou ēgeire to hēmōn eis elpida alētheias katestē.
For it belongs to unbelievers to say he did not rise at all, and to misbelievers to say that what existed and fell asleep did not itself rise; but to believers to say that the body itself rose, and from the same body which he raised ours has been set in the hope of truth.
Chapter 91
91.1Holl GCS 25:112
91. Εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ τοὺς τύπους εἴασε τῶν ἥλων, μὴ ἀπαλείψας αύτοὺς Με τὸν τύπον τῆς λόγχης, καίτοι γε εἰσελθὼν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων. τὸ γὰρ σαρκικὸν αὐτοῦ πνευματικὸν ἀνέστη, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἄλλο παρὰ τὸ ὄν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ τὸ ὄν, εἰς θεότητα συνενωθέν, εἰς λεπτότητα πνεύματος κοσμηθέν.
91. Eis touto gar kai tous typous eiase tōn hēlōn, mē apaleipsas autous Me ton typon tēs lonchēs, kaitoi ge eiselthōn thyrōn kekleismenōn. to gar sarkikon autou pneumatikon anestē, allʼ ouk allo para to on, allʼ auto to on, eis theotēta synenōthen, eis leptotēta pneumatos kosmēthen.
For this reason he left the marks of the nails, not wiping them away, ⟨nor⟩ the mark of the spear, although he entered when the doors were shut. For his fleshly part rose spiritual, but not something other than what was, but the very thing that was, united with the Godhead, adorned with the fineness of spirit.
91.2Holl GCS 25:112
εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἠν λεπτότης πνεύματος, ποία τις ὀπὴ ἐδέχετο σῶμα ὀγκηρόν; ἀλλʼ ἳνα δείξῃ αὐτὸ τὸ φθαρτὸν ἡμῶν ἐνδύεται ἀφθαρσίαν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ εἰ καὶ θνητόν ἐστιν, ἀθανασίαν ἐνδύεται), εἰσῆλθε μὲν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων, ἳνα δείξῃ τὸ παχυμερὲς λεπτομερὲς καὶ τὸ θνητὸν ἀθάνατον καὶ τὸ φθαρτὸν ἄφθαρτον·
ei mē gar ēn leptotēs pneumatos, poia tis opē edecheto sōma onkēron? allʼ hina deixę̄ auto to phtharton hēmōn endyetai aphtharsian en alētheią ei kai thnēton estin, athanasian endyetai), eisēlthe men thyrōn kekleismenōn, hina deixę̄ to pachymeres leptomeres kai to thnēton athanaton kai to phtharton aphtharton;
For if it were not the fineness of spirit, what opening would admit a bulky body? But to show that this very corruptible of ours puts on incorruption in truth (and, though it is mortal, puts on immortality), he entered when the doors were shut, to show the coarse made fine, the mortal immortal, and the corruptible incorruptible;
91.3Holl GCS 25:112
ἳνα δὲ πάντας ἐλέγξῃ τοὺς ἀπιστοῦντας εἰς τὴν ἡμῶν φημὶ δὲ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, ὁ εἰς λεπτότητα μεταβάλλων τὸ σῶμα καὶ εἰς πνεῦμα συγκεράσας τὴν ⟨σάρκα μετὰ ἀνάστασιν οὐκ ἀπήλειψε τὰς οὐλὰς τῶν ἣλων οὐδὲ τὸν τύπον τῆς λόγχης,
hina de pantas elenxę̄ tous apistountas eis tēn hēmōn phēmi de tēn anastasin, ho eis leptotēta metaballōn to sōma kai eis pneuma synkerasas tēn ⟨sarka meta anastasin ouk apēleipse tas oulas tōn hēlōn oude ton typon tēs lonchēs,
and to refute all who disbelieve in our resurrection, he who changed the body to fineness and blended the ⟨flesh⟩ into spirit after the resurrection did not wipe away the scars of the nails nor the mark of the spear,
91.4Holl GCS 25:112
ἀλλʼ ἔδειξεν αὐτὸ τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ πεπονθὸς ὃτι οὐκ ἄλλο ἦν τὸ ἀναστὰν οὐδὲ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἓτερον φυέν, αὐτὸ τὸ πεπονθὸς ἀπαθὲς καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ πεσὼν κόκκος ἀναστάς, ἀναστὰς δὲ ἄφθαρτος.
allʼ edeixen auto to epi tou staurou peponthos hoti ouk allo ēn to anastan oude apʼ autou heteron phyen, auto to peponthos apathes kai autos ho pesōn kokkos anastas, anastas de aphthartos.
but showed that the very thing that suffered on the cross was what rose, not something else, nor something else grown from it: the very thing that suffered, impassible; the very grain that fell, risen, and risen incorruptible.
91.5Holl GCS 25:112
καὶ ἳνα πάλιν μὴ νομίσωμεν μέρος τι ἐγηγέρθαι ἐξ αὐτοῦ, * αὐτὸ μὲν ὃλον οὐκ εἶδε διαφθοράν, λέγει γάρ οὐ δώσεις τὸν ὃσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν‘), αὐτὸ δὲ ὃλον ἀνέστη, λέγει γάρ] ἀνέστη, οὐχ ἔστιν ὡδε«.
kai hina palin mē nomisōmen meros ti egēgerthai ex autou, * auto men holon ouk eide diaphthoran, legei gar ou dōseis ton hosion sou idein diaphthoran‘), auto de holon anestē, legei gar] anestē, ouch estin hōde«.
And again, so that we may not think some part of it was raised *, the whole of it did not see corruption (for it says, “You will not let your holy one see corruption”), and the whole of it rose (for it says, “He is risen, he is not here”).
91.6Holl GCS 25:112–113
εἰ δὲ ήγέρθη καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὡδε, ἀληθινῶς ἀνέστη· καὶ οὐ σφάλλονται αἱ γραφαί, οὖσαι ἡμετέρα ζωή. καὶ ἴνα μὴ εὓρωσιν οἱ ἠπατημένοι πρόφασιν, όστέα καὶ σάρκα ἔδειξε τῷ Θωμᾷ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν με, ὃτι ἐγώ εἰμι. πνεῦμα γὰρ ὀστέα καὶ σάρκα οὐχ καθῶς καθὼς ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα«.
ei de ēgerthē kai ouk estin hōde, alēthinōs anestē; kai ou sphallontai hai graphai, ousai hēmetera zōē. kai ina mē heurōsin hoi ēpatēmenoi prophasin, ostea kai sarka edeixe tǭ Thōmą kai tois mathētais autou autou elegen me, hoti egō eimi. pneuma gar ostea kai sarka ouch kathōs kathōs eme theōreite echonta«.
And if he was raised and is not here, he truly rose; and the Scriptures, which are our life, do not err. And so that the deceived may find no pretext, he showed bones and flesh to Thomas, and said to his disciples, “⟨See⟩ me, that it is I. For a spirit does not have bones and flesh as you see that I have.”
Chapter 92
92.1Holl GCS 25:113
92. ’Εὰν δέ τις σοφιζόμενος εἴπῃ· ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν σῶμα ἐξαίρετον ἠν διὰ τὸ μόνον συνειλῆφθαι ἀπὸ Μαρίας καὶ χωρὶς σπέρματος άνδρός, ἀρα γοῦν καὶ τὸ τοῦ Αδὰμ ἄλλο ήν παρὰ τὸ ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἀπὸ γῆς μόνον ἐλήφθη χωρὶς. σπέρματος ἀνδρός; ἀλλ οὐδεὶς ἔχει τοῦτο εἰπεῖν οὐδὲ ἀποδεῖξαι.
92. ’Ean de tis sophizomenos eipę̄; alla to tou sōtēros hēmōn sōma exaireton ēn dia to monon syneilēphthai apo Marias kai chōris spermatos andros, ara goun kai to tou Adam allo ēn para to hēmōn, hoti apo gēs monon elēphthē chōris. spermatos andros? all oudeis echei touto eipein oude apodeixai.
And if someone, arguing cleverly, says, “But our Savior's body was exceptional because it alone was conceived from Mary and without the seed of a man,” was then Adam's too other than ours, because it was taken only from earth without the seed of a man? But no one can say or prove this.
92.2Holl GCS 25:113
ἐὰν δέ τις παλιν σοφιζόμενος εἴπῃ· τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ μόνον ὃλον ἀνέστη, τὸ δὲ ἡμῶν οὐκ αὐτ. ὸ ἐγείρεται, άλλ΄ άντ΄ αὐτοῦ ἕτερον, πῶς ούν λέγει ἀνέστη Χριστὸς ἀπαρχὴ τῶν κεκοιμημένων;« ἕν ἐστι καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ σῶμα * ἀπαρχὴ τῶν ἐγειρομένων. πῶς δὲ ἀπαρχὴ γέγονε Χριστὸς τῶν κεκοιμημένων, μαθέτωσαν καὶ μὴ πάλιν εἰς ἄλλην πλάνην τραπῶσι καὶ νομίσωσι τὰς ἄλλας γραφὰς ψεύδεσθαι.
ean de tis palin sophizomenos eipę̄; to tou Christou monon holon anestē, to de hēmōn ouk aut. o egeiretai, all΄ ant΄ autou heteron, pōs oun legei anestē Christos aparchē tōn kekoimēmenōn?« hen esti kai auto to sōma * aparchē tōn egeiromenōn. pōs de aparchē gegone Christos tōn kekoimēmenōn, mathetōsan kai mē palin eis allēn planēn trapōsi kai nomisōsi tas allas graphas pseudesthai.
And if someone again, arguing cleverly, says, “Only Christ's body rose whole, but ours is not itself raised, but another instead of it,” how then does it say, “Christ is risen, the firstfruits of those who have fallen asleep”? The same body is one * the firstfruits of those who are raised. And how Christ became the firstfruits of those who have fallen asleep, let them learn, and not turn again to another error and think the other Scriptures lie.
92.4Holl GCS 25:113
πρὸ αὐτοῦ γὰρ ἤγειρε τὸν Λάζαρον καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τῆς χήρας τῆς ἐν τῇ Ναῒν καὶ Ηλίας ἤγειρε νεκρόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ελισσαῖος δύο ἤγειρε νεκρούς, ἔτι μὲν ἔτι περιόντα ἓνα δὲ ταφέντα.
pro autou gar ēgeire ton Lazaron kai ton huion tēs chēras tēs en tę̄ Naïn kai Ēlias ēgeire nekron, alla kai Elissaios dyo ēgeire nekrous, eti men eti perionta hena de taphenta.
For before him he raised Lazarus and the son of the widow in Nain; and Elijah raised a dead man, and Elisha raised two dead, one while he was still living, and one after he was buried.
92.5Holl GCS 25:113
ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἀναστάντες πάλιν τεθνήκασι, προσδοκῶσι δὲ τὴν μίαν καὶ καθολικὴν ἀνάστασιν· ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς »ἀπαρχὴ τῶν κεκοιμημένων‘, ὃτι ἀναστὰς »οὐκέτι ἀποθνᾐσκει, θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει« κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον.
allʼ ekeinoi men anastantes palin tethnēkasi, prosdokōsi de tēn mian kai katholikēn anastasin; ho de Christos »aparchē tōn kekoimēmenōn‘, hoti anastas »ouketi apothnę̄skei, thanatos autou ouketi kyrieuei« kata to gegrammenon.
But those, having risen, died again, and await the one universal resurrection; but Christ is “the firstfruits of those who have fallen asleep,” because having risen “he dies no more; death no longer has dominion over him,” as it is written.
92.6Holl GCS 25:113
ἅπαξ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὑπομείνας τὸ πάθος διὰ τὰ ἡμέτερα πάθη· ἃπαξ ἐγεύσατο θανάτου, »θανάτου δὲ σταυρικοῦ‘, ἑκὼν διʼ ἡμᾶς ὁ Λόγος ἐλθὼν εἰς θάνατον, ἳνα θανάτῳ θάνατον θανατώσῃ·
hapax gar apethanen, hyper hēmōn hypomeinas to pathos dia ta hēmetera pathē; hapax egeusato thanatou, »thanatou de staurikou‘, hekōn diʼ hēmas ho Logos elthōn eis thanaton, hina thanatǭ thanaton thanatōsę̄;
For once he died, enduring suffering for us because of our sufferings; once he tasted death, “even death on a cross,” the Word coming willingly into death for us, so as to put death to death by death;
92.7Holl GCS 25:113
ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ γενόμενος, οὐ πασχων ἐν τῇ θεότητι, συμπάσχων δὲ μετὰ τῆς ἀνθρω- πότητος ἐν ⟩ πάθος αὐτῷ λογιζόμενον αὐτοῦ δὲ] μένοντος ⟨ἐν ἀπαθίᾳ· θάνατος αὐτῷ λογιζόμενος αὐτοῦ μένοντος⟩
ho Logos sarx genomenos, ou paschōn en tę̄ theotēti, sympaschōn de meta tēs anthrō- potētos en ⟩ pathos autǭ logizomenon autou de] menontos ⟨en apathią; thanatos autǭ logizomenos autou menontos⟩
the Word made flesh, not suffering in the Godhead, but suffering together with the humanity, ⟨the⟩ suffering being reckoned to him while he remained ⟨in impassibility; death being reckoned to him while he remained⟩
92.8Holl GCS 25:113–114
ἀθανασίᾳ, μᾶλλον δὲ ὅλος ὢν ἀθανασία. αὐτὸς γὰρ εἶπεν »ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή‘. * οὔτε διὰ σαρκὸς ἡμῖν ή ἐλπίς. »ἐπικατάρατος, γάρ φησιν, ὁ ἐλπίζων ἐπʼ ἄνθρωπον. καὶ ἔσται ὡς ἡ ἀγριομυρίκη.«
athanasią, mallon de holos ōn athanasia. autos gar eipen »egō eimi hē zōē‘. * oute dia sarkos hēmin ē elpis. »epikataratos, gar phēsin, ho elpizōn epʼ anthrōpon. kai estai hōs hē agriomyrikē.«
in immortality, or rather being wholly immortality. For he himself said, “I am the life.” * Nor is our hope through flesh. “For cursed,” it says, “is the one who hopes in man, and he will be like the tamarisk.”
Chapter 93
93.1Holl GCS 25:114
93. Τί ἐροῦμεν; οὐκ ἄνθρωπος ὁ Χριστός; ἐκ τῶν προλελεγμένων παντί τῳ δῆλόν ἐστιν ὃτι ἀναμφιβόλως ὁμολογοῦμεν τὸν κύριον θεὸν Λόγον ἄνθρωπον γεγόνοτα οὐ δοκήσει, ἀλλʼ ἀληθείᾳ.
93. Ti eroumen? ouk anthrōpos ho Christos? ek tōn prolelegmenōn panti tǭ dēlon estin hoti anamphibolōs homologoumen ton kyrion theon Logon anthrōpon gegonota ou dokēsei, allʼ alētheią.
What shall we say? Is Christ not a man? From what has been said it is clear to everyone that we confess without doubt that the Lord, God the Word, became man, not in appearance but in truth.
93.2Holl GCS 25:114
ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἄνθρωπος ἐλθὼν ἐν προκοπῇ θεότητος. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπῳ ἡμῖν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς σωτηρίας· οὐδεὶς γὰρ πάντων τῶν ἀπὸ Αδὰμ ἀνθρώπων ἠδυνήθη ἐργάσασθαι τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἀλλὰ θεὸς Λόγος ἄνθρωπος γεγονώς, ἴνα μὴ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν ᾖ ἐπʼ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ θεὸν ζῶντα καὶ ἀληθινόν, γενόμενον ἄνθρωπον.
allʼ ouk anthrōpos elthōn en prokopę̄ theotētos. oude gar epʼ anthrōpǭ hēmin hē elpis tēs sōtērias; oudeis gar pantōn tōn apo Adam anthrōpōn ēdynēthē ergasasthai tēn sōtērian, alla theos Logos anthrōpos gegonōs, ina mē hē elpis hēmōn ę̄ epʼ anthrōpon, allʼ epi theon zōnta kai alēthinon, genomenon anthrōpon.
But not a man who came by an advance into Godhead. For our hope of salvation is not in a man; for no one of all the men from Adam could accomplish salvation, but God the Word became man, so that our hope might not be in a man, but in the living and true God, who became man.
93.3Holl GCS 25:114
»πᾶς ἱερεὺς ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται« κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον. ὃθεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμῶν σαρκὸς ἀνέλαβεν ὁ κύριος ἐλθὼν τὴν σάρκα καὶ ἄνθρωπος γέγονεν ἡμῖν ὃμοιος ὁ θεὸς Λόγος, ἵνα ἐν τῇ θεότητι δᾠη ἡμῖν τὴν σωτηρίαν καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ ἀνθρωπότητι λάθῃ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πάθος διὰ τοῦ πάθους λύσας καὶ θάνατον διὰ θανάτου τοῦ ἰδίου θανατώσας.
»pas hiereus apo anthrōpōn lambanomenos hyper anthrōpōn kathistatai« kata to gegrammenon. hothen apo tēs hēmōn sarkos anelaben ho kyrios elthōn tēn sarka kai anthrōpos gegonen hēmin homoios ho theos Logos, hina en tę̄ theotēti dǭē hēmin tēn sōtērian kai en tę̄ autou anthrōpotēti lathę̄ hyper hēmōn tōn anthrōpōn, pathos dia tou pathous lysas kai thanaton dia thanatou tou idiou thanatōsas.
“Every priest taken from among men is appointed on behalf of men,” as it is written. Hence the Lord, when he came, took flesh from our flesh, and God the Word became a man like us, so that in the Godhead he might give us salvation, and in his humanity he might suffer for us human beings, undoing suffering through suffering and putting death to death by his own death.
93.4Holl GCS 25:114
ἐλογίσθη δὲ τὸ πάθος εἰς τὴν θεότητα, καίτοι γε τῆς θεότητος ἀπαθοῦς ⟨λογιζομένου δὲ τοῦ πάθους τῇ θεότητι⟩, ὃτι οὓτως εὐδόκησεν ἐλθὼν ό αγιος ἀπαθὴς θεὸς Λόγος.
elogisthē de to pathos eis tēn theotēta, kaitoi ge tēs theotētos apathous ⟨logizomenou de tou pathous tę̄ theotēti⟩, hoti houtōs eudokēsen elthōn o agios apathēs theos Logos.
And the suffering was reckoned to the Godhead, though the Godhead was impassible ⟨and the suffering was reckoned to the Godhead⟩, because thus the holy, impassible God the Word was pleased when he came.
93.5Holl GCS 25:114
ἔστι δὲ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα τοιόνδε τι· ὡς ἐάν τις ἱμάτιον ⟨ᾖ⟩ ἐνδεδυμένος, ἐν δὲ τῷ ἱματίῳ αἶμα ῥαντισθὲν τὸ ἱμάτιον, τὸ δὲ * σῶμα οὐκ ἔφθασε τοῦ ἐνδεδυμένου, λογίζεται δὲ ὁ σπῖλος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος τῷ ἐνδεδυμένῳ τὸ ἱμάτιον, οὕτως ἐν τῇ
esti de to hypodeigma toionde ti; hōs ean tis himation ⟨ę̄⟩ endedymenos, en de tǭ himatiǭ aima rhantisthen to himation, to de * sōma ouk ephthase tou endedymenou, logizetai de ho spilos ho ek tou haimatos tǭ endedymenǭ to himation, houtōs en tę̄
And the illustration is something like this: as if someone ⟨were⟩ clothed in a garment, and blood were sprinkled on the garment, but * did not reach the body of the wearer, yet the stain from the blood is reckoned to the one wearing the garment, so in the
93.6Holl GCS 25:114
σαρκὶ πέπονθεν ὁ Χριστός, ἐν αὐτῷ φημι τῷ κυριακῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὃν ⟨εἰς ἑαυτὸν⟩ ἀνεπλάσατο ἐλθὼν ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν αὐτὸς ό ἅγιος Λόγος· ὥς φησιν ὁ ἅγιος Πέτρος »θανατωθεὶς σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι« καὶ πάλιν Χριστοῦ οὖν παθόντος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν σαρκί, καὶ ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε«.
sarki peponthen ho Christos, en autǭ phēmi tǭ kyriakǭ anthrōpǭ, hon ⟨eis heauton⟩ aneplasato elthōn apʼ ouranōn autos o hagios Logos; hōs phēsin ho hagios Petros »thanatōtheis sarki, zōopoiētheis de pneumati« kai palin Christou oun pathontos hyper hēmōn sarki, kai hymeis tēn autēn ennoian hoplisasthe«.
flesh Christ suffered, I mean in the Lord's manhood itself, which the holy Word himself, coming from heaven, formed anew ⟨for himself⟩; as the holy Peter says, “put to death in the flesh, but made alive in the spirit,” and again, “Christ therefore having suffered for us in the flesh, arm yourselves also with the same thought.”
93.7Holl GCS 25:114–115
καθὼς τὸ αἶμα ἐν ἱματίῳ λογίζεται τῷ φοροῦντι, ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ τὸ πάθος τῆς σαρκὸς εἰς θεότητα, μηδὲν αὐτῆς παθούσης, ἵνα μὴ εἰς ἄνθρωπον ἔχῃ ὁ κόσμος τὴν ἐλπίδα, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ κυριακῷ ἀνθρώπῳ,
kathōs to aima en himatiǭ logizetai tǭ phorounti, elogisthē autǭ to pathos tēs sarkos eis theotēta, mēden autēs pathousēs, hina mē eis anthrōpon echę̄ ho kosmos tēn elpida, allʼ en tǭ kyriakǭ anthrōpǭ,
As the blood on a garment is reckoned to the wearer, the suffering of the flesh was reckoned to him, to the Godhead, while it suffered nothing, so that the world might not have its hope in a man, but in the Lord's manhood,
93.8Holl GCS 25:115
τῆς θεότητος ἀναδεχομένης λογισθῆναι εἰς αὐτὴν τὸ πάθος, ἵνα γένηται ὑπὲρ κόσμου ἡ ἀπὸ θεότητος ἀπαθοῦς σωτηρία, ἵνα τὸ ἐν σαρκὶ γενόμενον πάθος εἰς τὴν θεότητα λογισθῇ, καίτοι γε μηδὲν παθούσης αὐτῆς, ἵνα πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα γραφή »εἰ γὰρ ἔγνωσαν, οὐκ ἂν τὸν κύριον τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
tēs theotētos anadechomenēs logisthēnai eis autēn to pathos, hina genētai hyper kosmou hē apo theotētos apathous sōtēria, hina to en sarki genomenon pathos eis tēn theotēta logisthę̄, kaitoi ge mēden pathousēs autēs, hina plērōthę̄ hē legousa graphē »ei gar egnōsan, ouk an ton kyrion tēs doxēs estaurōsan« kai ta hexēs.
the Godhead accepting that the suffering be reckoned to it, so that salvation for the world might come from the impassible Godhead, so that the suffering that occurred in the flesh might be reckoned to the Godhead, though it suffered nothing, so that the Scripture might be fulfilled which says, “For if they had known, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory,” and so on.
Chapter 94
94.1Holl GCS 25:115
94. Ἐσταυρώθη οὖν, ἐσταυρώθη ὁ κύριος καὶ προσκυνοῦμεν τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, τὸν ταφέντα καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀνελθόντα. »ὦ βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ« κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον·
94. Estaurōthē oun, estaurōthē ho kyrios kai proskynoumen ton estaurōmenon, ton taphenta kai anastanta tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą kai eis ouranous anelthonta. »ō bathos ploutou kai sophias kai gnōseōs theou« kata to gegrammenon;
So he was crucified, the Lord was crucified, and we worship the crucified one, who was buried and rose on the third day and went up into the heavens. “O the depth of the riches and wisdom and knowledge of God,” as it is written;
94.2Holl GCS 25:115
»ἐκ μέρους γὰρ γινώσκομεν καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν«, ὡς ῥανίδα ἀπὸ πελάγους ἀρυόμενοι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ γνώσεως καὶ καταλαμβάνοντες τῆς τοιαύτης οἰκονομίας ὑπόδειγμα, τῆς, ἡμῶν ἐλπίδος τὴν χάριν εὐδοκίᾳ πατρὸς θελήσει υἱοῦ σὺν θελήσει ἁγίου πνεύματος, * τῆς αὐτῆς θεοῦ οἰκονομίας.
»ek merous gar ginōskomen kai ek merous prophēteuomen«, hōs rhanida apo pelagous aryomenoi tēs tou theou gnōseōs kai katalambanontes tēs toiautēs oikonomias hypodeigma, tēs, hēmōn elpidos tēn charin eudokią patros thelēsei huiou syn thelēsei hagiou pneumatos, * tēs autēs theou oikonomias.
“for we know in part and we prophesy in part,” drawing as a drop from the ocean of the knowledge of God and grasping an illustration of such a dispensation, the grace of our hope, by the good pleasure of the Father, the will of the Son, with the will of the Holy Spirit, * of the same dispensation of God.
94.3Holl GCS 25:115
εἶχον δὲ πᾶσαι αἱ γραφαὶ σποράδην τὸ κήρυγμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως, ἐτηρεῖτο δὲ τὸ τέλειον τῇ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐνυποστάτου Λόγου παρουσίᾳ.
eichon de pasai hai graphai sporadēn to kērygma tēs anastaseōs, etēreito de to teleion tę̄ autou tou enypostatou Logou parousią.
All the Scriptures held the proclamation of the resurrection scattered here and there, but the perfect form was kept for the coming of the subsistent Word himself.
94.4Holl GCS 25:115
»πλήρωμα γὰρ νόμου Χριστός« κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον. ποῦ γὰρ οὐκ ἔλεγε τὸ θεῖον γράμμα περὶ ἀναστάσεως; πρῶτον τὸ τοῦ Ἄβελ αἷμα κηρύττει· μετὰ γὰρ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν »ἔτι λαλεῖ«, ⟨ὥς⟩ φησιν ἡ γραφή. »Ἐνὼχ μετετέθη καὶ οὐχ ηὑρίσκετο καὶ οὐκ εἶδε θάνατον· εὐηρέστησε γὰρ τῷ θεῷ«. Νῶε κιβωτὸν κατεσκεύασεν ἐκ θεοῦ προστάγματος, ἑαυτῷ παλιγγενεσίαν τῷ οἰκείῳ ἐργαζόμενος οἴκῳ.
»plērōma gar nomou Christos« kata to gegrammenon. pou gar ouk elege to theion gramma peri anastaseōs? prōton to tou Abel haima kēryttei; meta gar to apothanein »eti lalei«, ⟨hōs⟩ phēsin hē graphē. »Enōch metetethē kai ouch hēurisketo kai ouk eide thanaton; euērestēse gar tǭ theǭ«. Nōe kibōton kateskeuasen ek theou prostagmatos, heautǭ palingenesian tǭ oikeiǭ ergazomenos oikǭ.
“For Christ is the fulfillment of the law,” as it is written. For where did the divine letter not speak of resurrection? First the blood of Abel proclaims it; for after dying “he still speaks,” ⟨as⟩ the Scripture says. “Enoch was translated and was not found and did not see death; for he pleased God.” Noah built an ark by God's command, working regeneration for himself and his own household.
94.5Holl GCS 25:115
Ἀβραὰμ γηραλέος λαμβάνει παῖδα »νενεκρωμένου ἤδη τοῦ σώματος« καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἐλπίδα κεχάρισται, νεκρωθείσης μάλιστα »τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας·« καὶ τὸ »πεπαλαιωμένον καὶ ἐγγὺς ἀφανισμοῦ γεγονός«, τῆς κατʼ ἐθισμὸν γυναικὸς ἀκολουθίας ἡ ξηρανθεῖσα πηγή, αὖθις δύναμιν λαμβάνει εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος καὶ ἡ γηραλέα ⟨ὡς⟩ νεωτέρα κυΐσκει.
Abraam gēraleos lambanei paida »nenekrōmenou ēdē tou sōmatos« kai ek nekrōn ho theos tēn elpida kecharistai, nekrōtheisēs malista »tēs mētras Sarras;« kai to »pepalaiōmenon kai engys aphanismou gegonos«, tēs katʼ ethismon gynaikos akolouthias hē xērantheisa pēgē, authis dynamin lambanei eis katabolēn spermatos kai hē gēralea ⟨hōs⟩ neōtera kyïskei.
Abraham in old age receives a son, “his body being already as good as dead,” and God granted the hope from the dead, especially since “the womb of Sarah” was dead; and what was “growing old and near to vanishing,” the dried-up spring of the ordinary course of a woman, again receives power to conceive seed, and the old woman conceives ⟨as⟩ a younger one.
94.6Holl GCS 25:115–116
καὶ Ἰσαὰκ ἀπὸ θανάτου ζῶν τῷ πατρὶ παρεδόθη· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν τῷ πατρὶ τὸν παῖδα παραδιδοὺς ζῶντα ἀναστάσεως ἐλπίδα ἐκήρυττεν.
kai Isaak apo thanatou zōn tǭ patri paredothē; ho gar theos ek nekrōn tǭ patri ton paida paradidous zōnta anastaseōs elpida ekērytten.
And Isaac was given back alive to his father from death; for God, handing the child back alive to his father from the dead, proclaimed the hope of resurrection.
94.7Holl GCS 25:116
Ἰακὼβ δείκνυσι τὴν πραγματείαν, μὴ ἐν δευτέρῳ τιθέμενος τὴν τῶν όστέων ἑλπίδα· ἐπεμελεῖτο γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων οὐχ ὡς άπολλυμένων, άλλ΄ ὡς μελλόντων αύθις ἀναβιοῦν καὶ ἐνετέλλετο άνακομισθῆναι ἐκ τῆς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων χώρας οὐ παρέργως.
Iakōb deiknysi tēn pragmateian, mē en deuterǭ tithemenos tēn tōn osteōn helpida; epemeleito gar tōn toioutōn ouch hōs apollymenōn, all΄ hōs mellontōn authis anabioun kai enetelleto anakomisthēnai ek tēs tōn Aigyptiōn chōras ou parergōs.
Jacob shows the matter, not putting in second place the hope for his bones; for he cared for such things, not as things perishing but as things that would come back to life, and commanded, not incidentally, that they be carried back from the land of the Egyptians.
94.8Holl GCS 25:116
καὶ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ τοῦτο ἐσήμανε »συνανοίσετέ μου τὰ ὀστᾶ« φάσκων· ἐπισκοπῇ γὰρ ἐπισκέψεται ὑμᾶς ὁ κύριος.. εἰ μὴ ἐλπὶς ἦν ἀναστάσεως, τίς ὀστέων ἡ ἐπιμέλεια ⟨ἐν τῷ⟩ περὶ τῶν φθειρομένων ὀστέων ἐντέλλεσθαι τοὺς δικαίους;
kai ho Iōsēph touto esēmane »synanoisete mou ta osta« phaskōn; episkopę̄ gar episkepsetai hymas ho kyrios.. ei mē elpis ēn anastaseōs, tis osteōn hē epimeleia ⟨en tǭ⟩ peri tōn phtheiromenōn osteōn entellesthai tous dikaious?
And Joseph signified this, saying, “Carry up my bones with you; for the Lord will surely visit you.” If there were no hope of resurrection, what care would there be for bones, ⟨in⟩ the righteous giving commands about decaying bones?
94.9Holl GCS 25:116
πρώτη φωνὴ τῷ Μωυσῇ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μαρτυρία· »ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς Αβραὰμ καὶ ό θεὸς Ισαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ιακώβ«, τῶν ἐν κόσμῳ μὲν κοιμωμένων παρ΄ ἐμοὶ δὲ ζώντων. ἕν πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τὸ λαλῆσαν ἐν νόμῳ καὶ ἐν εύαγγελίῳ διδάσκον. τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ Σαδδουκαίοις ὁ σωτὴρ ἐσήμαινεν ὁ λαλῶν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις ⟨ἰδοὺ⟩
prōtē phōnē tǭ Mōysę̄ hē tou theou martyria; »egō ho theos Abraam kai o theos Isaak kai ho theos Iakōb«, tōn en kosmǭ men koimōmenōn par΄ emoi de zōntōn. hen pneuma kai to auto to lalēsan en nomǭ kai en euangeliǭ didaskon. touto gar kai Saddoukaiois ho sōtēr esēmainen ho lalōn en tois prophētais ⟨idou⟩
The first voice to Moses is God's testimony: “I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob,” of those who sleep in the world but live with me. One and the same Spirit spoke in the law and teaches in the Gospel. For this the Savior also signified to the Sadducees, he who speaks in the prophets, ⟨behold, I am here⟩.
Chapter 95
95.1Holl GCS 25:116
95. ὑποδείξῃ ⟨καὶ⟩ ή ῥάβδος τοῦ Ααρὼν ξηρὰ οὐσα ⟨διὰ⟩ πολλῶν τάχα ἐτῶν καὶ ἐν σκηνῇ ἀφʼ ἑσπέρας καὶ ἄχρι τῆς ἕω καταλειφθεῖσα. αύτοῖς γὰρ μετὰ καμάτων τὰ ζῶντα δένδρα διὰ δεκαδύο μηνῶν κατὰ περίοδον ἐνιαυτοῦ πληρουμένου καρποὺς γεννᾷ, ἡλίου τε θάλποντος ὺετῶν άρδευόντων δρόσων πεταννυουσῶν νυκτός τε καὶ ήμέρας τρεφουσῶν,
95. hypodeixę̄ ⟨kai⟩ ē rhabdos tou Aarōn xēra ousa ⟨dia⟩ pollōn tacha etōn kai en skēnę̄ aphʼ hesperas kai achri tēs heō kataleiphtheisa. autois gar meta kamatōn ta zōnta dendra dia dekadyo mēnōn kata periodon eniautou plēroumenou karpous genną, hēliou te thalpontos yetōn ardeuontōn drosōn petannyousōn nyktos te kai ēmeras trephousōn,
⟨And⟩ the rod of Aaron shows it, being dry ⟨for⟩ perhaps many years and left in the tabernacle from evening until morning. For living trees, with labor, produce fruit over twelve months as the cycle of the year is completed, with the sun warming, rains watering, dews spreading, and night and day nourishing,
95.2Holl GCS 25:116
ὑπὸ μίαν ⟨δὲ⟩ νύκτα τὸ δυσχερὲς εὐχερὲς ὁ θεὸς εἰργάσατο. ἐβλάστησε γὰρ ἡ ξηρὰ ῥάβδος καὶ φύλλα ἐκβάλλει καὶ καρποὺς πεπείρους. τὰ ὅμοια γὰρ ὑπέδειξεν ό θεὸς τῆς μελλούσης ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἔσεσθαι ἀναστάσεως.
hypo mian ⟨de⟩ nykta to dyscheres eucheres ho theos eirgasato. eblastēse gar hē xēra rhabdos kai phylla ekballei kai karpous pepeirous. ta homoia gar hypedeixen o theos tēs mellousēs hypʼ autou esesthai anastaseōs.
⟨but⟩ in one night God made the difficult easy. For the dry rod sprouted and put out leaves and ripe fruit. For God showed the likeness of the resurrection that would come to be by him.
95.3Holl GCS 25:116
συλλαμβανομένων δὲ τῶν παίδων κατὰ τὸν σεμνὸν γάμον, ον ό κύριος ύπέδειξε, πρῶτον καταβάλλεται σπέρμα τῆς ἀκολουθίας, ὡς κατέδειξεν ὁ κύριος, κατὰ τὰς γεννητικὰς μήτρας· χρόνων δὲ ἀνακυλιομένων τὸ καταβληθὲν ἐν τῇ γαστρὶ τελεσ- φορεῖται διὰ χρόνου ἐνναμηνιαίου· φημὶ δὲ ὑπὸ ἐννέα μηνῶν τὸν άριθμὸν τελεσιουργεῖται τὸ κυϊσκόμενον καὶ γεννᾶται.
syllambanomenōn de tōn paidōn kata ton semnon gamon, on o kyrios ypedeixe, prōton kataballetai sperma tēs akolouthias, hōs katedeixen ho kyrios, kata tas gennētikas mētras; chronōn de anakyliomenōn to katablēthen en tę̄ gastri teles- phoreitai dia chronou ennamēniaiou; phēmi de hypo ennea mēnōn ton arithmon telesiourgeitai to kyïskomenon kai gennatai.
When children are conceived in honorable marriage, which the Lord showed, seed is first cast into the wombs of generation according to the sequence, as the Lord showed; and as time rolls on, what was cast into the womb is brought to completion over nine months; I mean, in the number of nine months what is conceived is perfected and born.
95.4Holl GCS 25:116–117
ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀναστάσει οὐχ οὕτως· ὑπὸ θῆξιν γὰρ τὸ ἔργον. σαλπίσει γάρ, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐγερθήσονται ἄφθαρτοι«. ὡς ἔδειξεν ὸ κύριος ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ὅτι τὰ κάρυα τὰ ἐν τοῖς ζῶσι δένδροις διὰ δεκαδύο μηνῶν ἐγκυμονούμενα έν τῷ ξηρῷ ξύλῳ πυκάζονται καὶ βλαστοὶ γίνονται καὶ ὑΠὸ μίαν νύκτα, οὐ.
en de tę̄ anastasei ouch houtōs; hypo thēxin gar to ergon. salpisei gar, kai hoi nekroi egerthēsontai aphthartoi«. hōs edeixen o kyrios en tę̄ skēnę̄ tou martyriou hoti ta karya ta en tois zōsi dendrois dia dekadyo mēnōn enkymonoumena en tǭ xērǭ xylǭ pykazontai kai blastoi ginontai kai hyPo mian nykta, ou.
But in the resurrection it is not so; for the work is in a moment. “For the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised incorruptible.” As the Lord showed in the tent of witness that the nuts which in living trees are carried twelve months thickened on the dry wood and became shoots in one night; not
95.5Holl GCS 25:117
μόνον δὲ ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ θῆξιν μιᾶς ὥρας ἐτελεσιούργησε τὸ διὰ δεκαδύο μηνῶν ὡς εἴρηται γινόμενον· καὶ ὼσαύτως τὸ διʼ ἐννέα μηνῶν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ γενόμενον βρέφος, ὃ διᾲ πολλοῦ τοῦ χρόνου συναχθὲν τελειοῦται, ἐν δὲ] δὲ] ἀναστάσει ὑπὸ θῆξιν πληρωθὲν ἀνίσταται.
monon de allʼ hypo thēxin mias hōras etelesiourgēse to dia dekadyo mēnōn hōs eirētai ginomenon; kai ōsautōs to diʼ ennea mēnōn en tę̄ koilią genomenon brephos, ho dią pollou tou chronou synachthen teleioutai, en de] de] anastasei hypo thēxin plērōthen anistatai.
only so, but in the space of a single hour he completed what takes twelve months to happen, as has been said; and likewise the infant that takes nine months in the womb, which is completed by being gathered over a long time, in the resurrection is completed in a moment and rises.
Chapter 96
96.1Holl GCS 25:117
96. Πεισάτω τοὺς ἀπίστους ἡ δύναμις τοῦ κυρίου, ⟨οὗ⟩ οὐδεὶς »ἀνθίσταται τῷ βουλήματι( ἀκουσατω Μωυσῆς καὶ ἐπιδεικνύτω. »τί ἐν τῇ χειρί σου;« φησὶν ό κύριος· ό δὲ εἶπε »ῥάβδος« ἡ δὲ ῥάβδος ξυλίνη ἡν αὕτη, ξηρὰ δὲ πάντως. καί φησι »ῥῖψον αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. καὶ ἔρριψε« τὴν ξηρὰν ῥάβδον.
96. Peisatō tous apistous hē dynamis tou kyriou, ⟨hou⟩ oudeis »anthistatai tǭ boulēmati( akousatō Mōysēs kai epideiknytō. »ti en tę̄ cheiri sou?« phēsin o kyrios; o de eipe »rhabdos« hē de rhabdos xylinē hēn hautē, xēra de pantōs. kai phēsi »rhipson autēn epi tēs gēs. kai erripse« tēn xēran rhabdon.
Let the power of the Lord persuade the unbelievers, whose “will” no one “resists.” Let Moses hear and show it. “What is in your hand?” says the Lord; and he said, “A rod.” And this rod was wooden and certainly dry. And he says, “Throw it on the ground. And he threw” the dry rod.
96.2Holl GCS 25:117
καὶ τὸ ξηρὸν ὁ θεὸς ὑγρὸν ἐπετέλει καὶ οὐ μόνον ὑγρόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμψυχον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ φύσει παρηλλαγμένον καὶ τῇ οὐσίᾳ ἑτέρως ἐσχηματισμένον.
kai to xēron ho theos hygron epetelei kai ou monon hygron, alla kai empsychon, alla kai tę̄ physei parēllagmenon kai tę̄ ousią heterōs eschēmatismenon.
And God made the dry moist, and not only moist but also living, and changed in nature and shaped otherwise in substance.
96.3Holl GCS 25:117
οὐκ ἠν φάντασμα τὸ ἔργον· ἀλήθεια γὰρ θεοῦ προστάγματι ἐργάζεται καὶ οὐ φαντασία. ἐν ἅπασι γὰρ διορθουμένην τὴν ἡμῶν διανοιαν παρέστησε διὰ Μωυσέως ⟨πρὸς⟩ τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
ouk ēn phantasma to ergon; alētheia gar theou prostagmati ergazetai kai ou phantasia. en hapasi gar diorthoumenēn tēn hēmōn dianoian parestēse dia Mōyseōs ⟨pros⟩ tēn alētheian.
The work was not an apparition; for truth works by God's command, not fantasy. For in all things he set our mind straight toward the truth through Moses.
96.4Holl GCS 25:117
ἔγνω γὰρ ό προφήτης ὅτι τὸ γινόμενον οὐκ ἦν δοκήσει, ἀλλʼ ἀληθείᾳ ἐν τῷ ἀποδρᾶσαι· εἰ γὰρ φαντασίαν ᾔδει τὸ γινόμενον, οὐκ ἀπεδίδρασκεν ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ ὄφεως.
egnō gar o prophētēs hoti to ginomenon ouk ēn dokēsei, allʼ alētheią en tǭ apodrasai; ei gar phantasian ę̄dei to ginomenon, ouk apedidrasken apo prosōpou tou opheōs.
For the prophet knew that what happened was not in appearance but in truth, in running away; for if he had known what happened to be fantasy, he would not have fled from the serpent.
96.5Holl GCS 25:117
ἀλλὰ μὴ πάλιν τοῦτο εἰς σκάνδαλον γενήσεται τοῖς φιλονείκοις καὶ εἴπωσιν· ὅτι ἄλλη ἦν ή ῥάβδος, »ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἔδωκεν« αὐτῇ ἀλλοῖον »σῶμα, ὡς ἠθέλησε«. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν οὖν μαθέτωσαν ὅτι οὐκ ἄλλην ἀντὶ ἄλλης ἐψύχωσεν,
alla mē palin touto eis skandalon genēsetai tois philoneikois kai eipōsin; hoti allē ēn ē rhabdos, »ho de theos edōken« autę̄ alloion »sōma, hōs ēthelēse«. kai prōton men oun mathetōsan hoti ouk allēn anti allēs epsychōsen,
But let this not again become a stumbling block to the contentious, and let them not say that the rod was another, and “God gave” it a different “body, as he wished.” And first let them learn that he did not animate one thing in place of another,
96.6Holl GCS 25:117
ἀλλʼ αὐτὴν ἐκείνην τὴν ξηρὰν οὖσαν ἐψύχωσεν· ὅτι τοῦτο τὸ δοθὲν τῇ ῥάβδῳ σῶμα καὶ κινούμενον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γένος ἢ εἶδος εἰς κρίσιν ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐκάλει ἀντὶ τῆς ῥάβδου τὸν δράΚοντα ἠθέλησε δικάζειν,
allʼ autēn ekeinēn tēn xēran ousan epsychōsen; hoti touto to dothen tę̄ rhabdǭ sōma kai kinoumenon hypʼ autou genos ē eidos eis krisin ho theos ouk ekalei anti tēs rhabdou ton draKonta ēthelēse dikazein,
but animated that very rod which was dry; since God did not call this body given to the rod, and the kind or form moved by it, to judgment; he did not wish to judge the serpent instead of the rod;
96.7Holl GCS 25:117
ἀλλὰ πληροφορίαν μὲν διὰ τῆς ῥάβδου ἀναστάσεως εἰργάσατο, τὸ δὲ ἴδιον δυνατὸν ό θεὸς ἀπεδείκνυ, ἵνα μή τις ἀπιστήσῃ τῷ δυνατῷ έν πᾶσι. καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ μετὰ πάσης ἀσφαλείας ἐποιήσατο· οὐ γὰρ μέρος τι τῆς ῥάβδου ἤγειρεν, ἀλλʼ ὅλην τὴν ῥάβδον μετέβαλεν ὡς ἠθέλησε.
alla plērophorian men dia tēs rhabdou anastaseōs eirgasato, to de idion dynaton o theos apedeikny, hina mē tis apistēsę̄ tǭ dynatǭ en pasi. kai auto de meta pasēs asphaleias epoiēsato; ou gar meros ti tēs rhabdou ēgeiren, allʼ holēn tēn rhabdon metebalen hōs ēthelēse.
but through the rod he produced full assurance of the resurrection, and God showed his own power, so that no one might disbelieve his power in all things. And he did this with all security; for he did not raise some part of the rod, but changed the whole rod as he wished.
Chapter 97
97.1Holl GCS 25:117–118
97. Καὶ ὅτι μὲν ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐλπίδα ἔχουσι ζωῆς αἰωνίου καὶ »εἱ ἐν μνήμασιν ἀναστήσονται«, κάλει μοι πάλιν μάρτυρα τὸν ἀξιόπιστον Μωυσέα. πλημμελήσαντος γὰρ τοῦ Ῥουβεὶμ ἐπαρᾶται αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἄγιος Ιακὼβ ὁ πατριάρχης καί | φησι D199 »Ῥουβεὶμ πρωτότοκός μου καὶ ἀρχὴ τέκνων μου, ἐξύβρισας ὡς ὕδωρ· μὴ ἐκζέσῃς. ἀνέβης γὰρ εἰς τὴν κοίτην τοῦ πατρός σου καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας φησίν, ἐν δὲ τῷ Ἑβραϊκῷ ἐλθωθάρ, ὅπερ ἐστὶν 2 ἑρμηνευόμενον μὴ ἀνακάμψῃς ἢ μὴ προστεθείης ἢ πάλιν μὴ περισσεύσῃς, ψιλούμενον δὲ τῇ λέξει μὴ ἐκζέσῃς· οἱ δὲ ἑρμηνευταὶ ἐξέδωκαν οὕτως. καὶ ⟨εἰ⟩ θέλεις μαθεῖν ὅτι ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἕχει καὶ θάνατος ἀπὸ πατρὸς ὡρίζετο τούτῳ ἡμαρτηκότι, Μωυσῆς σοι σαφηνίσει. εὐλογῶν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς ἐπὶ τὸν Ῥουβεὶμ ἐλθῶν 4 καὶ γνοὺς ὅτι ἱερεὺς Λευί ἐν χειρὶ γὰρ τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἐλύετο καὶ ἐδεσμεύετο τὰ ἁμαρτήματα), φησί »ζήτω Ῥουβεὶμ καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ‘. πῶς δὲ ἐδυνατο ζῆν ὁ πρὸ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἕξ ἐτῶν τεθαμμένος; ἀλλʼ 5 6 ἐπεὶ ᾔδει καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν κατὰ πάντα μέλλουσαν ἔσεσθαι, οἶδε δὲ θάνατον δεύτερον τὸν διὰ καταδίκης ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως, βουλόμενος αὐτὸν ἀντὶ τῆς μιᾶς τιμωρίας κουφίσαι ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων φησί »ζήτως« ἐν*τῇ ἀναστάσει, σημαίνων· | ᾔδει ᾔδει γὰρ ὅτι 7 P101 ζλήσονται ἅπαντες) καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ«, τουτέστι μὴ περιβληθῇ θανάτῳ δευτέρῳ τῷ διὰ καταδίκης καὶ βασάνῳ αἰωνίᾳ. εἰ γὰρ περὶ τῆς 8 ζημίας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῷ ἔμελεν, ἤρκει εἰπεῖν μόνον »ζήτω Ῥουβείμ«· ἐπειδὴ δὲ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων σημαίνει, λέγει ζήτω Ῥουβεὶμ καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃι«.
97. Kai hoti men tauta houtōs echei kai hoi nekroi elpida echousi zōēs aiōniou kai »hei en mnēmasin anastēsontai«, kalei moi palin martyra ton axiopiston Mōysea. plēmmelēsantos gar tou Rhoubeim eparatai autǭ ho patēr autou ho agios Iakōb ho patriarchēs kai | phēsi D199 »Rhoubeim prōtotokos mou kai archē teknōn mou, exybrisas hōs hydōr; mē ekzesę̄s. anebēs gar eis tēn koitēn tou patros sou kai apekalypsas phēsin, en de tǭ Hebraïkǭ elthōthar, hoper estin 2 hermēneuomenon mē anakampsę̄s ē mē prostetheiēs ē palin mē perisseusę̄s, psiloumenon de tę̄ lexei mē ekzesę̄s; hoi de hermēneutai exedōkan houtōs. kai ⟨ei⟩ theleis mathein hoti tauthʼ houtōs hechei kai thanatos apo patros hōrizeto toutǭ hēmartēkoti, Mōysēs soi saphēnisei. eulogōn gar kai autos tas dōdeka phylas epi ton Rhoubeim elthōn 4 kai gnous hoti hiereus Leui en cheiri gar tēs hierōsynēs elyeto kai edesmeueto ta hamartēmata), phēsi »zētō Rhoubeim kai mē apothanę̄‘. pōs de edynato zēn ho pro hekaton eikosi hex etōn tethammenos? allʼ 5 6 epei ę̄dei kai tēn anastasin kata panta mellousan esesthai, oide de thanaton deuteron ton dia katadikēs en tę̄ hēmerą tēs kriseōs, boulomenos auton anti tēs mias timōrias kouphisai apo tōn mellontōn phēsi »zētōs« en*tę̄ anastasei, sēmainōn; | ę̄dei ę̄dei gar hoti 7 P101 zlēsontai hapantes) kai mē apothanę̄«, toutesti mē periblēthę̄ thanatǭ deuterǭ tǭ dia katadikēs kai basanǭ aiōnią. ei gar peri tēs 8 zēmias tēs zōēs autǭ emelen, ērkei eipein monon »zētō Rhoubeim«; epeidē de peri tōn mellontōn sēmainei, legei zētō Rhoubeim kai mē apothanę̄i«.
And that these things are so, and the dead have hope of eternal life and “those in the tombs will rise,” call me again as witness the trustworthy Moses. For when Reuben sinned, his father the holy patriarch Jacob cursed him and said, “Reuben, my firstborn and the beginning of my children, you were insolent like water; do not boil over. For you went up to your father's bed and uncovered” it, he says; and in the Hebrew, ʼal-tôtar, which is translated “do not return,” or “may you not be added,” or again “may you not have the preeminence,” but in the bare word “do not boil over”; and the translators rendered it so. And ⟨if⟩ you wish to learn that this is so, and that death was decreed by his father for him who had sinned, Moses will make it clear to you. For he too, blessing the twelve tribes, coming to Reuben and knowing that Levi was priest (for in the hand of the priesthood sins were loosed and bound), says, “Let Reuben live and not die.” But how could he live who had been buried a hundred and twenty-six years before? But since he knew that the resurrection would certainly come, and knew the second death, by condemnation on the day of judgment, wishing to relieve him from the things to come in place of the one punishment, he says “let him live,” meaning in the resurrection (for he knew that all will live), “and not die,” that is, not be surrounded by the second death by condemnation and eternal torment. For if he cared about the loss of his life, it would have sufficed to say only “Let Reuben live”; but since he signifies the things to come, he says, “Let Reuben live and not die.”
Chapter 98
98.1Holl GCS 25:118
98. Καὶ πόθεν ⟨οὐ⟩ δυνήσεται συλλέξαι τὰς τοσαύτας μαρτυρίας περὶ τῆς ἡμῶν ἐλπίδος καὶ προσδοκίας τῆς ἀναστάσεως, τῆς ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ οὐχ ἐν δοκήσει;
98. Kai pothen ⟨ou⟩ dynēsetai syllexai tas tosautas martyrias peri tēs hēmōn elpidos kai prosdokias tēs anastaseōs, tēs en alētheią kai ouch en dokēsei?
And from where will one ⟨not⟩ be able to gather so many testimonies about our hope and expectation of the resurrection, in truth and not in appearance?
98.2Holl GCS 25:118
λεγέτωσαν γὰρ οἱ κενόδοξοι καὶ φιλονεικοῦντες μάτην, πότερόν ποτε μέρος ἀνίσταται τῶν σωμάτων καὶ πάντων ἀνὰ μέρος ἢ πάλιν τινῶν τὸ ὅλον ἐγείρεται καὶ τινῶν ἀνὰ μέρος ἡ ἀνάστασις, τινῶν δὲ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα. τίς ἡ τοιαύτη προσωποληψία; ἆρα »προσωποληψία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ;« μὴ γένοιτο.
legetōsan gar hoi kenodoxoi kai philoneikountes matēn, poteron pote meros anistatai tōn sōmatōn kai pantōn ana meros ē palin tinōn to holon egeiretai kai tinōn ana meros hē anastasis, tinōn de holon to sōma. tis hē toiautē prosōpolēpsia? ara »prosōpolēpsia para tǭ theǭ?« mē genoito.
For let the vainglorious and those who quarrel in vain say whether a part of bodies rises, and of all partially, or again of some the whole is raised and of some the resurrection is partial, while of others the whole body. What favoritism is this? Is there “partiality with God”? God forbid.
98.3Holl GCS 25:118–119
ἐρευνήσωμεν ποῦ ἢ πότε ἤγειραν οἱ ἅγιοι νεκρὸν ἀπὸ μέρους καὶ οὐχὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἐν Σαραφθίᾳ χήρας ὅλος ἀνέστη καὶ οὐ μέρος κατελείφθη, ό υἱὸς τῆς Σουμανίτιδος ὅλος ἀνέστη καὶ οὐδὲν μέλος αὐτοῦ εἴασε μὴ ἀναστάν.
ereunēsōmen pou ē pote ēgeiran hoi hagioi nekron apo merous kai ouchi holon to sōma. ho huios tēs en Saraphthią chēras holos anestē kai ou meros kateleiphthē, o huios tēs Soumanitidos holos anestē kai ouden melos autou eiase mē anastan.
Let us search where or when the saints raised a dead person partially and not the whole body. The son of the widow in Zarephath rose whole and no part was left; the son of the Shunammite woman rose whole and he left no member of him unraised.
98.4Holl GCS 25:119
καὶ ⟨ὁ⟩ κύριος τὸν Λάζαρον ἤγειρε καὶ οὐκ ἐγκατέλιπε λείψανον ἐν τῷ μνήματι, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τῶν κειριῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐνδυμάτων * καὶ οὐχὶ πάντως τῶν ἱματίων χρεία ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως·
kai ⟨ho⟩ kyrios ton Lazaron ēgeire kai ouk enkatelipe leipsanon en tǭ mnēmati, alla meta tōn keiriōn kai tōn allōn endymatōn * kai ouchi pantōs tōn himatiōn chreia en hēmerą kriseōs;
And ⟨the⟩ Lord raised Lazarus and left no remnant in the tomb, but with the grave bands and other wrappings *; and certainly there is no need of garments on the day of judgment.
98.5Holl GCS 25:119
τὸν υἱὸν τῆς ἐν τῇ Ναῒν ὅλον ἤγειρε, τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου, τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου. καὶ ὢ μάταιος ὑπόνοια τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα λογιζομένων, ὅτι μέρος ἐγείρει καὶ μέρος καταλιμπάνει.
ton huion tēs en tę̄ Naïn holon ēgeire, tēn thygatera tou archisynagōgou, tēn thygatera tou hekatontarchou. kai ō mataios hyponoia tōn ta toiauta logizomenōn, hoti meros egeirei kai meros katalimpanei.
He raised the son of the widow in Nain whole, the daughter of the ruler of the synagogue, the daughter of the centurion. And O the vain notion of those who reckon such things, that he raises a part and leaves a part!
98.6Holl GCS 25:119
ἴδωμεν δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ τῶν ἤδη ἰσόρροπα ἐλπίδος ἡμῖν γεγενημένων. Ἐνὼχ ὅλος μετετέθη καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν ἕως τῆς δεῦρο θάνατον καὶ Ἠλίας ὅλος ἀνελήφθη ἐν σώματι καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν ἄχρι τῆς δεῦρο θάνατον, ἵνα ἐν δυσὶ ζῶσι σώμασιν παραστήσῃ ἡμῖν τελείαν τὴν ἀνάστασιν.
idōmen de ex autōn tōn hypokeimenōn kai tōn ēdē isorropa elpidos hēmin gegenēmenōn. Enōch holos metetethē kai ouk eiden heōs tēs deuro thanaton kai Ēlias holos anelēphthē en sōmati kai ouk eiden achri tēs deuro thanaton, hina en dysi zōsi sōmasin parastēsę̄ hēmin teleian tēn anastasin.
Let us look at the matters at hand and at what has already happened for us as a counterweight of hope. Enoch was translated whole and has not seen death until now, and Elijah was taken up whole in the body and has not seen death until now, so that by two living bodies he might present to us the resurrection as complete.
98.7Holl GCS 25:119
καὶ ἵνα μή τις ἀμφιβάλλῃ, δύο χαρακτῆρας * τῶν δύο πρωτοτόκων τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀναστάσεως· Ἐνὼχ ἦν ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἐκώλυσεν ἡ ἀκροβυστία τὴν ἀνάστασιν οὐδὲ τὴν τοῦ σώματος διὰ βίου τῆς ζωῆς ὑποδοχήν, Ἠλίας ἐν περιτομῇ, ἳνα μὴ ⟨ἡ⟩ ἀνάστασις ἐπί τινας καί τινας νομισθῇ, ἀλλὰ καθολικὴ ὅλη.
kai hina mē tis amphiballę̄, dyo charaktēras * tōn dyo prōtotokōn tēs hēmeteras anastaseōs; Enōch ēn en akrobystią kai ouk ekōlysen hē akrobystia tēn anastasin oude tēn tou sōmatos dia biou tēs zōēs hypodochēn, Ēlias en peritomę̄, hina mē ⟨hē⟩ anastasis epi tinas kai tinas nomisthę̄, alla katholikē holē.
And so that no one may doubt, * two types of the two firstborn of our resurrection: Enoch was in uncircumcision, and uncircumcision did not hinder the resurrection nor the body's reception of life; Elijah was in circumcision, so that ⟨the⟩ resurrection might not be thought to be for some and not others, but wholly universal.
98.8Holl GCS 25:119
Ἠλίας ἦν ἐν παρθενίᾳ, ἵνα τὸ πρόκριτον τῆς παρθενίας τὴν ἀθανασίαν κηρύξῃ τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ τὴν μετὰ σώματος ἀφθαρσίαν· ἵνα δὲ μὴ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς παρθενίας νομισθῇ εἶναι διὰ τὸ ἐξαίρετον ἡ ἀνάστασις καὶ σώματος ἡ παραμονή, Ἐνὼχ οὐκ ἦν παρθένος, ἀλλʼ ἐγκρατὴς καὶ παιδοποιήσας τέκνα. καὶ δύο μὲν οὗτοι [ἐν] ζῶσιν, ἐν σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ ἐμπαραμένοντες διὰ τὴν ⟨ἡμῶν⟩ ἐλπίδα.
Ēlias ēn en parthenią, hina to prokriton tēs parthenias tēn athanasian kēryxę̄ tǭ kosmǭ kai tēn meta sōmatos aphtharsian; hina de mē monon epi tēs parthenias nomisthę̄ einai dia to exaireton hē anastasis kai sōmatos hē paramonē, Enōch ouk ēn parthenos, allʼ enkratēs kai paidopoiēsas tekna. kai dyo men houtoi [en] zōsin, en sōmati kai psychę̄ emparamenontes dia tēn ⟨hēmōn⟩ elpida.
Elijah was in virginity, so that the preeminence of virginity might proclaim to the world immortality and incorruption with the body; and so that the resurrection and the body's endurance might not be thought to belong only to virginity as something exceptional, Enoch was not a virgin, but self-controlled and had begotten children. And these two live, remaining in body and soul for ⟨our⟩ hope.
Chapter 99
99.1Holl GCS 25:119
99. Καὶ εἰς τὸ μή τινα πάλιν ἀμφιβάλλειν καὶ ἄλλους εἰς Ἅιδην κατήγαγε μετὰ τῶν σωμάτων. ἤνοιξε γὰρ ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς καὶ κατέπιε Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρών, τοὺς υἱοὺς Κορὲ καὶ Αὐνᾶν, καὶ κατέβησαν εἰς Ἅιδην ζῶντες ⟨σὺν⟩ σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ. ἀπʼ αὐτῆς γὰρ τῆς ὥρας εἰς κρίσιν παρεδόθησαν, μήτε τῶν σωμάτων λυθέντων μήτε λειψάνου παραδοθέντος ἢ μέρους, ἀλλὰ ὅλων σὺν σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ
99. Kai eis to mē tina palin amphiballein kai allous eis Haidēn katēgage meta tōn sōmatōn. ēnoixe gar hē gē to stoma autēs kai katepie Dathan kai Abeirōn, tous huious Kore kai Aunan, kai katebēsan eis Haidēn zōntes ⟨syn⟩ sōmati kai psychę̄. apʼ autēs gar tēs hōras eis krisin paredothēsan, mēte tōn sōmatōn lythentōn mēte leipsanou paradothentos ē merous, alla holōn syn sōmati kai psychę̄
And so that no one may doubt again, he also brought others down to Hades with their bodies. For the earth opened its mouth and swallowed Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Korah, and On, and they went down alive to Hades ⟨with⟩ body and soul. For from that very hour they were handed over to judgment, with neither their bodies dissolved nor a remnant or part handed over, but the whole with body and soul
99.2Holl GCS 25:119–120
εἰς τιμωρίαν παραδοθέντων. ὁ Ἰώβ φησιν »ἕως πάλιν γένωμαι« καί »⟨ἀναστήσαι⟩ τὸ σῶμα τοῦτο τὸ ἀντλοῦν ταῦτα« καί »ἀνακαινιεῖς με« καὶ πάλιν »ἀνακαινισθήσεται ὡς ἀετοῦ ἡ νεότης σου«, Ἠσαΐας δέ »άναστήσονται οἱ νεκροὶ καὶ ἐγερθήσονται οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις‘· Με γὰρ ὁ »λύων πεπεδημένους ἐν ἀνδρείᾳ, ὁμοίως τοὺς παραπικραίνοντας, τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν τάφοις‘.
eis timōrian paradothentōn. ho Iōb phēsin »heōs palin genōmai« kai »⟨anastēsai⟩ to sōma touto to antloun tauta« kai »anakainieis me« kai palin »anakainisthēsetai hōs aetou hē neotēs sou«, Ēsaïas de »anastēsontai hoi nekroi kai egerthēsontai hoi en tois mnēmeiois‘; Me gar ho »lyōn pepedēmenous en andreią, homoiōs tous parapikrainontas, tous katoikountas en taphois‘.
handed over to punishment. Job says, “until I come to be again,” and “⟨may he raise up⟩ this body that endures these things,” and “you will renew me,” and again, “your youth will be renewed like the eagle's”; and Isaiah, “The dead will rise, and those in the tombs will be raised”; ⟨for God is⟩ “the one who sets free those bound in strength, likewise the rebellious, those who dwell in tombs.”
99.3Holl GCS 25:120
λέγει δὲ Ἰώβ »ἄνθρωπος δὲ κοιμηθεὶς οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ ἐγερθῇ οὔτε ἐπιγνώσεται τὸν τόπον αύτοῦ«. καὶ γὰρ ἀληθῶς καθʼ ἡμέραν οὐ γίνεται ἡ ἀνάστασις, ἀλλʼ εἰς μίαν ὥρισται ἡμέραν. δεικνὺς δὲ ὅτι οἶδεν εἰς ποίαν προθεσμίαν προσεδόκα, εὐθὺς ἔλυσε τὸ ζήτημα »ἕως ἄν ὁ οὐρανὸς οὐ μὴ συρραφῇ«.
legei de Iōb »anthrōpos de koimētheis ouketi ou mē egerthę̄ oute epignōsetai ton topon autou«. kai gar alēthōs kathʼ hēmeran ou ginetai hē anastasis, allʼ eis mian hōristai hēmeran. deiknys de hoti oiden eis poian prothesmian prosedoka, euthys elyse to zētēma »heōs an ho ouranos ou mē syrraphę̄«.
But Job says, “A man who has fallen asleep will not rise again, nor will he know his place.” And indeed resurrection does not happen daily, but is appointed for one day. And showing that he knew what term he awaited, he at once solved the question: “until the heaven is no longer sewn together.”
99.4Holl GCS 25:120
ὄσον γὰρ ἔστιν ⟨ὁ⟩ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἔτι καὶ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῇ γῇ ὺπάρχει. ὅταν δὲ ἔλθῃ ὁ ἑλίσσων τὸν οὐρανὸν ὡς βιβλίον« καὶ τινάσσων τὴν γῆν, τότε »ἐγερθήσονται καὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς χώματος«.
oson gar estin ⟨ho⟩ ouranos kai hē gē, eti kai ta sōmata en tę̄ gę̄ yparchei. hotan de elthę̄ ho helissōn ton ouranon hōs biblion« kai tinassōn tēn gēn, tote »egerthēsontai kai hoi epi tēs gēs chōmatos«.
For as long as heaven and earth exist, the bodies also are still in the earth. But when he comes “who rolls up the heaven like a scroll” and shakes the earth, then “those in the dust of the earth will also be raised.”
99.5Holl GCS 25:120
διὰ τοῦτο λέγει τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, εἰπὲ συναχθῆναι ὀστοῦν πρὸς ὀστοῦν καὶ ἁρμονίαν πρὸς ἀρμονίαν« καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως· καί »γενέσθαι έπ΄ αύτὰ νεῦρα καὶ φλέβας, σάρκας καὶ τρίχας καὶ ὄνυχας«· καὶ πάλιν »εἰπὲ υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, ἐλθὲ τὸ πνεῦμα ἀπὸ τῶν τεσσάρων γωνιῶν τῆς γῆς«, τῶν τόπων δηλαδὴ τῶν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἀποτεταμιευμένων.
dia touto legei tǭ Iezekiēl huie anthrōpou, eipe synachthēnai ostoun pros ostoun kai harmonian pros armonian« kai egeneto houtōs; kai »genesthai ep΄ auta neura kai phlebas, sarkas kai trichas kai onychas«; kai palin »eipe huie anthrōpou, elthe to pneuma apo tōn tessarōn gōniōn tēs gēs«, tōn topōn dēladē tōn tais psychais apotetamieumenōn.
For this reason he says to Ezekiel, “Son of man, say that bone should come together to bone and joint to joint,” and it was so; and “that sinews and veins, flesh and hair and nails should come upon them”; and again, “Say, son of man, come, spirit, from the four corners of the earth,” that is, from the places stored up for the souls.
99.6Holl GCS 25:120
καὶ τίνι τῷ λόγῳ αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος οὐ λέγει, ἀλλὰ κελεύει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ λέγειν; ὅτι ὅ λέγει κύριος ἅμα καὶ ποιεῖ καὶ οὐκέτι λύεται· τῷ δὲ ἀνθρώπῳ προσέταξε λέγειν, ἵνα μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι πρὸς τὴν ὥραν σημανθῇ μὲν ἡμῶν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς σωτηρίας, ἀνθρώπου δὲ λόγος λυθῇ καὶ οὐ τοῦ κυρίου. ἤμελλον γὰρ πάλιν ἀποθνῄσκειν έκεῖνα τὰ ὀστᾶ. ὀστᾶ. δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ κύριος, ἀνάστητε, ἐγείρονται καὶ οὐκ ἀποθνᾐσκουσι· θεοῦ γὰρ λόγος οὐ λυθήσεται.
kai tini tǭ logǭ autos ho kyrios ou legei, alla keleuei tǭ anthrōpǭ legein? hoti ho legei kyrios hama kai poiei kai ouketi lyetai; tǭ de anthrōpǭ prosetaxe legein, hina meta to anastēnai pros tēn hōran sēmanthę̄ men hēmōn hē elpis tēs sōtērias, anthrōpou de logos lythę̄ kai ou tou kyriou. ēmellon gar palin apothnę̄skein ekeina ta osta. osta. de eipę̄ ho kyrios, anastēte, egeirontai kai ouk apothnę̄skousi; theou gar logos ou lythēsetai.
And for what reason does the Lord himself not speak, but command the man to speak? Because what the Lord says he at once does, and it is no longer undone; but he commanded the man to speak, so that after they rose for the hour our hope of salvation might be signified, and the word undone would be a man's and not the Lord's. For those bones were to die again. But when the Lord says, “Arise,” they are raised and do not die; for God's word will not be undone.
Chapter 100
100.1Holl GCS 25:120–121
100. Διὸ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐν σαρκὶ ἐλθὼν ἤγειρε νεκρούς, ἵνα τὸ διὰ τῆς σαρκὸς πάλιν κοιμηθῇ, ἴως αὐτὴ ἡ σὰρξ ἀναστῇ καὶ μηκέτι ἀποθάνῃ καὶ σιωπήσῃ τοῦτο ⟨τὸ⟩ λέγειν μόνῳ ἑνί· »δεῦρο ἔξω«, ἕως ἄν ἔλθῃ καὶ μηκέτι ἑνικῶς εἴπῃ, ἔγειραι, άλλ ἐγείρεσθε πάντες, τὴν καθολικὴν άνάστασιν ἐργαζόμενος· αύτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν.
100. Dio touto kai ho kyrios en sarki elthōn ēgeire nekrous, hina to dia tēs sarkos palin koimēthę̄, iōs autē hē sarx anastę̄ kai mēketi apothanę̄ kai siōpēsę̄ touto ⟨to⟩ legein monǭ heni; »deuro exō«, heōs an elthę̄ kai mēketi henikōs eipę̄, egeirai, all egeiresthe pantes, tēn katholikēn anastasin ergazomenos; autos gar estin hē anastasis tōn nekrōn.
For this reason the Lord, coming in the flesh, raised the dead, so that what was through the flesh should fall asleep again, until the flesh itself rises and dies no more, and he is silent from saying to only one, “Come out,” until he comes and no longer says in the singular, “Arise,” but, “Arise, all,” effecting the universal resurrection; for he himself is the resurrection of the dead.
100.2Holl GCS 25:121
ὡδε γὰρ μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν οὐδένα ἤγειρε ἤγειρε ⟩ τῶν προσφάτως τελευτησάντων. ἀνέστησαν γὰρ σὺν αὐτῷ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων καὶ ὤφθησαν πολλοῖς«, »μετʼ αὐτοῦ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν νυμφῶνα«, κατὰ τὰ ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ γεγραμμένα.
hōde gar meta to anastēnai ek tōn nekrōn oudena ēgeire ēgeire ⟩ tōn prosphatōs teleutēsantōn. anestēsan gar syn autǭ polla sōmata tōn kekoimēmenōn hagiōn kai ōphthēsan pollois«, »metʼ autou eiselthontes eis ton nymphōna«, kata ta en euangeliǭ gegrammena.
For here, after rising from the dead, he raised none of those who had recently died. For “many bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep rose with him and appeared to many,” “having entered with him into the bridal chamber,” according to what is written in the Gospel.
100.3Holl GCS 25:121
καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἀνέστη μέρος τῶν σωμάτων τῶν ἁγίων, ἀλλὰ σώματα τῶν ἀγίων· καί »ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς«, οὐκ ἄλλοι ὄντες παρὰ τοὺς τετελευτηκότας, άλλ΄ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι παρὰ τῶν ἰδίων, ὅτι οὐ πρὸ χρόνων ἠσαν τετελευτηκότες.
kai ouk eipen, anestē meros tōn sōmatōn tōn hagiōn, alla sōmata tōn agiōn; kai »enephanisthēsan pollois«, ouk alloi ontes para tous teteleutēkotas, all΄ epiginōskomenoi para tōn idiōn, hoti ou pro chronōn ēsan teteleutēkotes.
And it did not say, “a part of the bodies of the saints rose,” but “bodies of the saints”; and “they appeared to many,” not being others than those who had died, but recognized by their own people, since they had not died long before.
100.4Holl GCS 25:121
καὶ ἄλλοις δεῖξαι δὲ βουλόμενος ό κύριος ἡμῶν τὸ θαῦμα, τὰ δὴ δυσχερῆ ἐκεῖνα εὐχερῆ δεικνὺς ἐπετέλει. καὶ ὅτε μὲν ἔρχεται πρὸς τὴν προσφάτως τελευτήσασαν κόρην, τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ άρχισυναγώγου, ἐπειδὴ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ τετελεύτηκε, κατηξίωσεν αὐτῇ εἰπεῖν· »άνάστηθι ἡ παῖς«· τῷ δὴ ἀνάστηθι ἰσχυροποιῶν τὸ ἤδη λελυμένον, ἐπειδὴ ἔτι ἐν τῇ
kai allois deixai de boulomenos o kyrios hēmōn to thauma, ta dē dyscherē ekeina eucherē deiknys epetelei. kai hote men erchetai pros tēn prosphatōs teleutēsasan korēn, tēn thygatera tou archisynagōgou, epeidē autę̄ tę̄ hōrą teteleutēke, katēxiōsen autę̄ eipein; »anastēthi hē pais«; tǭ dē anastēthi ischyropoiōn to ēdē lelymenon, epeidē eti en tę̄
And wishing to show the wonder to others too, our Lord performed those difficult things showing them easy. And when he comes to the girl who had just died, the daughter of the ruler of the synagogue, since she had died that very hour, he deigned to say to her, “Arise, child,” by the “arise” strengthening what was already dissolved, since she was still on the
100.5Holl GCS 25:121
κλίνῃ ἦν. τὸν δὲ υἱὸν τῆς χήρας τῆς ἐν τῇ Ναίν, ἐπειδὴ ἤδη ἐν τῇ σορῷ ἐξεφέρετο, εὐχερέστερον ἤγειρεν· »ἥψατο γὰρ τῆς σοροῦ« καὶ οὐχ εἶπέ τι τῷ παιδί. ἀλλὰ μόνον ἥψατο τῆς σοροῦ καὶ ἀνέστη.
klinę̄ ēn. ton de huion tēs chēras tēs en tę̄ Nain, epeidē ēdē en tę̄ sorǭ exephereto, eucheresteron ēgeiren; »hēpsato gar tēs sorou« kai ouch eipe ti tǭ paidi. alla monon hēpsato tēs sorou kai anestē.
bed. But the son of the widow in Nain, since he was already being carried out on the bier, he raised more easily: “for he touched the bier” and said nothing to the boy, but only touched the bier and he rose.
100.6Holl GCS 25:121
τὸ δὲ ἔτι βαθύτατον καὶ παρʼ ἐλπίδα ἀνθρώπων πολλῷ μακρότερον, ὅτε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τετραήμερον Λάζαρον, οὐδὲ εἶπεν ἀνάστηθι, οὐδὲ ἥψατο τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ μνήματος, ἀλλʼ οὕτως ἐν ἑτοίμῳ καλεῖ έν τῇ
to de eti bathytaton kai parʼ elpida anthrōpōn pollǭ makroteron, hote ēlthen epi ton tetraēmeron Lazaron, oude eipen anastēthi, oude hēpsato tę̄ cheiri tou mnēmatos, allʼ houtōs en hetoimǭ kalei en tę̄
And what is still deeper and far beyond human hope: when he came to Lazarus, four days dead, he neither said, “Arise,” nor touched the tomb with his hand, but so readily calls by his
100.7Holl GCS 25:121
ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ, »Λάζαρε, δεῦρο ἔξω«. πολὺ δὲ εὐχερέστερόν ἐστι καὶ ἑτοιμότερον τό »δεῦρο ἕξω« παρὰ τὸ ἅψασθαι, τὸ δὲ ἅψασθαι πάλιν εὐχερέστερόν ἐστι πολὺ τοῦ καλέσαι ἡ »ἡ παῖς ἀνάστηθι«. ὡδε δὲ πάντα ποιεῖ ὁ ἁγιος τοῦ θεοῦ Λόγος, ἵνα ἡμῖν τὴν ἐλπίδα ὑποδείξῃ τῆς ἀναστάσεως.
idią exousią, »Lazare, deuro exō«. poly de eucheresteron esti kai hetoimoteron to »deuro hexō« para to hapsasthai, to de hapsasthai palin eucheresteron esti poly tou kalesai hē »hē pais anastēthi«. hōde de panta poiei ho hagios tou theou Logos, hina hēmin tēn elpida hypodeixę̄ tēs anastaseōs.
own authority, “Lazarus, come out.” And “come out” is much easier and readier than touching, and touching again is much easier than calling “Child, arise.” So the holy Word of God does all things, to show us the hope of the resurrection.
Chapter 101
101.1Holl GCS 25:121
101. Εἰ δὲ βουληθείην τὰς πόσας μαρτυρίας ἐκ πασῶν τῶν γραφῶν ἐκλέξασθαι, μικρὸς μὲν ό ἡμέτερος νοῦς βραχύς τε καὶ ἰδιώτης, ὅμως διὰ τὸ πλῆθος ⟨δέδια μὴ⟩ εἰς πολὺ πλάτος ἐπεκτείνω τὸν λόγον· συνελὼν δὲ ἐρῶ ὅτι ἡ ἡμῶν σωτηρία σύντομός ἐστιν, ἐν πᾶσι δὲ ⟩ μιᾶς ἐλπίδος τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἡμῖν κεκηρυγμένης.
101. Ei de boulētheiēn tas posas martyrias ek pasōn tōn graphōn eklexasthai, mikros men o hēmeteros nous brachys te kai idiōtēs, homōs dia to plēthos ⟨dedia mē⟩ eis poly platos epekteinō ton logon; synelōn de erō hoti hē hēmōn sōtēria syntomos estin, en pasi de ⟩ mias elpidos tēs anastaseōs hēmin kekērygmenēs.
And if I wished to select all the testimonies from all the Scriptures, small as our mind is, brief and unlearned, yet because of their number ⟨I fear lest⟩ I stretch the discourse to great length; but in sum I will say that our salvation is concise, and in all things ⟨is found⟩ the one hope of the resurrection proclaimed to us.
101.2Holl GCS 25:121–122
ταῦτα δὲ ἀπιστοῦσιν ἄπιστοι, παραφθείρουσι κακόδοξοι, οὐ δέχονται φιλόνεικοι, ἀπωθοῦνται κενόδοξοι. τοῖς δὲ πᾶσιν ό θεὸς τὸ ἔλεος παράσχῃ καὶ διαυγάσῃ τὰ ἐζοφωμένα τῶν διανοημάτων.
tauta de apistousin apistoi, paraphtheirousi kakodoxoi, ou dechontai philoneikoi, apōthountai kenodoxoi. tois de pasin o theos to eleos paraschę̄ kai diaugasę̄ ta ezophōmena tōn dianoēmatōn.
These things unbelievers disbelieve, wrong-thinkers corrupt, the contentious do not accept, the vainglorious reject. But may God grant mercy to all and illuminate the darkened parts of their thoughts.
101.3Holl GCS 25:122
Ἕλληνες μὲν γὰρ ⟨μὴ⟩ λαβόντες πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐλεγχθήσονται ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ πασῶν τῶν προλεχθεισῶν μαρτυριῶν, μάλιστα δὲ ὑφʼ ὑμῶν τῶν υἱῶν τῆς ἀγίας τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησίας καὶ ὁρθοδόξου πίστεως.
Hellēnes men gar ⟨mē⟩ labontes pneuma hagion elenchthēsontai hypo tēs alētheias kai pasōn tōn prolechtheisōn martyriōn, malista de hyphʼ hymōn tōn huiōn tēs agias tou theou ekklēsias kai horthodoxou pisteōs.
For the Greeks, ⟨not⟩ having received the Holy Spirit, will be refuted by the truth and by all the testimonies mentioned, and above all by you, the children of the holy church of God and of the orthodox faith.
101.4Holl GCS 25:122
διδάσκετε γάρ, λαβόντες πνεῦμα ἄγιον καταξιωθέντες τε λόγου εὐθέτου ἐν ἀνοίξει τοῦ στόματος‘ πρῶτον μέν. ὅτι μαθηταὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καταξιωθέντες εἲναι τοῦ »ἀρχιποίμενος« καὶ προστάτου τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν‘ *, ὡς τὰ τρόφιμα τοῖς τοῦ Χριστοῦ ποιμνίοις τοῖς ἐαυτῶν λαοῖς συναγαγόντες μεριμνῶντές ⟨τε⟩ ὅπως ἐαυτούς τε καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ φημὶ δὲ τὸν βουλόμενον πάντως ώφελεῖσθαι, ἐκ τῆς ἀγίας γῆς τῆς χαρὰ Μωυσῇ αἰνιττομένης θρέψητε.
didaskete gar, labontes pneuma agion kataxiōthentes te logou euthetou en anoixei tou stomatos‘ prōton men. hoti mathētai tou Christou kataxiōthentes einai tou »archipoimenos« kai prostatou tōn hēmeterōn psychōn‘ *, hōs ta trophima tois tou Christou poimniois tois eautōn laois synagagontes merimnōntes ⟨te⟩ hopōs eautous te kai ta tou theou phēmi de ton boulomenon pantōs ōpheleisthai, ek tēs agias gēs tēs chara Mōysę̄ ainittomenēs threpsēte.
For you teach, having received the Holy Spirit and been counted worthy of a fitting word “in the opening of the mouth,” first, that as disciples of Christ, counted worthy to be ⟨disciples⟩ of the “chief Shepherd” and guardian of our souls *, gathering nourishment for Christ's flocks, your own peoples, and taking care that you may feed yourselves and God's own, I mean whoever wishes to be helped, from the holy land hinted at to Moses.
101.5Holl GCS 25:122
τίς δὲ τῶν εὐ φρονούντων εἰς ὑμᾶς τοὺς εὐλαβεῖς καὶ πιστοὺς σκοπῶν, ὠ ὀρθόδοξοι καὶ υἱοὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐνίους γὰρ λέγων πάντας τοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας λέγω, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον), τίς περὶ τούτων ἀμφιβάλοι;
tis de tōn eu phronountōn eis hymas tous eulabeis kai pistous skopōn, ō orthodoxoi kai huioi tēs ekklēsias enious gar legōn pantas tous tēs alētheias legō, kata to gegrammenon), tis peri toutōn amphibaloi?
And who among the right-minded, looking at you, the devout and faithful (O orthodox ones and children of the church; for in speaking of some I speak of all who are of the truth, as it is written), who would doubt about these things?
101.6Holl GCS 25:122
σοφῆς γὰρ ὄντες καὶ ἀνδρειοτάτης υἱοὶ γυναικός, ἡς τὸ κλέος παρὰ Σολομῶντι λέγοντι »γυναῖκα ἀνδρείαν τίς εὑρήσει;« ὡς σπανίας οὔσης, μᾶλλον δὲ μιᾶς). τὸ κρεῖττον ἐκλέξεσθε καὶ τὸ ὠφέλιμον ἀγαπήσετε.
sophēs gar ontes kai andreiotatēs huioi gynaikos, hēs to kleos para Solomōnti legonti »gynaika andreian tis heurēsei?« hōs spanias ousēs, mallon de mias). to kreitton eklexesthe kai to ōphelimon agapēsete.
For being sons of a wise and most valiant woman, whose fame is in Solomon, who says, “A valiant woman, who will find?” (as being rare, or rather one), you will choose the better and love what is profitable.
101.7Holl GCS 25:122
ἀνδρείαν δὲ γυναῖκα νοεῖτέ μοι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, τὴν ὑμῶν μητέρα, ἡς οὐδὲν ἀνδρειότερον, θνῃσκούσης καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐπεγειρόμενον διωγμὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἰδίου ἀνδρός.
andreian de gynaika noeite moi tēn ekklēsian tou theou, tēn hymōn mētera, hēs ouden andreioteron, thnę̄skousēs kathʼ hekaston epegeiromenon diōgmon hyper tou onomatos tou idiou andros.
Understand the valiant woman to be the church of God, your mother, than whom nothing is more valiant, dying in each persecution that arises for the name of her own husband.
Chapter 102
102.1Holl GCS 25:122
102. Αὕτη οὐν ἡ ἐπιεικεστάτη τὸν ἵδιον νυμφίον ἀκριβῶς ἐρωτᾷ ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῶν ᾀσμάτων ποῦ ποιμαίνεις; ποῦ κοιτάζεις ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ;«· ποιμαίνει δὲ Χριστὸς ἐν ἀγίᾳ γῇ τῇ προειρημένῃ καὶ οὐ μόνον ποιμαίνει, ἀλλὰ καὶ προστάσσει λύειν τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν τῶν ποιμένων, ὡς Μωυσῇ πρῶτον λέγει·
102. Hautē oun hē epieikestatē ton hidion nymphion akribōs erōtą en tę̄ biblǭ tōn ąsmatōn pou poimaineis? pou koitazeis en mesēmbrią?«; poimainei de Christos en agią gę̄ tę̄ proeirēmenę̄ kai ou monon poimainei, alla kai prostassei lyein to hypodēma tōn podōn tōn poimenōn, hōs Mōysę̄ prōton legei;
She then, most gentle, asks her own bridegroom precisely in the Book of Songs, “Where do you shepherd? Where do you lie down at noon?”; and Christ shepherds in the holy land mentioned before, and not only shepherds, but also commands the shepherds to loosen the sandal from their feet, as he first says to Moses;
102.2Holl GCS 25:122
παρ΄ οὺ τὴν παράδοσιν παρειληφότες καὶ αὐτοὶ τοὺς εἰς τὴν ὰγίαν ἐπιστήμην εἰσαγομένους ἀσφαλῶς χειραγωγεῖτε πρῶτον, τὰ ὑποδήματα ἑκάστου ἐπιλύεσθαι ἐπιμελό- μενοι. ὑποδήματα δὲ ἐκάστου ἡμῶν ἔχει διαφοράν.
par΄ ou tēn paradosin pareilēphotes kai autoi tous eis tēn agian epistēmēn eisagomenous asphalōs cheiragōgeite prōton, ta hypodēmata hekastou epilyesthai epimelo- menoi. hypodēmata de ekastou hēmōn echei diaphoran.
having received the tradition from him, you yourselves too safely lead by the hand first those who are brought into the holy knowledge, taking care that each one's sandals are loosed. And each of our sandals differs.
102.3Holl GCS 25:122–123
τῇ γὰρ ἰδίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ πράξει ἕκαστος ὑπεδήσατο. καὶ λοιπὸν ὑμῶν τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ καλῶν ποιμένων ὑπακούων ἕκαστος, ὅς μὲν ὑπεδήσατο εἰδωλολατρείαν, ὑπελύσατο τῇ ὑμῶν νουθεσίᾳ, ἄλλος δὲ μοιχείαν ὑπελύσατο, ἕτερος πορνείαν, ἄλλος κλοπήν, ὅς δὲ πλεονεξίαν.
tę̄ gar idią heautou praxei hekastos hypedēsato. kai loipon hymōn tōn mathētōn kai kalōn poimenōn hypakouōn hekastos, hos men hypedēsato eidōlolatreian, hypelysato tę̄ hymōn nouthesią, allos de moicheian hypelysato, heteros porneian, allos klopēn, hos de pleonexian.
For each has shod himself with his own conduct. And so each one who obeys you, the disciples and good shepherds: one who had put on idolatry has loosed it by your admonition, another adultery, another sexual immorality, another theft, another greed.
102.4Holl GCS 25:123
οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ λόγοις στυγητοῖς καὶ αἰσχροῖς ῥήμασιν ἀποτασσόμενοι μακαρίαις ἐλπίσιν »ὑπὸ χεῖρα κραταιὰν« τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ποιμένος διʼ ὑμῶν τῶν καλῶν, τῶν μαθητῶν ἕκαστος βουκολεῖσθαι παραδίδωσιν ἑαυτόν· ἀφέξεται γὰρ ἕκαστος πάντως τῆς πλάνης.
ou monon de, alla kai logois stygētois kai aischrois rhēmasin apotassomenoi makariais elpisin »hypo cheira krataian« tou agathou poimenos diʼ hymōn tōn kalōn, tōn mathētōn hekastos boukoleisthai paradidōsin heauton; aphexetai gar hekastos pantōs tēs planēs.
Not only that, but renouncing hateful words and shameful speech, with blessed hopes, each hands himself over through you, the good disciples, to be shepherded “under the mighty hand” of the good shepherd; for each will certainly abstain from error.
102.5Holl GCS 25:123
καὶ πρὸ όφθαλμῶν παρατίθεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, εἴδωλα μὲν παραχαράττοντες καὶ ἀναφανδὸν τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν πλάνην ἀνακηρύττοντες οὔτε γὰρ νεκροὺς τούτους ἡγεῖσθε, ἐπεὶ μήποτε ἔζησαν), κενὰ δὲ καὶ μάταια καὶ οὐκ ὅντα εἰκότως πάντας πάντοτε διδάσκοντες.
kai pro ophthalmōn paratithesthe tēn alētheian, eidōla men paracharattontes kai anaphandon tēn peri autōn planēn anakēryttontes oute gar nekrous toutous hēgeisthe, epei mēpote ezēsan), kena de kai mataia kai ouk honta eikotōs pantas pantote didaskontes.
And you set the truth before their eyes, exposing idols as counterfeit and openly proclaiming the error about them (for you do not consider them dead, since they never lived), fittingly teaching all always that they are empty and vain and non-existent.
102.6Holl GCS 25:123
οὐ γὰρ ἠσάν ποτε, ἵνα ⟨τι⟩ ὡσιν ἐκεῖνοι· εἰσὶ δὲ κακοδαίμονες, ἀνθρωπίνης διανοίας παράθεσις, ἡδονῶν ἀφορμὰς ἐπιρρώσασα· καὶ ἔνθεν ὑπὸ ἑκάστου τὸ ἴδιον πάθος εἰς σέβασμα κυρωθὲν τετόλμηται.
ou gar ēsan pote, hina ⟨ti⟩ hōsin ekeinoi; eisi de kakodaimones, anthrōpinēs dianoias parathesis, hēdonōn aphormas epirrōsasa; kai enthen hypo hekastou to idion pathos eis sebasma kyrōthen tetolmētai.
For those never were, so as to be ⟨anything⟩; but they are ill-starred, an addition of human thought that has strengthened occasions for pleasures; and from there each one's own passion, ratified as an object of worship, has been ventured.
102.7Holl GCS 25:123
πρῶτον γὰρ εὐθὺς ὅτε τοῦτο τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐκαινοτόμητο διὰ δαιμόνων κακουργίας, »πρώτη« αὕτη »πορνεία« ἀπεφθέγγετο καὶ σκιογραφίαις τὰ εἴδωλα προετυποῦτο. ἔπειτα τέχνην τὴν ιδίαν, ἥν μετὰ χεῖρας εἶχεν ἕκαστος, διʼ ἦς τὴν εὐπορίαν εὗρεν, εἰς σέβασμα τοῖς ἰδίοις παρεδίδου τέκνοις καὶ διὰ τῆς ὕλης τῆς ἰδίας τεχνουργίας θεοὺς ἀνεπλάσαντο, καὶ κεραμεὺς μὲν ἐκ πηλοῦ, τέκτων ἐκ ξύλου, χρυσοχόος ἐκ χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυροκόπος ὡσαύτως.
prōton gar euthys hote touto tois anthrōpois ekainotomēto dia daimonōn kakourgias, »prōtē« hautē »porneia« apephthengeto kai skiographiais ta eidōla proetypouto. epeita technēn tēn idian, hēn meta cheiras eichen hekastos, diʼ ēs tēn euporian heuren, eis sebasma tois idiois paredidou teknois kai dia tēs hylēs tēs idias technourgias theous aneplasanto, kai kerameus men ek pēlou, tektōn ek xylou, chrysochoos ek chrysiou kai argyrokopos hōsautōs.
For first, at once, when this was newly introduced among men through the wickedness of demons, “the first fornication” was uttered, and idols were prefigured in outline drawings. Then each handed down as an object of worship to his own children his own craft, which he had in hand and through which he had found prosperity, and through the material of his own craftsmanship they fashioned gods: the potter from clay, the carpenter from wood, the goldsmith from gold, and the silversmith likewise.
Chapter 103
103.1Holl GCS 25:123
103. ἔτι δὲ πάλιν ἕκαστος τὸ ἴδιον πάθος εἰς μορφοεμφερείας ⟩ τῶν ἰδίων ὀφθαλμῶν διέγραφεν, ό μὲν αἱμοβόρος τις ἀνὴρ Ἄρεα φάσκων, μοιχὸς δὲ ἢ μοιχὰς τὴν πολύκοινον Ἀφροδίτην, τύραννος δὲ Νίκην ἀναπτερώσας.
103. eti de palin hekastos to idion pathos eis morphoemphereias ⟩ tōn idiōn ophthalmōn diegraphen, o men haimoboros tis anēr Area phaskōn, moichos de ē moichas tēn polykoinon Aphroditēn, tyrannos de Nikēn anapterōsas.
Further again each one drew his own passion in likenesses before his own eyes: a bloodthirsty man calling it Ares, an adulterer or adulteress the promiscuous Aphrodite, a tyrant giving wings to Victory.
103.2Holl GCS 25:123
αὐχμώδης γὰρ καὶ περὶ τὰ βιωτικὰ κεχηνὼς Κρόνου τὸν τύπον ἔγραφε, θηλυνόμενος δὲ Κυβέλην καὶ Ῥέαν διὰ τὸ ῥευστόν, οἶμαι, τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν σωμάτων πολυμιξίας.
auchmōdēs gar kai peri ta biōtika kechēnōs Kronou ton typon egraphe, thēlynomenos de Kybelēn kai Rhean dia to rheuston, oimai, tēs apo tōn sōmatōn polymixias.
For the squalid man, gaping after worldly goods, drew the figure of Cronus; the effeminate man, Cybele and Rhea, because of the flux, I think, of promiscuous bodily unions.
103.3Holl GCS 25:123
ἄλλος τε ῥεμβὸς ἢ ῥεμβὰς Ἄρτεμιν κυνηγέτριαν προετύπου καὶ μέθυσον Διόνυσον καὶ πολύμοχθον Ἡρακλέα, πολύμιξ δέ τις Δία καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα.
allos te rhembos ē rhembas Artemin kynēgetrian proetypou kai methyson Dionyson kai polymochthon Hēraklea, polymix de tis Dia kai Apollōna.
Another, a roving man or woman, prefigured Artemis the huntress, and the drunkard Dionysus, and the toiler Heracles, and someone promiscuous Zeus and Apollo.
103.4Holl GCS 25:123–124
καὶ τί μοι τὰ πλήθη λέγειν μυρίων παθῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑπαρχόντων; πλέον δὲ πάντων Αἰγύπτιοι πλανηθέντες οὐ μόνον τὰ ἴδια πάθη ἐσεβάσθησαν, ἀλλὰ πτηνὰ καὶ τετράποδα, χερσαῖά τε καὶ ἔνυδρα καὶ άτίθασσά τινα θηρία καὶ τὰ εἰς δοῦλα αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου θεοῦ παραδοθέντα τῇ τάξει »μετήλλαξαν«·
kai ti moi ta plēthē legein myriōn pathōn en anthrōpois hyparchontōn? pleon de pantōn Aigyptioi planēthentes ou monon ta idia pathē esebasthēsan, alla ptēna kai tetrapoda, chersaia te kai enydra kai atithassa tina thēria kai ta eis doula autois hypo tou hagiou theou paradothenta tę̄ taxei »metēllaxan«;
And why should I tell the multitudes of countless passions among men? But the Egyptians, more deceived than all, worshiped not only their own passions, but birds and quadrupeds, land and water creatures and some wild beasts, and “exchanged” the order of the things handed over to them by the holy God as servants;
103.5Holl GCS 25:124
καὶ ὡς ὄντες τῇ διανοίᾳ κτηνώδεις ὑπερασεβοῦσι. τὰ ζῷα τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς θεοποιοῦντες καὶ οὐκ αἰσχυνόμενοι, κύνα τὸ ὑλακτικόν, αἴλουρον τὸ ἑρπετοφάγον, τράγον τὸ ἀκόλαστον, πρόβατον τὸ βληχρόν, κροκόδειλον τὸ πολυσχιδὲς καὶ άμειδέστατον, ἶβιν τὴν ἰοβόρον καὶ ἰκτῖνα καὶ ἱέρακα καὶ κόρακα τὰ δουλοπρεπέστατα, ὄφιν δὲ τὸ σκολιὸν καὶ ἀηδέστατον.
kai hōs ontes tę̄ dianoią ktēnōdeis hyperasebousi. ta zǭa ta parʼ autois theopoiountes kai ouk aischynomenoi, kyna to hylaktikon, ailouron to herpetophagon, tragon to akolaston, probaton to blēchron, krokodeilon to polyschides kai ameidestaton, ibin tēn ioboron kai iktina kai hieraka kai koraka ta douloprepestata, ophin de to skolion kai aēdestaton.
and, being brutish in mind, they are exceedingly impious, deifying the animals among them without shame: the barking dog, the reptile-eating cat, the lewd goat, the bleating sheep, the many-toothed and most sullen crocodile, the poison-eating ibis, and the kite and hawk and raven, most servile, and the crooked and most unpleasant serpent.
103.6Holl GCS 25:124
καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς ὣ τῆς μεγάλης αἰσχύνης τῶν μή⟨τε⟩ ὄψει τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἔλεγχον κατανοούντων καὶ] μήτε τὴν αἴσθησιν πἂραλαμβανόντων μήτε διανοίᾳ * τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ματαίως γινομένων συνιέντων.
kai hapaxaplōs hō tēs megalēs aischynēs tōn mē⟨te⟩ opsei ton heautōn elenchon katanoountōn kai] mēte tēn aisthēsin paralambanontōn mēte dianoią * tōn parʼ autois mataiōs ginomenōn synientōn.
And in short, O the great shame of those who neither perceive their own refutation by sight nor take it in by sense nor understand in mind * the things vainly done among them.
103.7Holl GCS 25:124
κακῷ γοῦν μόρῳ πεπληγμένοι εἰσὶ μηδὲ τοῖς ἰδίοις φιλοσόφοις ἐγκαταυγαζόμενοι μηδὲ τοῖς τῆς ἁληθείας ἐγκυκληταῖς συνθεαταὶ γινόμενοι.
kakǭ goun morǭ peplēgmenoi eisi mēde tois idiois philosophois enkataugazomenoi mēde tois tēs halētheias enkyklētais syntheatai ginomenoi.
So they have been struck by an evil fate, not being enlightened even by their own philosophers, nor becoming fellow viewers with those who are advocates of the truth.
103.8Holl GCS 25:124
οὐκ ἀκούουσι γὰρ Διαγόρου τοῦ τὸν ἴδιον Ηρακλέα ξύλινον ὄντα διʼ ἀπορίαν ξύλων ὑποκαύσαντος καὶ ἐπισκωμματικὼς αὐτῷ λέγοντος· »ἄγε δή, Ἥρακλες, τὸν τρισκαιδέκατον ἀθλον ἐκτελῶν πάρελθε, τὸ ὄψον ἡμῖν ἑψήσων«· ὅν δὴ λαβὼν καὶ σχιδακίσας, καταγελῶν τοῦ ἰδίου θεοῦ ὡς οὐκ ὄντος, τῷ παρατεθέντι αὐτῷ ἀρίστῳ γελοιάζων ἐτρέφετο.
ouk akouousi gar Diagorou tou ton idion Ēraklea xylinon onta diʼ aporian xylōn hypokausantos kai episkōmmatikōs autǭ legontos; »age dē, Hērakles, ton triskaidekaton athlon ektelōn parelthe, to opson hēmin hepsēsōn«; hon dē labōn kai schidakisas, katagelōn tou idiou theou hōs ouk ontos, tǭ paratethenti autǭ aristǭ geloiazōn etrepheto.
For they do not hear Diagoras, who, for lack of firewood, burned his own Heracles, which was wooden, and said to him mockingly, “Come now, Heracles, perform your thirteenth labor and come cook our meal”; and taking him and splitting him, laughing at his own god as non-existent, he fed himself, joking, on the meal set before him.
Chapter 104
104.1Holl GCS 25:124
104. ἄλλος δὲ Ἡράκλειτος Αἰγυπτίοις φησίν· εἰ θεοί εἰσι, διὰ τί θρηνεῖτε αὐτούς; Τυφῶνα γὰρ καὶ Οσιριν καὶ ἄλλους καταχθονίους λιγυρῶς θρηνῳδοῦντες ὡς κεκηδευμένους πενθοῦσι). φησὶ γοῦν οὑτος· εἰ θεοί εἰσι, διὰ τί θρηνεῖτε αὐτούς; εἰ δὲ τεθνήκασι, μάτην θρηνεῖτε αὐτούς.
104. allos de Hērakleitos Aigyptiois phēsin; ei theoi eisi, dia ti thrēneite autous? Typhōna gar kai Osirin kai allous katachthonious ligyrōs thrēnǭdountes hōs kekēdeumenous penthousi). phēsi goun houtos; ei theoi eisi, dia ti thrēneite autous? ei de tethnēkasi, matēn thrēneite autous.
And another, Heraclitus, says to the Egyptians: “If they are gods, why do you lament them?” (For they lament Typhon and Osiris and other underworld gods with shrill dirges, mourning them as buried.) So he says: “If they are gods, why do you lament them? And if they are dead, you lament them in vain.”
104.2Holl GCS 25:124
ἄλλος δέ, κωμικὸς Εὐδαίμων τοὔνομα, φησίν »εἴπερ εἰσὶ θεοί, οὐ δύναμαι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγειν ούδ΄ ὁποῖοί τινές εἰσι ἰδέαν δηλῶσαι. πολλὰ γάρ εἰσι τὰ κωλύοντά με«. καὶ Ὅμηρος δέ φησιν οὐκ ἀγαθὸν πολυκοιρανίη«.
allos de, kōmikos Eudaimōn tounoma, phēsin »eiper eisi theoi, ou dynamai peri autōn legein oud΄ hopoioi tines eisi idean dēlōsai. polla gar eisi ta kōlyonta me«. kai Homēros de phēsin ouk agathon polykoiraniē«.
And another, a comic poet named Eudaemon, says, “If there are gods, I cannot speak about them, nor show the form of what sort they are; for many things prevent me.” And Homer too says, “The rule of many is not good.”
104.3Holl GCS 25:124–125
ὁ δὲ Φιλήμων, ἕτερος κωμικός, φησίν »οἱ ἕνα θεὸν σέβοντες ἐλπίδας ἔχουσι καλὰς εἰς σωτηρίαν«.
ho de Philēmōn, heteros kōmikos, phēsin »hoi hena theon sebontes elpidas echousi kalas eis sōtērian«.
And Philemon, another comic poet, says, “Those who worship one God have good hopes of salvation.”
104.4Holl GCS 25:125
Απις γὰρ εὐθὺς ό ἀχυροφάγος μόσχος ὑπὸ Κάμπυος, τοῦ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων βασιλέως, ξίφει τὸν μηρὸν πλήττεται, ἵν, εἰ ῥεύσει αἱμα, ἐλεγχθῇ μὴ ὣν θεός.
Apis gar euthys o achyrophagos moschos hypo Kampyos, tou tōn Assyriōn basileōs, xiphei ton mēron plēttetai, hin, ei rheusei haima, elenchthę̄ mē hōn theos.
For Apis, the straw-eating calf, was struck in the thigh with a sword by Cambyses, the king of the Assyrians, so that, if blood flowed, he would be proved not a god.
104.5Holl GCS 25:125
Κρονικοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀρνοῦνται τὸν ἴδιον αὐτῶν θεὸν ἐγκαθεῖρχθαι ἁλύσεσι σιδηραῖς, οὕτως ήγούμενοι. εἰ δέ τις ἐν καθείρξει ὑπάρχει, οὐχ ὰπλῶς ὅτι ἑνὶ μείζονι ὑπόκειται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς κακοῦργος ό τοιοῦτος ἐν καθείρξει ἐστίν.
Kronikoi de ouk arnountai ton idion autōn theon enkatheirchthai halysesi sidērais, houtōs ēgoumenoi. ei de tis en katheirxei hyparchei, ouch aplōs hoti heni meizoni hypokeitai, alla kai hōs kakourgos o toioutos en katheirxei estin.
And the worshipers of Cronus do not deny that their own god is shut in with iron chains, thinking so. But if someone is in confinement, not only is he subject to one greater, but such a one is in confinement as a criminal.
104.6Holl GCS 25:125
εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ * Ἴσιδός μοι ἔσται λόγος τῆς ἤδη καὶ Ατθίδος καὶ Ἰοῦς λεγομένης, θυγατρὸς δὲ Ἄπιδος τοῦ Καππαδόκου τοῦ καὶ Ἰνάχου καλουμένου, αἰσχύνομαι μὲν ἴσως τὰς ἐκείνων πράξεις άνακηρῦξαι·
ei de kai peri * Isidos moi estai logos tēs ēdē kai Atthidos kai Ious legomenēs, thygatros de Apidos tou Kappadokou tou kai Inachou kaloumenou, aischynomai men isōs tas ekeinōn praxeis anakēryxai;
And if I should speak of * Isis, who is also called Atthis and Io, daughter of Apis the Cappadocian, also called Inachus, I am ashamed perhaps to proclaim their deeds;
104.7Holl GCS 25:125–126
πλὴν δὲ οὐκ αἰσχυνθήσομαι λέγειν ἃ αὐτοὶ προσκυνεῖν οὐκ αἰσχύνονται. αἰσχυνέσθωσαν δὲ οἱ ταύτης προσκυνηταὶ καὶ ⟨τῆς⟩ γενείας τὰς ἑαυτῶν θυγατέρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ ἀδελφὰς τὰς τῶν θεῶν πράξεις μιμεῖσθαι παραινοῦντες.
plēn de ouk aischynthēsomai legein ha autoi proskynein ouk aischynontai. aischynesthōsan de hoi tautēs proskynētai kai ⟨tēs⟩ geneias tas heautōn thygateras te kai gynaikas kai adelphas tas tōn theōn praxeis mimeisthai parainountes.
yet I will not be ashamed to say what they are not ashamed to worship. Let her worshipers be ashamed ⟨of the⟩ family, urging their own daughters and wives and sisters to imitate the deeds of the gods.
104.8Holl GCS 25:126
καὶ εὐθὺς μὲν Οσίρεως ἐρῶσαι τοῦ ἰδίου αὐτῶν ἀδελφοῦ Τυφῶνος ⟨τε⟩ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοὺς ἰδίους ἀδελφοὺς κατʼ ἀλλήλων στρατεύουσι. πολλὴ δὲ αἰσχύνη θεᾶς τῆς μήτε αἰδοῦς ⟨τοῦ⟩ ἰδίου ἀδελφοῦ αἰσθομένης, ἐρώσης μὲν καὶ μὴ ἀρκουμένης τοῖς ἔξωθεν ἀνδράσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕως τοῦ ἰδίου ἀδελφοῦ φθανούσης.
kai euthys men Osireōs erōsai tou idiou autōn adelphou Typhōnos ⟨te⟩ tou adelphou tous idious adelphous katʼ allēlōn strateuousi. pollē de aischynē theas tēs mēte aidous ⟨tou⟩ idiou adelphou aisthomenēs, erōsēs men kai mē arkoumenēs tois exōthen andrasin, alla kai heōs tou idiou adelphou phthanousēs.
And at once, being in love with Osiris, her own brother, ⟨and⟩ with Typhon her brother, she sets her own brothers at war against each other. Great is the shame of a goddess who felt no modesty ⟨toward⟩ her own brother, loving and not content with men outside, but reaching as far as her own brother.
104.9Holl GCS 25:126
οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀδελφοκτονίαν διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἀκορεστίαν τοῖς φιλτάτοις ὑποδείκνυσι.
ou monon de, alla kai adelphoktonian dia tēn idian tēs epithymias akorestian tois philtatois hypodeiknysi.
Not only that, but she also shows her dearest ones fratricide because of the insatiability of her own desire.
104.10Holl GCS 25:126
καὶ Ὡρον μὲν ἴνα γεννᾷ παῖδα, ἥ οὐκ ἠδυνήθη παραστῆσαι, τίς ὁ γνήσιος ἀληθῶς ἔστιν αὐτοῦ πατήρ. εἰ γὰρ μὲν Τυφῶνα ὀνομάσῃ, διστάζει μὴ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ γονεύς· εἰ δὲ τὸν Ὄσιριν, τίς τούτου τὴν άκρίβειαν παραστήσειε;
kai Hōron men ina genną paida, hē ouk ēdynēthē parastēsai, tis ho gnēsios alēthōs estin autou patēr. ei gar men Typhōna onomasę̄, distazei mē ouk estin autou goneus; ei de ton Osirin, tis toutou tēn akribeian parastēseie?
And she bears Horus as a child, and could not establish who is truly his genuine father. For if she names Typhon, she doubts whether he is not his parent; and if Osiris, who could establish the exactness of this?
104.11Holl GCS 25:126
καλὸν δὲ θεὸν ⟨αὐτὸν γενέσθαι⟩ ἡ τοιαύτη μήτηρ ἐδίδασκε, παραλαβοῦσα αύτὸν καὶ ἐν Τύρῳ πορνεύσασα ἴτη δέκα.
kalon de theon ⟨auton genesthai⟩ hē toiautē mētēr edidaske, paralabousa auton kai en Tyrǭ porneusasa itē deka.
And such a mother taught ⟨that he was⟩ a fine god, having taken him and committed fornication in Tyre for ten years.
104.12Holl GCS 25:126
Σέραπιν δὲ τὸν Απιν βασιλέα ⟨καλούμενον⟩ Σινωπέων παῖδες θεοποιοῦντες τυραννίδι μᾶλλον ἐδούλευσαν ἤπερ ἀληθείᾳ.
Serapin de ton Apin basilea ⟨kaloumenon⟩ Sinōpeōn paides theopoiountes tyrannidi mallon edouleusan ēper alētheią.
And the children of Sinope, deifying Serapis, the king ⟨called⟩ Apis, served tyranny rather than truth.
Chapter 105
105.1Holl GCS 25:126–127
105. Ταῦτά ἐστι τῶν παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις τιμωμένων θεῶν τὰ ἐπίχειρα, ὧν τὸ κατὰ μέρος εἰπεῖν * πολὺς χρόνος ἀναλωθήσεται. Έλληνες δὲ οἱ δοκοῦντές τι εἶναι ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, λόγοις μόνον καὶ ὀξύτητι γλώσσης φιλοσοφοῦντες καὶ οὐκ ἔργοις, πλέον πάντων ἐξώκειλαν·
105. Tauta esti tōn parʼ Aigyptiois timōmenōn theōn ta epicheira, hōn to kata meros eipein * polys chronos analōthēsetai. Ellēnes de hoi dokountes ti einai en heautois, logois monon kai oxytēti glōssēs philosophountes kai ouk ergois, pleon pantōn exōkeilan;
These are the wages of the gods honored among the Egyptians, to tell which in detail * much time would be spent. But the Greeks, who seem to be something among themselves, philosophizing only in words and sharpness of tongue and not in deeds, ran aground more than all:
105.2Holl GCS 25:127
οἵτινες κατάγουσι Κρόνον άπ΄ Οὐρανοῦ, λέγοντες αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Οὐρανοῦ γεγε⟨ν⟩νῆσθαι καὶ τὸ μόρια τοῦ ἰδίου πατρὸς ὤ κακῆς πράξεως, αἰσχρᾶς τε ὑπονοίας)· ὅς εἰ μὴ ἐτμήθη, πολλοὶ Κρονίωνες ἠσαν., οὑτος δὲ ὸ γεννάδας, ὸ ἕως πατρὸς πεφθακώς,
hoitines katagousi Kronon ap΄ Ouranou, legontes auton apo tou Ouranou gege⟨n⟩nēsthai kai to moria tou idiou patros ō kakēs praxeōs, aischras te hyponoias); hos ei mē etmēthē, polloi Kroniōnes ēsan., houtos de o gennadas, o heōs patros pephthakōs,
who derive Cronus from Uranus, saying that he was begotten from Uranus and ⟨cut off⟩ the private parts of his own father (O evil deed and shameful notion!); who, if he had not been cut, there would have been many sons of Cronus. And this noble fellow, who went as far as his father,
105.3Holl GCS 25:127
οὐκ ἠρκέσθη ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ ἀσεβείᾳ, ἀλλὰ νέος μὲν ὢν ἀδικεῖ τὸν πατέρα, πρεσβύτης δὲ γεγονὼς τὰ ἴδια αὐτοῦ τέκνα,
ouk ērkesthē epi tę̄ prōtę̄ asebeią, alla neos men ōn adikei ton patera, presbytēs de gegonōs ta idia autou tekna,
was not content with his first impiety, but when young he wrongs his father, and when he became old, his own children,
105.4Holl GCS 25:127
Ποσειδῶνα μὲν καταπίνων καὶ Πλούτωνα, Δία δὲ ἀναζητῶν καὶ ἐμπαιζόμενος ὑπὸ τῆς Ῥέας καὶ] πέτραν μεγάλην ἐσπαργανωμένην ἀντὶ βρέφους κατα- πίνων·
Poseidōna men katapinōn kai Ploutōna, Dia de anazētōn kai empaizomenos hypo tēs Rheas kai] petran megalēn esparganōmenēn anti brephous kata- pinōn;
swallowing Poseidon and Pluto, and seeking Zeus and being fooled by Rhea, swallowing a great stone swaddled instead of a baby;
105.5Holl GCS 25:127
ὡσεὶ θεὸς τάχα *] εὐγενῶν δὲ γονέων ὑπάρχων ἱν οὕτως εἴπω ὸ τούτου παῖς, Ζεὺς τούτῳ ὄνομα, ἐκινδύνευε πασῶν τῶν γυ- ναικῶν ἀνὴρ γίνεσθαι καὶ ὁ τούτου υἱὸς Ἑρμῆς. καὶ Με κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ὑποροίκιός τις ἐγένετο καὶ μὴ κλεψίγαμος πάντοτε καὶ κακεργάτης·
hōsei theos tacha *] eugenōn de goneōn hyparchōn hin houtōs eipō o toutou pais, Zeus toutǭ onoma, ekindyneue pasōn tōn gy- naikōn anēr ginesthai kai ho toutou huios Hermēs. kai Me kata tous nomous hyporoikios tis egeneto kai mē klepsigamos pantote kai kakergatēs;
as a god, perhaps *, but being of noble parents, so to speak, his son, Zeus by name, risked becoming the husband of all women, and his son Hermes. And ⟨not⟩ according to the laws was he a keeper of the house, but always an adulterer and evildoer;
105.6Holl GCS 25:127
Πηνελόπην μὲν γὰρ φθείρει, δι᾿ ἡδονὴν τράγος γενόμενος· τράγος δὲ οἶμαι ἐγίνετο διὰ τὸ ἀκμαῖον τῆς τοῦ γενείου παραπλοκῆς.
Pēnelopēn men gar phtheirei, di᾿ hēdonēn tragos genomenos; tragos de oimai egineto dia to akmaion tēs tou geneiou paraplokēs.
For he corrupts Penelope, having become a goat for pleasure; and he became a goat, I think, because of the vigor of the weaving of his beard.
105.7Holl GCS 25:127
πρὸς Δανάην δὲ ⟨Ζεὺς ὸ πρῶτον ὴμῖν καλούμενος⟩ χρυσὸς ἐγίνετο, ἵνα παρθένον σώφρονα θαλαμευομένην φθείρῃ· χρυσὸς δὲ ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἠδύνατο γενέσθαι ποτέ, ἀλλὰ γόης ὣν διὰ χρυσοῦ δωροδοκῶν τὴν παρθένον ἠπάτησε.
pros Danaēn de ⟨Zeus o prōton ēmin kaloumenos⟩ chrysos egineto, hina parthenon sōphrona thalameuomenēn phtheirę̄; chrysos de ekeinos ouk ēdynato genesthai pote, alla goēs hōn dia chrysou dōrodokōn tēn parthenon ēpatēse.
And to Danaë ⟨Zeus, whom we mentioned first,⟩ became gold, to corrupt a chaste virgin kept in her chamber; but he could never have become gold, but being a sorcerer he deceived the virgin by bribing her with gold.
105.8Holl GCS 25:127–128
καὶ παρὰ μὲν Λήδᾳ κύκνος αὐθις γίνεται, τὴν ἀναπτέρωσιν τῆς πυρώσεως τῆς αὐτοῦ ἡδονῆς ἀνασημαίνων.
kai para men Lēdą kyknos authis ginetai, tēn anapterōsin tēs pyrōseōs tēs autou hēdonēs anasēmainōn.
And with Leda he becomes a swan again, signifying the wing-lifting of the burning of his pleasure.
105.9Holl GCS 25:128
ἀετὸς δὲ ⟨γενόμενος⟩ πώποτε ἀναπετασθεὶς παιδοφθόρων διδάσκαλος προκαθέζεται· μηδέποτε ἀετὸς γενόμενος, ἀλλʼ ἐν πλοίῳ παρασήμῳ, ἀετῷ ὀνομαζομένῳ διὰ τὸ τάχος, Τροίαν παραπλεύσας καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ βασιλέως Τρώων] Γανυμήδην ἁρπάσας τὴν φθορὰν ἀπειργάσατο.
aetos de ⟨genomenos⟩ pōpote anapetastheis paidophthorōn didaskalos prokathezetai; mēdepote aetos genomenos, allʼ en ploiǭ parasēmǭ, aetǭ onomazomenǭ dia to tachos, Troian parapleusas kai ton huion tou basileōs Trōōn] Ganymēdēn harpasas tēn phthoran apeirgasato.
And ⟨having become⟩ an eagle, once flying up, he presides as teacher of corrupters of boys; not that he ever became an eagle, but, sailing past Troy in a ship with an ensign, called Eagle for its speed, and seizing Ganymede, the son of the king, he committed the corruption.
105.10Holl GCS 25:128
καὶ πρὸς Πασιφάην δὲ ταῦρος ἐγένετο, ὡσαύτως καὶ πρὸς Εὐρώπην.
kai pros Pasiphaēn de tauros egeneto, hōsautōs kai pros Eurōpēn.
And for Pasiphaë he became a bull, and likewise for Europa.
Chapter 106
106.1Holl GCS 25:128
106. Καὶ τί μοι τὰ πλήθη λέγειν ⟨τῶν φθορῶν⟩ τοῦ γενναίου τούτου ⟨παρθένων⟩ φθορέως καὶ φθορέων διδασκάλου; οὖ τὸ οὐκ όλίγοις ἐστὶ δῆλον. ἐν Κρήτῃ γὰρ τῇ νήσῳ ἐν τῷ ὄρει τῷ λεγομένῳ Λασίῳ ἔως δεῦρο δακτυλοδεικτεῖται.
106. Kai ti moi ta plēthē legein ⟨tōn phthorōn⟩ tou gennaiou toutou ⟨parthenōn⟩ phthoreōs kai phthoreōn didaskalou? ou to ouk oligois esti dēlon. en Krētę̄ gar tę̄ nēsǭ en tǭ orei tǭ legomenǭ Lasiǭ eōs deuro daktylodeikteitai.
And why should I tell the multitude ⟨of the corruptions⟩ of this noble corrupter ⟨of virgins⟩ and teacher of corrupters? Whose ⟨tomb⟩ is known to not a few; for in the island of Crete, on the mountain called Lasius, it is pointed out to this day.
106.2Holl GCS 25:128
Ζῆνες δὲ οὐχ εἶς ἢ δύο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρες γεγόνασι τὸν ἀριθμόν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ εἶς αὐτῶν Κρονίδης ό προειρημένος, ό ταρταρώσας τὸν ἴδιον αὐτοῦ πατέρα ἐν τῷ καυκασίῳ ὄρει, ό δʼ ἄλλος Λατιάριος λεγόμενος, ἐξ οὑπερ οἱ μονομάχοι γεγόνασιν, ἄλλος δὲ ὁ τραγῳδός. ὁ καὶ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ καύσας.
Zēnes de ouch eis ē dyo, alla kai treis kai tessares gegonasi ton arithmon. ho men gar eis autōn Kronidēs o proeirēmenos, o tartarōsas ton idion autou patera en tǭ kaukasiǭ orei, o dʼ allos Latiarios legomenos, ex houper hoi monomachoi gegonasin, allos de ho tragǭdos. ho kai tēn cheira autou kausas.
And there have been not one or two Zeuses, but three and four in number. One of them is the son of Cronus mentioned before, who cast his own father into Tartarus on Mount Caucasus; another is called Latiaris, from whom the gladiators came; another is the tragic actor, who also burned his hand.
106.3Holl GCS 25:128–129
τάχα δὲ θεὸς ὣν ἐπελάθετο ὅτι δάκνει τὸ πῦρ καὶ οὐκ εἶχε τὴν πρόγνωσιν τοῦ λέγοντος τράγῳ τῷ σατύρῳ, εὑρόντι πρότερον τὸ πῦρ καὶ προσελθόντι φιλῆσαι »μὴ ἅψῃ, τράγε· ἁψάμενος γὰρ σοῦ ἐμπρήσεις τὰ γένεια«.
tacha de theos hōn epelatheto hoti daknei to pyr kai ouk eiche tēn prognōsin tou legontos tragǭ tǭ satyrǭ, heuronti proteron to pyr kai proselthonti philēsai »mē hapsę̄, trage; hapsamenos gar sou emprēseis ta geneia«.
Perhaps, being a god, he forgot that fire bites, and did not have the foreknowledge of the one who said to the goat-satyr, who first found fire and came near to kiss it, “Do not touch it, goat; for if you touch it you will burn your beard.”
106.4Holl GCS 25:129
Ἀθηναῖ δὲ γεγόνασιν οὐ μία, ἀλλὰ πολλαί· μία μὲν ῥεμβομένη καὶ περὶ τὴν Τριτωνίδα λίμνην ἀλωμένη, ἄλλη δὲ ή Ὠκεανοῦ, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ Κρόνου καὶ πολλαὶ ἄλλαι.
Athēnai de gegonasin ou mia, alla pollai; mia men rhembomenē kai peri tēn Tritōnida limnēn alōmenē, allē de ē Ōkeanou, hetera de hē Kronou kai pollai allai.
And there have been not one Athena but many: one roaming and wandering about Lake Tritonis, another the daughter of Oceanus, another the daughter of Cronus, and many others.
106.5Holl GCS 25:129
Αρτέμιδες πολλαί· μία μὲν ή Ἐφεσία, ἄλλη ἡ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ ἄλλαι ὡσαύτως οὐκ ὀλίγαι. καὶ Διόνυσοι ⟨δὲ⟩ ὸ Θηβαῖος, ἄλλος ὁ Σεμέλης, ό ἐπὶ τῶν Κορυβάντων καὶ ό ὑπὸ τῶν Τιτάνων διασπώμενος καὶ Κουρήτων ὸ] τὴν κρεωνομίαν μυῶν.
Artemides pollai; mia men ē Ephesia, allē hē tou Dios kai allai hōsautōs ouk oligai. kai Dionysoi ⟨de⟩ o Thēbaios, allos ho Semelēs, o epi tōn Korybantōn kai o hypo tōn Titanōn diaspōmenos kai Kourētōn o] tēn kreōnomian myōn.
Many Artemises: one the Ephesian, another the daughter of Zeus, and likewise not a few others. And Dionysuses: the Theban, another the son of Semele, the one among the Corybantes, and the one torn apart by the Titans and the one initiating into the dismemberment of the Curetes.
106.6Holl GCS 25:129
Ἡρακλῆς δὲ ὸ λεγόμενος παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀλεξίκακος, οὗ τὰς πράξεις πόσας ἀποσιωπήσω, μίαν δὲ ἀπὸ πασῶν τὴν παρʼ αὐτοῖς τάχα ἐπαινουμένην ὐποδείξω· ἀρκέσει τούτῳ τὸν κάματον τοῦτον ὑποστῆναι, ἕνα τῷ βίῳ σωτηρία γένηται. εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἔφθειρεν ἐν μιᾷ νυκτὶ πεντήκοντα παρθένους, πῶς ὁ κόσμος ἐσᾠζετο; μᾶλλον δὲ ὠλώλει.
Hēraklēs de o legomenos parʼ autois alexikakos, hou tas praxeis posas aposiōpēsō, mian de apo pasōn tēn parʼ autois tacha epainoumenēn ypodeixō; arkesei toutǭ ton kamaton touton hypostēnai, hena tǭ biǭ sōtēria genētai. ei mē gar ephtheiren en mią nykti pentēkonta parthenous, pōs ho kosmos esǭzeto? mallon de ōlōlei.
And Heracles, called among them averter of evil, how many of whose deeds I will pass over in silence, but I will point out one of them all, perhaps praised among them: it will suffice for him to have endured this labor, so that salvation might come to the world. For if he had not corrupted fifty virgins in one night, how would the world have been saved? Rather it would have perished.
106.7Holl GCS 25:129
καὶ ἁπλῶς όμολογῶ σοι, περικακῶ τὰς κακὰς αὐτῶν πράξεις καταλογάδην ἀναγράψαι.
kai haplōs omologō soi, perikakō tas kakas autōn praxeis katalogadēn anagrapsai.
And simply, I confess to you, I am weary of recording their evil deeds in detail.
106.8Holl GCS 25:129–130
ἔτι δὲ βασιλεῖς καὶ τύραννοι ἀπηνέστατοι, ἐπιποθήτους τινὰς ἐσχηκότες καὶ τούτους ἐν τῇ κατορύξαντες, πλέον τι μὴ ἔχοντες τούτοις χαρίσασθαι οἶα δὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ φθαρτοὶ κατ΄ αὐτοὺς ὄντες), εἰς τὴν ἐκείνων εὔνοιαν τοὺς τάφους αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλάνῃ τοῦ βίου τοῖς ἰδίοις ὑπηκόοις ἐπὶ κακῇ προφάσει ὡς θεῶν θρῃσκεύεσθαι παραδεδώκασιν, ὡς ό Αντίνους ὁ ἐν Ἀντινόου κεκηδευμένος,
eti de basileis kai tyrannoi apēnestatoi, epipothētous tinas eschēkotes kai toutous en tę̄ katoryxantes, pleon ti mē echontes toutois charisasthai oia dē kai autoi phthartoi kat΄ autous ontes), eis tēn ekeinōn eunoian tous taphous autōn epi planę̄ tou biou tois idiois hypēkoois epi kakę̄ prophasei hōs theōn thrę̄skeuesthai paradedōkasin, hōs o Antinous ho en Antinoou kekēdeumenos,
And further, most cruel kings and tyrants, having had certain favorites and having buried them in the ⟨earth⟩, having nothing more to grant them (being themselves corruptible like them), out of goodwill toward them handed down to their own subjects, to the deception of life, on an evil pretext, the worship of their tombs as of gods: like Antinous, who is buried in Antinoopolis,
106.9Holl GCS 25:130
καὶ ἐν λουσορίω πλοίῳ κείμενος ὑπὸ Ἀδριανοῦ οὕτως κατετάγη. Τιμογένης δὲ ἐν Ασίᾳ, Κάνωβός τε ὁ Μενελάου κυβερνήτης καὶ ἡ τούτου γυνὴ Ἐνμενουθὶς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ τεθαμμένοι τιμῶνται πρὸς τῇ ὄχθῃ τῆς θαλάσσης, ἀπὸ δεκαδύο σημείων διεστῶτες, καὶ Μαρνᾶς δοῦλος Ἀστερίου τοῦ Κρητὸς παρὰ Γαζαίοις, Βάσιος δὲ ό ναύκληρος παρὰ Πηλουσιώταις.
kai en lousoriō ploiǭ keimenos hypo Adrianou houtōs katetagē. Timogenēs de en Asią, Kanōbos te ho Menelaou kybernētēs kai hē toutou gynē Enmenouthis en Alexandreią tethammenoi timōntai pros tę̄ ochthę̄ tēs thalassēs, apo dekadyo sēmeiōn diestōtes, kai Marnas doulos Asteriou tou Krētos para Gazaiois, Basios de o nauklēros para Pēlousiōtais.
and, lying in a pleasure barge, was so ranked by Hadrian. And Timogenes in Asia, and Canopus the helmsman of Menelaus and his wife Eumenuthis, buried in Alexandria, are honored by the seashore, twelve miles apart; and Marnas, the slave of Asterius the Cretan, among the people of Gaza; and Basius the shipmaster among the Pelusians.
Chapter 107
107.1Holl GCS 25:130
107. Ταῦτα οὖν πάντα ὅταν ⟨ἐν⟩ μέσῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀκριβοῦτε, κακὸν † ὺπόδειγμα θανασίμης οδοῦ * τοὺς * οὕτω προαχθέντας ὑπολύετε, ἄλλους δὲ ἀπὸ μοιχείας εἰς σωφροσύνην φέρετε καὶ μὴ μόνον τοῦ κλεψιγαμεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀπαλλάττετε, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἰδίας ⟨γαμετῆς⟩ κατὰ ἐγκράτειαν * καταφρονεῖν, ὡς ἔτι »ό καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν«, ὥς φησιν ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος, πόρνους δὲ κατηχεῖτε, ἵνα μὴ τὴν ἀθέμιτον πρᾶξιν παρὰ θεῷ τε καὶ ἀνθρώποις ἐργασάμενοι τιμωρηθῶσιν.
107. Tauta oun panta hotan ⟨en⟩ mesę̄ tę̄ ekklēsią akriboute, kakon † ypodeigma thanasimēs odou * tous * houtō proachthentas hypolyete, allous de apo moicheias eis sōphrosynēn pherete kai mē monon tou klepsigamein autous apallattete, alla kai tēs idias ⟨gametēs⟩ kata enkrateian * kataphronein, hōs eti »o kairos synestalmenos estin«, hōs phēsin ho hieros apostolos, pornous de katēcheite, hina mē tēn athemiton praxin para theǭ te kai anthrōpois ergasamenoi timōrēthōsin.
So when you set out all these things precisely ⟨in⟩ the midst of the church, you release those so led on from the evil † example of the deadly way *; and you bring others from adultery to chastity, and you not only free them from illicit unions but also * to disregard their own ⟨wives⟩ through self-control, since “the time has been shortened,” as the holy apostle says; and you instruct fornicators, so that they may not be punished for having done what is unlawful before God and men.
107.2Holl GCS 25:130–131
καὶ ὅταν πάντα ταῦτα διὰ στόματος καὶ διʼ ἔργων κάμνοντες παραδῶτε, πείθετε αὐτοὺς τὰ πάντα ἐγκαταδέξασθαι ὑμῶν, ἔργῳ πάντα πρῶτον πράξαντες καὶ ἐν αὑτοῖς ἀνατυπωσάμενοι, τοὺς λόγους πιστοποιοῦντες διὰ τῶν πράξεων, οἶς ἑαυτοὺς πρῶτον ἐδιδάξατε, ἵνα καὶ ἑτέρους μαθητεύσητε.
kai hotan panta tauta dia stomatos kai diʼ ergōn kamnontes paradōte, peithete autous ta panta enkatadexasthai hymōn, ergǭ panta prōton praxantes kai en hautois anatypōsamenoi, tous logous pistopoiountes dia tōn praxeōn, ois heautous prōton edidaxate, hina kai heterous mathēteusēte.
And when you hand on all these things, toiling by mouth and by works, persuade them to accept everything from you, having first done everything in deed and formed it in yourselves, confirming your words by your actions, in which you first taught yourselves, so that you may make disciples of others too.
107.3Holl GCS 25:131
ἐπέχετε γὰρ καὶ σιωπῶντες τρόπον ἡλίου τοῦ καὶ σιωπῇ πάντας πανταχοῦ διδάσκοντος· εὐθὺς γὰρ ἀνατέλλων καὶ σιωπῶν τὰς τέχνας αὐτῶν πάντας ἀναδιδάσκει.
epechete gar kai siōpōntes tropon hēliou tou kai siōpę̄ pantas pantachou didaskontos; euthys gar anatellōn kai siōpōn tas technas autōn pantas anadidaskei.
For even in silence you hold the manner of the sun, which teaches all everywhere even in silence; for as soon as it rises, silently it teaches all their crafts.
107.4Holl GCS 25:131
καὶ ὅταν μὲν τούτων ἁπάντων τὴν ὠφέλειαν τοῖς ἑαυτῶν τέκνοις εἴτʼ οὖν ἀδελφοῖς πιστοτάτοις παραδῶτε, προβιβάζετε μὲν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ γῆς μὲν βαδίζειν, »ἐν οὐρανῷ« δὲ ἔχειν »τὸ πολίτευμα«, μοναχῶν δὲ ζῆλον τοῖς πλείστοις ἐγγεννᾶτε·
kai hotan men toutōn hapantōn tēn ōpheleian tois heautōn teknois eitʼ oun adelphois pistotatois paradōte, probibazete men autous epi gēs men badizein, »en ouranǭ« de echein »to politeuma«, monachōn de zēlon tois pleistois engennate;
And when you hand on the benefit of all these things to your own children or most faithful brothers, you lead them on to walk on earth but to have “citizenship in heaven,” and you beget in most of them a zeal for the monastic life;
107.5Holl GCS 25:131
διὰ τῆς ἐν ὺμῖν στερρότητος καὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως αἱρεσιώτας στυγοῦντες, Μανιχαίους φιμοῦντες Μαρκιωνιστάς ⟨τε⟩ καὶ λοιποὺς ὁμοίους αὐτῶν, τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπελαύνετε, πάσας αὐτῶν τὰς προφάσεις παραλύοντες καὶ ἐπιστομίζοντες.
dia tēs en ymin sterrotētos kai anypokritou pisteōs hairesiōtas stygountes, Manichaious phimountes Markiōnistas ⟨te⟩ kai loipous homoious autōn, tēs tou theou apelaunete, pasas autōn tas prophaseis paralyontes kai epistomizontes.
through your firmness and unfeigned faith, hating the heretics, muzzling Manichaeans ⟨and⟩ Marcionites and others like them, you drive them from God's ⟨church⟩, undoing and silencing all their pretexts.
107.6Holl GCS 25:131
πόσα γὰρ κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν τολμηρῶς καταφθέγγονται, κοῦφοι ὄντες καὶ κενοὶ ἀπὸ ἁγίου πνεύματος, εἴς τε τὸν τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸν βλασφημοῦσι καὶ ὅσα καλὰ διὰ τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις κατὰ προφητείαν ⟨ἐν πνεύματι⟩ ό θεὸς ἐχαρίσατο, οὖτοι μισοῦσι τά τε βαθύτατα τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οἶα δὴ γεώδεις ὄντες καὶ σωματικοί, ⟨ψυχικῶς⟩ ἀνακρίνοντες οὐ νοοῦσι. μάτην δὲ βλασφημοῦσιν.
posa gar kata tou theou kai kata tōn hagiōn autou prophētōn tolmērōs kataphthengontai, kouphoi ontes kai kenoi apo hagiou pneumatos, eis te ton tōn holōn dēmiourgon blasphēmousi kai hosa kala dia tōn hagiōn autou prophētōn tois pasin anthrōpois kata prophēteian ⟨en pneumati⟩ o theos echarisato, outoi misousi ta te bathytata tou nomou kai tōn prophētōn oia dē geōdeis ontes kai sōmatikoi, ⟨psychikōs⟩ anakrinontes ou noousi. matēn de blasphēmousin.
For how many things do they boldly utter against God and against his holy prophets, being light and empty of the Holy Spirit; and they blaspheme the Creator of all, and hate all the good things God graciously gave to all people by prophecy ⟨in the Spirit⟩ through his holy prophets; and, being earthly and bodily, judging ⟨in a natural way⟩, they do not understand the deepest things of the law and the prophets; and they blaspheme in vain.
107.7Holl GCS 25:131–132
εὐθὺς τὴν αὐτῶν πλάνην μὴ ὀκνεῖτε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀκουόντων ἀποσείεσθαι ⟨ἐλέγχοντες⟩ αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀληθινῶν ἀποδείξεων. διὸ γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων ῥημάτων οἱ ματαιόφρονες ὥσπερ φρύγανα ἐν ῥεύματι πλουσίου ποταμοῦ καταφέρονται.
euthys tēn autōn planēn mē okneite apo tōn akouontōn aposeiesthai ⟨elenchontes⟩ autous apo tōn alēthinōn apodeixeōn. dio gar tōn toioutōn rhēmatōn hoi mataiophrones hōsper phrygana en rheumati plousiou potamou katapherontai.
Do not hesitate at once to shake off their error from the hearers, ⟨refuting⟩ them from the true proofs. For by such words the vain-minded are carried away like brushwood in the current of a full river.
Chapter 108
108.1Holl GCS 25:132
108. Εἴπαι δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ νόμου, ὅς τὸν Αδὰμ ἀγνοῶν ποῦ ἐστιν ἠρώτα λέγων »΄Αδὰμ ποῦ εἶ;« καὶ τῷ Κάϊν λέγει ποῦ Ἄβελ ὁ ἀδελφός σου;« καὶ πρὸς τὸν Αβραάμ »ποῦ Σάρρα ἡ γυνή σου;‘ καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ τοιαῦτα.
108. Eipai de hoti kalos ho theos tou nomou, hos ton Adam agnoōn pou estin ērōta legōn »΄Adam pou ei?« kai tǭ Kaïn legei pou Abel ho adelphos sou?« kai pros ton Abraam »pou Sarra hē gynē sou?‘ kai alla polla toiauta.
They say, “A fine God is the God of the law, who, not knowing where Adam was, asked, ‘Adam, where are you?’ and says to Cain, ‘Where is Abel your brother?’ and to Abraham, ‘Where is Sarah your wife?’” and many other such things.
108.2Holl GCS 25:132
αὐτοὶ δὲ οἱ τοιαῦτα λέγοντες πιστεύουσι τῷ σωτῆρι θεῷ στόματι καὶ οὐκ ἀληθείᾳ, θεῷ ὄντι καὶ πρόγνωσιν ἔχοντι, τὰ δὲ αὐτὰ τῇ παλαιῷ ὁμοίως ἐπερωτῶντι ποῦ τεθείκατε τὸν Λάζαρον; καί τίς μου ἥψατο;« καὶ ὅτι »ἔχετε ἄρτους μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν; καί τίνα θέλετε;« ἤ τίνα ζητεῖτε;‘.
autoi de hoi toiauta legontes pisteuousi tǭ sōtēri theǭ stomati kai ouk alētheią, theǭ onti kai prognōsin echonti, ta de auta tę̄ palaiǭ homoiōs eperōtōnti pou tetheikate ton Lazaron? kai tis mou hēpsato?« kai hoti »echete artous methʼ heautōn? kai tina thelete?« ē tina zēteite?‘.
But those who say such things believe in the Savior God with their mouth and not in truth, who is God and has foreknowledge, yet asks the same things as in the Old: “Where have you laid Lazarus?” and “Who touched me?” and “Have you loaves with you?” and “What do you wish?” or “Whom do you seek?”
108.3Holl GCS 25:132
εὐχερὴς λοιπὸν καὶ ῥᾀδιος ό πρὸς τούτους ἔλεγχος. ὡς γὰρ ἐπερωτᾷ ὁ υἱὸς πρόγνωσιν ἔχων, οὕτως καὶ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ] ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ἐπερωτᾷ, ὁ αύτὸς ὥν ἀεὶ καὶ μὴ μεταλλασσόμενος.
eucherēs loipon kai rhądios o pros toutous elenchos. hōs gar eperōtą ho huios prognōsin echōn, houtōs kai ho patēr kai autos kai] en tǭ nomǭ eperōtą, ho autos hōn aei kai mē metallassomenos.
So the refutation of them is easy and simple. For as the Son asks while having foreknowledge, so also the Father himself asks in the law, being always the same and unchanging.
108.4Holl GCS 25:132
ἐὰν γὰρ εἴπῃ ποῦ » τεθείκατε τὸν Λάζαρον; * οὔτε τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἀγνοεῖ οὔτε τὴν παλαιὰν διαθήκην. ποῦ τεθείκατε« γάρ »αὐτόν;« λέγει, ἐξελέγξαι θέλων τὰς μηδὲ τὴν ἴσην πίστιν ἐξενηνοχυίας πρὸς τὴν Σουμανιτιν, καίτοι γε ἐκείνης πρὸς ἄνθρωπον ἐχούσης, τουτέστιν Ελισσαῖον τὸν ἅγιον προφήτην, τῶν δὲ περὶ Μάρθαν ἐχουσῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν.
ean gar eipę̄ pou » tetheikate ton Lazaron? * oute to euangelion agnoei oute tēn palaian diathēkēn. pou tetheikate« gar »auton?« legei, exelenxai thelōn tas mēde tēn isēn pistin exenēnochuias pros tēn Soumanitin, kaitoi ge ekeinēs pros anthrōpon echousēs, toutestin Elissaion ton hagion prophētēn, tōn de peri Marthan echousōn pros ton theon.
For if he says, “Where have you laid Lazarus?” *, he is ignorant neither of the Gospel nor of the Old Testament. For he says, “Where have you laid him?” wishing to reprove the women who had not shown even equal faith with the Shunammite woman, although she had hers toward a man, that is, Elisha the holy prophet, while Martha and her sister had theirs toward God.
108.5Holl GCS 25:132
καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃ τίς μου ἥψατο;« οὐκ ἀγνοῶν λέγει, ἀλλʼ ἵνα πείσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα ἀφʼ ἑαυτῆς ὁμολογῆσαι, ἵνα μὴ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ μαρτυρῇ ό υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ ἄλλων δοξάζηται.
kai ean eipę̄ tis mou hēpsato?« ouk agnoōn legei, allʼ hina peisę̄ tēn gynaika aphʼ heautēs homologēsai, hina mē peri heautou martyrę̄ o huios tou theou, allʼ hypo allōn doxazētai.
And if he says, “Who touched me?”, he says it not in ignorance, but to persuade the woman to confess of herself, so that the Son of God might not bear witness about himself but be glorified by others.
108.6Holl GCS 25:132
καὶ ὅταν εἴπῃ »ἔχετε ἄρτους μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν;« ἐπὶ τούτῳ λέγει, ἴνα τὸ βραχὺ τῶν ἄρτων πᾶσι σημανθῇ καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς αὐτοῦ θαυματουργίας θαυμασθῇ, διὰ τοσούτων ἄρτων τοσούτου τραφέντος ὄχλου. καὶ ὅταν εἴπῃ τίνα ζητεῖτε;«
kai hotan eipę̄ »echete artous methʼ heautōn?« epi toutǭ legei, ina to brachy tōn artōn pasi sēmanthę̄ kai to megethos tēs autou thaumatourgias thaumasthę̄, dia tosoutōn artōn tosoutou traphentos ochlou. kai hotan eipę̄ tina zēteite?«
And when he says, “Have you loaves with you?” he says it for this purpose, that the smallness of the loaves might be made known to all and the greatness of his miracle be marveled at, so great a crowd being fed by so few loaves. And when he says, “Whom do you seek?”
108.7Holl GCS 25:132–133
τοὺς ζητοῦντας δείκνυσιν ἠπατημένους ὄντας καὶ »'Ιησοῦν ζητοῦντας«, τὸν ἰατρὸν ἑρμηνευόμενον καὶ σωτῆρα, ἕν ὅταν ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτόν, τῆς τούτου σωτηρίας λήξωσιν.
tous zētountas deiknysin ēpatēmenous ontas kai »'Iēsoun zētountas«, ton iatron hermēneuomenon kai sōtēra, hen hotan apokteinōsin auton, tēs toutou sōtērias lēxōsin.
he shows those who seek to be deceived, and “seeking Jesus,” which is interpreted physician and Savior, so that when they kill him, they will cease from his salvation.
Chapter 109
109.1Holl GCS 25:133
109. Ὥσπερ οὖν τὰ περὶ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν οἰκονομίας ἐδείξαμεν λεγόμενα μὲν ἀνθρωπίνως, οὐκ ἄμοιρα δὲ προγνώσεως ούδὲ γάρ τις τῶν εὐ φρονούντων εἴπῃ ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ποῦ τεθείκασι Λάζαρον, ἐγγὺς ὄντα τοῦ τόπου, εἰ καὶ δι΄ ὅν εἴπομεν τρόπον ἠρώτα, πόρρω ⟨ἐπὶ⟩ Γαλιλαίας πρώην ὄντα καὶ δείξαντα άφ΄ ὲαυτοῦ ὅτι Λάζαρος), οὕτω καὶ περὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης ταῦτα εὐφρόνως ἀναλύομεν.
109. Hōsper oun ta peri tēs tou kyriou hēmōn oikonomias edeixamen legomena men anthrōpinōs, ouk amoira de prognōseōs oude gar tis tōn eu phronountōn eipę̄ agnoein auton pou tetheikasi Lazaron, engys onta tou topou, ei kai di΄ hon eipomen tropon ērōta, porrō ⟨epi⟩ Galilaias prōēn onta kai deixanta aph΄ eautou hoti Lazaros), houtō kai peri tēs palaias diathēkēs tauta euphronōs analyomen.
So just as we have shown that the things said about our Lord's dispensation were said in human fashion yet not without foreknowledge (for no right-minded person would say that he did not know where they had laid Lazarus, being near the place, even if he asked for the reason we said, having shown of himself earlier, far away ⟨in⟩ Galilee, that Lazarus ⟨had died⟩), so also we sensibly explain these things about the Old Testament.
109.2Holl GCS 25:133
τὸ εἰπεῖν τὸν θεόν »'Αδὰμ ποῦ εἶ;« οὐκ ἀγνοοῦντος ἦν, ἀλλὰ δεικνύοντος ἀπὸ οἴου ὕψους πρὸς ποῖον βάθος αἴσχους ό Αδὰμ ἐκπεπτώκει.
to eipein ton theon »'Adam pou ei?« ouk agnoountos ēn, alla deiknyontos apo oiou hypsous pros poion bathos aischous o Adam ekpeptōkei.
God's saying, “Adam, where are you?” was not of one ignorant, but of one showing from what height to what depth of shame Adam had fallen.
109.3Holl GCS 25:133
καί »ποῦ Ἄβελ ό ἀδελφός σου;‘ ὅτι ὅν σε ἔδει φέρειν ἀεὶ ἐν ἀγκάλαις καὶ ἀεὶ συνεῖναι αὐτῷ, οὖτος ἐπὶ γῆν παρὰ σοῦ ἔρριπται.
kai »pou Abel o adelphos sou?‘ hoti hon se edei pherein aei en ankalais kai aei syneinai autǭ, outos epi gēn para sou erriptai.
And “Where is Abel your brother?”: that is, the one you ought always to carry in your arms and always be with has been cast on the ground by you.
109.4Holl GCS 25:133
δείκνυσι γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ἐπαγομένου ὅτι οὐκ ἀγνοίας χάριν ἠρώτα, ἀλλὰ διελέγχων ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν ὅτι »ἐπικατάρατος ἡ γῆ έν τοῖς ἔργοις σου καὶ ἐπικατάρατος σὺ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἥτις ἔχανε τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς δέξασθαι τὸ αἶμα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἐκ τῆς χειρός σου«·
deiknysi gar ek tou epagomenou hoti ouk agnoias charin ērōta, alla dielenchōn en tǭ eipein hoti »epikataratos hē gē en tois ergois sou kai epikataratos sy apo tēs gēs, hētis echane to stoma autēs dexasthai to aima tou adelphou sou ek tēs cheiros sou«;
For he shows from what follows that he asked not for ignorance, but reproving, in saying, “Cursed is the ground in your works, and cursed are you from the ground, which opened its mouth to receive your brother's blood from your hand”;
109.5Holl GCS 25:133
»ἰδού, γάρ φησιν, ὴ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ βοᾷ πρός με«. καί Μοῦ Σάρρα ἡ γυνή σου;« οὐκ ἀγνοῶν εἶπεν. ἐπεὶ πῶς ἠγνόει ὸ γελῶσαν ἔνδον τῆς οἰκίας εἰδὼς αὐτήν; οὐκ ἀγνοῶν τοίνυν ἠρώτα, ἀλλʼ ἵνα παρα- στήσῃ ταῖς θυγατράσιν αὐτῆς ταῖς »ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν« μαθεῖν τὴν ἐκείνης ἀγωγήν, ὅταν ἁγίοις ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων καμάτων ὑπηρετεῖν πειρῶνται.
»idou, gar phēsin, ē phōnē autou boą pros me«. kai Mou Sarra hē gynē sou?« ouk agnoōn eipen. epei pōs ēgnoei o gelōsan endon tēs oikias eidōs autēn? ouk agnoōn toinyn ērōta, allʼ hina para- stēsę̄ tais thygatrasin autēs tais »epangellomenais theosebeian« mathein tēn ekeinēs agōgēn, hotan hagiois ek tōn idiōn kamatōn hypēretein peirōntai.
“for behold,” he says, “his voice cries out to me.” And “Where is Sarah your wife?” he did not say in ignorance. For how would he not know, who knew she was laughing inside the house? So he asked not in ignorance, but to set before her daughters, “who profess godliness,” to learn her way of life, when they try to serve the saints from their own labors.
109.6Holl GCS 25:133
ἐκείνη γὰρ ἐν τοσαύτῃ ὑπηρεσίᾳ ὑπάρχουσα, αὐτὴ τοὺς ἀζύμους καὶ τοὺς ἐγκρυφίους ἐργαζομένη καὶ τὴν τοσαύτην ὑπηρεσίαν ἐξαρτύσασα ἅμα τοῖς αὐτῆς οἰκέταις, πρόσωπον τῶν ὑπηρετου- μένων οὐχ ὲωρα, σωφροσύνης ἐπιεικοῦς ὑπογραμμὸν ταῖς ημετέραις γενεαῖς ὑπολιμπάνουσα. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἀρκέσει εἰς παράστασιν ταῖς τῶν ματαίων ἀντιλογίαις.
ekeinē gar en tosautę̄ hypēresią hyparchousa, autē tous azymous kai tous enkryphious ergazomenē kai tēn tosautēn hypēresian exartysasa hama tois autēs oiketais, prosōpon tōn hypēretou- menōn ouch eōra, sōphrosynēs epieikous hypogrammon tais ēmeterais geneais hypolimpanousa. kai tauta men arkesei eis parastasin tais tōn mataiōn antilogiais.
For she, being in such great service, herself making the unleavened loaves and the cakes baked in ashes and preparing such great service together with her servants, did not look on the face of those served, leaving a pattern of fitting modesty for our generations. And these things will suffice to answer the objections of the vain.
Chapter 110
110.1Holl GCS 25:133–134
110. Ἄν τε εἴπωσιν ὅτι καλὸς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ νόμου, ό τοὺς μὲν Αἰγυπτίους πλεονεκτήσας καὶ σκυλεῦσαι διδάξας τοὺς ἰδίους αὐτοῦ ἀνθρώπους ἐν τῷ ἐξέρχεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, οὐκ οἴδασιν οί μάταιοι ὅτι παρὰ θεῷ οὐδὲν ἀπόλλυται καὶ ὅτι δικαιοκρισία ἐστὶ καὶ θεὸς οὐ μυκτηρίζεται«.
110. An te eipōsin hoti kalos ho theos tou nomou, o tous men Aigyptious pleonektēsas kai skyleusai didaxas tous idious autou anthrōpous en tǭ exerchesthai autous ek gēs Aigyptou, ouk oidasin oi mataioi hoti para theǭ ouden apollytai kai hoti dikaiokrisia esti kai theos ou myktērizetai«.
And if they say, “A fine God is the God of the law, who defrauded the Egyptians and taught his own people to plunder them when they went out of the land of Egypt,” the vain do not know that with God nothing is lost, and that there is just judgment, and “God is not mocked.”
110.2Holl GCS 25:134
τί γὰρ ἐνόμιζον Αἰγύπτιοι ὅτι ἐζήτουν ταῦτα ἀμισθὶ ἐργάζεσθαι τοὺς Ἰουδαίους καὶ οὐ τὰ τυχόντα ἴτη, ἀλλὰ διακόσια δεκαπέντε σὺν † τοῖς διακοσίοις δεκαπέντε ἔτεσι τοῦ Ἱωσήφ;
ti gar enomizon Aigyptioi hoti ezētoun tauta amisthi ergazesthai tous Ioudaious kai ou ta tychonta itē, alla diakosia dekapente syn † tois diakosiois dekapente etesi tou Hiōsēph?
For what did the Egyptians think, that they sought to make the Jews work for these things without wages, and not for a few years, but two hundred fifteen, with † the two hundred fifteen years of Joseph?
110.3Holl GCS 25:134
τετρακοσίων γὰρ καὶ τριάκοντα ἐτῶν παροικίας ὸρισθείσης τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῷ αὐτοῦ σπέρματι, ὡς λέγει πάροικον ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ«, ⟨τότε⟩ τὸ ὀρισθὲν ἐτελειοῦτο.
tetrakosiōn gar kai triakonta etōn paroikias oristheisēs tǭ Abraam kai tǭ autou spermati, hōs legei paroikon estai to sperma sou en gę̄ allotrią«, ⟨tote⟩ to oristhen eteleiouto.
For four hundred and thirty years of sojourning having been appointed for Abraham and his seed, as it says, “Your seed will be a sojourner in a foreign land,” ⟨then⟩ what was appointed was completed.
110.4Holl GCS 25:134
τῇ οὖν ἑαυτοῦ εύσπλαγχνίᾳ ὁ θεὸς τὰ ἴτη τῆς αὐτοῦ παροικίας διεμέρισε. καὶ εύθὺς μὲν ⟨διὰ⟩ σݲ δεκατπέντε ἐτῶν ἔτι ὄντων ἐν τῇ αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα σݲ πεντεκαίδεκα διεῖλε τοῖς εἰς Αἴγυπτον θοῦσιν.
tę̄ oun heautou eusplanchnią ho theos ta itē tēs autou paroikias diemerise. kai euthys men ⟨dia⟩ sݲ dekatpente etōn eti ontōn en tę̄ autōn kai ta alla sݲ pentekaideka dieile tois eis Aigypton thousin.
So God in his compassion divided the years of their sojourning. And at once he assigned two hundred fifteen years while they were still in their ⟨land⟩, and the other two hundred fifteen to those who went down into Egypt.
110.5Holl GCS 25:134–135
ὁ γὰρ ἀριθμὸς τούτων τῶν ἐτῶν οὕτως ἀναλογεῖται· | ην τότε ἑβδομηκοστὸν πέμπτον ἔτος τοῦ Αβραάμ. γίνονται τοίνυν ἀπὸ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ πέμπτου ἔτους Αβραὰμ ἕως γεννήσεως Ισαὰκ ἔτη· Ισαὰκ γεννᾷ τὸν Ἰακὼβ κατάγων ἔτος ἑξηκοστὸν καὶ γέγονεν ἴτη· Ιακὼβ δὲ γενόμενος ἐτῶν ݲ γεννᾷ τὸν Λευὶ καὶ γίνονται ἔτη ρݲοݲδݲ· Λευὶ ἐτῶν γενόμενος μݲ τεσσάρων γεννᾷ τὸν Κααθ· ἐν δὲ τῷ ρακοστῷ ἔτει καὶ ἑβδόμῳ Λευὶ κάτεισιν Ιακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ γίνονται ἴτη διακόσια ἔνδεκα. καὶ μετὰ τὴν εἴσοδον αὐτῶν τὴν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἕτερα τέσσαρα ἔτη καὶ πληροῦνται τὰ διακόσια δεκαπέντε.
ho gar arithmos toutōn tōn etōn houtōs analogeitai; | ēn tote hebdomēkoston pempton etos tou Abraam. ginontai toinyn apo hebdomēkostou pemptou etous Abraam heōs gennēseōs Isaak etē; Isaak genną ton Iakōb katagōn etos hexēkoston kai gegonen itē; Iakōb de genomenos etōn ݲ genną ton Leui kai ginontai etē rݲoݲdݲ; Leui etōn genomenos mݲ tessarōn genną ton Kaath; en de tǭ rakostǭ etei kai hebdomǭ Leui kateisin Iakōb eis Aigypton kai ginontai itē diakosia endeka. kai meta tēn eisodon autōn tēn eis Aigypton hetera tessara etē kai plērountai ta diakosia dekapente.
For the number of these years is reckoned thus. It was then the seventy-fifth year of Abraham. From Abraham's seventy-fifth year to the birth of Isaac there are 25 years; Isaac begets Jacob in his sixtieth year, and it comes to 85 years; Jacob at 89 years begets Levi, and it comes to 174 years; Levi at forty-odd years begets Kohath; and in Levi's thirty-seventh year Jacob goes down into Egypt, and it comes to two hundred eleven years. And after their entry into Egypt, another four years, and the two hundred fifteen are completed.
110.6Holl GCS 25:135
ἐντεῦθέν μοι πόλιν ἀριθμεῖται τὰλοιπὰ διακόσια πεντεκαίδεκα ἔτη τῆς τῶν Ἰσραηλιτῶν παροικίας. Καὰθ δὲ μετὰ τὴν εἰς Αἴγυπτον κάθοδον ἐν τῷ ἐξηκοστῷ πέμπτῳ ἔτει αὐτοῦ γεννᾷ τὸν πατέρα Μωυσέως Ἀβραάμ· γίνονται τοίνυν ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Ἀβραάμ, τοῦ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ αὐτοῦ πέμπτου ἔτους ἕως τῆς γεννήσεως τοῦ ἐσχάτου Αβραὰμ ἔτη ݲ, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον καταγωγῆς ἔτη ξε.
enteuthen moi polin arithmeitai taloipa diakosia pentekaideka etē tēs tōn Israēlitōn paroikias. Kaath de meta tēn eis Aigypton kathodon en tǭ exēkostǭ pemptǭ etei autou genną ton patera Mōyseōs Abraam; ginontai toinyn apo tou prōtou Abraam, tou hebdomēkostou autou pemptou etous heōs tēs gennēseōs tou eschatou Abraam etē ݲ, apo de tēs eis Aigypton katagōgēs etē xe.
From here the remaining two hundred fifteen years of the Israelites' sojourning are counted again. Kohath, after the descent into Egypt, in his sixty-fifth year begets Amram, the father of Moses; so from the first Abraham's seventy-fifth year to the birth of the last Amram there are 280 years, and from the descent into Egypt sixty-five years.
110.7Holl GCS 25:135
Αβραὰμ δὲ ἐτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα ὣν γεννᾷ τὸν Μωυσέα, καὶ γίνονται ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ πρώτου Αβραὰ ἔτη τݲνݲ, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἔτη ρλε.
Abraam de etōn hebdomēkonta hōn genną ton Mōysea, kai ginontai apo men tou prōtou Abraa etē tݲnݲ, apo de tēs eis Aigypton etē rle.
And Amram at seventy years begets Moses, and it comes to three hundred fifty years from the first Abraham, and one hundred thirty-five from the descent into Egypt.
110.8Holl GCS 25:135
ό δὲ Μωυσῆς έν τῷ λ αὐτοῦ ἔτει πατεῖ τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν, ἅμα Ισραηλίταις ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐξιών. καὶ γίνονται ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ μεγάλου Αβραὰμ ἔτη τݲπݲ, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον καθόδου ρξε.
o de Mōysēs en tǭ l autou etei patei tēn erythran thalassan, hama Israēlitais ex Aigyptou exiōn. kai ginontai apo men tou megalou Abraam etē tݲpݲ, apo de tēs eis Aigypton kathodou rxe.
And Moses in his thirtieth year crosses the Red Sea, going out of Egypt with the Israelites. And it comes to three hundred eighty years from the great Abraham, and one hundred sixty-five from the descent into Egypt.
110.9Holl GCS 25:135
τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ πεντήκοντα ἔτη κατηνάλωσαν μετὰ τὴν διαπεραίωσιν τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης μέχρι τῆς εἰς Παλαιστίνην άπαντήσεως, οὐ διὰ τὸ μῆκος τῆς ὸδοῦ, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μάχεσθαι καὶ ἐμποδίζεσθαι παρὰ τῶν καθʼ ὁδὸν αὐτῶν εὑρισκομένων ἐθνῶν.
ta de loipa pentēkonta etē katēnalōsan meta tēn diaperaiōsin tēs erythras thalassēs mechri tēs eis Palaistinēn apantēseōs, ou dia to mēkos tēs odou, alla dia to machesthai kai empodizesthai para tōn kathʼ hodon autōn heuriskomenōn ethnōn.
And they spent the remaining fifty years after the crossing of the Red Sea until the arrival in Palestine, not because of the length of the road, but because they fought and were hindered by the nations found along their way.
110.10Holl GCS 25:135
γίνονται οὐν ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ πέμπτου ἔτους τοῦ μεγάλου Αβραάμ, άφ΄ οὑ ἡ πρόρρησις αὕτη ἐδόθη αύτῷ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, μέχρι Μωυσέως καὶ τῆς εἰς τὴν Παλαιστίνην ἀφίξεως τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἔτη υλ, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς καθόδου τῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ μέχρι ⟨τῆς εἰς⟩ Παλαιστίνην αὐτῶν ἀφίξεως ἔτη σιε.
ginontai oun apo men tou hebdomēkostou pemptou etous tou megalou Abraam, aph΄ hou hē prorrēsis hautē edothē autǭ para tou theou, mechri Mōyseōs kai tēs eis tēn Palaistinēn aphixeōs tōn huiōn Israēl etē yl, apo de tēs kathodou tēs eis Aigypton kai mechri ⟨tēs eis⟩ Palaistinēn autōn aphixeōs etē sie.
So from the seventy-fifth year of the great Abraham, from which this prediction was given him by God, to Moses and the arrival of the sons of Israel in Palestine there are four hundred thirty years, and from the descent into Egypt to their arrival ⟨in⟩ Palestine two hundred fifteen years.
Chapter 111
111.1Holl GCS 25:135
111. Τοσούτοις οὖν ἔτεσιν ἐργασαμένοις τοῖς Ιουδαίοις ἀμισθὶ οὐκ ἦν δίκαιον καὶ παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις δοθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν κἂν ἐπὶ τέλει; οὐκ ἄδικος τοίνυν ὁ θεὸς μετὰ σκύλων ἐκεῖθεν ἐκβαλὼν τοὺς οἰκείους.
111. Tosoutois oun etesin ergasamenois tois Ioudaiois amisthi ouk ēn dikaion kai para theǭ kai anthrōpois dothēnai autois ton misthon autōn kan epi telei? ouk adikos toinyn ho theos meta skylōn ekeithen ekbalōn tous oikeious.
So when the Jews had worked so many years without wages, was it not just before God and men that their wages be given them, even at the end? So God was not unjust in bringing his own people out from there with spoils.
111.2Holl GCS 25:135
εἰ δέ τις ἀμφιβάλλοι μὴ οὕτως ἐξαριθμεῖσθαι τὰ ἔτη, ἀκουέτω Μωυσέως λέγοντος »ή δὲ κατοίκησις τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ έν γῇ Χαναὰν καὶ ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἔτη υݲλݲ«.
ei de tis amphiballoi mē houtōs exarithmeisthai ta etē, akouetō Mōyseōs legontos »ē de katoikēsis tōn huiōn Israēl en gę̄ Chanaan kai en gę̄ Aigyptǭ etē yݲlݲ«.
And if anyone doubts that the years are counted so, let him hear Moses saying, “And the dwelling of the sons of Israel in the land of Canaan and in the land of Egypt was four hundred thirty years.”
111.3Holl GCS 25:135
τοῦ οὐν δικαιοτάτου μισθοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἐπιμελομένου, ποία τις ἔτι ὺπολείπεται μάταιος ἀντιλογία τοῖς βουλομένοις κατὰ τοῦ ἁγίου θεοῦ καταφέρειν ψόγον; θεὸν δὲ ἀληθινὸν οὐκ ἄν ποτέ τις ψέξειεν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ψέγοντες ἐαυτοὺς ψέγουσιν.
tou oun dikaiotatou misthou tou kyriou epimelomenou, poia tis eti ypoleipetai mataios antilogia tois boulomenois kata tou hagiou theou katapherein psogon? theon de alēthinon ouk an pote tis psexeien, allʼ hoi psegontes eautous psegousin.
So since the Lord took care of the most just wages, what vain objection is still left to those who wish to bring blame against the holy God? But no one could ever blame the true God; rather those who blame blame themselves.
111.4Holl GCS 25:135–136
Ἐτέρα δὲ τις παρʼ αὐτῶν μάταιος καταγγέλλεται ἀντιλογία ὁμοία τῇ πρώτῃ, ὅτι καλὸς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ νόμου ὃς ἐπλεονέκτησε τοὺς Χαναναίους, ἵνα δῷ τοῖς Ἱσραηλίταις τὸν αὐτῶν τόπον, »οἰκίας ἅς οὐχ ᾠκοδόμησαν καὶ ἐλαιῶνας καὶ συκῶνας καὶ άμπελῶνας οὕς οὐκ ἐφύτευσαν«.
Etera de tis parʼ autōn mataios katangelletai antilogia homoia tę̄ prōtę̄, hoti kalos ho theos tou nomou hos epleonektēse tous Chananaious, hina dǭ tois Hisraēlitais ton autōn topon, »oikias has ouch ǭkodomēsan kai elaiōnas kai sykōnas kai ampelōnas hous ouk ephyteusan«.
Another vain objection like the first is announced by them: “A fine God is the God of the law, who defrauded the Canaanites to give the Israelites their place, ‘houses which they did not build, and olive groves and fig orchards and vineyards which they did not plant.’”
111.5Holl GCS 25:136
πρὸς ἐρῶ· ὠ μάταιοι, εἰ μὲν ἠν Μεὸς ὡς ἄνθρωπος, τὰ σήμερον λεγόμενα ἢ πραττόμενα παρήρχετο καὶ οὐδὲν ἦν αὐτῷ ἐν ἐνθυμήσει· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁ θεὸς »θεός ἐστι καὶ οὐκ ἄνθρωπος«, τὰ εἰς αὐτὸν ἀναφερόμενα εἰς πολλὰς γενεὰς ἐκδικῶν οὐκ ἐπιλανθάνεται. εἰ γὰρ ἀγνοοῦσι τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο, μαθέτωσαν.
pros erō; ō mataioi, ei men ēn Meos hōs anthrōpos, ta sēmeron legomena ē prattomena parērcheto kai ouden ēn autǭ en enthymēsei; epeidē de ho theos »theos esti kai ouk anthrōpos«, ta eis auton anapheromena eis pollas geneas ekdikōn ouk epilanthanetai. ei gar agnoousi to pragma touto, mathetōsan.
To them I will say: O vain ones, if God were like a man, what is said or done today would pass away and nothing would be in his mind; but since God “is God and not man,” he does not forget what is referred to him, avenging it over many generations. For if they do not know this matter, let them learn.
Chapter 112
112.1Holl GCS 25:136
112. Ἴσασι πάντες τὸν δίκαιον Νῶε λείψανον τοῦ κόσμου γεγονότα μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμόν. ὡς οὖν παρελείφθη αὐτός τε καὶ οἱ τρεῖς αὐτοῦ υἱοί, οἶα δίκαιος ὢν καὶ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ παῖδας εὐλαβεῖς καθιστᾶν πειρώμενος, ἴνα μὴ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὑποπέσωσι κακοῖς ὡς καὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ, οὐ μόνον διὰ λόγων τούτοις τὴν εὐλάβειαν παρεδίδου, ἀλλὰ καὶ διʼ ὅρκου ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὔνοιαν ἀπᾐτησε.
112. Isasi pantes ton dikaion Nōe leipsanon tou kosmou gegonota meta ton kataklysmon. hōs oun pareleiphthē autos te kai hoi treis autou huioi, oia dikaios ōn kai tous heautou paidas eulabeis kathistan peirōmenos, ina mē tois autois hypopesōsi kakois hōs kai hoi en tǭ kataklysmǭ, ou monon dia logōn toutois tēn eulabeian paredidou, alla kai diʼ horkou aphʼ henos hekastou autōn tēn pros ton adelphon eunoian apę̄tēse.
All know that the righteous Noah became the remnant of the world after the flood. So when he and his three sons were left, being righteous and trying to make his children devout, so that they might not fall into the same evils as those in the flood, he not only handed on piety to them by words, but also demanded from each of them by oath goodwill toward his brother.
112.2Holl GCS 25:136
καὶ διαμερίζει μὲν ὡς κληρονόμος τοῦ κόσμου καταστὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς τρισὶν υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ τὸν πάντα κόσμον, ὑπὸ κλήρους διελὼν καὶ ἑκάστην μερίδα κατὰ κλῆρον ἑκάστῳ ἀπονέμων·
kai diamerizei men hōs klēronomos tou kosmou katastas hypo tou theou tois trisin huiois autou ton panta kosmon, hypo klērous dielōn kai hekastēn merida kata klēron hekastǭ aponemōn;
And, having been made heir of the world by God, he divides the whole world among his three sons, dividing it by lots and assigning each portion by lot to each;
112.3Holl GCS 25:136–137
καὶ τῷ μὲν Σὴμ τῷ πρωτοτόκῳ ὑπέπεσεν ό κλῆρος ἀπὸ Περσίδος καὶ Βάκτρων ἕως Ἰνδικῆς [⟨τὸ μῆκος, πλάτος δὲ ἀπὸ ἕως τῆς χώρας Ῥινοκουρούρων· κεῖται δὲ αὕτη ἡ Ῥινοκουρούρων ἀνὰ μέσον Αἰγύπτου καὶ Παλαιστίνης, ἀντικρὺ τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης.
kai tǭ men Sēm tǭ prōtotokǭ hypepesen o klēros apo Persidos kai Baktrōn heōs Indikēs [⟨to mēkos, platos de apo heōs tēs chōras Rhinokourourōn; keitai de hautē hē Rhinokourourōn ana meson Aigyptou kai Palaistinēs, antikry tēs erythras thalassēs.
and to Shem, the firstborn, fell the lot from Persia and Bactria to India in length, and in breadth from ⟨India⟩ to the land of Rhinocorura; and this Rhinocorura lies between Egypt and Palestine, opposite the Red Sea.
112.4Holl GCS 25:137
Χὰμ δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς Ῥινοκουρούρων ἕως Γαδείρων τὰ πρὸς νότον. Ἰάφεθ δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ ἀπὸ Μηδίας ἕως Γαδείρων καὶ Ρινοκουρούρων τὰ πρὸς βορρᾶν.
Cham de tǭ deuterǭ apo tēs autēs Rhinokourourōn heōs Gadeirōn ta pros noton. Iapheth de tǭ tritǭ apo Mēdias heōs Gadeirōn kai Rinokourourōn ta pros borran.
To Ham the second, from the same Rhinocorura to Gadeira, the southern parts. To Japheth the third, from Media to Gadeira and Rhinocorura, the northern parts.
Chapter 113
113.1Holl GCS 25:137
113. Τῷ οὖν Σὴμ γίνονται παῖδες καὶ παίδων παῖδες κݲεݲ ἕως ὅτε διεμερίσθησαν αἱ γλῶσσαι· καὶ εἰσὶ διεσπαρμένοι ἐν γλώσσαις καὶ φυλαῖς καὶ βασιλείαις.
113. Tǭ oun Sēm ginontai paides kai paidōn paides kݲeݲ heōs hote diemeristhēsan hai glōssai; kai eisi diesparmenoi en glōssais kai phylais kai basileiais.
To Shem, then, were born sons and sons' sons, twenty-five, until the tongues were divided; and they are scattered in tongues and tribes and kingdoms.
113.2Holl GCS 25:137–138
τὰ δὲ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν ἐστι τάδε· Ἐλυμαῖοι Παίονες Λαζόνες Κοσσαῖοι Γασφηνοὶ Παλαιστινοὶ] Ἰνδοὶ Σύροι Ἀραβες οἱ καὶ ⟨Ταϊ⟩ Ἀριανοὶ Μάρδοι Ὑρκανοὶ Μαγουσαῖοι Ἀσσύριοι Γερμανοὶ Λυδοὶ Μεσοποταμῖται Ἑβραῖοι Κοιληνοὶ Βακτριανοὶ Ἀδιαβηνοὶ Καμήλιοι Σαρακηνοὶ Σκύθαι † Χίονες Γυμνο- σοφισταὶ Χαλδαῖοι Πάρθοι Ἐῆται Κορδυληνοὶ Μασσυνοὶ Φοίνικες Μαδιηναῖοι Κομμαγηνοὶ Δαρδάνιοι Ἐλαμασηνοὶ Κεδρούσιοι Ἐλαμῖται Ἀρμένιοι Κίλικες [Αἰγύπτιοι] Καππάδοκες [Φοίνικες] † Βίονες Κᾶρες] Χάλυβες Ψυλλῖται] Λαζοὶ Μοσσύνοικοι] Ἴβηρες Φρύγες].
ta de onomata autōn esti tade; Elymaioi Paiones Lazones Kossaioi Gasphēnoi Palaistinoi] Indoi Syroi Arabes hoi kai ⟨Taï⟩ Arianoi Mardoi Hyrkanoi Magousaioi Assyrioi Germanoi Lydoi Mesopotamitai Hebraioi Koilēnoi Baktrianoi Adiabēnoi Kamēlioi Sarakēnoi Skythai † Chiones Gymno- sophistai Chaldaioi Parthoi Eētai Kordylēnoi Massynoi Phoinikes Madiēnaioi Kommagēnoi Dardanioi Elamasēnoi Kedrousioi Elamitai Armenioi Kilikes [Aigyptioi] Kappadokes [Phoinikes] † Biones Kares] Chalybes Psyllitai] Lazoi Mossynoikoi] Ibēres Phryges].
And their names are these: Elymaeans, Paeones, Lazones, Cossaeans, Gasphenes, Indians, Syrians, Arabs, also called ⟨Tai⟩, Arians, Mardi, Hyrcanians, Magusaeans, Assyrians, Germanians, Lydians, Mesopotamians, Hebrews, Coelenes, Bactrians, Adiabenes, Camelians, Saracens, Scythians, † Chiones, Gymnosophists, Chaldeans, Parthians, Eetae, Cordylenes, Massyni, Phoenicians, Madienaeans, Commagenes, Dardanians, Elamasenes, Cedrusians, Elamites, Armenians, Cilicians, Cappadocians, † Biones, Chalybes, Lazi, Iberians.
113.3Holl GCS 25:138–139
Χὰμ δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ παῖδες καὶ παίδων παῖδες τριάκοντα δύο ἕως τοῦ αὐτοῦ διαμερισμοῦ τῶν γλωσσῶν· Αἰθίοπες Τρωγλοδύται Ἀγγαῖοι Ταιηνοὶ Σαβῖνοι Ἰχθυοφάγοι Ἑλλανικοὶ Αἰγύπτιοι Φοίνικες Μαρμαρίδαι Κᾶρες Ψυλλῖται Μοσσύνοικοι Φρύγες Μάκωνες Μάκρωνες Συρτῖται Λεπτιμαγνῖται Βιθυνοὶ Νομάδες Λύκιοι Μαριανδηνοὶ Πάμφυλοι † Μοσχεσίδιοι Πισιδηνοὶ Αὐγαλαῖοι Κίλικες Μαυρούσιοι Κρῆτες Μαγάρδαι Νουμιδοὶ Ἄφροι ⟨οἱ⟩ καὶ Βιζακηνοὶ Φασγηνοὶ Μάζικες Γάραμοι Γετοῦλοι Βλέμμυες Ἀξωμῖται· οὐτοι κατέχουσιν ἀπὸ Αἰγύπτου ἕως Ὠκεανοῦ.
Cham de tǭ deuterǭ paides kai paidōn paides triakonta dyo heōs tou autou diamerismou tōn glōssōn; Aithiopes Trōglodytai Angaioi Taiēnoi Sabinoi Ichthyophagoi Hellanikoi Aigyptioi Phoinikes Marmaridai Kares Psyllitai Mossynoikoi Phryges Makōnes Makrōnes Syrtitai Leptimagnitai Bithynoi Nomades Lykioi Mariandēnoi Pamphyloi † Moschesidioi Pisidēnoi Augalaioi Kilikes Maurousioi Krētes Magardai Noumidoi Aphroi ⟨hoi⟩ kai Bizakēnoi Phasgēnoi Mazikes Garamoi Getouloi Blemmyes Axōmitai; outoi katechousin apo Aigyptou heōs Ōkeanou.
And to Ham the second were sons and sons' sons, thirty-two, until the same division of the tongues: Ethiopians, Troglodytes, Angaeans, Taenians, Sabines, Fish-eaters, Hellanics, Egyptians, Phoenicians, Marmaridae, Carians, Psyllites, Mossynoeci, Phrygians, Macones, Macrones, Syrtites, people of Leptis Magna, Bithynians, Nomads, Lycians, Mariandyni, Pamphylians, † Moschesidians, Pisidians, Augalaeans, Cilicians, Moors, Cretans, Magardae, Numidians, Africans ⟨also⟩ called Byzacenes, Phasgenes, Mazices, Garamantes, Gaetulians, Blemmyes, Axumites. These hold from Egypt to the Ocean.
113.4Holl GCS 25:139–140
καὶ νῆσοι αὐτοῖς· Κούρσουλα Λοπάδουσα Γαῦλος Ῥίδη Μελίτη Κέρκυρα Μήνη Σαρδανὶς Γόρτυνα Κρήτη Γλαῦκος Ῥίδη Θήρα Καρίανθος Ἀστυπαλαία Χίος Λέσβος Τένεδος Ἴμβρος Ἴασος Σάμος Κῶος Κνίδη Νίσσυρος Μεγίστη καὶ Κύπρος.
kai nēsoi autois; Koursoula Lopadousa Gaulos Rhidē Melitē Kerkyra Mēnē Sardanis Gortyna Krētē Glaukos Rhidē Thēra Karianthos Astypalaia Chios Lesbos Tenedos Imbros Iasos Samos Kōos Knidē Nissyros Megistē kai Kypros.
And islands belong to them: Corsula, Lopadusa, Gaulos, Rhide, Melite, Cercyra, Mene, Sardinia, Gortyna, Crete, Glaucus, Rhide, Thera, Carianthus, Astypalaea, Chios, Lesbos, Tenedos, Imbros, Iasus, Samos, Cos, Cnidus, Nisyros, Megiste, and Cyprus.
113.5Holl GCS 25:140
Ιάφεθ δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ παῖδες καὶ παίδων παῖδες δεκαπέντε ἴως τοῦ αὐτοῦ διαμερισμοῦ τῶν γλωσσῶν· Μῆδοι Ἀλβανοὶ Γαργιανοὶ Ἀρμένιοι Ἀρραῖοι Ἀμαζόνες Κῶλοι Κορζηνοὶ Βενεαγηνοὶ Καππάδοκες Γαλάται Παφλαγόνες Μαριανδηνοὶ Τιβαρηνοὶ Χἀλυβες Μοσσύνοικοι Κόλχοι Μελαγχηνοὶ Σαυρομάται Γερμανοὶ Μαιῶται Σκύθαι Ταῦροι Θρᾷκες Βαστέρνοι Ἰλλυριοὶ Μακεδόνες Ἕλληνες Λίβυες † Φρύγες Παννόνιοι Ιστροι Οὐέννοι Δαυνεῖς Ἰάπυγες Καλαβροὶ Ἱππικοὶ Λατῖνοι οἱ καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι Τυρρηνοὶ Γάλλοι ⟨οἱ⟩ καὶ Κελτοὶ Λιγυστινοὶ Κελτίβηρες Ἴβηρες Γάλλοι Ἀκουιτανοὶ Ἰλλυριανοὶ Βάσαντες Κάννιοι Καρτανοὶ Λυσιτανοὶ Οὐακκαῖοι Βρεττανικοὶ Σκότοι Σπάνοι.
Iapheth de tǭ tritǭ paides kai paidōn paides dekapente iōs tou autou diamerismou tōn glōssōn; Mēdoi Albanoi Gargianoi Armenioi Arraioi Amazones Kōloi Korzēnoi Beneagēnoi Kappadokes Galatai Paphlagones Mariandēnoi Tibarēnoi Chalybes Mossynoikoi Kolchoi Melanchēnoi Sauromatai Germanoi Maiōtai Skythai Tauroi Thrąkes Basternoi Illyrioi Makedones Hellēnes Libyes † Phryges Pannonioi Istroi Ouennoi Dauneis Iapyges Kalabroi Hippikoi Latinoi hoi kai Rhōmaioi Tyrrēnoi Galloi ⟨hoi⟩ kai Keltoi Ligystinoi Keltibēres Ibēres Galloi Akouitanoi Illyrianoi Basantes Kannioi Kartanoi Lysitanoi Ouakkaioi Brettanikoi Skotoi Spanoi.
And to Japheth the third were sons and sons' sons, fifteen, until the same division of the tongues: Medes, Albanians, Gargians, Armenians, Arraeans, Amazons, Coli, Corzenes, Beneagenes, Cappadocians, Galatians, Paphlagonians, Mariandyni, Tibareni, Chalybes, Mossynoeci, Colchians, Melanchlaeni, Sauromatae, Germans, Maeotae, Scythians, Tauri, Thracians, Bastarnae, Illyrians, Macedonians, Greeks, Libyans, † Phrygians, Pannonians, Istrians, Venetians, Daunians, Iapygians, Calabrians, Hippici, Latins also called Romans, Tyrrhenians, Gauls ⟨also⟩ called Celts, Ligurians, Celtiberians, Iberians, Gauls, Aquitanians, Illyrians, Basantes, Cannii, Cartani, Lusitanians, Vaccaei, Britons, Scots, Spaniards.
113.6Holl GCS 25:140
νῆσοι δὲ αὐτοῖς Βρεττανία Σικελία Εὔβοια Ῥόδος Χίος Λέσβος Κύθηρα Ζάκυνθος Κεφαληνία Ἰθάκη Κέρκυρα Κύπρος.
nēsoi de autois Brettania Sikelia Euboia Rhodos Chios Lesbos Kythēra Zakynthos Kephalēnia Ithakē Kerkyra Kypros.
And islands belong to them: Britain, Sicily, Euboea, Rhodes, Chios, Lesbos, Cythera, Zacynthus, Cephallenia, Ithaca, Cercyra, Cyprus.
113.7Holl GCS 25:140–141
εἴ που δὲ ὄνομα ἔθνους ἢ νήσου ἐντέτακται δισσῶς ἐν κλήρῳ ἄλλου καὶ πάλιν ἄλλου, κατὰ τὰ κοινὰ ὅρια ἢ κατὰ τὰς γενομένας κατὰ καιρὸν ἀποικίας ἢ κατὰ πρόσληψιν τοῦ Χάμ, ὃς ἐπλεονέκτησε καὶ ἔλαβε τοῦ Σὴμ μέρη, μηδεὶς θαυμαζέτω ἢ ἀμφιβαλλέτω.
ei pou de onoma ethnous ē nēsou entetaktai dissōs en klērǭ allou kai palin allou, kata ta koina horia ē kata tas genomenas kata kairon apoikias ē kata proslēpsin tou Cham, hos epleonektēse kai elabe tou Sēm merē, mēdeis thaumazetō ē amphiballetō.
And if anywhere the name of a nation or island is placed twice, in the lot of one and again of another, according to common borders or according to colonies made from time to time, or according to Ham's annexation, who took more than his share and seized parts of Shem's, let no one be surprised or doubt.
Chapter 114
114.1Holl GCS 25:141
114. Τούτων τοίνυν τῶν ἐθνῶν οὕτως ἐκ τῶν τριῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Νῶε γεγονότων καὶ τριχῆ τοῦ κόσμου τοῖς τρισὶν υἱοῖς διαμερισθέντος, ὡς προεῖπον ὅρκος ἀπῃτήθη παρʼ αὐτῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς μηδένα ἐπεμβαίνειν τῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ κλήρῳ·
114. Toutōn toinyn tōn ethnōn houtōs ek tōn triōn huiōn tou Nōe gegonotōn kai trichē tou kosmou tois trisin huiois diameristhentos, hōs proeipon horkos apę̄tēthē parʼ autōn hypo tou patros mēdena epembainein tǭ tou adelphou klērǭ;
These nations, then, having thus come from the three sons of Noah, and the world having been divided in three among the three sons, as I said before, an oath was demanded of them by their father that none should encroach on his brother's lot;
114.2Holl GCS 25:141
τὸν δὲ ὑπερβαίνοντα τὴν τοῦ ὅρκου διαταγὴν ἐξολοθρεύεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὅρκῳ ἔφησαν καὶ πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ.
ton de hyperbainonta tēn tou horkou diatagēn exolothreuesthai en tǭ horkǭ ephēsan kai pan to sperma autou.
and in the oath they said that whoever transgressed the ordinance of the oath should be destroyed, and all his seed.
114.3Holl GCS 25:141
ἐπεὶ οὐν ἐν τῷ κλήρῳ ⟨τοῦ⟩ Σὴμ ἡ Παλαιστίνη ὑπέπεσε καὶ πάντα τὰ πλησίον αὐτῆς, πλεονέκτης δὲ ὤν ὁ Χαναὰν υἱὸς Χὰμ ἐπῆλθε τῇ Παλαιστινῶν ὕστερον γῇ τουτέστι τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ ἀφαρπάζει αὐτήν, ἐμακροθύμει δὲ ὀ
epei oun en tǭ klērǭ ⟨tou⟩ Sēm hē Palaistinē hypepese kai panta ta plēsion autēs, pleonektēs de ōn ho Chanaan huios Cham epēlthe tę̄ Palaistinōn hysteron gę̄ toutesti tę̄ Ioudaią kai apharpazei autēn, emakrothymei de o
Since then Palestine and all near it fell in the lot ⟨of⟩ Shem, but Canaan, the son of Ham, being grasping, later invaded the land of the Palestinians, that is, Judea, and seized it, God was long-suffering,
114.4Holl GCS 25:141
θεὸς διδοὺς χρόνους μετανοίας, ἵνα μετανοήσειαν οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Χὰμ καὶ ἀποδῶσι τοῖς τοῦ Σὴμ τὴν ἰδίαν κληρουχίαν, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οὐ μετενόουν, ἀλλʼ ἤθελον τὸ μέτρον αὐτῶν πληρῶσαι, —
theos didous chronous metanoias, hina metanoēseian hoi ek tou Cham kai apodōsi tois tou Sēm tēn idian klērouchian, ekeinoi de ou metenooun, allʼ ēthelon to metron autōn plērōsai, —
giving times of repentance, so that the descendants of Ham might repent and give back to those of Shem their own allotment; but they did not repent, but wished to fill up their measure,
114.5Holl GCS 25:141–142
τότε ὁ θεὸς μετὰ πολλὰς ὕστερον γενεὰς δίκαιος ὤν ἐκδικεῖ τὴν παράβασιν τοῦ ὅρκου· οὕτω γὰρ ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὸ Ἀμορραίων μέτρον.
tote ho theos meta pollas hysteron geneas dikaios ōn ekdikei tēn parabasin tou horkou; houtō gar edei plērōthēnai to Amorraiōn metron.
then after many generations God, being just, avenges the transgression of the oath; for so the measure of the Amorites had to be filled up.
114.6Holl GCS 25:142
Σὴμ γὰρ γεννᾷ τὸν Ἀρφαζάδ· Χὰμ δὲ γεννᾷ τὸν Χαναάν. Χαναὰν δὲ γεννᾷ μετὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν τὸν Ἀμορραῖον καὶ τὸν Γεργεσαῖον καὶ Φερεζαῖον καὶ Εὐαῖον καὶ Ἀρουκαῖον καὶ Ἀράδιον καὶ Σιδώνιον.
Sēm gar genną ton Arphazad; Cham de genną ton Chanaan. Chanaan de genną meta tēn pleonexian ton Amorraion kai ton Gergesaion kai Pherezaion kai Euaion kai Aroukaion kai Aradion kai Sidōnion.
For Shem begets Arphaxad; and Ham begets Canaan. And Canaan after the encroachment begets the Amorite and the Girgashite and the Perizzite and the Hivite and the Arkite and the Arvadite and the Sidonian.
114.7Holl GCS 25:142
ἀριθμοῦνται τοίνυν οὕτως αἱ γενεαὶ ἕως τῆς τοῦ Σὴμ ἐκδικίας· Σὴμ ὁ πλεονεκτηθεὶς γεννᾷ τὸν Ἀρφαξάδ, ὡς εἴπομεν· Ἀρφαξὰδ δὲ γεννᾷ τὸν Κηνᾶ, Κηνᾶ τὸν Σάλα, Σάλα τὸν Ἔβερ καὶ γίνεται ἡ πυργοποιία· Ἔβερ γεννᾷ τὸν Φαλὲκ καὶ γίνεται γῆς καὶ γλωσσῶν διαμερισμός· Φαλὲκ γεννᾷ τὸν Ῥαγαῦ, ⟨Ῥαγαῦ⟩ τὸν Σερούχ, Σεροὺχ τὸν Ναχώρ, Ναχὼρ τὸν Θάρρα, Θάρρα τὸν Ἀβραάμ, Ἀβραὰμ τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Ἰακὼβ τὸν ἐπονομασθέντα Ἰσραήλ, ἐξ οὗπερ Ἰσραηλῖται, Ἰακὼβ τὸν Ἰούδαν, Ἰούδας τὸν Φαρές, Φαρὲς τὸν Ἐσρώμ, Ἐσρὼμ τὸν Ἀράμ, Ἀρὰμ τὸν Ἀμιναδάβ, Ἀμιναδὰβ τὸν Ναασσὼν καὶ ⟨Ναασσὼν⟩ τὸν Σαλμών. αὕτη ἡ γενεὰ τῶν ἀπὸ Σὴμ γεγεννημένων.
arithmountai toinyn houtōs hai geneai heōs tēs tou Sēm ekdikias; Sēm ho pleonektētheis genną ton Arphaxad, hōs eipomen; Arphaxad de genną ton Kēna, Kēna ton Sala, Sala ton Eber kai ginetai hē pyrgopoiia; Eber genną ton Phalek kai ginetai gēs kai glōssōn diamerismos; Phalek genną ton Rhagau, ⟨Rhagau⟩ ton Serouch, Serouch ton Nachōr, Nachōr ton Tharra, Tharra ton Abraam, Abraam ton Isaak, Isaak ton Iakōb ton eponomasthenta Israēl, ex houper Israēlitai, Iakōb ton Ioudan, Ioudas ton Phares, Phares ton Esrōm, Esrōm ton Aram, Aram ton Aminadab, Aminadab ton Naassōn kai ⟨Naassōn⟩ ton Salmōn. hautē hē genea tōn apo Sēm gegennēmenōn.
So the generations are counted thus until the vindication of Shem: Shem, who was defrauded, begets Arphaxad, as we said; Arphaxad begets Cainan, Cainan Shelah, Shelah Eber, and the tower-building happens; Eber begets Peleg, and the division of the earth and tongues happens; Peleg begets Reu, ⟨Reu⟩ Serug, Serug Nahor, Nahor Terah, Terah Abraham, Abraham Isaac, Isaac Jacob who was named Israel, from whom are the Israelites; Jacob Judah, Judah Perez, Perez Hezron, Hezron Ram, Ram Amminadab, Amminadab Nahshon, and ⟨Nahshon⟩ Salmon. This is the generation of those born from Shem.
114.8Holl GCS 25:142
τούτους οὖν ἀδικηθέντας ὑπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Χὰμ καὶ τὸν ἴδιον τόπον ἀφαιρεθέντας ἐκδικεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἐξολοθρεύσας τοὺς τοῦ Χαναὰν κατὰ τὸν ὅρκον αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ Σὴμ τὴν ἰδίαν ἀπολαμβάνει χώραν. οὐκ ἠδίκησεν οὖν ὁ θεός, τὰ δίκαια ἑκάστῳ μέρει ἀπονέμων· »οὐ γὰρ μυκτηρίζεται ὁ θεός«, ὡς προεῖπον.
toutous oun adikēthentas hypo tōn huiōn Cham kai ton idion topon aphairethentas ekdikei ho theos exolothreusas tous tou Chanaan kata ton horkon autōn, kai to sperma tou Sēm tēn idian apolambanei chōran. ouk ēdikēsen oun ho theos, ta dikaia hekastǭ merei aponemōn; »ou gar myktērizetai ho theos«, hōs proeipon.
So God avenges these, who were wronged by the sons of Ham and deprived of their own place, destroying those of Canaan according to their oath, and the seed of Shem receives back its own land. So God did no wrong, giving each part what is just; “for God is not mocked,” as I said before.
Chapter 115
115.1Holl GCS 25:142
115. Ἐν τῇ οὖν ἐξόδῳ συναγωγὴν ἑαυτῷ ὁ θεὸς ἁρμόσων φησὶ Μωυσῇ »ὑπόλυσαι τὰ ὑποδήματα ἐκ τῶν ποδῶν σου«. πᾶς γὰρ ὁ μέλλων καθαροῖς λουτροῖς προσιέναι πρῶτον ὑπολύεται.
115. En tę̄ oun exodǭ synagōgēn heautǭ ho theos harmosōn phēsi Mōysę̄ »hypolysai ta hypodēmata ek tōn podōn sou«. pas gar ho mellōn katharois loutrois prosienai prōton hypolyetai.
In the exodus, then, God, about to join an assembly to himself, says to Moses, “Loose the sandals from your feet.” For everyone who is about to approach pure washings first loosens his sandals.
115.2Holl GCS 25:142
ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν χρόνος πολὺς διελήλυθε καὶ πᾶς τις »ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ αὐτοῦ ἐπλανήθημεν« καὶ αὕτη ἡ συναγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις κακοῖς ἔμεινεν, οὔπω »τὸ λουτρὸν« ὁ θεὸς »τῆς παλιγγενεσίας« ἀπεκάλυπτεν, ἀλλ ἔτεσι μὲν πολλοῖς ἀνεβάλλετο, ὕστερον δὲ τῇ ἁγίᾳ ἐκκλησίᾳ τὸ πανάγιον λουτρὸν ἀπεκάλυψεν· ἐν μὲν Μωυσῇ
epeidē toinyn chronos polys dielēlythe kai pas tis »en tę̄ hodǭ autou eplanēthēmen« kai hautē hē synagōgē en tois idiois kakois emeinen, oupō »to loutron« ho theos »tēs palingenesias« apekalypten, all etesi men pollois aneballeto, hysteron de tę̄ hagią ekklēsią to panagion loutron apekalypsen; en men Mōysę̄
Since then a long time passed, and each “went astray in his way,” and this assembly remained in its own evils, God did not yet reveal “the washing of regeneration,” but postponed it for many years, and later revealed the all-holy washing to the holy church: in Moses
115.3Holl GCS 25:142–143
ὑποδήματα ὑπολύων, ἐν δὲ προφήταις τὸν ἔξωθεν χιτῶνα ἀπεκδύων, περίζωμα μόνον καταλείψας τῷ Ἰερεμίᾳ, ἐν δὲ] Ἰωάννῃ ὅλα τὰ τοῦ κόσμου ἱμάτια μεταβαλὼν ἐκ τριχῶν καμήλου μετεσχημάτιζεν, ἐν δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ σωτῆρι καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ μαθηταῖς κόσμου τὸ σχῆμα« ἐξέδυσεν, ἄνωθεν δὲ ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν μετὰ τὴν τῶν κάθαρσιν κάθαρσιν »πυρὸς καὶ πνεύματος‘ ἔνδυσιν ἐνεδίδυσκεν.
hypodēmata hypolyōn, en de prophētais ton exōthen chitōna apekdyōn, perizōma monon kataleipsas tǭ Ieremią, en de] Iōannę̄ hola ta tou kosmou himatia metabalōn ek trichōn kamēlou meteschēmatizen, en de autǭ tǭ sōtēri kai tois autou mathētais kosmou to schēma« exedysen, anōthen de apʼ ouranōn meta tēn tōn katharsin katharsin »pyros kai pneumatos‘ endysin enedidysken.
loosening the sandals, in the prophets stripping off the outer tunic, leaving only a loincloth to Jeremiah; in John changing all the garments of the world and reshaping them from camel's hair; and in the Savior himself and his disciples he stripped off “the form of the world,” and from above, from heaven, after the cleansing “of fire and Spirit,” he clothed them with a garment.
115.4Holl GCS 25:143
ἀλλʼ ὁρῶντες οἱ Ἰσραηλῖται τὴν] χάριν τούτου οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ὅτι θεός ἐστι. διὸ καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἐγκληματικῶς τούτους ἀπωδύρετο διὰ τὴν εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐσομένην ἀτιμίαν, ταῦτα κυρίῳ ἀνταποδίδοτε, λέγων, λαὸς μωρὸς καὶ ἀκάρδιος;
allʼ horōntes hoi Israēlitai tēn] charin toutou ouk egnōsan hoti theos esti. dio kai ho prophētēs enklēmatikōs toutous apōdyreto dia tēn eis ton sōtēra hypʼ autōn esomenēn atimian, tauta kyriǭ antapodidote, legōn, laos mōros kai akardios?
But the Israelites, seeing his grace, did not know that he is God. Therefore the prophet also lamented them accusingly for the dishonor they would do to the Savior: “Do you repay the Lord thus, a foolish and senseless people?”
115.5Holl GCS 25:143
οὐκ ἔγνωσαν γὰρ τοῦτον ὅτι οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ μεθʼ οὗ Ε; πατὴρ συνεβουλεύσατο, ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν‘ λέγων·
ouk egnōsan gar touton hoti houtos ēn en archę̄ methʼ hou E? patēr synebouleusato, poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai kathʼ homoiōsin‘ legōn;
For they did not know him, that he was the one with whom in the beginning the Father took counsel, saying, “Let us make man according to our image and likeness.”
115.6Holl GCS 25:143
τὸ γὰρ ποιήσωμεν‘ οὐχ ἑνὸς ἀριθμοῦ ἐστι σημαντικόν· ἀλλὰ γοῦν συνεβουλεύσατο ὁ πατὴρ υἱῷ καὶ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι· »τῷ γὰρ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν καὶ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ πᾶσα ἡ δύναμις αὐτῶν‘.
to gar poiēsōmen‘ ouch henos arithmou esti sēmantikon; alla goun synebouleusato ho patēr huiǭ kai hagiǭ pneumati; »tǭ gar logǭ kyriou hoi ouranoi estereōthēsan kai tǭ pneumati tou stomatos autou pasa hē dynamis autōn‘.
For “let us make” does not signify a single number; but the Father took counsel with the Son and the Holy Spirit: “For by the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm, and all their host by the breath of his mouth.”
115.7Holl GCS 25:143
οὐδʼ οὖν συνήκασι τοῦ λέγοντος ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ βίβλῳ ῥητῶς, ὅτι »ἔβρεξε κύριος παρὰ κυρίου πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἐπὶ Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ«. ἔβρεξε γὰρ κύριος πῦρ«, ὁ πρὸς Ἀβραὰμ ἐληλυθώς, παρὰ κυρίου ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ«, τοῦ αὐτὸν ἀποστείλαντος.
oudʼ oun synēkasi tou legontos en tę̄ autę̄ biblǭ rhētōs, hoti »ebrexe kyrios para kyriou pyr kai theion epi Sodoma kai Gomorra apʼ ouranou«. ebrexe gar kyrios pyr«, ho pros Abraam elēlythōs, para kyriou apʼ ouranou«, tou auton aposteilantos.
Nor did they understand the one who says explicitly in the same book that “the Lord rained from the Lord fire and brimstone on Sodom and Gomorrah from heaven.” For “the Lord rained fire,” the one who had come to Abraham, “from the Lord out of heaven,” who sent him.
115.8Holl GCS 25:143
οὐδὲ ἔγνωσαν αὐτὸν ἀπʼ Αἰγὐπτου αὐτοὺς ἐκβάλλοντα οὐδὲ συνῆκαν τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος » καὶ σὺ Βηθλεὲμ οὐχὶ ἐλαχίστη« πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε ἐλαχίστην καλεῖν πόλιν χωρήσασαν ὃν οὐρανὸς καὶ πάντα χωρεῖν οὐ δεδύνηνται;) καὶ ὅτι ἐκ σοῦ μοι ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος«· εἰ δὲ ἀπὸ Βηθλεὲμ ἐκπορεύεται καὶ ἄνθρωπός ἐστι, καὶ πῶς θεολογεῖται;
oude egnōsan auton apʼ Aigyptou autous ekballonta oude synēkan tou prophētou legontos » kai sy Bēthleem ouchi elachistē« pōs gar hoion te elachistēn kalein polin chōrēsasan hon ouranos kai panta chōrein ou dedynēntai?) kai hoti ek sou moi exeleusetai hēgoumenos«; ei de apo Bēthleem ekporeuetai kai anthrōpos esti, kai pōs theologeitai?
Nor did they know him bringing them out of Egypt, nor did they understand the prophet saying, “And you, Bethlehem, are by no means least” (for how can one call least the city that contained the one whom heaven and all things could not contain?), and that “from you shall come forth for me a leader”; but if he comes forth from Bethlehem and is a man, how is he called God?
Chapter 116
116.1Holl GCS 25:143
116. ταράσσει αὐτοὺς τὸ εἰναι θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον. ἐν ταὐτῷ γὰρ Ε; »αἱ διέξοδοι αὐτοῦ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου«· τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐκέτι ἀνθρώπου, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ.
116. tarassei autous to einai theon kai anthrōpon. en tautǭ gar E? »hai diexodoi autou apʼ archēs, apo ktiseōs kosmou«; touto de ouk estin ouketi anthrōpou, alla theou.
That he is God and man troubles them. For in the same place ⟨it says⟩, “his goings forth are from the beginning, from the creation of the world”; and this is no longer of a man but of God.
116.2Holl GCS 25:143
οὐ μέμνηνται δὲ ὅτι »ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει καὶ τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσουσι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ«· τὸ δὲ καλέσουσι σημαίνει τὸν τρόπον τῶν ἁγίων καὶ πιστῶν, τῶν υἱῶν τῆς ἐκκλησίας.
ou memnēntai de hoti »idou hē parthenos en gastri hexei kai texetai huion kai kalesousi to onoma autou Emmanouēl«; to de kalesousi sēmainei ton tropon tōn hagiōn kai pistōn, tōn huiōn tēs ekklēsias.
And they do not remember that “behold, the virgin will conceive and bear a son, and they will call his name Emmanuel”; and “they will call” signifies the manner of the saints and faithful, the children of the church.
116.3Holl GCS 25:143–144
ἐξετα- ζόμενοι γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν κυριοκτόνων Ἰουδαίων περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ὅτι πῶς εἰς τὸν σταυρωθέντα ⟨πιστεύετε⟩ ὁμολογοῦσιν * ἀκούουσι χαρὰ τῶν αὐτῶν πιστῶν ὅτι παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐσταύρωται, μεθʼ ἡμῶν δὲ θεός ἐστι.
exeta- zomenoi gar hypo tōn kyrioktonōn Ioudaiōn peri tou sōtēros hoti pōs eis ton staurōthenta ⟨pisteuete⟩ homologousin * akouousi chara tōn autōn pistōn hoti parʼ hymin estaurōtai, methʼ hēmōn de theos esti.
For being examined by the Lord-killing Jews about the Savior, “How do ⟨you believe⟩ in the crucified one?”, they confess *, and they hear from the same faithful that “by you he was crucified, but with us he is God.”
116.4Holl GCS 25:144
τοῦ δὲ Δαυὶδ οὐκ ἤκουσαν καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον, ὃν ὁρῶν ἐν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι ἔλεγε, φρίττων τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου μέλλουσαν ἔσεσθαι οἰκονομίαν, λέγων »εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου« καὶ τὰ ἐξῆς.
tou de Dauid ouk ēkousan kai ouk egnōsan autou ton logon, hon horōn en hagiǭ pneumati elege, phrittōn tēn autou tou kyriou mellousan esesthai oikonomian, legōn »eipen ho kyrios tǭ kyriǭ mou, kathou ek dexiōn mou« kai ta exēs.
And they did not hear David nor know his word, which he spoke seeing in the Holy Spirit, shuddering at the dispensation that the Lord himself would carry out, saying, “The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand,” and so on.
116.5Holl GCS 25:144
Σάββατα τοίνυν τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρελήλυθε«, σάββατον δὲ ἀληθινὸς παρʼ ἡμῖν κηρύττεται. ἤργησε δὲ ἡ πρώτη περιτομὴ ἓν μέλος σμικρότατον περιτέμνουσα, ἐνεργεῖ δὲ εὖ μάλα ἡ ἐπουράνιος περιτομὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα περιτέμνουσα.
Sabbata toinyn ta archaia parelēlythe«, sabbaton de alēthinos parʼ hēmin kēryttetai. ērgēse de hē prōtē peritomē hen melos smikrotaton peritemnousa, energei de eu mala hē epouranios peritomē holon to sōma peritemnousa.
So “the old sabbaths have passed away,” and a true sabbath is proclaimed among us. The first circumcision, circumcising one very small member, has ceased; but the heavenly circumcision, circumcising the whole body, is most effective.
116.6Holl GCS 25:144
τὰ γὰρ ὕδατα καὶ ἡ ἁγία ἐπίκλησις οὐχ ἐν ἑνὶ μέλει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γίνεται, ἀλλʼ ἀλλʼ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σφραγίζει καθαροποιεῖ περιτέμνει, πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἀπαλλάττει. ἡ γοῦν ἀγία ἐκκλησία παρέλαβε ταῦτα τὰ μυστήρια.
ta gar hydata kai hē hagia epiklēsis ouch en heni melei tou anthrōpou ginetai, allʼ allʼ to sōma tou anthrōpou sphragizei katharopoiei peritemnei, pantōn tōn kakōn apallattei. hē goun agia ekklēsia parelabe tauta ta mystēria.
For the waters and the holy invocation do not take place in one member of the man, but seal, purify, and circumcise the whole body of the man, freeing him from all evils. So the holy church has received these mysteries.
116.7Holl GCS 25:144
ἐπανέστησαν δὲ αὐτῇ καὶ δεινοὶ »ἐχθροί, οἰκειακοί‘ λεγόμενοι, μὴ ὄντες δὲ ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων τοῦ κυρίου ἀληθοῦς πίστεως εἰ γὰρ ἦσαν ἐξ αὐτῶν, μεμενήκεσαν ἂν μετʼ αὐτῶν‘)·
epanestēsan de autę̄ kai deinoi »echthroi, oikeiakoi‘ legomenoi, mē ontes de ek tēs tōn apostolōn tou kyriou alēthous pisteōs ei gar ēsan ex autōn, memenēkesan an metʼ autōn‘);
And fierce “enemies,” called “of her own household,” rose against her, not being of the true faith of the Lord's apostles (“for if they had been of them, they would have remained with them”);
116.8Holl GCS 25:144
ἀλλὰ νόθοι ὄντες καὶ σύμμικτοι ἐπιθυμίαν κακὴν τῆς διʼ ἰχθύων καὶ σικυῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐδωδῆς πάλιν ἐπιθυμοῦσι, βλασφημοῦντες ἄνω καὶ κάτω τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, Ἀρειομανῖται, οὓς ἤδη ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου λόγοις ἐστηλιτεύσαμεν, ἄλλοι δὲ Σαβέλλιοι.
alla nothoi ontes kai symmiktoi epithymian kakēn tēs diʼ ichthyōn kai sikyōn Aigyptiōn edōdēs palin epithymousi, blasphēmountes anō kai katō ton huion tou theou, Areiomanitai, hous ēdē en tois pro toutou logois estēliteusamen, alloi de Sabellioi.
but, being bastards and mixed, they again desire with evil desire the Egyptian food of fish and cucumbers, blaspheming the Son of God up and down: the Ariomaniacs, whom we have already exposed in the preceding discourses, and others, the Sabellians.
116.9Holl GCS 25:144
καὶ οἱ μὲν Σαβέλλιοι τέλεον ἀρνοῦνται τὸ εἶναι τὸν] υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, λέγοντες ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς ἐστιν ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ, ὡς μὴ εἶναι υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, δεύτεροι Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ κυριοκτόνοι ἀπελεγχόμενοι.
kai hoi men Sabellioi teleon arnountai to einai ton] huion kai hagion pneuma, legontes hoti ho huios estin ho patēr kai ho patēr autos estin ho huios kai to hagion pneuma autos estin ho patēr, hōs mē einai huion kai hagion pneuma, deuteroi Ioudaioi kai kyrioktonoi apelenchomenoi.
And the Sabellians completely deny that the Son and the Holy Spirit exist, saying that the Son is the Father and the Father himself is the Son and the Holy Spirit himself is the Father, so that there is no Son and Holy Spirit; they are proved to be second Jews and Lord-killers.
116.10Holl GCS 25:144
Ἀρειομανῖται δὲ οἱ πάντων ἀσεβέστατοι, οἱ τὸν υἰὸν ἀπὸ τῆς πατρῴας οὐσίας διαιρεῖν καὶ ἀπαλλοτριοῦν τολμῶντες, οὐκ ἀξιοῦσι τὸν υἱὸν ὁμότιμον εἶναι τῷ πατρὶ οὐδὲ ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτὸν γεγεννῆσθαι.
Areiomanitai de hoi pantōn asebestatoi, hoi ton uion apo tēs patrǭas ousias diairein kai apallotrioun tolmōntes, ouk axiousi ton huion homotimon einai tǭ patri oude ek tēs ousias tou patros auton gegennēsthai.
And the Ariomaniacs, the most impious of all, who dare to divide the Son from the Father's substance and estrange him, do not think the Son worthy to be of equal honor with the Father nor to have been begotten from the Father's substance.
116.11Holl GCS 25:144–145
ἄλλοι δὲ τούτων ἔκγονοι, οἱ πρὸ τούτου μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν προταχθέντων· Με κατὰ Ἰουδαίους αὑτοὺς ἀπηρίθμουν τοὺς βλασφημοῦντας τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, δεύτεροι Σαδδουκαῖοι καὶ Σαμαρεῖται καὶ ἔγνωστοι νεκροὶ καὶ ἄπιστοι.
alloi de toutōn ekgonoi, hoi pro toutou meta tōn allōn tōn protachthentōn; Me kata Ioudaious hautous apērithmoun tous blasphēmountas to hagion pneuma, deuteroi Saddoukaioi kai Samareitai kai egnōstoi nekroi kai apistoi.
And others are their offspring, those mentioned before with the others set out earlier: ⟨whom⟩ I counted with the Jews, those who blaspheme the Holy Spirit, second Sadducees and Samaritans, and dead and faithless ⟨unknowers⟩.
Chapter 117
117.1Holl GCS 25:145
117. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ »διὰ μέλανος καὶ χάρτου« τὰς κατὰ τούτων μαρ- τυρίας διὰ πολλοῦ ποιησώμεθα, εἰς τὸ μὴ περικακεῖν τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας, ἀρκέσουσιν αὐτοῖς Σαβελλιανοῖς μὲν μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων μαρτυ- ριῶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ὡς ἤδη εἶπον.
117. Hina de mē »dia melanos kai chartou« tas kata toutōn mar- tyrias dia pollou poiēsōmetha, eis to mē perikakein tous anaginōskontas, arkesousin autois Sabellianois men meta tōn allōn marty- riōn hē martyria tou Iordanou, hōs ēdē eipon.
But so as not to set out the testimonies against these at length “with ink and paper,” so as not to weary the readers, the testimony of the Jordan, as I already said, with the other testimonies, will suffice for the Sabellians.
117.2Holl GCS 25:145
υἱὸς γὰρ ἐν Ἰορδάνῃ ἀληθῶς παραγίνεται, θεὸς ἄνθρωπος γεγονώς, οὐ τροπὴν ὑποστὰς ἀλλὰ σάρκα λαβών, οὐ διὰ σπέρματος ἀνδρὸς ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁγίας παρθένου σῶμα ἀνειληφὼς διʼ ἁγίου πνεύματος συλληφθέν, σῶμα τέλειον τουτέστιν ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι.
huios gar en Iordanę̄ alēthōs paraginetai, theos anthrōpos gegonōs, ou tropēn hypostas alla sarka labōn, ou dia spermatos andros allʼ apo tēs hagias parthenou sōma aneilēphōs diʼ hagiou pneumatos syllēphthen, sōma teleion toutestin anthrōpon teleion psychę̄ kai sōmati.
For the Son truly comes to the Jordan, God become man, not having undergone change but having taken flesh, not through the seed of a man but having taken a body from the holy virgin, conceived through the Holy Spirit, a perfect body, that is, a perfect man in soul and body.
117.3Holl GCS 25:145
γέγονεν οὐν ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἄνθρωπος πρὸς Ἰωάννην έν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ, εἷς ὤν ὁ αὐτὸς υἱὸς καὶ Χριστὸς καὶ κύριος· πατὴρ δὲ ἄνωθεν βοᾷ, μαρτυρῶν τῷ υἰῷ τῷ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ γεγονότι »οὑτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός«·
gegonen oun ho theos kai anthrōpos pros Iōannēn en tǭ Iordanę̄, heis ōn ho autos huios kai Christos kai kyrios; patēr de anōthen boą, martyrōn tǭ uiǭ tǭ en tǭ Iordanę̄ gegonoti »houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos«;
So God and man came to John at the Jordan, being one and the same Son and Christ and Lord; and the Father cries from above, bearing witness to the Son who came to the Jordan, “This is my beloved Son”;
117.4Holl GCS 25:145
τὸ δὲ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς κατέβαινεν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν εἰς τὰ ὕδατα κατεληλυθότα, ἵνα καθαρὰ αὐτὰ ἀποδείξῃ ἕνεκεν τῶν μελλόντων εἰς ὄνομα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καἱ ἁγίου πνεύματος βαπτίζεσθαι.
to de hagion pneuma en eidei peristeras katebainen epʼ auton eis ta hydata katelēlythota, hina kathara auta apodeixę̄ heneken tōn mellontōn eis onoma patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos baptizesthai.
and the Holy Spirit descended in the form of a dove upon him as he came down into the waters, to make them pure for those who were to be baptized in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.
117.5Holl GCS 25:145
τοῖς δὲ Ἀρειανοῖς μετὰ τῶν προλεχθεισῶν ἀρκέσει τὸ εἰπεῖν τὸν υἱόν »ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ έν ἐμοί«· ἰσότητα γὰρ ἐνταῦθα υἱοῦ πρὸς πατέρα ἀπέδειξε καὶ γνησιότητα.
tois de Areianois meta tōn prolechtheisōn arkesei to eipein ton huion »egō en tǭ patri kai ho patēr en emoi«; isotēta gar entautha huiou pros patera apedeixe kai gnēsiotēta.
And for the Arians, with those mentioned before, it will suffice that the Son said, “I am in the Father and the Father in me”; for here he showed the Son's equality with the Father and his genuine sonship.
117.6Holl GCS 25:145
τοῖς δὲ ἐκγόνοις τῶν Ἀρειανῶν τοῖς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα. βλασφημοῦσιν ἀρκέσουσι δύο μαρτυρίαι αἱ ἤδη προτεταγμέναι μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων μαρτυριῶν, μία μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ Δανιὴλ οὕτως ἔχουσα· ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ τοῦ πυρὸς Σεδρὰχ
tois de ekgonois tōn Areianōn tois to hagion pneuma. blasphēmousin arkesousi dyo martyriai hai ēdē protetagmenai meta tōn allōn martyriōn, mia men apo tou Daniēl houtōs echousa; en tę̄ kaminǭ tou pyros Sedrach
And for the offspring of the Arians, who blaspheme the Holy Spirit, two testimonies already set out will suffice, with the other testimonies: one from Daniel, as follows: in the furnace of fire Shadrach,
117.7Holl GCS 25:145
Μισὰκ Ἀβδεναγὼ αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν συμπεριλαμβάνουσι μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν τὴν πᾶσαν τοῦ θεοῦ κτίσιν καὶ λέγουσιν »εὐλογεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔργα κυρίου τὸν κύριον«· καὶ ἠρίθμησαν οὐρανοὺς καὶ ἀγγέλους καὶ σελή- νην καὶ ἥλιον καὶ δυνάμεις, γῆν τε καὶ θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον πνεῦμα συνηρίθμησαν ταῖς κτίσεσι. τὰ Σεραφὶμ δὲ ἁγιάζει τριάδα ἴσως, οὐχ ἅπαξ οὐ δὶς οὐ τέταρτον, ἀλλὰ τρὶς τὸ ἅγιος λέγοντα.
Misak Abdenagō ainountes ton theon symperilambanousi methʼ heautōn tēn pasan tou theou ktisin kai legousin »eulogeite panta ta erga kyriou ton kyrion«; kai ērithmēsan ouranous kai angelous kai selē- nēn kai hēlion kai dynameis, gēn te kai thalassan kai panta ta en autois, kai oudamou huion kai hagion pneuma synērithmēsan tais ktisesi. ta Seraphim de hagiazei triada isōs, ouch hapax ou dis ou tetarton, alla tris to hagios legonta.
Meshach, Abednego, praising God, include with themselves the whole creation of God and say, “Bless the Lord, all you works of the Lord”; and they enumerated heavens and angels and moon and sun and powers, earth and sea and all in them, and nowhere did they count the Son and the Holy Spirit among the creatures. And the Seraphim hallow the Trinity equally, saying “holy” not once, not twice, not four times, but three times.
Chapter 118
118.1Holl GCS 25:145
118. ἐλεγξάτω δὲ πάλιν τούτους Πέτρος, ἐπιτιμῶν τοῖς περὶ Ἀνανίαν καὶ λέγων »ἐπειράσατε τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα«·
118. elenxatō de palin toutous Petros, epitimōn tois peri Ananian kai legōn »epeirasate to hagion pneuma«;
And let Peter again refute these, rebuking Ananias and his wife and saying, “You tested the Holy Spirit”;
118.2Holl GCS 25:145–146
καί φησιν »οὐκ ἐψεύσασθε ἀνθρώπῳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ θεῷ( ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος οἶδεν, ὡς καὶ πολλάκις εἴπομεν, τὸ πνεῦμα μὴ ἀλλότρίον εἰναι τοῦ θεοῦ λέγων »ἐρευνᾷ καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ«· τὸ δὲ μὴ ὂν ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ θεοῦ ἀδύνατόν ἐστι τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐρευνᾶν.
kai phēsin »ouk epseusasthe anthrōpǭ, alla tǭ theǭ( ho de apostolos oiden, hōs kai pollakis eipomen, to pneuma mē allotrion einai tou theou legōn »ereuną kai ta bathē tou theou«; to de mē on ek tēs ousias tou theou adynaton esti ta bathē tou theou ereunan.
and he says, “You have not lied to man but to God.” And the apostle knows, as we have often said, that the Spirit is not foreign to God, saying, “He searches even the depths of God”; and what is not from the substance of God cannot search the depths of God.
118.3Holl GCS 25:146
ἡμεῖς δὲ οἴδαμεν πατέρα πατέρα, υἱὸν υἱόν, ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἅγιον πνεῦμα, τριάδα ἐν ἑνότητι. μία γὰρ ἐνότης ἐστὶ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος, μία οὐσία μία κυριότης ἓν θέλημα μία ἐκκλησία ἓν βάπτισμα μία πίστις.
hēmeis de oidamen patera patera, huion huion, hagion pneuma hagion pneuma, triada en henotēti. mia gar enotēs esti patros kai huiou kai hagiou pneumatos, mia ousia mia kyriotēs hen thelēma mia ekklēsia hen baptisma mia pistis.
But we know the Father as Father, the Son as Son, the Holy Spirit as Holy Spirit, a Trinity in unity. For there is one unity of Father and Son and Holy Spirit, one substance, one lordship, one will, one church, one baptism, one faith.
118.4Holl GCS 25:146
καὶ παυσάσθωσαν οἱ κατὰ τῆς ἁγίας παρθένου τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ νύμφης ἁγνῆς, τουτέστι τῆς μητρὸς ἡμῶν τῆς ἁγίας ἐκκλησίας *.
kai pausasthōsan hoi kata tēs hagias parthenou tou Christou kai nymphēs hagnēs, toutesti tēs mētros hēmōn tēs hagias ekklēsias *.
And let those cease who are against the holy virgin of Christ and pure bride, that is, our mother, the holy church *.
118.5Holl GCS 25:146
παρέλαβον γὰρ οἱ ταύτης παῖδες παρὰ ἁγίων πατέρων τουτέστι τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων πίστιν φυλάττειν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν τέκνοις παραδιδόναι τε καὶ ἀπαγγέλλειν.
parelabon gar hoi tautēs paides para hagiōn paterōn toutesti tōn hagiōn apostolōn pistin phylattein, hama de kai tois heautōn teknois paradidonai te kai apangellein.
For her children received from holy fathers, that is, the holy apostles, the faith to keep, and at the same time to hand it on and proclaim it to their own children.
118.6Holl GCS 25:146
ἐξ ὡν καὶ αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ ὑπάρχετε, τιμιώτατοι ἀδελφοί, καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν τέκνοις ταύτην τὴν διδασκαλίαν παραδιδόατε.
ex hōn kai autoi huioi hyparchete, timiōtatoi adelphoi, kai tois heautōn teknois tautēn tēn didaskalian paradidoate.
Of these you too are children, most honored brothers, and you hand on this teaching to your own children.
118.7Holl GCS 25:146
Ταῦτα οὕτως λέγοντες καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὄμοια ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραφῶν * βεβαιῶσαι αὑτούς τε καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ὑμῶν, διδάσκοντες ὁδοποιοῦντες κατηχοῦντες μὴ διαλείπητε οἱ πιστοὶ καὶ ὀρθόδοξοι ταύτην τὴν ἁγίαν πίστιν τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὡς παρέλαβεν ἡ ἁγία καὶ μόνη παρθένος τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων τοῦ κυρίου, φυλάττειν.
Tauta houtōs legontes kai ta toutois omoia apo tōn theiōn graphōn * bebaiōsai hautous te kai tous akouontas hymōn, didaskontes hodopoiountes katēchountes mē dialeipēte hoi pistoi kai orthodoxoi tautēn tēn hagian pistin tēs katholikēs ekklēsias, hōs parelaben hē hagia kai monē parthenos tou theou apo tōn hagiōn apostolōn tou kyriou, phylattein.
Saying these things so, and things like them from the divine Scriptures, * to confirm yourselves and your hearers, teaching, guiding, instructing, do not cease, you faithful and orthodox, to keep this holy faith of the catholic church, as the holy and only virgin of God received it from the holy apostles of the Lord.
118.8Holl GCS 25:146
καὶ οὕτως ἕκαστον τῶν κατηχουμένων τῶν μελλόντων τῷ ἁγίῳ λουτρῷ προσιέναι οὐ μόνον ἀπαγγέλλειν ὀφείλετε † τὸ πιστεύειν τοῖς ἐαυτῶν υἱοῖς ἐν κυρίῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ διδάσκειν ῥητῶς, ὡς πάντων ἡ αὐτὴ μήτηρ ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἡμῶν, τὸ λέγειν·
kai houtōs hekaston tōn katēchoumenōn tōn mellontōn tǭ hagiǭ loutrǭ prosienai ou monon apangellein opheilete † to pisteuein tois eautōn huiois en kyriǭ, alla kai didaskein rhētōs, hōs pantōn hē autē mētēr hymōn te kai hēmōn, to legein;
And so you ought not only to announce † the believing to each of the catechumens who are about to approach the holy washing, to your own sons in the Lord, but also to teach them explicitly, as the same mother of all, yours and ours, to say:
118.9Holl GCS 25:146
Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα θεὸν πατέρα παντοκράτορα, ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ γῆς, ὁρατῶν τε πάντων καὶ ἀοράτων.
Pisteuomen eis hena theon patera pantokratora, poiētēn ouranou te kai gēs, horatōn te pantōn kai aoratōn.
We believe in one God, the Father Almighty, maker of heaven and earth, and of all things visible and invisible.
118.10Holl GCS 25:146–147
καὶ εἰς ἕνα κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ, τὸν ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς γεννηθέντα πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων, τουτέστιν ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ πατρός, φῶς ἐκ φωτός, θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐκ θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ, γεννηθέντα οὐ ποιηθέντα, ὁμοούσιον τῷ πατρί, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, τά τε ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ· τὸν διʼ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ σαρκωθέντα ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ Μαρίας τῆς παρθένου καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα, σταυρωθέντα τε ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου καὶ παθόντα καὶ ταφέντα, καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοῦς καὶ καθεζόμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ πατρός, καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόμενον μετὰ δόξης κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς, οὗ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος.
kai eis hena kyrion Iēsoun Christon, ton huion tou theou ton monogenē, ton ek tou patros gennēthenta pro pantōn tōn aiōnōn, toutestin ek tēs ousias tou patros, phōs ek phōtos, theon alēthinon ek theou alēthinou, gennēthenta ou poiēthenta, homoousion tǭ patri, diʼ hou ta panta egeneto, ta te en tois ouranois kai ta en tę̄ gę̄; ton diʼ hēmas tous anthrōpous kai dia tēn hēmeteran sōtērian katelthonta ek tōn ouranōn kai sarkōthenta ek pneumatos hagiou kai Marias tēs parthenou kai enanthrōpēsanta, staurōthenta te hyper hēmōn epi Pontiou Pilatou kai pathonta kai taphenta, kai anastanta tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą kata tas graphas kai anelthonta eis tous ouranous kai kathezomenon ek dexiōn tou patros, kai palin erchomenon meta doxēs krinai zōntas kai nekrous, hou tēs basileias ouk estai telos.
And in one Lord Jesus Christ, the only-begotten Son of God, begotten of the Father before all ages, that is, of the substance of the Father, light of light, true God of true God, begotten, not made, consubstantial with the Father, through whom all things were made, both those in heaven and those on earth; who for us men and for our salvation came down from heaven and was incarnate of the Holy Spirit and the virgin Mary, and became man, and was crucified for us under Pontius Pilate, and suffered, and was buried, and rose again on the third day according to the Scriptures, and ascended into heaven, and sits at the right hand of the Father, and will come again with glory to judge the living and the dead, of whose kingdom there will be no end.
118.11Holl GCS 25:147
καὶ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, τὸ κύριον καὶ ζωοποιόν, τὸ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον, τὸ σὺν πατρὶ καὶ υἱῷ συμπροσκυνούμενον καὶ συνδοξαζόμενον, τὸ λαλῆσαν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν· εἰς μίαν ἁγίαν καθολικὴν καὶ ἀποστολικὴν ἐκκλησίαν·
kai eis to pneuma to hagion, to kyrion kai zōopoion, to ek tou patros ekporeuomenon, to syn patri kai huiǭ symproskynoumenon kai syndoxazomenon, to lalēsan dia tōn prophētōn; eis mian hagian katholikēn kai apostolikēn ekklēsian;
And in the Holy Spirit, the Lord and giver of life, who proceeds from the Father, who with the Father and the Son is worshiped together and glorified together, who spoke through the prophets; in one holy catholic and apostolic church;
118.12Holl GCS 25:147
ὁμολογοῦμεν ἕν βάπτισμα εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν, προσδοκῶμεν ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν καὶ ζωὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος. ἀμήν.
homologoumen hen baptisma eis aphesin hamartiōn, prosdokōmen anastasin nekrōn kai zōēn tou mellontos aiōnos. amēn.
we confess one baptism for the forgiveness of sins; we look for the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come. Amen.
118.13Holl GCS 25:147
τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας ἦν ποτε ὅτε οὐκ ἦν καὶ πρὶν γεννηθῆναι οὐκ ἦν ἢ ὅτι ἐξ οὐκ ὅντων ἐγένετο ἤ ἐξ ἑτέρας ὑποστάσεως ἢ οὐσίας φάσκοντας εἶναι ⟨ἤ⟩ ῥευστὸν ἤ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ υἱόν, τούτους ἀναθεματίζει ἡ καθολικὴ καὶ ἀποστολικὴ ἐκκλησία.
tous de legontas ēn pote hote ouk ēn kai prin gennēthēnai ouk ēn ē hoti ex ouk hontōn egeneto ē ex heteras hypostaseōs ē ousias phaskontas einai ⟨ē⟩ rheuston ē ton tou theou huion, toutous anathematizei hē katholikē kai apostolikē ekklēsia.
But those who say “there was once when he was not,” and “before he was begotten he was not,” or that he came into being from things that are not, or who assert that the Son of God is of another hypostasis or substance, ⟨or⟩ changeable, or alterable, these the catholic and apostolic church anathematizes.
118.14Holl GCS 25:147
Καὶ αὕτη μὲν ἡ πίστις παρεδόθη ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων καὶ * ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ τῇ ἁγίᾳ πόλει ἀπὸ πάντων ὁμοῦ τῶν τότε ἁγίων ἐπισκόπων, ὑπὲρ τριακοσίων ἀριθμόν, τὸν ἀριθμόν.
Kai hautē men hē pistis paredothē apo tōn hagiōn apostolōn kai * en ekklēsią tę̄ hagią polei apo pantōn homou tōn tote hagiōn episkopōn, hyper triakosiōn arithmon, ton arithmon.
And this faith was handed down from the holy apostles and * in the church in the holy city by all the holy bishops of that time together, over three hundred in number.
Chapter 119
119.1Holl GCS 25:147
119. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ γενεᾷ ἀνέκυψαν ἄλλαι τινὲς αἱρέσεις ἀλλεπάλληλοι, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ χρόνου Οὐαλεντινιανοῦ καὶ Οὐάλεντος τῶν βασιλέων κατὰ τὸ δέκατον αὐτῶν τῆς βασιλείας ἔτος καὶ πάλιν κατὰ τὸ ἕκτον ἔτος Γρατιανοῦ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ ἐνενηκοστῷ ἔτει Διοκλητιανοῦ τοῦ τυράννου,
119. Epeidē de en tę̄ hēmeterą geneą anekypsan allai tines haireseis allepallēloi, toutestin epi chronou Oualentinianou kai Oualentos tōn basileōn kata to dekaton autōn tēs basileias etos kai palin kata to hekton etos Gratianou, toutestin en tǭ enenēkostǭ etei Dioklētianou tou tyrannou,
But since in our generation other heresies have sprung up one after another, that is, in the time of the emperors Valentinian and Valens, in the tenth year of their reign, and again in the sixth year of Gratian, that is, in the ninetieth year of Diocletian the tyrant,
119.2Holl GCS 25:147–148
τούτου χάριν ὑμεῖς τε καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ πάντες οἱ ὀρθόδοξοι ἐπίσκοποι καὶ συλλήβδην πᾶσα ἡ ἁγία καθολικὴ ἐκκλησία πρὸς τὰς ἀνακυψάσας αἱρέσεις ἀκολούθως τῇ τῶν ἁγίων ἐκείνων πατέρων προτεταγμένῃ πίστει οὕτως λέγομεν, μάλιστα τοῖς τῷ ἁγίῳ· λουτρῷ προσιοῦσιν, ἵνα ἀπαγγέλλωσι καὶ λεγωσιν ουτως·
toutou charin hymeis te kai hēmeis kai pantes hoi orthodoxoi episkopoi kai syllēbdēn pasa hē hagia katholikē ekklēsia pros tas anakypsasas haireseis akolouthōs tę̄ tōn hagiōn ekeinōn paterōn protetagmenę̄ pistei houtōs legomen, malista tois tǭ hagiǭ; loutrǭ prosiousin, hina apangellōsi kai legōsin outōs;
for this reason you and we and all the orthodox bishops, and in sum the whole holy catholic church, against the heresies that have sprung up, in accordance with the faith of those holy fathers set out above, speak thus, especially to those who approach the holy washing, so that they may proclaim and say thus:
119.3Holl GCS 25:148
Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα θεόν, πατέρα παντοκράτορα, πάντων ἀοράτων τε καὶ ὁρατῶν ποιητήν·
Pisteuomen eis hena theon, patera pantokratora, pantōn aoratōn te kai horatōn poiētēn;
We believe in one God, the Father Almighty, maker of all things invisible and visible;
119.4Holl GCS 25:148
καὶ εἰς ἕνα κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, γεννηθέντα ἐκ θεοῦ πατρὸς μονογενῆ, τουτέστιν ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ πατρός, θεὸν ἐκ θεοῦ, φῶς ἐκ φωτός, θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐκ θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ, γεννηθέντα οὐ ποιηθέντα, ὁμοούσιον τῷ πατρί, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, τά τε ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ
kai eis hena kyrion Iēsoun Christon, ton huion tou theou, gennēthenta ek theou patros monogenē, toutestin ek tēs ousias tou patros, theon ek theou, phōs ek phōtos, theon alēthinon ek theou alēthinou, gennēthenta ou poiēthenta, homoousion tǭ patri, diʼ hou ta panta egeneto, ta te en tois ouranois kai ta en tę̄
and in one Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God, begotten of God the Father, only-begotten, that is, of the substance of the Father, God of God, light of light, true God of true God, begotten, not made, consubstantial with the Father, through whom all things were made, both those in heaven and those on
119.5Holl GCS 25:148
γῇ, ὁρατά τε καὶ ἀόρατα, τὸν διʼ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα καὶ σαρκωθέντα τουτέστι γεννηθέντα τελείως ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας Μαρίας τῆς ἀειπαρθένου διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου, ἐνανθρωπήσαντα τουτέστι τέλειον ἄνθρωπον λαβόντα, ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα καὶ νοῦν καὶ πάντα εἴ τι ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας·
gę̄, horata te kai aorata, ton diʼ hēmas tous anthrōpous kai dia tēn hēmeteran sōtērian katelthonta kai sarkōthenta toutesti gennēthenta teleiōs ek tēs hagias Marias tēs aeiparthenou dia pneumatos hagiou, enanthrōpēsanta toutesti teleion anthrōpon labonta, psychēn kai sōma kai noun kai panta ei ti estin anthrōpos chōris hamartias;
earth, visible and invisible; who for us men and for our salvation came down and was incarnate, that is, was perfectly born of the holy ever-virgin Mary through the Holy Spirit; became man, that is, took a perfect man, soul and body and mind and all that man is, without sin;
119.6Holl GCS 25:148
οὐκ ἀπὸ σπέρματος ἀνδρὸς οὐδὲ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ ⟨γεγονότα⟩, ἀλλʼ εἰς ἑαυτὸν σάρκα ἀναπλάσαντα εἰς μίαν ἁγίαν ἑνότητα· οὐ καθάπερ ἐν προφήταις ἐνέπνευσέ τε καὶ ἐλάλησε καὶ ἐνήργησεν, ἀλλὰ τελείως ἐνανθρωπήσαντα·
ouk apo spermatos andros oude en anthrōpǭ ⟨gegonota⟩, allʼ eis heauton sarka anaplasanta eis mian hagian henotēta; ou kathaper en prophētais enepneuse te kai elalēse kai enērgēsen, alla teleiōs enanthrōpēsanta;
not from the seed of a man, nor ⟨having come⟩ in a man, but having formed flesh for himself into one holy unity; not as he breathed and spoke and worked in the prophets, but having become man perfectly;
119.7Holl GCS 25:148
ὁ γὰρ Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο«, οὐ τροπὴν ὑποστὰς οὐδὲ μεταβαλὼν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θεότητα εἰς ἀνθρωπότητα, εἰς μίαν ⟨δὲ⟩ συνενώσας ἑαυτοῦ * ἁγίαν τελειότητά τε καὶ θεότητα· γάρ ἐστιν κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς καὶ οὐ δύο, ὁ αὐτὸς θεός, ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος, ὁ αὐτὸς βασιλεύς·
ho gar Logos sarx egeneto«, ou tropēn hypostas oude metabalōn tēn heautou theotēta eis anthrōpotēta, eis mian ⟨de⟩ synenōsas heautou * hagian teleiotēta te kai theotēta; gar estin kyrios Iēsous Christos kai ou dyo, ho autos theos, ho autos kyrios, ho autos basileus;
for “the Word became flesh,” not having undergone change, nor having converted his own Godhead into humanity, but having united ⟨it⟩ into his one * holy perfection and Godhead; for there is one Lord Jesus Christ and not two, the same God, the same Lord, the same King;
119.8Holl GCS 25:148
παθόντα δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ ἀναστάντα καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ σώματι, ἐνδόξως καθίσαντα ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ πατρός, ἐρχόμενον ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ σώματι ἐν δόξῃ κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκροὺς· οὑ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος.
pathonta de ton auton en sarki kai anastanta kai anelthonta eis tous ouranous en autǭ tǭ sōmati, endoxōs kathisanta en dexią tou patros, erchomenon en autǭ tǭ sōmati en doxę̄ krinai zōntas kai nekrous; hou tēs basileias ouk estai telos.
and the same suffered in the flesh, and rose, and ascended into heaven in the same body, sat down gloriously at the right hand of the Father, and is coming in the same body in glory to judge the living and the dead; of whose kingdom there will be no end.
119.9Holl GCS 25:148
καὶ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τὸ λαλῆσαν ἐν νόμῳ καὶ κηρῦξαν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καταβὰν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην, λαλοῦν ἐν ἀποστόλοις, οἰκοῦν ἐν ἁγίοις.
kai eis to hagion pneuma to lalēsan en nomǭ kai kēryxan en tois prophētais, kataban epi ton Iordanēn, laloun en apostolois, oikoun en hagiois.
And in the Holy Spirit, who spoke in the law and preached in the prophets, descended upon the Jordan, speaks in the apostles, dwells in the saints.
119.10Holl GCS 25:148–149
οὕτως δὲ πιστεύομεν ἐν αὐτῷ ὅτι ἐστὶ πνεῦμα ἅγιον πνεῦμα θεοῦ πνεῦμα τέλειον πνεῦμα παράκλητον, ἄκτιστον, ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον καὶ ἐκ τοῦ υἱοῦ λαμβάνον καὶ † πιστευόμενον.
houtōs de pisteuomen en autǭ hoti esti pneuma hagion pneuma theou pneuma teleion pneuma paraklēton, aktiston, ek tou patros ekporeuomenon kai ek tou huiou lambanon kai † pisteuomenon.
And we believe in him thus: that he is the Holy Spirit, the Spirit of God, the perfect Spirit, the Spirit Paraclete, uncreated, proceeding from the Father and receiving from the Son, and † believed.
119.11Holl GCS 25:149
πιστεύομεν εἰς μίαν καθολικὴν καὶ ἀποστολικὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ εἰς ἓν βάπτισμα μετανοίας καὶ εἰς ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν καὶ κρίσιν δικαίαν ψυχῶν καὶ σωμάτων καὶ εἰς βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
pisteuomen eis mian katholikēn kai apostolikēn ekklēsian kai eis hen baptisma metanoias kai eis anastasin nekrōn kai krisin dikaian psychōn kai sōmatōn kai eis basileian ouranōn kai eis zōēn aiōnion.
We believe in one catholic and apostolic church, and in one baptism of repentance, and in the resurrection of the dead and the just judgment of souls and bodies, and in the kingdom of heaven, and in eternal life.
119.12Holl GCS 25:149
τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας ὅτι ἠν ποτε ὅτε οὐκ ἦν ὁ υἱὸς ἢ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ἢ ὅτι ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐγένετο ἢ ἐξ ἑτέρας ὑποστάσεως ἢ οὐσίας φάσκοντας εἶναι ⟨ἤ⟩ ἢ ἀλλοιωτὸν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, τούτους ἀναθεματίζει ἡ καθολικὴ καὶ ἀποστολικὴ ἐκκλησία. ι ἡ μήτηρ ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἡμῶν. καὶ πάλιν ἀναθεματίζομεν τοὺς μὴ ὁμολογοῦντας ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν καὶ πάσας τὰς αἱρέσεις τὰς μὴ ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὀρθῆς πίστεως οὔσας.
tous de legontas hoti ēn pote hote ouk ēn ho huios ē to pneuma to hagion, ē hoti ex ouk ontōn egeneto ē ex heteras hypostaseōs ē ousias phaskontas einai ⟨ē⟩ ē alloiōton ton huion tou theou ē to hagion pneuma, toutous anathematizei hē katholikē kai apostolikē ekklēsia. i hē mētēr hymōn te kai hēmōn. kai palin anathematizomen tous mē homologountas anastasin nekrōn kai pasas tas haireseis tas mē ek tautēs tēs orthēs pisteōs ousas.
But those who say that there was once when the Son or the Holy Spirit was not, or that he came into being from things that are not, or who assert that the Son of God or the Holy Spirit is of another hypostasis or substance, ⟨or⟩ changeable, or alterable, these the catholic and apostolic church anathematizes, our mother and yours. And again we anathematize those who do not confess the resurrection of the dead, and all the heresies that are not of this right faith.
119.13Holl GCS 25:149
Υμῶν δὲ καὶ τῶν ὑμῶν τέκνων, μακαριώτατοι, οὕτω πιστευόντων καὶ τὰς ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πίστεως ἐντολὰς ἐπιτελούντων ἐλπίζομεν ὑπερεύχεσθαι ἡμῶν πάντοτε ἔχειν μερίδα καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ
Ymōn de kai tōn hymōn teknōn, makariōtatoi, houtō pisteuontōn kai tas ek tautēs tēs pisteōs entolas epitelountōn elpizomen hypereuchesthai hēmōn pantote echein merida kai klēron en tę̄ autę̄
And as you and your children, most blessed ones, believe thus and fulfill the commandments that come from this faith, we hope that you will always pray for us to have a part and lot in the same
119.14Holl GCS 25:149
πίστει καὶ ἐν τῷ κλήρῳ τῶν αὐτῆς ἐντολῶν. καὶ εὔχεσθε ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς τε καὶ πᾶς ὁ οὕτως πιστεύων καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ κυρίου φυλάττων ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, διʼ οὗ καὶ μεθʼ οὑ δόξα τῷ πατρὶ σὺν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν.
pistei kai en tǭ klērǭ tōn autēs entolōn. kai euchesthe hyper hēmōn hymeis te kai pas ho houtōs pisteuōn kai tas entolas tou kyriou phylattōn en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ kyriǭ hēmōn, diʼ hou kai methʼ hou doxa tǭ patri syn hagiǭ pneumati eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. amēn.
faith and in the lot of its commandments. And pray for us, you and everyone who believes thus and keeps the commandments of the Lord, in Christ Jesus our Lord, through whom and with whom be glory to the Father with the Holy Spirit for ever and ever. Amen.
119.15Holl GCS 25:149
Εως ὡδε, ἀγαπητοὶ ἀδελφοί, ἡ βραχύτης ἡμῶν καὶ ἀσθενὴς τῆς διανοίας δύναμις ἠναγκάσθη φθάσαι, τῆς ὑμῶν καλοκαγαθίας προτρεψαμένης ἡμᾶς εἰ καὶ ἀνικάνους ὑπὲρ τὸ ἑαυτῶν μέτρον παριστᾶν, ὥστε δέεσθαι βοηθείας, ἐπεκτεινομένους· ἀλλὰ πάντα οἶδεν ὁ ἐν οὐρανῷ πιστός.
Eōs hōde, agapētoi adelphoi, hē brachytēs hēmōn kai asthenēs tēs dianoias dynamis ēnankasthē phthasai, tēs hymōn kalokagathias protrepsamenēs hēmas ei kai anikanous hyper to heautōn metron paristan, hōste deesthai boētheias, epekteinomenous; alla panta oiden ho en ouranǭ pistos.
Thus far, beloved brothers, our littleness and the weak power of our mind has been compelled to reach, your goodness having urged us, though incapable, to set things out beyond our own measure, so as to need help, stretching ourselves; but the one who is faithful in heaven knows all things.
119.16Holl GCS 25:149
πλὴν εἰρήνη παντὶ τῷ στοιχοῦντι τῷ κανόνι τούτῳ τῆς ἀληθινῆς καὶ ὀρθοδόξου ταύτης πίστεως καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀσπάσασθε πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους ἐν κυρίῳ. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ τοῦ κυρίου δοῦλοι, μάλιστα δὲ ἐγὼ ὁ Ἀνατόλιος ὁ γράψας τοῦτο τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ Ἀγκυρωτοῦ ἐπονομασθέντος λόγου καὶ ἐρρῶσθαι ὑμᾶς ἐν κυρίῳ εὔχομαι.
plēn eirēnē panti tǭ stoichounti tǭ kanoni toutǭ tēs alēthinēs kai orthodoxou tautēs pisteōs kai epi ton Israēl tou theou. aspasasthe pantas tous hagious en kyriǭ. aspazontai hymas hoi tou kyriou douloi, malista de egō ho Anatolios ho grapsas touto to biblion tou Ankyrōtou eponomasthentos logou kai errōsthai hymas en kyriǭ euchomai.
Yet peace to everyone who walks by this rule of this true and orthodox faith, and upon the Israel of God. Greet all the saints in the Lord. The servants of the Lord greet you, and especially I, Anatolius, who wrote this book of the discourse named the Ancoratus; and I pray that you fare well in the Lord.